Be. Le ei Te r Te U ae aRCh HE RE al seh mr Ri IR RN A, ee a RISSE ; Se ah Be Ru ans LEE inet SR Reiten ER \ n NE en ne LS Ka ee aka an R “ BERN WEHehen FR ie sn a Yen Ä PRTESSNGEN > a am Aare g ah Seh eilt en Ye Bad heller dat 5 5 3 5 \ ER NCLÄEN RU 2 Brit fe a If -Fehı ich % erlernten f RE i LEBER, sr Erasmeile hane ED Banner Akten hät, la wa kün Da da ha hertatie he hi ira ne fi: 5 ET a A EHE PR AR ER AKA R N F 5 L A ehe Belkahan EN x Be ea dein r S ES Vie hurn 8 # i sten R dern ; } 5 Bil ash de Beirat n : BeAsafimtchee Tai £ ende a Be ih Agden 3 “iD \eiteärann BE Barren N BE 1 u R ; p 4 Eabh ei ga B einen: Da & er VRR x Er R : A ANERSUR SUR R Er hstschnt & E EHER Feat fi R $ SR Yin z NaRUE AN NERT a read EN Inhalts ukın RR Y h E EURE NEUER. N eve nhlenetn = ü r Ver rrente &än z S rn S R Vieh gun ie ne 5 E . Beil et ; I Beite Rdn ame Fr 5 7 ER I Bee ren Mile BIER y 3 x ae . | A Aare betr Er ein where, ” En x ZN Du Kar: ESTER N A Si r P ERNPRRRN u b SEHEN “ " * er Me Tann ab ba ui u B Wind ESF RT u BE SIR REREERD She But Ben bern late de hehe ERROR lets hihi m ww ß : Runen De h ach R > AS ra Fahren Srayı 2 3 ana Bruuma, B x RS N a Er a ern A h $ ’ Sean eh age 2 ee 5 Ber > : 2 5 Senna mia eh een Via UNG Bank mnbehren, r A re NEE Ina dur ti he . DE Beh Ben In dr han en lern: IE Aus ren a VE Nele Do Meets e Berner He & halivesehe BEST. hu ee i 7 Peine £ A x . ERHUNN ira n ih Ph true RR 3 ve mäysw unge e Arten ß B en BE Be re Me i Aulb indie DR: Abe New hr Serials enieeten end uehehege : NYE Pesikes tn? era MORer 2 Marder Bade Ba Krka hi he wat Krksan Kr Bene. were a NEE h erahnen ; 3 ware : EN Deere a Kia then ER, 5 3 & Ber Eee Do rare anne Sn Saltar unit, : Ba AN Le un Bee eine onbar Be ee re nase R Fr s an, z ERS Maik en < Dee & e Er 5 Ne kasse EI S ; Ten an an Eu HARVARD UNIVERSITY Ernst Mayr Library ofthe Museum of Comparative Zoology ra u Res De 1 Me Re Yle« BB ; I Bi A DR vr 2 Zn u ae Dr NR N: N ER) DER REG N re RUN BEN i ji) I AN Dh 27 ae Ta A A} RR % Ka ü 5 IErL INER le m VL n 1 F ö u des ya! BI “ Br SH N ug De Br RR Na, ae ß Du 7 1355 Rn - IT oh, X Bor: i j I u a eh Ah 2 er Ey a A Rs vH: 5 7 RE jack ML 4 T AR ee 03 u Fin ER A Be FR ae rn Be, | Na an A 5 Fr 3 Br Be Ir ee Eh are AL Kt had MezZ LIBRARY APR 10 2905 HARVARD UNIVERSITY PIXIANA Zeitschrift für Zoologie u + SPIXIANA + Band 29 « Heft1 » 1-96 + München, 01. März 2006 + ISSN 0341-8391 ES EN VGRSBEUUEN | DEESRRR FREEN, PIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr G. Haszprunar R. Melzer K. Schönitzer E.-G. Burmeister A. Hausmann J. Reichholf M. Schrödl J. Diller M. Kotrba B. Ruthensteiner A. Segerer F. Glaw R.Kraft S. Schmidt Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungs- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and exemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Ba. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 2006 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany Tel. +49-(0)89-742827-0 - Fax +49-(0)89-7242772 — E-Mail: info @pfeil-verlag.de - www.pfeil-verlag.de SPIXIANA 29 aus der Westpaläarktis und Zentralasien 1 1-30 Revisionen der von Kriechbaumer beschriebenen Ichneumonidae München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 MCZ LIBRARY APR 10 2006 HARVARD UNIVERSITY (Insecta, Hymenoptera) Klaus Horstmann Horstmann, K. (2006): Revisions of the species of Ichneumonidae (Insecta, Hy- menoptera) described by Kriechbaumer from the western Palearctic Region and central Asia. — Spixiana 29/1: 1-30 Kriechbaumer described 319 species of Ichneumonidae from the western Pa- learctic Region and central Asia, which are listed here. Three varieties described by Kriechbaumer, the names of which are considered as available, are also dealt with. The types of the mentioned taxa are revised, or published type revisions are refer- red to. Those taxa, the types of which were studied by the present author, are marked with an asterisk. Lectotypes are designated for 22 species, and 20 new synonymies are indicated. 22 taxa could not be interpreted, their types being lost. Previous interpretations of Cryptus gogorzae, Erigloea gagatina, Euceros superbus, Ichneumon imitator, I. parvulus, I. pertubans, and Microcryptus perversus proved to be incorrect. Dr. Klaus Horstmann, Lehrstuhl Zoologie III, Biozentrum, Am Hubland, D-97074 Würzburg, Germany. Einleitung Obwohl eine Vielzahl von Typen der von Kriech- baumer aus der Westpaläarktis und Zentralasien beschriebenen Arten der Ichneumonidae schon in mehreren umfangreichen Publikationen (Townes et al. 1965, Aubert 1968a, 1974, 1981, Hilpert 1992b, Horstmann & Bordera 1995) und verstreut in vielen verschiedenen Veröffentlichungen (Nachweise bei den einzelnen Taxa) revidiert worden sind, fehlen doch Informationen über zahlreiche weitere Arten, und manche publizierte Revisionen weisen Lücken und Fehler auf. Deshalb wird hier eine Liste aller Arten vorgelegt, mit Revisionen der Arten, über deren Typen bisher nur unzureichende oder keine Informationen vorliegen. Auch drei als Varietäten beschriebene Taxa mit verfügbaren Namen (Horst- mann 1997: 48) sind in der Liste enthalten. Neben den aus der Westpaläarktis beschriebenen Arten werden auch solche aus Zentralasien angeführt, weil letztere auch sonst häufig gemeinsam mit Arten aus Europa behandelt werden. Insgesamt werden 322 Taxa besprochen. Alle Arten, deren Typen von mir bei früheren Untersuchungen oder in Zusammen- hang mit der vorliegenden Revision revidiert worden sind, sind mit einem Stern hinter dem Autornamen Kriechbaumer gekennzeichnet. Daß die Revisionen der Arten Kriechbaumers Probleme bereiten, ist zum Teil auf Unzulänglich- keiten dieses Autors zurückzuführen. Zwar sind die von Kriechbaumer publizierten Beschreibungen in der Regel umfangreich und sorgfältig, und die An- gaben über die Anzahl der Typen und über die Typenfundorte sind präzise, aber die Etikettierung der Typen ist sehr unvollständig. Kriechbaumer hat nie Typenetiketten und nur selten Nadeletiketten mit Artnamen verwendet. Bei Material, das er von anderen Museen oder Sammlern erhalten und nach der Bearbeitung zurückgeschickt hat, hat er die Typen anscheinend häufig nur mit Nummern eti- kettiert und die Namen auf Determinationslisten angegeben, die nicht erhalten sind (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 49 f., Horstmann 2002: 80). Die Typen sind dann, wenn überhaupt, von den Empfängern der Sendung etikettiert worden. Bei Material in seiner eigenen Sammlung hat er die Namen häufig auf Nadeletiketten angegeben, dienuran dem ersten Tier einer Serie stecken und für die ganze Serie gelten. Deshalb ist mehrfach von einer Serie von Syntypen nur ein Exemplar mit Hilfe eines Namens- etiketts identifizierbar, während die anderen Tiere wahrscheinlich unetikettiert waren und beim Um- stecken verloren gegangen sind. Gelegentlich steckt das alte Namensetikett an einem Nichttypus. Au- ßerdem sind bei manchen Exemplaren, die von Kriechbaumer und von einigen anderen Sammlern (Hartig, Jemiller, Slavicek) etikettiert worden sind, die Fundorte durch ein System von Zahlen oder selten Farben verschlüsselt. Von Kriechbaumer liegen Tagebücher vor, in denen diese Zahlen entschlüsselt werden, und Kriechbaumer hat einige Fundorte auf zusätzlichen Etiketten auch unverschlüsselt ange- geben. Bei dem Material der anderen Sammler ist eine Entschlüsselung nicht möglich, und die Iden- tifikation von Typen bleibt unsicher. Auch einige der publizierten Revisionen enthal- ten Unzulänglichkeiten. Mehrere Autoren (insbe- sondere Aubert) haben sich bei der Identifikation eines Typus oder der Festlegung seines Status (Ho- lotypus oder Lectotypus) nach dem Befund in der Sammlung gerichtet und die Beschreibung nicht verglichen. Dadurch sind Exemplare als Typen ak- zeptiert worden, die nicht vom Typenfundort stam- men oder nicht mit der Beschreibung übereinstim- men, und es sind Exemplare als “Holotypus” oder “Typus” bezeichnet worden, während in der Be- schreibung eindeutig auf eine Serie von Syntypen hingewiesen wird. Der letztgenannte Fall ist in Artikel 74.5 der Nomenklaturregeln einigermaßen kompliziert geregelt: Wenn sich die ursprüngliche Beschreibung auf mehrere Syntypen bezieht, bewirkt die Festlegung eines “Typus” die gültige Festlegung eines Lectotypus, die Festlegung eines “Holotypus” ist dagegen ungültig. Die Regelung beider Fälle wird durch Nebenbedingungen ergänzt, die die Anwen- dung fast willkürlich machen. Ich habe den genann- ten Artikel ohne Bezug auf Nebenbedingungen angewendet, habe aber, wenn irrtümlich ein Holo- typus festgelegt worden war und zwischenzeitlich keine Korrektur erfolgt ist, das entsprechende Ex- emplar als Lectotypus festgelegt, um die Interpre- tation der Art zu wahren. Von einigen Arten fehlen die Typen. Folgende Sammlungen, die Typen von Arten Kriechbaumers enthielten, sind vollständig zerstört: Sammlung Athimus (Diller & Horstmann 1997: 41), Sammlung Munk im Naturhistorischen Museum Augsburg (Hilpert 1992b: 162), Sammlung Tischbein im Zoo- logischen Museum Hamburg (Weidner 1972: 126, Hilpert 1992b: 14). Die Sammlung Moragues (ur- sprünglich in Palma de Mallorca, Ichneumonidae jetzt in Madrid) ist teilweise zerstört (Horstmann & Bordera 1995). Auch in anderen Museen sind ein- zelne Typen unauffindbar und möglicherweise zerstört (Hinweise bei den jeweiligen Arten). Wegen fehlender Typen konnten 22 Arten nicht gedeutet werden. Typen der von Kriechbaumer beschriebenen Ichneumonidae werden in folgenden Institutionen aufbewahrt: Berlin: Zoologisches Museum; Bern: Naturhistorisches Museum; Bruxelles: Institut Ro- yal des Sciences Naturelles Belgique; Budapest: Termeszettudomänyi Müzeum Allattära; Frankfurt: Naturmuseum Senckenberg; Genova: Museo Civi- co di Storia Naturale; Kobenhavn: Zoologisk Mu- seum; Lund: Zoologiska Institutionen; Madrid: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales; München: Zoologische Staatssammlung; Pretoria: Transvaal Museum, General Entomology Department; Wien: Naturhistorisches Museum. Revisionen der Arten Achorocephalus cinctipes Kriechbaumer, 1899: 296 Holotypus (2) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Athimus zerstört. Gültiger Name: Eugalta cinctipes (Kriechbaumer) (Gupta 1985: 324). Aclastoneura tricolor Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 359 ff. Holotypus (?) in Bruxelles (Horstmann 2002: 80). Gültiger Name: Proclitus tricolor (Kriechbaumer) (Townes et al. 1965: 396, Horstmann, 1. c.). Acoenites (Chorischizus) rusticus Kriechbaumer*, 1896b: 136 Holotypus (2): “E-Afrika Oran” (in Algerien), “860/8”, “Acoenites rusticus n. sp. Kriechb. Algir [!]”, Buda- pest. Gültiger Name: Phaenolobus rusticus (Kriechbaumer) (Meyer 1934: 261 f.). Acrogonia scutellaris Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 371 f. Holotypus (5) in Bruxelles. Gültiger Name: Rynchobanchus bicolor Kriechbaumer (Horstmann 2002: 80). Acrogonia semirufa Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 370 f. Holotypus (?) (2 !) in Bruxelles (Horstmann 2002: s0). Gültiger Name: Rynchobanchus bicolor Kriechbaumer (Townes et al. 1965: 235). Aethalodes mesomelas Kriechbaumer*, 1890d: 209 Lectotypus (2) von Townes beschriftet und hiermit festgelegt: “Sierre 25.6.80. Frey-G.” (= Sierre/ Valais/ @ENm22Eurm.et oc”. nigripennis.Gir-2, Kr. (8, falso 2.)” (altes Bodenetikett, das anscheinend irrtümlich an den Typus gesteckt wurde), München. Gültiger Name: Boethus thoracicus (Giraud) (Schmie- deknecht 1911-1927: 2397). Ein Paralectotypus (%) vom Typenfundort ist in München vorhanden, der zweite Paralectotypus (S) fehlt. Aethalodes seminiger Kriechbaumer*, 1890d: 208 Holotypus (8): “Martigny 1-4.6.75. Frey-G.” (im Valais/CH), “147”, “id. d.”, München. Gültiger Name: Boethus thoracicus (Giraud) (Schmie- deknecht 1911-1927: 2397). Amblyteles albomarginatus Kriechbaumer*, 1878a: 45f. Holotypus (3): “Amblyteles albomarginatus Kriechb. (typ)”, Budapest. GültigerName: Triptognathus albomarginatus (Kriech- baumer) (Zwakhals det.) (comb. nov.). Möglicher- weise handelt es sich um eine der zahlreichen Varietäten von T. uniguttatus (Gravenhorst). Nach der Beschreibung stammt der Typus aus Ungarn, aber dieses umfasste vor dem ersten Weltkrieg auch Kroatien, die Slowakei und Teile von Polen, Rumä- nien und Serbien. Amblyteles bicolor Kriechbaumer, 1882a: 240f. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Triptognathops bicolor (Kriechbau- mer) (Heinrich 1978: 63, Aubert 1981: 312). Amblyteles binotatus Kriechbaumer*, 1890b: 350 f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “Mon. 11.10.90. Dürck.” (= München), München. Gültiger Name: Rhadinodonta flaviger (Wesmael) (Heinrich 1930b: 119). Aubert (1981: 312) bezeichnet das Exemplar in München als Holotypus; dies ist ungültig (siehe Einleitung). Weitere Syntypen (32%) sind in München unauffindbar. Amblyteles carnifex Kriechbaumer*, 1882e: 149 Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “Type”, “Ala Tau Turkest. Mocsary”, “Turkestan Amblytel. carnifex Krehb. 2. /:Mocsary:/” (zum Fundort siehe unter A. quinquecinctus), München. Gültiger Name: Obtusodonta equitatoria carnifex (Kriechbaumer) (Heinrich 1929: 319). Aubert (1981: 312) bezeichnet das Exemplar in München als Ho- lotypus; dies ist ungültig (siehe Einleitung). Ein Paralectotypus (?) befindet sich in Budapest. Dieser wurde von Townes als Lectotypus beschriftet, aber Townes hat seine Festlegung nicht publiziert. Amblyteles debilis Kriechbaumer*, 1886: 242 f. Holotypus (?): “Altvater” (= Prad&d-Gebirge/CZ), “9” “debilis Krchb.”, “Coll. Wüstnei”, Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon ignobilis Wesmael (Oehl- ke det.) (syn. nov.). Amblyteles erythropygus Kriechbaumer, 1882e: 149. (praeocc. in Amblyteles Wesmael durch Ichneu- mon erythropygus Gravenhorst, 1829) Holotypus (2) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Diphyus turcomanus (Schmiede- knecht) (Townes et al. 1965: 495). Amblyteles gratiosus (Mocsäry in litt.) Kriechbau- mer, 1882e: 150 Holotypus (?) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Triptognathus gratiosus (Kriechbau- mer) (Townes et al. 1965: 497). Amblyteles Isenschmidii Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 308 Holotypus (?) in Bern. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon ignobilis Wesmael (Hil- pert 1992b: 312). Amblyteles jucundus (Mocsäry in litt.) Kriechbau- mer*, 1882e: 148 Holotypus (2): “Mehadia V-VI Pävel” (in Rumäni- en), “Ambl. jucundus Kriechb.”, “Amblyteles jucundus (Moca. i. 1.) Kriechb. (typ.)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Eutanyacra jucunda (Kriechbaumer) (comb. nov.). Amblyteles pandur Kriechbaumer*, 1882e: 147 f. Holotypus (2): “Mehadia Pävel” (in Rumänien), “Amblyteles pandur Kriechb.”, “Amblyteles pandur Kriechb. (typ.)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Thyrateles pandur (Kriechbaumer) (comb. nov.), syn. Ambyteles tardus Berthoumieu (syn. nov.). Amblyteles polyxanthus Kriechbaumer, 1869: 129. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon polyxanthus (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 312, Hilpert 1992b: 101). Amblyteles quinquecinctus (5-cinctus) (Mocsäry in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1882e: 146. Lectotypus (2) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Diphyus quinquecinctus (Kriechbau- mer) (Heinrich 1978: 54). Der Lectotypus trägt das Fundortetikett “Ala-Tau Turkestan”. Das als Turke- stan bezeichnete Gebiet gehört jetzt zu Tadzhikistan und Uzbekistan, Ala-Tau heifsen mehrere Gebirge. Amblyteles tauricus Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 32 Lectotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ctenichneumon tauricus (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 313). Amphibulus gracilis Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 122 Holotypus (4) in München unauffindbar (Aubert 1974: 268). Gültiger Name: Amphibulus gracilis Kriechbaumer (Sawoniewicz 1985: 133). Anisobas buccatus Kriechbaumer, 1882a: 241 f. Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Anisobas buccatus Kriechbaumer (Heinrich 1980a: 235, Aubert 1981: 313). Anisobas cephalotes Kriechbaumer“, 1882a: 242 f. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “Hungar. 28.6.80 (e) Ad Speyer” (ohne nähere Ortsangabe; Ungarn umfaßte vor dem ersten Weltkrieg auch Kroatien, die Slowakei und Teile von Polen, Rumänien und Serbien), “e pup. Lycaen. Jolae. [!]”, München. Gültiger Name: Anisobas cephalotes Kriechbaumer. Das von Heinrich als Lectotypus beschriftete und von Aubert (1974: 263, 1981: 314) als Holotypus (!) publizierte 2 trägt die Etiketten “Hungar. 1.6.82 ex Mocsäry” und “Lycaena jolas 1/6” und ist kein Syn- typus. Dieses Exemplar ist stark beschädigt, während der Lectotypus vollständig erhalten ist. Beide gehö- ren zu derselben Art. Ein weiterer Syntypus (d) ist in München unauffindbar. Anomalon (Habronyx) gigas Kriechbaumer“, 1880b: 75 Lectotypus (2) in München (Viktorov & Atanasov 1974: 374). Gültiger Name: Habronyx heros (Wesmael) (Szepli- geti 1905: 10). Als Paralectotypen sind in München 492 etikettiert, von denen 32% keine Originaletiket- ten tragen, weshalb ihr Status unklar ist. Anomalon Oti Kriechbaumer*, 1895a: 129 Lectotypus (9): “Dalmatia Habronyx Oti Krehb. 2.” (in Kroatien), München (Atanasov 1977: 41). Gültiger Name: Habronyx heros (Wesmael) (Szepli- geti 1905: 10). Der Lectotypus ist von unbekannter Hand als Holotypus etikettiert worden. Dies ist irrig, denn Kriechbaumer gründet seine Beschreibung eindeutig auf mehrere Exemplare (“plura specimi- na”). Atanasov bezeichnet das Exemplar als “Typus”, was als Festlegung eines Lectotypus interpretiert werden kann (siehe Einleitung). Höchstwahrschein- lich gehören weitere 2?? und 2dd zur Typenserie, denn sie tragen Hinweise darauf, dafs sie im Jahr 1881 in Dalmatien aus Pachypasa otus (Drury) (Lasio- campidae) gezüchtet worden sind, und allen ist ein Kokon des Wirts beigesteckt (wie auch dem Lecto- typus). Sie wurden von mir als Paralectotypen eti- kettiert. Weitere Paralectotypen sind die Typen von A. gigas (siehe oben), denn diese müssen Kriechbau- mer bei der Beschreibung von A.oti vorgelegen haben. Die Beschreibungen beider Taxa sind sehr knapp. Sie sind im Wesentlichen identisch. Anoplectes multicolor Kriechbaumer, 1896a: 364 ff. Holotypus (2) in München unauffindbar (Aubert 1968a: 193). Gültiger Name: Eclytus multicolor (Kriechbaumer) (Townes et al. 1965: 99). Apaeleticus balearicus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 241 Lectotypus (?) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Apaeleticus inimicus (Gravenhorst) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 50). Apaeleticus brevicornis Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 203. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ectopoides brevicornis (Kriechbaumer) (Heinrich 1973: 56, Aubert 1974: 263). Arotes annulicornis Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 55f. Holotypus (?): “Tusnad Mehelyi” (= Tusnad/RO), “54.”, “Arotes annulicornis Kriechb. (typ.)”, Buda- pest. Gültiger Name: Arotes annulicornis Kriechbaumer. Arotes ustulatus Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 56f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “Mehädia 1883 Pävel” (in Rumänien), “671./11.”, “Arotes ustulatus Kriechb.”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Arotes ustulatus Kriechbaumer. In Budapest befinden sich außerdem ein Paralectotypus (8) von Oravita/RO und 2?%, die als Typen etiket- tiert sind, aber höchstwahrscheinlich keinen Typen- status besitzen (wegen Abweichungen von der Be- schreibung oder den Fundortangaben). Atractogaster semisculptus Kriechbaumer*, 1872b: 7ff. Holotypus (2): “Chur 4.6.51. Krchb.”, “12234.” (auf der Unterseite des Etiketts), “Helvet. 1. semisculptus Krchb. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Atractogaster semisculptus Kriech- baumer. Banchopsis graeca Kriechbaumer*, 1886: 244 f. Holotypus (?): “Graecia”, “2”, “Type der Beschreibg Kriechbaumers”, “graeca Krchb.”, “Coll. Wüstnei”, Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Banchopsis crassicornis Rudow (Tow- nes et al. 1961: 211). Bassus balearicus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 246 Lectotypus (2) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Diplazon laetatorius (Fabricius) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Bassus ibalioidis Kriechbaumer*, 1878b: 211. Holotypus (2): “Rsh. Hst. 13-23.9.69. Kriechb.” (=Hochstätt bei Rosenheim/D), “69/1870.”, Mün- chen. Gültiger Name: Phthorima compressa (Desvignes) (Morley 1906: 436). Brachycyrtus ornatus Kriechbaumer, 1880a: 163. Holotypus (2) in München unauffindbar (Aubert 1968a: 194). Gültiger Name: Brachycyrtus ornatus Kriechbaumer (Townes et al. 1965: 131). Die Festlegung eines Neo- typus durch Aubert (1974: 270) ist nach Artikel 75 der Nomenklaturregeln (Fassung von 1961) ungül- tig. Bremia pulchella Kriechbaumer, 1890d: 210 Holotypus (?) in Bern. Gültiger Name: Bremiella pulchella (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1969a: 43). Brischkea parvula Kriechbaumer“, 1897a: 167 f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “10/858.” (nach der Beschreibung aus Trostberg bei München), “Bavar. 1. parvula Krchb. 2.”, München. GültigerName: Syntactus delusor (Linnaeus) (Schmie- deknecht 1911-1927: 2616). Die anderen Syntypen (12, 18) sind in München unauffindbar. Campoplex lactuosus Kriechbaumer, 1883: 104 ff. Holotypus (3) in München (Bachmaier 1979: 91). Gültiger Name: Dusona confusa (Förster) (Hinz 1963: 116). Campoplex auritus Kriechbaumer, 1883: 108 ff. Holotypus (2) in München (Bachmaier 1979: 91). Gültiger Name: Dusona aurita (Kriechbaumer) (Hinz 1963: 117). Campoplex Habermehli Kriechbaumer, 1898a: 313f. Holotypus (d) in Frankfurt. Gültiger Name: Dusona habermehli (Kriechbaumer) (Hinz 1963: 116). Campoplex lateralis Kriechbaumer, 1883: 111ff. (praeocc. durch Campoplex lateralis Gravenhorst, 1829) Holotypus (2) in München (Hinz 1963: 116f., Bach- maier 1979: 91). Gültiger Name: Dusona alpina (Strobl) (Yu & Horst- mann 1997: 142). Campoplex limiventris Kriechbaumer, 1883: 106 ff. Holotypus (3) in München (Bachmaier 1979: 92). Gültiger Name: Dusona obliterata (Holmgren) (Hinz 1963: 116). Campoplex punctus Kriechbaumer“, 1883: 101 ff. Holotypus (3) in München (Bachmaier 1979: 92). Gültiger Name: Dusona rugifer (Förster) (Hinz 1963: 116). Canidia balearica Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 253 Syntypen (? Holotypus) (34) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 54). Casinaria carinata Kriechbaumer*, 1898b: 172 Holotypus (S): “Limneria pictipes [!] 103 col. Gogor- za Santander”, “Casinaria carinata m. d.” (Kopf und große Teile der Beine fehlen), Madrid. Gültiger Name: Alcima orbitalis (Gravenhorst) (syn. nov.). Bei der in der Beschreibung erwähnten Längs- kante auf dem zweiten bis sechsten Gastertergit handelt es sich um eine Mißbildung. Casinaria parvula Kriechbaumer,1894a: 253. Syntypen (? Holotypus ) (?) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 54). Coleocentrus exareolatus Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 59 Holotypus (2): grünes rechteckiges Etikett ohne Beschriftung, “Görgeny Horwäth” (= Gurghiu/RO), “Coleocentrus exareolatus Kriechb (typ)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Coleocentrus exareolatus Kriechbau- mer. In Budapest ist zusätzlich 15 von Borosjenö (=Ineu/RO) als Typus beschriftet, das von Kiss (1924: 95) als C. exareolatus determiniert worden ist. Dieses d gehört zu C. excitator (Poda) und besitzt keinen Typenstatus. Cryptus balearicus Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 242 Syntypen (? Holotypus) (?%) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Gültiger Name: Meringopus nigerrimus (Boyer de Fonscolombe) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Cryptus Bolivari Kriechbaumer*, 1898b: 168 Holotypus (2): “Cryptus attentatorius [!] c. Gogorza 106 Escorial” (in Spanien), “Cryptus Bolivarı m. 2.”, Madrid. Gültiger Name: Cryptus triguttatus Gravenhorst (Bordera det.) (syn. nov.). Der Typus besitzt ein schwarzes Scutellum sowie schwarzbraune Mittel- femora und Hinterbeine, stimmt aber sonst mit C. triguttatus gut überein. Exemplare mit ähnlich dunklen Beinen kommen auch in Mitteleuropa vor, aber bei ihnen ist das Scutellum weiß gezeichnet. Es ist unklar, ob dieser Unterschied von Bedeutung ist. Cryptus Gogorzae Kriechbaumer*, 1898b: 168 Holotypus (3): “Col Gogorza 79. Escorial” (in Spa- nien), “Cryptus Gogorzae m. d.”, Madrid. Gültiger Name: Cryptus gogorzae Kriechbaumer, syn. C. ebriolus Seyrig (Ceballos 1931: 48). Lectotypus (?) vonC. ebriolus hiermit festgelegt: "ElSoldado Sierra- Morena 25.4.26 Seyrig”, “Cryptus ebriolus m. $ det. A. Seyrig”, Madrid. Ein Paralectotypus (4) von C. ebriolus istin Madrid ebenfalls vorhanden. Cebal- los hat die Typen beider Taxa revidiert und beschrie- ben, allerdings bildet er den Kopf des d (nicht des ?) ab. Van Rossem (1969: 338) hat die Typen nicht erhalten und beschreibt stattdessen 13 aus Spanien (Museum Leiden) unter dem Namen C. gogorzae. Dieses d gehört wahrscheinlich zu einer unbeschrie- benen Art. Der echte C. gogorzae ist in der Revision von van Rossem nicht enthalten. Die Bestimmung des d führt zu C. titubator (Thunberg); C. gogorzae weicht ab durch: Augen-Ocellen-Abstand 0,8-0,9-mal so groß wie der Durchmesser eines Lateralocellus, Stirn überwiegend deutlich gerunzelt, Tyloide an den Geißelgliedern 14/15 bis 20, Gaster schwarz. Die Bestimmung des ? führt zu C. apparitorius (Vil- lers); C. gogorzae weicht ab durch: Bohrerklappen 0,65-mal so lang wie ein Vorderflügel, Thorax, Coxen und Gaster schwarz. Cryptus heraldicus Kriechbaumer* in Schletterer, 1894: 12f. Holotypus (d) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Aritranis longicauda (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 264, Horstmann 1990: 80). Cryptus longicauda Kriechbaumer*, 1873: 49 ff. Lectotypus ($) in München. Gültiger Name: Aritranis longicauda (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 264, Horstmann 1990: 80). Cryptus nigritarsis Kriechbaumer*, 1894c: 45f. Lectotypus (d) in Pretoria. Gültiger Name: Cryptus nigritarsis Kriechbaumer (van Rossem 1989: 254). Cryptus Turkestanicus Kriechbaumer, 1882e: 150 Holotypus (3) in Budapest unauffindbar (Aubert 1968a: 193). Gültiger Name: Buarthra laborator (Thunberg) (Horst- mann & Yu 1999: 81). Ctenopelma Athimi Kriechbaumer, 1896a: 362f. Holotypus (2) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Athimus zerstört. Gültiger Name: Ctenopelma tomentosum (Desvignes) (Roman 1931: 19, Aubert 2000: 102). Teunissen (1948: 23) hat C. athimi nach Material in seiner Sammlung von C. Iuteum Holmgren (recte: C. tomentosum) ge- trennt. Dieses Material ist im Museum Leiden vor- handen, und es gehört zu C. tomentosum. Diphyes (!) tricolor Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 184f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Diphyus tricolor Kriechbaumer (Hein- rich 1978: 43, Aubert 1981: 314). Enoecetis scutellaris (Förster in litt.) Kriechbau- mer*, 1897a: 175. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “M. Pasing 28.5.70. Krchb.” (=München-Pasing), “70./738.”, München. Gültiger Name: Himerta scutellaris (Kriechbaumer) (Townes et al. 1965: 260). In München ist auch ein Paralectotypus (??) vorhanden. Das hier als Lecto- typus festgelegte Exemplar ist von unbekannter Hand als “Paratypus” etikettiert worden, der Para- lectotypus als “Holotypus”. Da diese Festlegung nicht publiziert ist, ist sie nicht bindend. Der Lecto- typus ist weniger stark beschädigt, und das Ge- schlecht ist eindeutig zu erkennen. Ephialtes arundinis Kriechbaumer“, 1887a: 65f.(!) Lectotypus (2) in München (Townes et al. 1965: 9). Gültiger Name: Exeristes arundinis (Kriechbaumer) (Townes & Townes 1960: 11). Kriechbaumer hat die Art in einer bisher nicht beachteten Arbeit flüchtig, aber zweifellos gültig beschrieben. Andere Autoren zitieren nur eine zweite, viel ausführlichere Beschrei- bung (Kriechbaumer 1887b: 253f.). Da in dieser in einer Fußnote auf die erste Beschreibung hingewie- sen wird, wird in der zweiten Beschreibung kein neues Taxon eingeführt, sondern die erste Beschrei- bung erweitert. Da die erste Beschreibung keine näheren Angaben über die Typen enthält, wird zu deren Identifikation die zweite Beschreibung heran- gezogen. In München ist zusätzlich ein Paralectoty- pus (2) vorhanden, vermutlich eins der Exemplare aus der Sammlung Hiendlmayr. Ephialtes geniculatus Kriechbaumer, 1896b: 135 (praeocc. durch E. geniculatus Brischke, 1865) Lectotypus (2) in München (Oehlke 1967: 11). Gültiger Name: Dolichomitus kriechbaumeri (Schulz) (Schulz 1906: 115, Shaumar 1966: 444). Ephialtes imperator Kriechbaumer“, 1854: 156 Lectotypus (2) von Perkins beschriftet und hiermit festgelegt: “3506.”, “Tegernsee Ephialtes imperator mihi. 2”, München. Gültiger Name: Dolichomitus imperator (Kriechbau- mer) (Townes & Townes 1960: 154). Als Paralecto- typen könnenin München 32 und 15 vonChur/CH identifiziert werden. Ephialtes macrocentrus Kriechbaumer, 1896b: 134f. Lectotypus (2) in München (Oehlke 1967: 12). Gültiger Name: Dolichomitus atratus (Rudow) (Per- kins 1943: 255). Ephialtes rex Kriechbaumer*, 1854: 156. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “v. Siebold” (nach der Beschreibung aus Danzig = Gdansk/PL), “Ephi- altes mesocentrus 2 (Gr. 8) m.”, Coll. Thomson/Lund. Gültiger Name: Dolichomitus mesocentrus (Graven- horst) (Kriechbaumer 1887b: 251f.). Kriechbaumer hat die Art ursprünglich nach 6? beschrieben, und zwar 4? aus der Sammlung von Siebold und 2?? aus Südbayern. Später stellt er 1? aus Südbayern zu E. manifestator auct. (recte: Dolichomitus imperator (Kriechbaumer)), das zweite ? aus Südbayern ist nicht mehr vorhanden, und die verbleibenden 42% bilden die eigentliche Art E. rex und werden zu E. mesocentrus Gravenhorst gestellt (Kriechbaumer 1887b: 251 f.). Von letzteren war nur der Lectotypus auffindbar, und zwar in einer kleinen Serie von Dolichomitus-Arten, die Kriechbaumer an Thomson geschickt hat und die sich in dessen Dublettensamm- lung befindet. Erigloea fulvicornis Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 300 f. Holotypus (?): “Teg. 7.6.65. A. Krchb.” (=Tegern- see/D), München. Gültiger Name: Xenoschesis (Polycinetis) fulvicornis (Kriechbaumer) (Schmiedeknecht 1911-1927: 2648 £.). Aubert (1992: 1f.) bezeichnet den Holotypus als Lectotypus. Kriechbaumer hat aber das zweite von ihm erwähnte Exemplar (1? aus der Sammlung Hartig) nur mit Bedenken zu der Art gestellt; dieses ist deshalb kein Syntypus (Artikel 72.4.1 der No- menklaturregeln). Es gehört meines Erachtens zu X. ustulata (Desvignes). Roman (1909: 312.) hat die europäischen Arten der Untergattung Polycinetis Förster zu einer Art X. resplendens (recte: X. ustulata) vereinigt, weil die zur Unterscheidung verwendeten Farbmerkmale variieren. Letzteres bestätigt sich bei einer Durchsicht des Materials in der Sammlung Hinz/München (ebenso Aubert 2000: 109). Es bleibt aber ein Unterschied in der Form der Bohrerklappen (Abb. 1-2), auf den bereits Kriechbaumer hingewie- sen hat. Deshalb werden hier, wie bei Aubert, zwei Arten unterschieden. Für die öd ist bisher kein Unterscheidungsmerkmal bekannt. Abb. 1-2. Bohrerklappen. 1. Xenoschesis fulvicornis (Kriechbaumer). 2. X. ustulata (Desvignes). Erigloea gagatina Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 300 Holotypus(?): “Teg.10.6.89Krchb.” (=Tegernsee/D), “89./147.”, “Bavar. 2. gagatina m. 2.” Gültiger Name: Xenoschesis (Polycinetis) fulvicornis (Kriechbaumer) (syn. nov.). Aubert (2000: 109) stellt diese Art zu X. resplendens (recte: X. ustulata), aber meines Erachtens sind die Bohrerklappen bei dem Typus von X. gagatina wie bei X. fulvicornis geformt. Dies steht im Widerspruch zur Beschreibung Kriech- baumers, und wegen dieser Ungenauigkeit hat Heinrich (1953: 164) die Art E. gagatina anders defi- niert als es hier geschieht. Erigloea polita (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 299 f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “specimen typicum Försteri.”, “Erigloea m (Tryphonoidae) polita m. 2.”, “German. 1. polita (Frst. i. c.) m. 2.” (Fundort unbe- kannt; die Angabe “German.” beruht auf einer Vermutung), München. Gültiger Name: Xenoschesis (Polycinetis) ustulata (Desvignes) (Strobl 1903: 45, Aubert 2000: 109, Shaw et al. 2003: 140). Der Paralectotypus (4) aus der Sammlung Förster (ebenfalls ohne Fundortangabe) ist in München vorhanden. Erigorgus Apollinis Kriechbaumer, 1900a: 174f. Lectotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1974: 271). Gültiger Name: Erigorgus apollinis Kriechbaumer (Schnee 1989: 264). Erigorgus purpuratae Kriechbaumer, 1900a: 172 ff. Syntypen (22%, 15) in Berlin und München unauf- findbar (Aubert 1974: 271£.). Taxon uninterpretiert. Schmiedeknecht (1903: 6) hat E. purpuratae mit E. interstitialis Szepligeti und Möc- zär (1968: 187) hat letztere Art mit E. melanops (Förs- ter) synonymisiert. Mindestens eine dieser Synony- misierungen muß inkorrekt sein, weil die Typen von E. purpuratae aus Rhyparia purpurata (Linnaeus) (Arctiidae) gezogen worden sind (Kriechbaumer, l.c., Pfankuch 1901: 155f.), während E. melanops an verschiedenen Noctuidae parasitiert (Schnee 1986: 280, 1991: 80 ff.). Die Interpretation von E. purpura- tae hängt von neuen Zuchtergebnissen ab. Eryma stygium (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer, 1891b: 301 ff. Lectotypus (2) in München Gültiger Name: Ctenopelma nigrum Holmgren (Au- bert 1985: 53, 2000: 103). Euceros superbus Kriechbaumer, 1888a: 199. Holotypus (2) in München unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Euceros superbus Kriechbaumer, syn. E. sapporensis Uchida var kiushuensis Uchida (syn. nov.). Aubert (1966a: 82) hat in München 10 (!) als Lectotypus (!) festgelegt, das von Kriechbaumer (1888c: 353f.) erst in einer späteren Publikation be- schrieben worden ist und deshalb keinen Typensta- tus besitzt. Es trägt die Etiketten “3.V11.88” (Origi- naletikett), “Euceros superbus Kriechb.”, “Möglicher- weise die Type Kriechb.” (beide Etiketten von unbekannter Hand später zugefügt) und eine leere Schmetterlingspuppe und gehört zu E. pruinosus (Gravenhorst). Barron (1978: 332) hat seine Interpre- tation der Art auf diesen Nichttypus gestützt und E. superbus deshalb mit E. pruinosus synonymisiert. Der Holotypus war dagegen 1? und ist am 24.5.1884 in Gauting bei München gefangen worden. Nach der Orginalbeschreibung handelt es sich eindeutig um die Art, die Barron unter dem Namen E. kiushu- ensis beschrieben hat (nach einem von Barron deter- minierten ? in München). Euryproctus Foersteri Kriechbaumer*, 1897a: 165 ff. Holotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Euryproctus nemoralis (Geoffroy) (Horstmann 2002: 86). Euryproctus sexannulatus (6-annulatus) Kriechbau- mer“, 1891b: 41. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Himerta sepulchralis (Holmgren) (Horstmann 2001b: 78). Exenterus fulvipes Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 369 Holotypus (S) in Bruxelles. Gültiger Name: Eridolius rufonotatus (Holmgren) (Kerrich 1952: 437). Exephanes (?) caelebs Kriechbaumer*, 1890c: 289. Holotypus (S) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Exephanes venustus (Tischbein) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 23). Exephanes uniguttatus Kriechbaumer, 1895b: 104. Syntypen (1%, 18) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Sammlung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört (Aubert 1968a: 193, Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 19). Gültiger Name: Exephanes occupator (Gravenhorst) (Hellen 1941: 43). Exetastes albiger Kriechbaumer“, 1886: 145f. Lectotypus (2?) von Aubert (1978: 137) festgelegt: “Zara 10.5.85. Gaiger” (=Zadar/Kroatien), “Zara 10/5 85. Gaiger Wüstnei”, “Dalmat. albiger Krchb. 2”, München. Gültiger Name: Exetastes albiger Kriechbaumer. Townes et al. (1965: 226) haben angegeben, dafs die Typen der Art (1%, 15) in München seien, und Au- bert hat auf einen von Townes beschrifteten Lecto- typus hingewiesen, was letzterer aber nicht publi- ziert hat. In München befindet sich auch ein Para- lectotypus (S). Weitere Exemplare (1%, 13) der Art von demselben Sammler (Gaiger, Zadar) befinden sich in Kobenhavn, davon trägt eins die Wirtsanga- be Hemaris croatica (Esper) (Sphingidae). Da Kriech- baumer den Wirt nicht erwähnt, hat er diese Tiere vermutlich nicht gesehen. Exetastes alpinus Kriechbaumer*, 1888d: 354. Lectotypus (2) von Aubert (1978: 146) festgelegt: “Oberalp 16.7.79.” (bei Andermatt/CH), “Ex. laevi- gator var. nigriventris Kr. [!] ? J. Kriechbaumer det.” (Kopf, Vorderbeine und Teile des Thorax fehlen), München. Gültiger Name: Exetastes laevigator (Villers) (Aubert, l.c.). Als Paralectotypen sind 1? und 13 in München vorhanden. Glypta ephippigera Kriechbaumer*, 1895c: 262. Holotypus (3): “Niouc 21.V.90.” (Valais/CH), “Wal- lis Paul, 1880/97 Museum Bern”, Bern. Gültiger Name: Glypta cylindrator (Fabricius) (Au- bert 19782554). Glypta exophthalmus Kriechbaumer*, 1887b: 85f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Glypta exophthalmus Kriechbaumer (Bauer 1927: 425, Aubert 1978: 40). Glypta paleanae Kriechbaumer, 1900b: 121 f. Syntypen (1%, 336) in Helsinki und München un- auffindbar. Gültiger Name: Glypta cylindrator (Fabricius) (Au- bert 1978: 55f.). Aubert gibt an, die Typen von G. paleanae seien im Museum Helsinki gefunden worden. Derzeit sind sie aber verschollen (Albrecht, in litt.). Glypta rufiventris Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 249. Lectotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1978: 49, Horst- mann & Bordera 1995: 53). Gültiger Name: Glypta rufiventris Kriechbaumer. Goniocryptus parvulus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 243 Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Trychosis legator (Thunberg) (Aubert 1974: 265, Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Aubert hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeich- net. Griphodes caligatus Kriechbaumer“, 1894b: 57 f. Holotypus (9): “Budap. ...” (= Budapest), “Gripho- des caligatus Kriechb. det. Kriechb. Typus”, Budapest (große Teile der Geißseln fehlen, der Gaster ist abge- brochen und auf ein Etikett geklebt). Gültiger Name: Phobetes caligatus (Kriechbaumer) (Townes 1970: 137). Hadrodactylus insignis Kriechbaumer, 1891b: 141 Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Hadrodactylus insignis Kriechbaumer (Idar 1975a: 187). Hadrodactylus intrepidus (Förster in litt.) Kriech- baumer*, 1891b: 303 Lectotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Hadrodactylus femoralis (Holmgren) (Horstmann 2000b: 44). Hadrodactylus larvatus Kriechbaumer, 1891b: SIE. Lectotypus (8) in München. Gültiger Name: Hadrodactylus larvatus Kriechbau- mer (Idar 1975b: 293). Hemicryptus tener Kriechbaumer“, 1893a: 152 f. Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1968a: 193, 1974: 270). Gültiger Name: Micromonodon tener (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann 1976: 26). Heterolabis aberrans Kriechbaumer*, 1889a: 21f. Holotypus (2): unbeschriftetes blaues dreieckiges Etikett (= aus Coll. Hartig) (nach der Beschreibung aus Süddeutschland oder der Steiermark/ A), “Ger- man. 2. aberrans m. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Procinetus decimator (Gravenhorst) (Strobl 1902: 38). Heterolabis crassula Kriechbaumer*, 1889a: 19f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “M. Schl. 7.6.68. A. Krehb.” (=München-Schleißheim), ‘“68./263.”, München. Gültiger Name: Procinetus decimator (Gravenhorst) (Strobl 1902: 38). Als Paralectotypen sind in München 3?2 und 235 vorhanden. Heterolabis crudelis Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 372 Holotypus (S) in Bruxelles (Horstmann 2002: 80). Gültiger Name: Procinetus crudelis (Kriechbaumer) (Schmiedeknecht 1900: 328). Heterolabis marginata Kriechbaumer, 1889a: 23f. Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1968a: 192). Gültiger Name: Leptacoenites notabilis (Desvignes) (Strobl 1902: 40, Yu & Horstmann 1997: 22). Heterolabis petiolata Kriechbaumer*, 1889a: 22 f. Holotypus (2): “Wallbg. 12.8.53. Krchb.” (= Wallberg am Tegernsee/D), “3567.” (auf der Rückseite des Etiketts), “Bavar. 3. petiolata m. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Leptacoenites notabilis (Desvignes) (Schmiedeknecht 1900: 327, Yu & Horstmann 1997: 22). Holmgrenia pulchra Kriechbaumer*, 1877: 148 ff. Holotypus(?):“Teg.3.7.54. Kriechb.” (= Tegernsee/D), “5361.”, München. Gültiger Name: Ctenopelma tomentosum (Desvignes) (Schmiedeknecht 1911-1927: 2636, Roman 1914: 18, Aubert 2000: 102, Shaw at al. 2003: 138). Homoporus bifoveolatus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 246 f. Lectotypus (d) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Syrphoctonus signatus (Gravenhorst) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Ein Paralectotypus (3) befindet sich in München; er gehört zu derselben Art. Hoplismenus cornix Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 481 Holotypus 9) in Wien (Aubert 1981: 313). Gültiger Name: Hoplismenus cornix Kriechbaumer. Hoplocryptus gladiator Kriechbaumer, 1899: 70 f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Hoplocryptus confector (Gravenhorst) (Habermehl 1925-1926: 166, Aubert 1974: 266). Hoplocryptus Mallorcanus Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 243 Syntypen (? Holotypus) (??) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Gültiger Name: Hoplocryptus fugitivus (Gravenhorst) (Aubert 1974: 266, Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Ichneumon acosmus Kriechbaumer, 1880c: 14f. Holotypus (8) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon acosmus Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 306, Hilpert 1992b: 266). Ichneumon alpicola Kriechbaumer, 1872a: 482f. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Stenichneumon alpicola (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 306, Hilpert 1992b: 138). Ichneumon altipeta Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 303f. Holotypus (?) in Bern (Aubert 1981: 306). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon cerinthus Gravenhorst (Hilpert 1992b: 219). Ichneumon (Exephanes ?) amabilis Kriechbaumer*, 1895b: 105 ff. (praeocc. durch I. amabilis Giraud, 1863) Lectotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Exephanes riesei (Habermehl) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 21). Aubert (1981: 313) hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Ichneumon amphibolus Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 26. Holotypus (%) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon amphibolus Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 306, Hilpert 1992b: 307). Ichneumon Antonii Kriechbaumer“, 1898a: 309 ff. Holotypus (9): “Meran 1897. I. Antonii m. d. /:An- ton: /.” (in Südtirol/D), “Bavar. [!] 214. albipictus (Gr. 5) W. 2.” (altes Bodenetikett, das anscheinend irrtüm- lich an den Typus gesteckt wurde), München. Gültiger Name: Melanichneumon spectabilis (Holm- gren) (syn. nov.). Meines Erachtens stellt der Holo- typus eine melanistische Varietät dieser Art dar: Seiten des Clypeus, Schläfen unten, Pronotum dor- solateral, Postscutellum und sechstes Gastertergit nicht weiß gezeichnet, Scutellum nur lateral weißs- gelb. Ichneumon argali Kriechbaumer”, 1882a: 123 Lectotypus (2) in München (Hilpert 1992b: 269). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon erythromerus Wesmael (Horstmann 2003: 26). Ichneumon aries Kriechbaumer, 1875: 152 f. (praeocc. durch I. aries Christ, 1791). Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon alius Tischbein (Townes et al. 1965: 460, Hilpert 1992b: 194). Aubert (1981: 306) hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Ichneumon balearicus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 240 Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Virgichneumon digrammus (Graven- horst) (Aubert, 1974: 263, Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 50). Ichneumon basiglyptus Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 294 Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Stenobarichneumon basiglyptus (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 263). Ichneumon biguttulatus Kriechbaumer, 1875b: 150 ff. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Coelichneumon biguttulatus (Kriech- baumer) (Aubert 1981: 306). 10 Ichneumon capito Kriechbaumer, 1872a: 484 f. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ulesta perspicua (Wesmael) (Heinrich 1930a: 90, Aubert 1981: 307). Ichneumon cinctor Kriechbaumer, 1894b: 48 f. Holotypus (S) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: ? Thyrateles haereticus (Wesmael) (Eiilpert 199262327). Ichneumon Cinxiae Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 480 Holotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon cinxiae Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 307, Hilpert 1992b: 102). Ichneumon cordiger Kriechbaumer“, 1882e: 145f. Lectotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Vulgichneumon cordiger (Kriechbau- mer) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 31). Aubert (1981: 307) bezeichnet den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holo- typus; dies ist ungültig (siehe Einleitung). In Buda- pest befindet sich ein Paralectotypus (d), der von Aubert ebenfalls als Lectotypus etikettiert worden ist. Beide Exemplare gehören zu derselben Art. Kriechbaumer beschreibt zusätzlich mindestens 1?. Dieses befand sich vermutlich in Budapest (nach einem Hinweis auf einem Etikett des dort vorhan- denen d), ist aber zur Zeit unauffindbar. Ichneumon Corsus Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 23 Holotypus (?) in Wien (Aubert 1981: 307). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon sarcitorius corsus Kriech- baumer (Hilpert 1992b: 90). Ichneumon crassigena Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 152 f. Holotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1981: 307, Hilpert 1992b: 184). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon haemorrhoicus crassigena Kriechbaumer (Yu & Horstmann 1997: 602). Ichneumon curtulus Kriechbaumer, 1882e: 144 Holotypus (2) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon curtulus Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 228). Ichneumon cynthiae Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 24 Holotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon cynthiae cynthiae Kriech- baumer (Aubert 1981: 307, Hilpert 1992b: 105). Ichneumon declinans Kriechbaumer, 1897a: 120 ff. Syntypen (1%, 18) höchstwahrscheinlich in Graz zerstört (Townes 1961: 169). Taxon uninterpretiert. Das von Aubert (1981: 307) unter diesem Namen erwähnte $ in Wien gehört zu Sycaonia foersteri (Wesmael). Es stimmt mit der Be- schreibung von I. declinans nicht überein und kann zur Interpretation der Art nicht herangezogen wer- den. Ichneumon Freyi Kriechbaumer, 1880c: 12f. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon freyi Kriechbaumer (Au- bert 1981: 307, Hilpert 1992b: 205). Ichneumon fulvidactylus Kriechbaumer, 1894b: 52 Holotypus (S) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: ? Diphyus bicingulatus (Gravenhorst) (Hilpert 1992b: 318 f.). Ichneumon Gerstaeckeri Kriechbaumer, 1889b: 142 ff. Holotypus (3) in München unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Coelichneumon opulentus (Taschen- berg) (Kriechbaumer 1892e: 292). Der Holotypus ist von Gerstäcker in Golling/Salzburg/A gefangen worden, und in der Beschreibung werden stark beschädigte Flügel erwähnt. Das von Aubert (1981: 307) in München als Holotypus bezeichnete Exem- plar trägt das Etikett “Moravia Slavicek” (= Mähren/ CZ), und seine Flügel sind vollständig. Es besitzt keinen Typenstatus, stimmt aber sehr gut mit der Beschreibung überein. Ichneumon gymnogonus Kriechbaumer, 1894e: 348. Holotypus (3) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Tischbein/Hamburg zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert. Ichneumon haemorrhoicus Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 302f. Holotypus (2) in Bern (Aubert 1981: 307, Hilpert 1992b: 185). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon haemorrhoicus haemorrhoi- cus Kriechbaumer (Yu & Horstmann 1997: 602). Ichneumon hercynicus Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 292 f. Holotypus (3) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon curtulus Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 228). Ichneumon hexaleucus Kriechbaumer*, 1899: 67 f. Holotypus in München (Aubert 1981: 308). Gültiger Name: Virgichneumon monostagon (Graven- horst) (syn. nov.). Es handelt sich um die von Schmiedeknecht (1929: 354) erwähnte Varietät mit ungeflecktem sechsten Gastertergit. Ichneumon illustris Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 49 Holotypus (S): “Poprädi 16 VII hö 1: Mocsäry S.” (=Poprad/SK), “Ichneumon illustris Kriechb. (typ.)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Diphyus gradatorius (Thunberg) (Hilpert det.) (syn. nov.). Es handelt sich um eine Varietät, bei der die Gasterspitze gelbrot gefärbt ist. Ichneumon imitator Kriechbaumer*, 1882a: 239. (praeocc. durch I. imitator Villers, 1789). Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon bilunulatus (Graven- horst) (Aubert 1981: 308). In München befindet sich Sammlungsmaterial, das von Heinrich und Hinz irrtümlich als B. imitator (Kriechbaumer) determiniert worden ist, das aber zu B. lituratae (Hartig) gehört. Auf letztere Art beziehen sich wahrscheinlich auch die unter dem Namen B. imitator von Rasnitsyn & Siitan (1981: 585) und Sawoniewicz (1999: 27) publi- zierten Notizen. B.lituratae unterscheidet sich von B. bilunulatus durch folgende Merkmale: Körperlän- ge 7-8 mm; beim $ Hinterfemora auf der Außenseite überwiegend dicht punktiert, Vorder- und Mittelfe- mora schwarz und rotbraun gemustert, Hinterfemo- ra rotbraun, Vorder- und Mitteltibien hell rotbraun, Hintertibien rotbraun, apical bräunlich; beim 4 proximales Tyloid auf dem dritten oder vierten Geißelglied, Hinterfemora und Hintertibien häufig rotbraun und schwarz gemustert. Ichneumon inversus Kriechbaumer, 1893b: 363 f. (praeoecc. durch I. inversus Geoffroy, 1785) Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1981: 308). Gültiger Name: Barichneumon gemellus (Graven- horst) (Hilpert 1992a: 143). Kriechbaumer gibt in seiner Beschreibung nicht klar an, ob ein zusätzlich erwähntes d als Syntypus betrachtet werden muß. Aubert bezeichnet das % als Holotypus. Ichneumon Jemilleri Kriechbaumer*, 1893b: 263 f. Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1981: 308). Gültiger Name: Aoplus defraudator (Wesmael) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 31). Ichneumon lanceolatus Kriechbaumer*, 1893b: 259 ff. (praeocc. durch 1. lanceolatus Walker, 1874) Holotypus (2): “M. Isar. 24.6.74. Krchb.” (= Mün- chen-Isar), “74./48.”, “Ichneumon lanceolatus m. 2. E.N. 1893. p.”, München. Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon lancea (Dalla Torre) (comb. nov.). Ichneumon lateralis Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 305. (praeocc. durch 1. lateralis Cuvier, 1833) Holotypus (6) in Bern unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert. Unter diesem Namen befin- den sich 18 in Bern (Nichttypus aus dem Valais/CH) und 2dd in Frankfurt. Diese dd stimmen nicht ganz mit der Beschreibung überein (bei keinem sind die Schulterbeulen gelb und die Subalarwülste schwarz), 1 aufßserdem sind sie nach Hilpert (1992b) nicht sicher zu determinieren. Ichneumon lativentris Kriechbaumer, 1894b: 51 Holotypus (4) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon ? affector Tischbein (Hil- pert 1992b: 272). Ichneumon leptostigma Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 27 f. Holotypus (S) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon leptostigma Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 308, Hilpert 1992b: 290). Ichneumon leucurus Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 53f. Holotypus (4) von Hilpert beschriftet: “Farkasv. ... 5/6” (= Farkasvölgy /Budapest), “Ichneumon leucurus Kriechb.”, “Ichneumon leucurus Kriechb. (typ.)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon leucurus (Kriechbau- mer) (comb. nov.). Die Art steht anscheinend in der Nähe von B. albicaudatus (Boyer de Fonscolombe). Sie weicht von dieser Art ab durch: Clypeus bis zum Apicalrand dicht und kräftig punktiert, Hinterfemo- ra basal und dorsal rot, Hintertibien überwiegend rot, nur apical schwarz, Genitalklappen weiß. Ichneumon levis Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 28 f. (praeocc. durch 1. laevis Ratzeburg, 1844) Lectotypus (d) in Wien (Hilpert 1992b: 122). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon berninae (Habermehl) (Yu & Horstmann 1997: 591). Aubert (1981: 308.) hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Ichneumon lunuliger Kriechbaumer*, 1890c: 293 f. Holotypus (3): “Mels. [?] 10.6.81.” (nach der Be- schreibung von Alsen/ DK), “5”, “Type der Beschrei- bung Kriechbaumers”, “lunuliger Krchb.”, “Coll. Wüstnei.”, Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon praeceptor (Thunberg) (syn. nov.). Ichneumon Manni Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 30 f. Holotypus ($) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon manni (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1981: 309). Ichneumon Medeae Kriechbaumer, 1895b: 109f. Holotypus (S) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert. Ichneumon melanostigma Kriechbaumer*, 1882e: 144 (praeocc. durch I. melanostygma Cuvier) Holotypus (9): “Buda” (=Budapest), “Ichneumon melanostigmus det. Kriechb.”, “Ichneumon melanostig- ma Kriechb. (typ.)”, Budapest. 12 Gültiger Name: Ichneumon phaeostigmus Wesmael (Hilpert 1992b: 251). Das von Aubert (1968a: 192) als Holotypus bezeichnete und von Hilpert als solcher anerkannte Exemplar in München ist kein Syntypus, denn es stammt von Mehadia in Rumänien, während als Typenfundort “Hungaria centrali ad Budapesti- num” genannt wird. Beide Exemplare gehören zu derselben Art. Ichneumon melanothorax Kriechbaumer*, 1886: 241f. Holotypus (2) von Perkins beschriftet: “Altvater” (=Praded-Gebirge/CZ), “Ichneumon melanothorax Krchb. Altvater”, München (großse Teile der Hinter- beine und der Gaster fehlen). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon obliteratus Wesmael (Hil- pert 1992b: 134). Kriechbaumer hat die Art eindeu- tig nach 1? vom Berg Altvater beschrieben, aber es befinden sich in München 222 und in Kobenhavn 1? von diesem Fundort, und sie sind alle als Typen etikettiert: das zweite ? in München von Aubert (1981: 309) und das ? in Kobenhavn von Oehlke (unpubliziert). Hilpert hat den von Aubert festge- legten “Lectotypus” in München als Typus akzep- tiert. Es stimmt aber nur der von Perkins beschrif- tete Typus mit der Beschreibung überein (diese: “Vorderbeine ... roth, ... nur die Oberseite der Hüften und die Schenkelringe ... schwarz”). Bei dem zweiten $ in München sind die Vorderhüften ganz schwarz, bei dem ? in Kobenhavn sind sie überwiegend schwarz und nur außen rötlich gefleckt. Meines Erachtens gehören die 3?? zu derselben Art. Ichneumon mesopyrrhus Kriechbaumer*, 1893b: 261 ff. Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1981: 309). Gültiger Name: Aoplus castaneus (Gravenhorst) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 31). Ichneumon Moraguesi Kriechbaumer”, 1894a: 240 Lectotypus (?) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon bilunulatus (Graven- horst) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 50). Ichneumon mordax Kriechbaumer, 1875: 154f. Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon mordax Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 191). Aubert (1981: 309) hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Ichneumon Munki Kriechbaumer, 1893b: 365 f. Holotypus (S) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört. Gültiger Name: Exephanes occupator (Gravenhorst) (syn. nov.). Die Beschreibung bezieht sich auf das- selbe Typusexemplar wie die von I. (Exephanes ?) munki Kriechbaumer, 1895, was bisher übersehen worden ist (siehe unten). Beide Taxa sind deshalb nicht nur Homonyme, sondern auch primäre Syno- nyme. Ichneumon (Exephanes ?) Munki Kriechbaumer, 1895b: 107 (praeocc. durch I. munki Kriechbaumer, 1893) Holotypus (3) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört. Gültiger Name: Exephanes occupator (Gravenhorst) (Hinz & Horstmann 2000: 19). Bisher ist übersehen worden, daß Kriechbaumer unter dem Namen I. Munki nach demselben Typusexemplar zwei von- einander verschiedene Taxa beschrieben hat. Er bezeichnet ausdrücklich auch das zweite Taxon als neu, und beide Beschreibungen sind voneinander unabhängig. Verwirrend ist, daß der Holotypus nach der ersten Beschreibung “aus einer Schmetterlings- puppe gezogen”, nach der zweiten aber “gefangen” wurde. Ichneumon mustela Kriechbaumer, 1895b: 108. Holotypus (2) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert. Berthoumieu (1904: 33) stellt die Art nach der Beschreibung zu Stenichneumon Thomson. Ichneumon nigritarsis Kriechbaumer, 1889b: 201 f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Coelichneumon mayri (Tischbein) (Kriechbaumer 1894e: 249, Aubert 1981: 309). Der von Kriechbaumer angegebene Grund, weshalb sein Namel. nigritarsis beizubehalten sei, entspricht nicht den Nomenklaturregeln. Ichneumon novemalbatus (9-albatus) Kriechbau- mer, 1875: 152 Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon novemalbatus novemalba- tus Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 135). Aubert (1981: 309) hat den Lectotypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Ichneumon Ophiusae Kriechbaumer*, 1890a: 479. Holotypus (9): “Type”, “E Toxocampa lusoria”, “Ophi- usa lusoria 21/6.” (nach der Beschreibung aus der Umgebung von Wien), “Ichneum. ophiusae Krchb. 1890.”, Wien. Gültiger Name: Coelichneumon ophiusae (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 310). Ichneumon oviventris Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 291 f. Holotypus (2) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon submarginatus Graven- horst (Hinz 1975: 67, Rasnitsyn 1981: 110, Hilpert 1992b: 121). Ichneumon parvulus Kriechbaumer*, 1887c: 306 f. (praeocc. durch I. parvulus Gravenhorst, 1829) Holotypus (?): “29.VIl. Sedrun” (in Graubünden/ CEDABem: Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon parvulus (Kriechbau- mer). Heinrich (1937: 52) synonymisiert die Art mit C. punctifrons (Holmgren) (recte: C. jocularis (Wes- mael)), aber meines Erachtens handelt es sich um eine eigene Art, die wegen der ungeklärten taxono- mischen Probleme nicht neu benannt wird. C. par- vulus unterscheidet sich von 1? in München, das von Heinrich als C. punctifrons determiniert worden ist, durch folgende Merkmale: Stirn dorsal fein und mäßig dicht punktiert auf glänzendem, stellenweise glattem Grund; Mesoscutum auf dem Mittellappen zerstreut, auf den Seitenlappen sehr zerstreut punk- tiert auf glattem Grund; Scutellum fast ganz glatt, mit wenigen Punkten; Area superomedia deutlich länger als breit, caudal offen; Thyridien fast verlo- schen, deutlich schmäler als der Raum zwischen ihnen; zweites Gastertergit überwiegend fein und zerstreut punktiert auf gekörneltem Grund, mit feinen Querrunzeln und Quer-Körnelreihen; Collum und Scutellum schwarz. Ichneumon pentaleucus Kriechbaumer, 1895b: 108 Holotypus (2) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Munk/ Augsburg zerstört (Aubert 1981: 310). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon coniger Tischbein (Hilpert 1992b: 162). Ichneumon pertubans Kriechbaumer*, 1900a: 169 ff. Holotypus (S) in Berlin. Gültiger Name: Anisopygus pseudonymus (Wesmael) (Heinrich 1937: 58). Heinrich (1980b: 178) hat seine frühere Interpretation der Art übersehen und diese als eigene Art zu Gareila Heinrich gestellt. Der Irrtum istauf einen Sexualdimorphismus bei A. pseudonymus zurückzuführen: Beim ? ist der Postpetiolus fein strukturiert und glänzend, beim d deutlich gerunzelt. Dieser Unterschied wird von Heinrich (1961: 376, 1980b: 177 £.) als Unterschied zwischen den Gattun- gen Anisopygus Kriechbaumer und Gareila Heinrich genannt. Beide Gattungen stehen zueinander in ei- nem ähnlichen Verhältnis wie Diphyus Kriechbaumer und Ichneumon Linnaeus: Bei den 2? von Anisopygus ist die Subgenitalplatte groß, und der Bohrer steht nicht über die Gasterspitze vor (amblypyg), bei den Sg ist die Längsfalte des vierten Gastersternits in der Regel undeutlich oder fehlend, und die Art belegt anscheinend die Raupen des Wirts Clostera sp. (Notodontidae) (Grönblom 1964: 106). Bei den 13 ? 2 von Gareila ist die Subgenitalplatte kurz, und der Bohrer überragt die Gasterspitze (oxypyg), bei den dd ist die Längsfalte des vierten Gastersternits in der Regel deutlich, und G. patruelis (Holmgren) belegt die Puppen des Wirts Habrosyne pyritoides (Hufnagel) (Drepanidae) (Hinz 1991: 113). Ichneumon perversus Kriechbaumer, 1893b: 364 Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Barichneumon perversus (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 310). Ichneumon polystictus Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 307 Holotypus (9) in Bern. Gültiger Name: Baranisobas ridibundus (Gravenhorst) (Aubert 1966b: 106, 1981: 310). Ichneumon puerulus Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 182. Holotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1981: 310). Gültiger Name: Syspasis eburnifrons (Wesmael) (Ras- nitsyn & Siitan 1981: 590). Ichneumon pulvinatus Kriechbaumer, 1874: 148 ff. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon pulvinatus Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 310, Hilpert 1992b: 118). Ichneumon quinquealbatus (5 albatus) Kriechbau- mer, 1890e: 235f. Holotypus (8) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon quinquealbatus Kriech- baumer (Aubert 1981: 311, Hilpert 1992b: 320). Ichneumon repetitor Kriechbaumer, 1882a: 237 ff. Lectotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1981: 311). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon sarcitorius repetitor Kriech- baumer (Hilpert 1992b: 90). Ichneumon Rogenhoferi Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 24 ff. Lectotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon vafer vafer Tischbein (Hil- pert 1992b: 138). Ichneumon rufigena Kriechbaumer, 1875: 155f. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon rufigena Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 311, Hilpert 1992b: 199). Ichneumon Seisensis Kriechbaumer, 1893b: 330 f. Holotypus (S) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon seisensis Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1981: 311, Hilpert 1992b: 321). Ichneumon semiannulatus Kriechbaumer*, 1895b: 111 Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1981: 311). 14 Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon jocularis (Wesmael) (Horstmann 2002: 86). Ichneumon sexarmillatus (6-armillatus) Kriechbau- mer“, 1891a: &ff. Holotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1981: 311). Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon sexarmillatus (Kriech- baumer) (comb. nov.), syn. Ichneumon albiscuta Thomson (syn. nov.). Der Holotypus von C. sexar- millatus unterscheidet sich von anderen ?® der Art durch die ausgedehntere Punktierung des Postpe- tiolus. Ichneumon sexguttatus (6-guttatus) Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 52. Holotypus (3): “"Budap. Kohaut” (=Budapest), “Ich- neumon sexguttatus Kriechb.”, “Ichneumon sexguttatus Kriechb. (typ)”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Melanichneumon designatorius (Lin- naeus) (syn. nov.). Der Holotypus stimmt mit dem Belegexemplar der von Kriechbaumer (1898a: 311 f.) beschriebenen I. fortipes Wesmael var. rufipes (Name infrasubspezifisch) in München überein. Ichneumon Siculus Kriechbaumer*, 1887c: 304 f. Lectotypus (?) von Hilpert beschriftet und hiermit festgelegt: “Siracusa 11.V.77”, Bern. Gültiger Name: Bureschias subcylindricus (Graven- horst) (Hilpert det.) (syn. nov.). Als Paralectotypen sind in Bern 334 vorhanden. Ichneumon Sieboldi Kriechbaumer, 1893b: 329f. Syntypen (235) in München unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert. Ichneumon signaticornis Kriechbaumer, 1893b: Salt. Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon signaticornis Kriechbau- mer (Hilpert 1992b: 190). Ichneumon spilomerus Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 29f. Holotypus (S) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon spilomerus (Kriech- baumer) (Aubert 1981: 311). Ichneumon Steckii Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 303 Holotypus (?) in Bern (Aubert 1981: 311). Gültiger Name: Ichneumon affector affector Tischbein (Hilpert 1992b: 272). Ichneumon sulphuratus Kriechbaumer, 1894b: 50f. Holotypus (3) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon crassifemur Thomson (Hilpert 1992b: 175). Ichneumon Tischbeini Kriechbaumer, 1894e: 342 Holotypus (2) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Tischbein/Hamburg zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert. Ichneumon Tosquineti Kriechbaumer“, 1896a: 358 f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “type”, “Belgique Groenendaele 14. 7/91.” (= Groenendaal bei Bruxel- les), “Collection Dr. J. Tosquinet”, “Ichneumon Tos- quineti Kriech. det. J. Tosquinet”, Bruxelles. Gültiger Name: Gareila nivata (Gravenhorst) (syn. nov.). Ein weiterer Syntypus (?) ist höchstwahr- scheinlich mit der Sammlung Athimus zerstört. Der Lectotypus war verschollen (Horstmann 2002: 80 f.). C. Thirion hat ihn vor kurzem gefunden und mir zur Untersuchung geschickt. Es handelt sich um eine Varietät von G. nivata mit ungeflecktem Postpetio- lus. Ichneumon trialbatus Kriechbaumer, 1880c: 13f. Lectotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon trialbatus Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 322). Ichneumon vulpecula Kriechbaumer, 1875: 156f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Cratichneumon vulpecula (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1981: 311). Ichneumon wuestneii (Wüstneii) Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 290 f. Holotypus (?) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ichneumon gracilentus Kriechbaumer (Hilpert 1992b: 245). Die inkorrekte ursprüngliche Schreibweise “Wiüstneii” ist zu “wuestneii” zu korri- gieren (nach Artikel 32.5.2.1 der Nomenklaturre- geln), weil der Wohnort des Sammlers Wüstnei um 1890 zu Deutschland gehörte. Ischnocerus (!) filicornis Kriechbaumer*, 1879a: 164 f. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “M. Hess. 10.6.65. A. Krchb.” (= München-Hesselohe), München. Gültiger Name: Ischnoceros rusticus (Geoffroy) (Pfan- kuch 1924: 50). Als Paralectotypus ist in München 1? vorhanden. Ischnocerus (!) seticornis Kriechbaumer*, 1879a: 165f. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “Rsh. Hst. 9.8.64. A. Krchb.” (= Hochstätt bei Rosenheim/D), Mün- chen. Gültiger Name: Ischnoceros caligatus (Gravenhorst) (Clement 1938: 509). Als Paralectotypen sind in München 322 und 15 vorhanden. Ischnogaster albibucca Kriechbaumer*, 1890b: 154. Lectotypus (?) von Diller beschriftet und von Aubert (1974: 264) festgelegt: “M. Hess. 15.6.87. Krchb.” (=München-Hesselohe), “87./351.”, München. Gültiger Name: Notosemus bohemani (Wesmael) (Per- kins 1953: 133). Aubert bezeichnet den Lectotypus als “le type”; dies wird als gültige Festlegung eines Lectotypus interpretiert (siehe Einleitung). Ein Pa- ralectotypus (JS) ist in München vorhanden, weitere Syntypen (238) sind unauffindbar. Ischnus (?) balearicus Kriechbaumer“, 1894a: 242 Lectotypus (S) in Madrid. GültigerName: Heterischnusridibundus (Costa) (Horst- mann & Bordera 1995: 51). Ischnus pictipes Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 242 Lectotypus (2) in Madrid. GültigerName: Heterischnus proximus (Costa) (Horst- mann & Bordera 1995: 51). Leptocryptus albomarginatus Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: S7At. Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1968a: 193, 1974: 270, Sawoniewicz 1980: 337). Gültiger Name: Bathythrix formosa (Desvignes) (Horstmann 1998c: 435). Leptocryptus bellulus Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 372. Holotypus (2) in München (Aubert, 1968a: 193, 1974: 270, Sawoniewicz 1980: 337 £.). Gültiger Name: Bathythrix fragilis (Gravenhorst) (Horstmann 1998c: 435). Leptocryptus rubens Kriechbaumer, 1892f: 373 Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Bathythrix tenuis (Gravenhorst) (Aubert 1974: 270, Sawoniewicz 1980: 359). Kriech- baumer gibt in seiner Beschreibung nicht klar an, ob ein zweites erwähntes $ als Syntypus betrachtet werden muß. Während Aubert diese Frage offen läßt, bezeichnet Sawoniewicz das in München vor- handene ? als Holotypus. Limneria (Anilasta) nigritarsis Kriechbaumer in Schletterer, 1894: 20 Holotypus (2) in München und Wien unauffindbar (Aubert 1974: 272). Taxon uninterpretiert. Liogaster longulus Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 297 Holotypus (?) in Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Liotryphon punctulatus (Ratzeburg) (Oehlke 1966b: 145). 15 Lissonota albicoxis Kriechbaumer*, 1888e: 35 Holotypus (P): “Roghf. 1886 N. Oest.”, “e Eupithecia acteata [!] S. Egyd ...” (= St. Aegyd/Niederöster- reich), “Lissonota albicoxis Krchb. 2. det. Kriechbau- mer”, “albicoxis Krchb. 2.”, Wien. Gültiger Name: Lissonota albicoxis Kriechbaumer. Die Angabe von Aubert (1978: 81), dafs der Holoty- pus in München aufbewahrt werde, ist irrig. Die Art kommt auch in Deutschland vor: 1? von Hindelang/ Bayern, Coll. Hinz/München. Lissonota iridipennis Kriechbaumer, 1900a: 171. Holotypus (%) in Berlin unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Lissonota buccator (Thunberg) (syn. nov.). Aubert (1978: 85) vermutet, daß beide Taxa synonym sein könnten. Da die Beschreibung von L. iridipennis hinreichend gut mit einigen ?? von L. buccator übereinstimmt, wird diese Vermutung hier akzeptiert. Lissonota monosticta Kriechbaumer, 1900a: 171 Holotypus (%) in Berlin unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert (Aubert 1978: 165). Lissonota multipicta Kriechbaumer*, 1895c: 264 ff. (praeocc. in Syzeuctus Förster durch Macrus multi- pictus Saussure, 1892) Lectotypus (d) durch Aubert (1978: 130) festgelegt: “Sierre 21-23.6.79. Frey-G.” (=Sierre/Valais/CH), “830”, “multipicta m. S.”, München. Gültiger Name: Syzeuctus luniger (Brauns) (syn. nov.). Brauns (1901: 181f.) und die nachfolgenden Autoren haben Lissonota lunigera Brauns und L. mul- tipicta Kriechbaumer als Varietäten oder mögliche Synonyme zu 5. maculipennis (Costa) gestellt. Der Lectotypus von L. lunigera ist verschollen (Horst- mann 1998a: 83), aber ein Paralectotypus (d) ist in Berlin vorhanden und wurde verglichen. Außerdem wurden beide Taxa in Sierre/Valais gefangen. S. maculipennis (Costa) ist unrevidiert, und die In- terpretation dieser Art ist ungeklärt. Aubert bezeich- net den Lectotypus von L. multipicta als “le type”; dies wird als gültige Festlegung eines Lectotypus angesehen (siehe Einleitung). Das Fangdatum dieses Exemplars weicht etwas von der Beschreibung ab (diese: 22. und 25.7.). Dies wird als Schreibfehler Kriechbaumers interpretiert, weil die Beschreibung Angaben über die Zeichnung des Gesichts und des Mesoscutums enthält, die mit dem Lectotypus über- einstimmen. Paralectotypen der Art befinden sich in Bern (238) und München (338); das von Kriech- baumer beschriebene fragliche ? ist unauffindbar. Lissonota puberula Kriechbaumer, 1895c: 263 f. Holotypus (8) in Bern. Gültiger Name: Syzeuctus puberulus (Kriechbaumer) 16 (Aubert 1969b: 87). Aubert hat den Holotypus fälsch- lich als Lectotypus bezeichnet. Meniscus scapularis Kriechbaumer*, 1890a: 483 Holotypus (2): “Mann 1859 Mehadia” (in Rumäni- en), “Meniscus scapularis Kr. $ Kriechbaumer det.”, “Meniscus scapularis Krchb. 2.”, Wien. Gültiger Name: Lissonota rufipes Brischke (Yu & Horstmann 1997: 73). Mesochorus anthracinus Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 484 f. Holotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Mesochorus anthracinus Kriechbau- mer (Schwenke 1999: 61). Mesochorus gigas Kriechbaumer“, 1897c: 332 f. Holotypus (2) in München (Schwenke 1999: 12). Gültiger Name: Cidaphus areolatus (Boie) (Horst- mann 2002: 81). Mesoleius polyblastoides Kriechbaumer*, 1897a: 170ff. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Syndipnus polyblastoides (Kriechbau- mer) (Kasparyan 1998: 181, Horstmann 2001b: 80). Mesoleius rufogibbosus Kriechbaumer*, 1897a: 169. Holotypus (8) in München. Gültiger Name: Otlophorus rufogibbosus (Kriechbau- mer) (Kasparyan 1998: 181, Horstmann 2001b: 80). Mesoleius trochanteratus Kriechbaumer*, 1896b: 132f. (praeocc. durch M. trochanteratus Brischke, 1871) Lectotypus (2) in München (Kasparyan 1997: 302, Horstmann 2000a: 69). Gültiger Name: Campodorus nematicida Horstmann (Horstmann 2001a: 99). Mesoleptus (Zemiodes) erythropus (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 140 Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Hadrodactylus semirufus (Holmgren) (Horstmann 2000b: 45). Mesoleptus melanobasis Kriechbaumer, 1896a: 361 f. Holotypus (8) in Bruxelles unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann 2002: 81). Mesolius (!) periscelius Kriechbaumer, 1890c: 294 ff. Syntypen in Kobenhavn (12) und München (18) unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Lamachus transiens (Ratzeburg) (Oehlke 1966a: 859). Mesostenus albovinctus Kriechbaumer*, 1901: 254. Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Goryphus leucopygus (Walker) (Horst- mann 1990: 68). Metopius erythropygus Kriechbaumer, 1894b: 58f. Holotypus (?) in Budapest. Gültiger Name: Metopius erythropygus Kriechbaumer (Clement 1930: 425, Möczär 1968a: 184). Microcryptus acuminatus Kriechbaumer, 1899: 296 f. Holotypus (?) höchstwahrscheinlich mit der Samm- lung Athimus zerstört (Aubert 1974: 266). Taxon uninterpretiert. Microcryptus alpinus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 145. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Plectocryptus alpinus (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 266, Sawoniewicz 1984: 320, Schwarz 2003: 1103). Microcryptus amoenus Kriechbaumer, 1892f: 362 f. Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1968a: 192). Gültiger Name: Aptesis leucotarsus (Gravenhorst) (Sawoniewicz 1989: 219). Microcryptus armatus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 123. Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1974: 266, Sa- woniewicz 1984: 320 £.). Gültiger Name: Plectocryptus effeminatus (Graven- horst) (Sawoniewicz 1989: 217). Microcryptus clavatus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 57 f. Holotypus (8) in München (Aubert 1974: 266). Gültiger Name: Plectocryptus effeminatus (Graven- horst) (Sawoniewicz 1989: 217). Microcryptus contrarius Kriechbaumer*, 1893a: 147f. Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1974: 266). Gültiger Name: Cubocephalus leucopygus (Kriechbau- mer) (Sawoniewicz 2003: 214). Microcryptus contrarius Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 244 (praeocc. durch M. contrarius Kriechbaumer, 1893) Lectotypus (S) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Aptesis opposita (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Microcryptus crassicornis Kriechbaumer, 1891c: 163 ff. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Schenkia crassicornis (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 266, Sawoniewicz 1984: 321). Microcryptus cruentus Kriechbaumer, 1891c: 167 f. Holotypus (9) in München. Gültiger Name: Pleolophus sperator (Müller) (Aubert 1974: 267). Microcryptus curtulus Kriechbaumer, 1891c: 171 Lectotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1974: 267). Gültiger Name: Pleolophus brachypterus (Graven- horst) (Sawoniewicz 1988: 485). Microcryptus curtulus Kriechbaumer var. polystic- ta Kriechbaumer“, 1891c: 171. Holotypus (S) in München. Gültiger Name: Pleolophus larvatus (Gravenhorst) (Sawoniewicz 1988: 484). Microcryptus genalis Kriechbaumer in Schletterer, 1895: 38 (praeocc. in Microcryptus Thomson durch Cryptus genalis Brischke, 1891). Syntypen (23) in München und Wien unauffindbar (Aubert 1974: 267). Gültiger Name: Aptesis jejunator (Gravenhorst) (Sawoniewicz 1993: 15). Microcryptus gracilicornis Kriechbaumer, 1891c: 166. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Javra opaca (Thomson) (Aubert 1974: 267). Microcryptus Jemilleri Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 58 ff. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Javra jemilleri (Kriechbaumer) (Au- bert 1974: 267, Sawoniewicz 1986: 373). Microcryptus leucopygus Kriechbaumer*, 1891c: 169 Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1961: 208, 1962: 132, 1968a: 192). Gültiger Name: Cubocephalus leucopygus (Kriechbau- mer) (Sawoniewicz 2003: 214). Microcryptus oppositus Kriechbaumer in Dalla Torre, 1902: 708, nom. nov. für M. contrarius Kriech- baumer, 1894 (praeocc. durch M. contrarius Kriech- baumer, 1893). Lectotypus (S) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Aptesis opposita (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Microcryptus perversus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 125f. Holotypus (S) in Genova unauffindbar (Aubert 1974: 267). Gültiger Name: Aptesis perversa (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1963: 865). Habermehl (1919: 292) erwähnt 13 dieser Art aus der Umgebung von Worms/D, 17 das von Kriechbaumer mit der Type von M. perver- sus verglichen worden sei. Dieses ist in Frankfurt vorhanden (Fundortetikett: “Bürst. W. 3.7.95 Hbm.”) und wird hier zur Interpretation der Art herange- zogen, da es mit der Beschreibung hinreichend gut übereinstimmt. Die von Aubert (1971: 215) und Villemant (1982: 266) unter dem Namen Pleolophus perversus (Kriechbaumer) angeführten dd weichen von der Beschreibung durch die weiß gefleckten Mandibeln und die deutlich weiß gefleckten hinteren Gastertergite ab. Microcryptus planus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 150f. Holotypus (2) in München unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert (Aubert 1968a: 194, 1974: 267 f., Horstmann 1992: 243). Microcryptus poecilops Kriechbaumer, 1891c: 169f. Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1974: 268). Gültiger Name: Plectocryptus poecilops (Kriechbau- mer) (Sawoniewicz 1989: 217). Microcryptus punctulatus Kriechbaumer, 1891c: jest. Holotypus (?) in München (Townes et al. 1965: 449). Gültiger Name: Crypteffigies pseudocryptus (Wesma- el) (Aubert 1974: 268). Microcryptus rhombifer Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 148 ff. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Oresbius arridens (Gravenhorst) (Au- bert 1974: 268). Microcryptus senex Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 55 f. Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Polytribax senex (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1974: 268). Microcryptus seniculus Kriechbaumer“, 1893a: 56 f. Lectotypus (3) von Sawoniewicz beschriftet und hiermit festgelegt: “M. Isar 12.6.70. Krchb.” (= Mün- chen-Isar), “70.1/78.”, “Microcr. seniculus m. &”, München. Gültiger Name: Aptesis senicula (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1968a: 192). Die von Aubert publizierte Festlegung dieses Exemplars als Holotypus ist un- gültig (siehe Einleitung). Der zweite Syntypus (G) ist in München unauffindbar. Microcryptus tricolor Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 243. Lectotypus (2) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Aptesis flagitator (Rossi) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). 18 Microcryptus zonatus Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 126 Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Aptesis femoralis (Thomson) (Aubert 1974: 268). Mischophorus flavosignatus Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 54f. Lectotypus (S) hiermit festgelegt: “Hungaria merid.” (vermutlich Kroatien, Rumänien oder Serbien), “Miscophorus [!] flavosignatus Kriechb. det Mocsary”, “Miscophorus [!] flavosignatus Kriechb.”, “= Eurylabus larvatus Wesm.”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Eurylabus larvatus (Christ) (Berthou- mieu 1897: 307). Ein weiterer Syntypus (S) ist weder in Budapest noch in München auffindbar. Monoblastus lateralis Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 368 f. (praeocc. in Monoblastus Hartig durch Tryphon late- ralis Giraud, 1872) Holotypus (?) in Bruxelles (Horstmann 2002: 81). Gültiger Name: Monoblastus caudatus Hartig (Kas- paryan 1973: 194). Nemeritis Rhaphidiae Kriechbaumer“, 1892d: 234f. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Nemeritis caudatula Thomson (Au- bert 1968a: 193, Horstmann 1975: 264). Notopygus insignis (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer“*, 1891b: 251. Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Notopygus insignis Kriechbaumer (Bauer 1960: 66). Notopygus nigricornis Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 252 Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Notopygus nigricornis Kriechbaumer (Bauer 1960: 70). Die Art wurde nach 42? beschrie- ben, davon 1? aus München-Pasing (Coll. Kriech- baumer) und 3?? von einem unbekannten Fundort (Coll. Hartig). Von diesen ist derzeit nur das ? aus München auffindbar (Gaster fehlt). Die Angabe von Bauer, daß das ? mit dem Fundort München der “Typus” sei, wird als Festlegung eines Lectotypus interpretiert (siehe Einleitung). Notopygus xanthocerus (Förster in litt.) Kriechbau- mer, 1891b: 251 Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Notopygus xanthocerus Kriechbau- mer (Bauer 1960: 71, Aubert 1985: 56). Odontomerus geniculatus Kriechbaumer, 1889a: 73 Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Odontocolon geniculatus (Kriechbau- mer) (Clement 1938: 512, Townes et al. 1965: 120). Oneista Bohemani (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1892a: 41 ff. Lectotypus (2) in München (Horstmann 2002: 88). Gültiger Name: Lagarotis ustulata (Holmgren) (Ro- man 1909: 324). Ophion curvinervis Kriechbaumer*, 1878c: 249 ff. Lectotypus (3) in München. Gültiger Name: Eremotylus curvinervis (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1974: 271, Horstmann 1981: 419). Ophion minutus Kriechbaumer, 1878e: 105 Lectotypus (?) in München (Townes et al. 1965: 320). Gültiger Name: Ophion minutus Kriechbaumer (Au- bert 1974: 271). Ophion parvulus Kriechbaumer*, 1879d: 104. Lectotypus (8) durch Townes et al. (1965: 320) fest- gelegt: “Ophion parvulus Krchb. 3.” (nach der Be- schreibung aus München), “bei Vollenh. gewesen.” (Etikett kaum leserlich), München. Gültiger Name: Ophion parvulus Kriechbaumer. Au- bert (1974: 271) gibt fälschlich an, daß der Lectotypus 1? sei. Ein weiterer Syntypus (2) ist in München unauffindbar. Ophion Pteridis Kriechbaumer*, 1879c: 89. Lectotypus (?) durch Brock (1982: 88) festgelegt: “Ophion Pteridis Kriechb. ?” (nach der Beschreibung aus München), “bei Vollenh. gewesen.” (Etikett kaum leserlich) (große Teile der Beine fehlen, weitere Teile des Körpers sind abgebrochen und auf ein Etikett geklebt), München. Gültiger Name: Ophion pteridis Kriechbaumer. Au- bert (1974: 271) bezweifelt den Typenstatus dieses Exemplars, weil er das zweite Etikett als Fundort- etikett (“Vollenh. Gmünden”) interpretiert. Diese Lesart ist jedenfalls irrig, und der Zweifel ist unge- rechtfertigt. Weitere Syntypen (12, 338) sind in München unauffindbar. Ophion Slaviceki Kriechbaumer*, 1892d: 233. Holotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1974: 271). Gültiger Name: Ophion luteus (Linnaeus) (Brock 1982: 77 £.). Brock bezweifelt den Typenstatus dieses Exemplars, weil es nicht mit der Beschreibung über- einstimme. Hier liegt meines Erachtens ein Mißver- ständnis in der Terminologie vor: Die von Kriech- baumer beschriebene “Brachialader” verläuft von der Flügelbasis bis zum Flügelrand (siehe Pfankuch 1919: 57). Brock hat diese Ader vermutlich als “Bra- chiella” interpretiert, die vom Nervellus bis zum Flügelrand verläuft (siehe Townes 1969: 42 f.). Ophion wuestneii (Wüstneii) Kriechbaumer*, 1892d: 232 f. Holotypus (8): “Sondbg. 5.88.” (=Sonderborg/ DK) (Gaster fehlt), Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Ophion wuestneii Kriechbaumer (siehe die Bemerkung unter Ichneumon wuestneii). Man bestimmt die Art bei Brock (1982) als O. luteus (Linnaeus), aber die Mandibeln sind wie in Fig. 37 (p. 72) gebildet. Die Festlegung eines Neotypus durch Aubert (1968a: 194) ist nach Artikel 75 der Nomen- klaturregeln (Fassung von 1961) ungültig (Aubert 19727152): Paniscus lineatus Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 484 (prae- occ. durch P. lineatus Brulle, 1846) Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Netelia thomsoni (Brauns) (Delrio 1975: 34). Paniscus nigricans Kriechbaumer, 1898b: 171f. Lectotypus (S) in Madrid (Delrio 1975: 56). Gültiger Name: Netelia dilatata (Thomson) (Tolkanitz 1981: 101). Parabatus Millieratae Kriechbaumer, 1897b: 316f. Syntypen (4?%, 685) in München unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Netelia millieratae (Kriechbaumer) (Delrio 1975: 27). Perilissus buccatus Kriechbaumer, 1896b: 133 f. Holotypus (3) in Budapest unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert. Perosis albopicta Kriechbaumer*, 1892c: 214 ff. Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1974: 266). Gültiger Name: Schreineria populnea (Giraud) (Horst- mann 1990: 83). Perosis gracilis Kriechbaumer*, 1892c: 216f. Holotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1974: 266). Gültiger Name: Schreineria cingulipes (Förster) (Horstmann 1990: 82, Yu & Horstmann 1997: 286). Pezomachus canaliculatus Kriechbaumer*, 1896b: 129 (praeocc. durch P. canaliculatus Förster, 1850) Lectotypus (? Holotypus) (2) in Budapest (Aubert 1974: 270). Gültiger Name: Gelis stevenii (Gravenhorst) (Schwarz 1995: 29). Der Typus trägt das Fundortetikett “Rima- szombat” (= Rimavskä Sobota/SK). Pezomachus sesquifasciatus Kriechbaumer“, 1899: 301 ff. Lectotypus (2) hiermit festgelegt: “85./84.” (nach der Beschreibung aus der Umgebung von München), 19 “Pezomachus sesquifasciatus mihi 2.”, “Pezomachus corruptor Frst. var. a.”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Gelis proximus (Förster) (Schwarz 1995: 37). Die Typen von P. sesquifasciatus gehören zu einem umfangreichen Material der Gattung Gelis Thunberg, das offensichtlich aus der Zoologischen Staatssammlung in München stammt, aber aus einem unbekanntem Grund und zu einem unbekannten Zeitpunkt an das Museum in Budapest gekommen ist. Ich hatte den Lectotypus und drei Paralectotypen (?2) vor vielen Jahren bei einem Besuch in Budapest beschriftet, und Schwarz hat für seine Revision nur einen Paralectotypus zur Untersuchung erhalten. Phaeogenes (?) balearicus Kriechbaumer“, 1894a: 241 Lectotypus (d) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Centeterus balearicus (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 50). Phaeogenes bacilliger Kriechbaumer*, 1891a: 10f. Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1974: 264). Gültiger Name: Phaeogenes bacilliger Kriechbaumer (Sawoniewicz 2003: 223). Phaeogenes bellulus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 241 f. Lectotypus (d) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Diadromus collaris (Gravenhorst) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 50). Phaeogenes grammostoma Kriechbaumer, 1887c: 309. Holotypus (S) in Bern. Gültiger Name: Tycherus modestus (Wesmael) (Au- bert 1974: 264, 1991: 278). Phygadeuon anthracinus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 244f. Lectotypus (?) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon troglodytes Gravenhorst (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 51). Phygadeuon Atropos Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 346 Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon atropos Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1968a: 193, 1974: 268, Horstmann 2001c: 222). Phygadeuon balearicus Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 245 Lectotypus (d) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Ethelurgus balearicus (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Phygadeuon Clotho Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 344 f. Lectotypus (7?) in München. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon clotho Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1974: 269, Horstmann 200Ic: 217). 20 Phygadeuon decisus Kriechbaumer, 1892f: 347 f. Syntypen (339) in München unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert. Phygadeuon forticornis Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 344 Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon forticornis Kriechbaumer (Aubert, 1974: 269, Horstmann 200Ic: 222). Phygadeuon geniculatus Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 343 f. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon geniculatus Kriechbau- mer (Aubert 1974: 269, Horstmann 200Ic: 214). Phygadeuon Lachesis Kriechbaumer*, 1892f: 345 f. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Phygadeuon lachesis Kriechbaumer (Aubert 1974: 269, Horstmann 200Ic: 221). Phygadeuon micromelas Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 245 Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Gelis exareolatus (Förster) (Aubert 1974: 269, Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Pimpla (Epiurus) balearica Kriechbaumer”, 1894a: 248 f. Syntypus (2? nach der Beschreibung) in Madrid (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52), Gültiger Name: Scambus brevicornis (Gravenhorst) (Schmiedeknecht 1934: 139). Pimpla capulifera Kriechbaumer, 1887b: 119 Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Apechthis capulifera (Kriechbaumer) (Townes et al. 1965: 42). Pimpla castaniventris Kriechbaumer*, 1894c: 51 Holotypus (?) in Pretoria (Horstmann 1988: 98). Gültiger Name: Itoplectis maculator cruentata (Ru- dow) (Horstmann 1993b: 30). Pimpla cincticarpus Kriechbaumer, 1895c: 260 ff. Holotypus (?) in Bern unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Scambus cincticarpus (Kriechbaumer) (Perkins 1943: 268, Fitton et al. 1988: 53). Perkins hat den Holotypus noch revidiert. Pimpla cingulata Kriechbaumer“, 1894a: 249 (prae- occ. durch P. cingulata Ratzeburg, 1852). Lectotypus (d) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Zaglyptus varipes (Gravenhorst) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 53). Pimpla concors Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 482 f. Lectotypus (S) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Tromatobia ornata (Gravenhorst) (Oehlke 1967: 17). Aubert (1968a: 192) hat den Lec- totypus fälschlich als Holotypus bezeichnet. Pimpla curticauda Kriechbaumer*, 1887b: 120 f. Holotypus (?):“M. Hess. 26.6.69 Krchb.” (= München- Hesselohe), ‘“69./862.”, “Bavar. curticauda Krchb.”, München. Gültiger Name: Itoplectis curticauda (Kriechbaumer) (Seyrig 1932: 117). Pimpla meridionalis Kriechbaumer*, 1887b: 120 Holotypus (2): “Repandum Chiclana” (in Spanien), “K. 1880”, “Pimpla meridionalis m. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Itoplectis viduata (Gravenhorst) (Per- kins 1941: 646). Pimpla (Ctenopimpla) Perezi Kriechbaumer, 1898b: 170f. Holotypus (?) in Madrid (Aubert 1978: 65). Gültiger Name: Odinophora dorsalis (Gravenhorst) (Rey del Castillo & Scaramozzino 1991: 254). Pimpla quadricolor Kriechbaumer*, 1894c: 52 Holotypus (?) in Pretoria. Gültiger Name: Tromatobia quadricolor (Kriechbau- mer) (Horstmann 1988: 98). Pimpla Ratzeburgii Kriechbaumer*, 1887b: 84 Lectotypus (?) in München (Horstmann 2002: 88). Gültiger Name: Acropimpla pictipes (Gravenhorst) (Schmiedeknecht 1888: 502). Pimpla Schmiedeknechti Kriechbaumer*, 1888b: 339f. Holotypus (2): “Corfu 1887 Schmkn.”, “Corfu. Schmiedeknechti m. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Exeristes roborator (Fabricius) (Strobl 1902: 11). Pimpla semivaria Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 247 f. Syntypus (2 nach der Beschreibung) in Madrid (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Gültiger Name: Tromatobia ornata (Gravenhorst) (Schmiedeknecht 1934: 104). Pimpla stramentaria Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 483 Holotypus (?) in Wien. Gültiger Name: Scambus planatus (Hartig) (Oehlke 1966c: 189£.). Pimpla tricolor Kriechbaumer“, 1894a: 248 (praeocc. durch P. tricolor Spinola, 1840) Lectotypus (d) in München. Gültiger Name: Tromatobia ornata (Gravenhorst) (Oehlke 1967: 17£., Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 52). Pithotomus rufiventris Kriechbaumer*, 1888e: 33f. Lectotypus (?) in Wien (Aubert 1981: 314). Gültiger Name: Pithotomus rufiventris Kriechbaumer. Da die Art eindeutig nach 222 beschrieben wurde, ist die Festlegung eines Holotypus durch Heinrich (1978: 77) ungültig (siehe Einleitung), und die Fest- legung durch Aubert ist gültig. Das von Heinrich in München als Holotypus festgelegte Exemplar (2) ist ein Paralectotypus. Platylabus auriculatus Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 200 ff. Lectotypus (3) in München (Aubert 1974: 263). Gültiger Name: Platylabus auriculatus Kriechbau- mer. Platylabus fornicatus Kriechbaumer*, 1890a: 481 f. Holotypus (?): “Umgeb. Wiens ex lepid.”, “März 888 ...” (auf der Unterseite des Etiketts), “Platylabus fornicatus m. 2. n. sp. Type det. Kriechbaumer”, Wien. Gültiger Name: Platylabus iridipennis (Gravenhorst) (syn. nov.). Aubert (1981: 314) hat den Holotypus fälschlich als Lectotypus bezeichnet. Die Art wurde nach Perkins (1959: 56) determiniert: Mundleiste stark erhöht, Hinterfemora ganz rot, Hintertibien rot, das apicale Drittel schwarz. Platylabus frustatae Kriechbaumer*, 1888e: 34f. Lectotypus (?) in Wien (Aubert 1981: 314). Gültiger Name: Platylabops haematomerus (Holm- gren) (syn. nov.). Berthoumieu (1897: 320) hat den Typenfundort Rhoden (in Hessen/D) fälschlich als “Rhodes” (= Rhodos/GR) interpretiert, und viele Autoren sind ihm darin gefolgt. Als Paralectotypen von P. frustatae sind in Wien 1? und 3dd vorhanden. Rasnitsyn & Siitan (1981: 577) stellen die Art Ichneu- mon haematomerus Holmgren, die sonst als uninter- pretiert gilt (Hilpert 1992b: 15), in die Gattung Pla- tylabops Heinrich, vermutlich aufgrund von Materi- al in der Sammlung Heinrich/München (2dd von Col du Tourmalet/Hautes Pyr./F). Merkmale von P. haematomerus: Präpectalleiste hinter den Vorder- coxen deutlich erhöht, Gaster schwarz, die mittleren Tergite teilweise caudal schmal rot gerandet und/ oder stellenweise dunkelbraun überlaufen; beim 8 Geißel gedrungen, zweites Geißelglied 1,7-1,8-mal so lang wie breit, Glieder bei 0,7 der Länge deutlich breiter als lang, Tyloide groß, an 7-9 Geißelgliedern; beim ? Zwischenraum zwischen den Thyridien sehr dicht gerunzelt. In anderen Merkmalen stimmt P. haematomerus recht gut mit P. apricus (Gravenhorst) überein. 21 Platylabus gigas Kriechbaumer“, 1886: 243. Holotypus (?): “Sdbg. 28.6.85” (= Sonderborg/DK), “2”, “Type der Beschreibung Kriechbaumers”, “gigas Krchb.”, “Coll. Wüstnei”, Kobenhavn. Gültiger Name: Platylabus gigas Kriechbaumer. Platylabus lariciatae Kriechbaumer, 1890b: 202. Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1981: 315). Gültiger Name: Platylabops lariciatae (Kriechbaumer) (Rasnitsyn & Siitan 1981: 577). Platylabus suborbitalis Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 55 Holotypus (?): “Bihar vm Pävel” (= Distrikt Crisa- na/RO), “Platylabus suborbitalis Kriechb.”, “Platylabus suborbitalis Kriechb. typ.”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Platylabus vibratorius (Thunberg) (syn. nov.). Platylabus vibicariae Kriechbaumer, 1888e: 34 Holotypus (?) in Wien (Aubert 1981: 315). Gültiger Name: Platylabus vibicariae Kriechbau- mer. Polyblastus bicingulatus Kriechbaumer, 1898b: 169. Holotypus (2) in Madrid unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert. Polyblastus binotatus Kriechbaumer*, 1897a: 190. Lectotypus (5) von Aubert festgelegt: “Trostbg. Je- mill.” (= Trostberg/D), “12/486.”, München. Gültiger Name: Rhorus binotatus (Kriechbaumer) (Aubert 1968b: 102). Polyblastus phygadeuontoides Kriechbaumer*, 1896a: 367 Holotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Euryproctus ratzeburgi (Gorski) (Horstmann 2002: 81). Polyomorus gagatinus Kriechbaumer“, 1894d: 60f. Lectotypus (?) von Diller beschriftet und hiermit festgelegt: “Worms 29.6.91. Haberm.”, “316.”, “Ger- man. 1. gagatinus Krehb. ?.”, München. Gültiger Name: Ctenopelma tomentosum (Desvignes) (Townes et al. 1965: 239, Aubert 2000: 102, Shaw et al. 2003: 138). Ein Paralectotypus (2?) aus Madsk bei Sonderborg/DK befindet sich in Kobenhavn. Probolus Slaviceki Kriechbaumer* 1893b: 264 f. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Probolus concinnus Wesmael (Horst- mann 2000c: 296). 22. Pseudacoenites Moravicus Kriechbaumer*, 1892c: 219f. Holotypus (?): “Moravia Milkov Slavicek” (bei Prostejov/CZ), “Pseudacoenites Moravicus m. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Theronia laevigata (Tschek) (Krieger 1902: 189 f£.). Psilomastax cyaneus Kriechbaumer*, 1892b: 101 Lectotypus (?) in München (Aubert 1981: 313). Gültiger Name: Trogus violaceus (Mocsäry) (Mocsä- ry 1892: 208). Der Lectotypus trägt das gedruckte Etikett “Bamberg Funk”. Bamberg/D war der Wohn- ort des Sammlers Funk. Nach der Beschreibung wurde der Typus mit den Puppen des Wirts Papilio hospiton Guenee (Papilionidae) auf Sardinien gesam- melt und in Deutschland zum Schlüpfen gebracht (Horstmann 2000b: 47). Als Paralectotypen sind in München 6%? vorhanden. Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882a: 176 Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1981: 313). Gültiger Name: Psilomastax pyramidalis Tischbein (Townes 1957: 103). Die Vergabe eines neuen Namens für die von Tischbein beschriebene Art durch Kriech- baumer war unbegründet. Pyracmon pectoralis Kriechbaumer, 1890a: 484 Holotypus (S) in Wien unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Rhimphoctona pectoralis (Kriechbau- mer) (Horstmann 1980: 23). Rhorus conspicuus (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 249 Holotypus (3) in München. GültigerName: Rhorus punctus (Gravenhorst) (Horst- mann 2001b: 83). Rhorus spectabilis (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer*, 1891b: 247 £. (praeocc. in Rhorus Förster durch Cteno- pelma spectabilis Rudow, 1882) Lectotypus (?) in München. GültigerName: Rhorus punctus (Gravenhorst) (Horst- mann 2001b: 83). Rhyssa approximator Gravenhorst (!) var. maculi- coxis Kriechbaumer*, 1889a: 317 f. Lectotypus (2) in München (Kerrich 1966: 44). Gültiger Name: Pseudorhyssa nigricornis (Ratzeburg) (Horstmann 1999: 52). Rhyssa approximator Gravenhorst (!) var. ruficoxis Kriechbaumer*, 1887b: 249. Holotypus (%): “Beuerbg. 8.6.85 Krchb.” (= Beuer- berg /Starnberger See/D), München. Gültiger Name: Pseudorhyssa alpestris (Holmgren) (Kerrich 1966: 44). Obwohl Townes den Holotypus beschriftet hat, ist nicht sicher, ob die Bearbeitung in Townes & Townes (1960: 373) auf einer Typenre- vision fußt, denn in dieser Arbeit ist die Art falsch interpretiert worden (Kerrich, 1. c.). Rhyssa lineolata Kriechbaumer“, 1887b: 81 f. (prae- occ. in Rhyssa Gravenhorst durch Cryptocentrum li- neolatum Kirby, 1837) Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Rhyssa kriechbaumeri Ozols (Horst- mann 2002: 86). Rynchobanchus bicolor Kriechbaumer*, 1894b: 60 Holotypus (2): “Hungaria merid.” (vermutlich Kro- atien, Rumänien oder Serbien), “904/67.”, “Typus Rhynchobanchus [!] bicolor Kriechb.”, Budapest. Gültiger Name: Rynchobanchus bicolor Kriechbau- mer. Sagaritis balearica Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 250 Lectotypus (3) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Hyposoter (?) balearicus (Kriechbau- mer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 53). Sagaritis (?) dorsalis Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 251 f. Syntypen (? Holotypus) (??) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 59). Sagaritis (?) Moraguesi Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 2S2T. Lectotypus (?) in Madrid. Gültiger Name: Diadegma moraguesi (Kriechbaumer) (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 53). Sagaritis periscelis Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 250. Syntypen (%, 8) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Samm- lung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 53). Sagaritis trochanterata Kriechbaumer*, 1894a: 251 Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Campoletis annulata (Gravenhorst) (Aubert 1974: 272, Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 53). Schizopyga atra Kriechbaumer, 1887b: 86. Lectotypus (2) in München (Oehlke 1967: 21). Gültiger Name: Schizopyga frigida Cresson (Townes & Townes 1960: 225). Der von Aubert (1968a: 192) festgelegte Lectotypus ist ungültig (Sedivy 1969: 78). Sphalerus bifasciatus Kriechbaumer*, 1878a: 43 ff. Holotypus (9): “Mehad. Mocsäry” (= Mehadia/RO), “Eur. mer. 1. albicinctus Gr.”, München. GültigerName: Arotes albicinctus Gravenhorst (Kriech- baumer 1878c: 251 f.). Ein weiteres d vom Typen- fundort, das ebenfalls als Holotypus beschriftet ist, befindet sich in Budapest. Aus folgenden Gründen wird das Exemplar in München als Holotypus an- erkannt: Kriechbaumer (1878c: 251) hat nur 1d ge- sehen. Nur der Holotypus in München besitzt die in der Beschreibung erwähnte glatte Mittellängslinie auf dem Mesoscutum (Kriechbaumer 1878a: 43). Spilocryptus brevipennis Kriechbaumer*, 1893a: 54 (praeocc. in Agrothereutes Förster durch Cryptus brevipennis Marshall, 1867) Holotypus (?): “Coll® P. Magretti ex Coll® Gribodo” (nach der Beschreibung aus Piemonte/]), “34.70”, “brevipennis m. 2.”, “Sp. brevipennis Kriechb.” (große Teile der Fühler fehlen), Genova. Gültiger Name: Agrothereutes abbreviatus (Fabricius) var. (Horstmann 1993a: 137). Spilocryptus claviventris Kriechbaumer* in Schlet- terer, 1894: 14 ff. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “Pola Schlett.” (=Pula/Kroatien), Wien. Gültiger Name: Aritranis claviventris (Kriechbaumer) (Schwarz & Shaw 1998: 112). Ein Paralectotypus (2) ist in Wien ebenfalls vorhanden. Spilocryptus Magrettii Kriechbaumer, 1893a: 54f. Holotypus (?) in Genova (Schwarz & Shaw 1998: 112), Gültiger Name: Hoplocryptus magrettii (Kriechbau- mer) (Sawoniewicz 2003: 218). Spilocryptus nigricornis Kriechbaumer, 1896b: 128£. Holotypus (?) in Budapest (Schwarz 1988: 41). Gültiger Name: Idiolispa grossa (Gravenhorst) (Ha- bermehl 1925-1926: 107). Schwarz hat den Holotypus fälschlich als Lectotypus bezeichnet (Beschreibung: “Von dem einzigen Exemplar des grossus ... ist das vorliegende [Exemplar] des nigricornis ...”). Spilocryptus pumilus Kriechbaumer*, 1899: 69. Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Agrothereutes pumilus (Kriechbau- mer) (Aubert 1968a: 192, Horstmann 1968: 126). Das Taxon ist möglicherweise ein Synonym von A. hos- pes (Tschek) (Horstmann, 1.c.). 28) Stenolabis cingulata Kriechbaumer, 1894d: 58f. Holotypus (2) in München unauffindbar. Gültiger Name: Diacritus aciculatus (Snellen van Vollenhoven) (Perkins 1940: 55). Townes (1969: 130) deutet an, den Holotypus untersucht zu haben, aber ich konnte diesen nicht finden. Synomelix Sieboldii Kriechbaumer, 1897a: 189. Holotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Synomelix albipes (Gravenhorst) (Idar 19832169). Thalessa flavonotata Kriechbaumer*, 1896b: 135. Holotypus (8) in Budapest (Oehlke 1967: 40). Gültiger Name: Megarhyssa rixator (Schellenberg) (Horstmann 1998b: 342). Tropistes rufipes Kriechbaumer*, 1894f: 260. Lectotypus (2) in München (Aubert 1974: 270). Gültiger Name: Tropistes falcatus (Thomson) (Horst- mann 1976: 24). Tryphon (Mesoleius) balearicus Kriechbaumer, 1894a: 245f. Syntypen (? Holotypus) (?%) höchstwahrscheinlich in der Sammlung Moragues/Mallorca zerstört. Taxon uninterpretiert (Horstmann & Bordera 1995: 32): Tryphon bilineolatus Kriechbaumer, 1897a: 189. Holotypus (S) in München unauffindbar. Taxon uninterpretiert (Kasparyan 1969: 648). Das von Strobl (1903: 26) unter diesem Namen erwähn- te Material (Coll. Strobl/ Admont) weicht in vielen Punkten von der Beschreibung ab und kann zur Interpretation der Art nicht herangezogen werden. Udenia Herrichii (Förster in litt.) Kriechbaumer, 1892a: 40 f. Syntypen (6358) in München unauffindbar (Aubert 1968a: 193). Gültiger Name: Perilissus rufoniger (Gravenhorst) (Roman 1914: 30f.). Roman hat noch einen Typus von U. herrichii in München untersucht, der jetzt verschollen ist. Dagegen sind in der Sammlung Kriechbaumer/München unter dem Namen P. ver- nalis (Gravenhorst) 5? von München-Schleißheim vorhanden, die die Fanddaten 27.5.1884 und 25.5.1885 tragen und deshalb anscheinend aus denselben Fangserien stammen wie ein Teil der Syntypen von U. herrichii. Ihnen fehlt allerdings jeder Hinweis auf diese Art. Meine Bemerkungen zu dieser Art und zu P. punctatissimus Strobl (Horstmann 2001b: 81) sind durch Aubert (2000: 33 f.) überholt. 24 Xylonomus brachylabis Kriechbaumer, 1889a: 75ff. Lectotypus (2) in München. Gültiger Name: Xorides brachylabis (Kriechbaumer) (Clement 1938: 565, Townes et al. 1965: 123). Xylonomus clavicornis Kriechbaumer*, 1879b: 168. Lectotypus (?) hiermit festgelegt: “Triest 11.5.71. Krchb.”, “125.”, München. Gültiger Name: Xorides gravenhorstii (Curtis) (Yu & Horstmann 1997: 944). Drei Paralectotypen (? 2) sind in München vorhanden. Xylonomus Corcyrensis Kriechbaumer* in Schlet- terer, 1894: 22f. Holotypus (?): “Corfu 1881. Schmkn.”, “Xylonomus Corcyrensis Krchb. 2.”, München. Gültiger Name: Xorides corcyrensis (Kriechbaumer) (Oehlke 1964: 573). Kriechbaumer gibt nicht klar an, nach wievielen ?? er die Art beschrieben hat. Cle- ment (1938: 524) bezeichnet das angeführte Exemp- lar als die “Type”. Xylonomus ephialtoides Kriechbaumer, 1882e: 151 Lectotypus (?) in München. Gültiger Name: Xorides ephialtoides (Kriechbaumer) ( Cl&ment 1938: 546, Townes et al. 1965: 123). Xylonomus fasciipennis Kriechbaumer* in Schlet- terer, 1894: 22 ff. Holotypus (2): “Pola 10.6.93. Schlett.” (= Pula/Kro- atien), “Xylonomus fasciipennis Krchb. %.”, Mün- chen. Gültiger Name: Xorides annulator (Fabricius) (Tow- nes et al. 1965: 543). Kriechbaumer gibt nicht klar an, nach wievielen ??2 er die Art beschrieben hat. Clement (1938: 527) bezeichnet das angeführte Ex- emplar als “die Kriechbaumersche Type”. Danksagung Für ihre Hilfe beim Entleihen von Typen und anderem Vergleichsmaterial und für Auskünfte danke ich: C. van Achterberg (Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Lei- den), A. Albrecht (Zoological Museum, Helsinki), H. Baur (Naturhistorisches Museum, Bern), J. Cools (Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles Belgique, Bruxelles), R. Danielsson (Zoologiska Institutionen, Lund), E. Diller und S. Schmidt (Zoologische Staatssammlung, Mün- chen), J. Götze (Naturhistorisches Museum, Admont), I. Izquierdo (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid), F. Koch (Zoologisches Museum, Berlin), J.-P. Kopelke (Naturmuseum Senckenberg, Frankfurt), M. Madl (Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien), R. Meier und L. Vilhelmsen (Zoologisk Museum, Kobenhavn ), R. Poggi (Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genova), C. Thirion (Awirs/Belgien), R. B. Thoms (Transvaal Museum, General Entomology Department, Pretoria), C. Villemant (Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris) und K. Zombori und S. Csösz (Termeszettudomä- nyi Müzeum Allattära, Budapest). Literatur Atanasov, A. 1977. [A contribution to the system of the Palearctic ichneumonids belonging to the genus Habronyx (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae).] [rus- sisch] — Acta zool. Bulg. 7: 37-45 Aubert, J.-F. 1961. Revision des travaux concernant les Ichneumonides de France et 3”° suppl&ment au catalogue de Gaulle (80 especes nouvelles pour la faune francaise). — Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 30: 206-211 -- 1962. Les Ichneumonides du rivage mediterraneen frangais (4° serie, Alpes-maritimes). — Rev. Fr. Ent. 29: 124-153 -- 1963. Les Ichneumonides du rivage mediterranen francais (5° serie, Departement du Var). - Vie et Milieu 14: 847-878 -- 1966a. Revision des traveaux concernant les Ich- neumonides de France et 5° suppl&ment au catalo- gue de Gaulle (90 especes nouvelles pour la faune de France). - Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 35: 81-90 -- 1966b. Les Ichneumonides du rivage mediterra- neen francais (9° serie: Ouest de I’Herault et Aude) (Hym.). - Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 71: 100-108 -- 1968a. Fixations des types, lectotypes et paratypes dans les collections d’Ichneumonides, et premiere liste de types perdus ou conserves. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 41: 175-201 -- 1968b. Ichneumonides non petiolees inedites et revision partielle des genres Phytodietus Grav. et Netelia Gray. — Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1968: 93- 103 -- 1969a. Supplement aux Ichneumonides non petio- lees inedites et revision du genre Erromenus Holm. - Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1969: 37-46 -- 1969b. Prelude ä une revision des Ichneumonides Banchinae (=Lissonotinae) ouest-palearctiques. — Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1969: 85-94 -- 1971. Les Ichneumonides du rivage mediterraneen francais (Hym.) (11° serie). — Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 76: 210-221 -- 1972. Etude commentee de nouveaux lectotypes choisis dans les collections Holmgren et Thomson (Hym. Ichneumonidae). - Ent. scand. 3: 145-152 -- 1974. Recherches des types de Kriechbaumer au museum de Munich (Ichneum. Cyclopneustinae, Cryptinae et Ophioninae). — Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 43: 262-272 -- 1978. Les Ichneumonides ouest-pal&arctiques et leurs hötes. 2. Banchinae et suppl. aux Pimplinae. - Echauffour, 318 pp. -- 1981. Ichneumoninae de Kriechbaumer, et quel- ques autres types conserves a Munich et ä Vienne. — Spixiana 4: 305-315 -- 1985. Ichneumonides Scolobatinae des colections suedoises (suite) et du Musee de Leningrad. - Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1985: 49-58 -- 1991. Pour une nouvelle revision des Ichneumoni- des Phygadeuontini, Banchinae, Scolobatinae, Ophioninae sensu lato et Ichneumoninae (Hyme- noptera). - Nouv. Rev. Ent. (N. S.) 8: 267-286. -- 1992. Cinquieme prelude ä une revision des Ich- neumonides Scolobatinae (Ctenopelmatinae). -— Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1992: 1-7 -- 2000. Les Ichneumonides ouest-palearctiques et leurs hötes. 3. Scolobatinae (=Ctenopelmatinae) et suppl. aux volumes precedents. - Litterae Zoologi- cae (Lausanne) 5: 310 pp. Bachmaier, F. 1979. Das in der Zoologischen Staats- sammlung München aufbewahrte Typenmaterial der Gattung Dusona Cameron 1900 (=Campoplex auct.) und sein Erhaltungszustand (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Porizontinae). -— Spixiana 2: 69-93 Barron, J. R. 1978. Systematics of the World Eucerotinae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). Part II: Non-Ne- arctic species. — Naturaliste can. 105: 327-374 Bauer, E. 1927. Über Glypta exophthalmus Kriechb. und biauriculata Strobl. — Ent. Mitt. 16: 425-428 Bauer, R. 1960. Die Ctenopelmatinen-Gattungen Noto- pygus Holmgren und Homaspis Förster. - Zool. Anz. 164: 64-75 Berthoumieu, V. 1897. Ichneumonides d’Europe et des pays limitrophes. — Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 65 (1896): 285-418 -- 1904. Hymenoptera, Fam. Ichneumonidae, Sub- fam. Ichneumoninae. — Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 18. - Bruxelles, 87 pp. & 2 Tab. Brauns, S. 1901. Nachträge zu den Lissonotinen. - Z. syst. Hymenopt. Dipt. 1: 177-183 Brock, J. P. 1982. A systematic study of the genus Ophi- on in Britain (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Ti- jdschr. Ent. 125: 57-97 Ceballos, G. 1931. Estudios sobre Icrneumönidos de Es- pana. II. Subfamilia Cryptinae (tribu Cryptini). - Trab. Mus. Nac. Cienc. Nat. Madrid, Ser. Zool. 56: 206 pp. Clement, E. 1930. Opuscula hymenopterologica III. Die Paläarktischen Metopius-Arten (Hym., Ichneum.) - Konowia 8 (1929): 325-437 -- 1938. Opuscula hymenopterologica IV. Die palä- arktischen Arten der Pimplinentribus Ischnocerini, Odontomerini, Neoxoridini und Xylomini (Xoridi- ni Schm.). — Festschrift Embrik Strand 4: 502-569 Dalla Torre, C. G. de. 1902. Catalogus Hymenopterorum hucusque descriptorum systematicus et synonymi- cus. III: Trigonalidae, Megalyridae, Stephanidae, Ichneumonidae, Agriotypidae, Evaniidae, Pelecini- dae. - Lipsiae, pp. 545-1141 Delrio, G. 1975. Revision des especes ouest-pal6&arcti- ques du genre Netelia Gray (Hym., Ichneumonidae). — Studi Sassaresi, Sez. III, 23: 126 pp. Diller, E., & K. Horstmann. 1997. Typenrevision der von Victor Berthoumieu beschriebenen Ichneumoninae (ohne Phaeogenini) (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Ich- neumonidae). — Spixiana 20: 39-71 25 Fitton, M. G., M. R. Shaw & I. D. Gauld 1988. Pimpline ichneumon-flies. Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae (Pimplinae). - Handbk. Ident. Br. Insects, Vol. 7, Part 1: 110 pp. Grönblom, T. 1964. Einige aus Schmetterlingszuchten hervorgegangene Schlupfwespen (Hym., Ichneu- monoidea). --Ann. Ent. Fenn. 30: 104-111 Gupta, V. K. 1985. A review of the tribe Neoxoridini of the World (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae: Pimpl- inae). — Orient. Ins. 19: 323-329 Habermehl, H. 1919. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der palae- arktischen Ichneumonidenfauna. — Z. wiss. Insek- tenbiol. 14: 285-292 -- 1925-1926. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Cryptinengat- tungen Spilocryptus und Hoplocryptus C. G. Thoms. (Hym. Ichneum.). -— Neue Beitr. syst. Insektenkun- de 3: 101-111 (1925), 137-146, 149-154, 165-169 (1926) Heinrich, G. 1929. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Insekten- fauna Nordpersiens. Nach der Ausbeute der Elbrus- Expedition von G. Heinrich und Dr. M. Dammholz Anno 1927. Ichneumonidae (Hym.). — Dt. ent. Z. 1929: 305-326 -- 1930a. Zur Systematik der Ichneumonidae steno- pneusticae III. - Konowia 9: 90-92 -- 1930b. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ichneumoniden- fauna Jugoslaviens. - Konowia 9: 118-126 -- 1937. Zur Systematik der Ichneumoninae steno- pneusticae VII (Hym.). - Mitt. Dt. ent. Ges. 8: 51-54 -- 1953. Ichneumoniden der Steiermark (Hym.). — Bonn. zool. Beitr. 4: 147-185 -- 1961. Synopsis of Nearctic Ichneumoninae Steno- pneusticae with particular reference to the north- eastern region (Hymenoptera). Part IV. Synopsis of the Ichneumonini: genera Chasmias, Neamblymor- pha, Anisopygus, Limerodops, Eupalamus, Tricholabus, Pseudamblyteles, Eutanyacra, Ctenichneumon, Exepha- nes, Ectopimorpha, Pseudoamblyteles. -— Can. ent., suppl. 23: 369-505 -- 1973. Bemerkenswerte Ichneumoninae aus dem Gebiet der Südalpen. — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 22: 49-56 -- 1978. [Ostpaläarktische Hautflügler (Insekten) der Unterfamilie Ichneumoninae.] [russisch] — Lenin- grad, 81 pp. -- 1980a. Contribution to the knowledge of the West- ern Palearctic species of Anisobas Wesmael (Ichneu- monidae, Ichneumoninae). — Spixiana 3: 225-238 -- 1980b. Burmesische Ichneumoninae XI. Tribus Ichneumonini (5. Teil). - Ann. Zool. 35: 117-191 Hellen, W. 1941. Zur Ichneumonidenfauna Finnlands (Hym.) I. - Notul. ent. 20 (1940): 42-53 Hilpert, H. 1992a. Zur Identität von Stenobarichneumon constantineanui Heinrich, 1972 und Bemerkungen zu den europäischen Arten des Genus Rugosculpta Heinrich, 1967 (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Ichneumoninae). — Spixiana 15: 143-148 -- 1992b. Zur Systematik der Gattung Ichneumon Linnaeus, 1758 in der Westpalaearktis (Hymeno- ptera, Ichneumonidae, Ichneumoninae). - Entomo- fauna, Suppl. 6: 389 pp. 26 Hinz, R. 1963. Zur Systematik und Ökologie der Ichneu- moniden III (Hym.). - Dt. ent. Z., N. F. 10: 116-121 -- 1975. Vier Bemerkungen zur Systematik der Ich- neumonidae (Hym.). — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 24: 65-68 -- 1991. Untersuchungen zur Lebensweise von Arten der Ichneumonini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 64: 109-114 -- & K. Horstmann 2000. Die westpaläarktischen Arten von Exephanes Wesmael (Insecta, Hymeno- ptera, Ichneumonidae, Ichneumoninae). - Spixiana 23: 15-32 Horstmann, K. 1968. Revision einiger Arten der Gattun- gen Mesostenus Gravenhorst, Agrothereutes Foerster und Ischnus Gravenhorst (Hymenoptera, Ichneu- monidae). - Entomophaga 13: 121-133 -- 1975. Neubearbeitung der Gattung Nemeritis Holm- gren (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Pol. Pismo Ent. 45: 251-265 -- 1976. Wenig bekannte oder neue europäische He- mitelinen-Gattungen (Hymenoptera, Ichneumon- idae, Cryptinae). -—-NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 25: 22-31 -- 1980. Revision der europäischen Arten der Gattung Rhimphoctona Förster (Hymenoptera, Ichneumon- idae). - NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 29: 17-24 -- 1981. Die paläarktischen Arten der Gattungen Eremotylus Förster, 1869, und Simophion Cushman, 1947 (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Entomo- fauna 2: 415-432 -- 1988. Über einige Itoplectis- und Tromatobia-Arten von den Kanarischen Inseln (Hymenoptera, Ich- neumonidae). — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 37: 97-100 -- 1990. Die westpaläarktischen Arten einiger Gattun- gen der Cryptini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 79 (1989): 65-89 -- 1992. Revision einiger Gattungen und Arten der Phygadeuontini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 81 (1991): 229-254 -- 1993a. Revision der brachypteren Weibchen der westpaläarktischen Cryptinae (Hymenoptera, Ich- neumonidae). -— Entomofauna 14: 85-148 -- 1993b. Revision der von Ferdinand Rudow be- schriebenen Ichneumonidae I (Hymenoptera). — Beitr. Ent. 43: 3-38 -- 1997. Über infrasubspezifische Namen von Formen und Varietäten der Autoren Kriechbaumer, Athi- mus, Pfankuch, Ulbricht und Hedwig in der Fami- lie Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera). — Z. Arbeits- gem. Öster. Ent. 49: 47-56 -- 1998a. Übersicht über die von Sigismund Brauns beschriebenen europäischen Ichneumonidae (Hy- menoptera). — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 47: 80-87 -- 1998b. Die europäischen Arten von Megarhyssa Ashmead, 1900 (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). - Entomofauna 19: 337-350 -- 1998c. Revisionen einiger Gattungen und Arten der Phygadeuontini II (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Cryptinae). - Entomofauna 19: 433-460 -- 1999. Revisionen von Schlupfwespen-Arten Ill (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 89: 47-57 2000a. Typenrevisionen einiger von Habermehl beschriebener Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera). — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 49: 67-70 2000b. Revisionen von Schlupfwespen-Arten IV (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 90: 39-50 2000c. Die europäischen Arten von Probolus Wes- mael, 1845 (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — En- tomofauna 21: 293-300 2001a. Ichneumonidae. In: Dathe, H. H., A. Taeger & S. M. Blank (Hrsg.), Verzeichnis der Hautflügler Deutschlands (Entomofauna Germanica 4). — Ent. Nachr. Ber. (Dresden), Beiheft 7: 69-103 2001b. Revisionen von Schlupfwespen-Arten V (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 91: 77-86 2001c. Revision der bisher zu Iselix Förster gestell- ten westpaläarktischen Arten von Phygadeuon Gra- venhorst (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Cryptinae). - Spixiana 24: 207-229 2002. Revisionen von Schlupfwespen-Arten VI (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). -— Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 92: 79-91 2003. Revisionen von Schlupfwespen-Arten VII (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). — Mitt. Münch. Ent. Ges. 93: 25-37 & S. Bordera 1995. Type revisions of Ichneumon- idae (Hymenoptera) described by Kriechbaumer from Mallorca. — NachrBl. bayer. Ent. 44: 49-55 & D.S. Yu 1999. Bemerkungen zur Taxonomie und Nomenklatur westpaläarktischer Ichneumonidae. - Z. Arbeitsgem. Öster. Ent. 50 (1998): 77-84 Idar, M. 1975a. Redescriptions of Hadrodactylus paludi- cola (Hlgr.), H. femoralis (Hlgr.) and H. insignis (Krb.) (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). - Ent. scand. 6: 182-190 1975b. Redescriptions of Hadrodactylus fugax (Gr.), H. confusus (Hlgr.), H.genalis Th. and H. larvatus (Krb.) (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). - Ent. scand. 6: 286-296 1983. Revision of European Synomelix Förster (Hy- menoptera: Ichneumonidae) with description of S. faciator n. sp. - Ent. scand. 14: 168-172 Kasparyan, D. S. 1969. [Palaearctic species of the genus Tryphon Fallen (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) 1.] [russisch] — Ent. Obozr. 48: 639-662 1973. [Schlupfwespen — Ichneumoniden (Ichneu- monidae), Unterfamilie Tryphoninae, Tribus Try- phonini.] [russisch] - [Fauna der USSR, Insekten, Hautflügler, Band II, Teil 1] [russisch] — Lenin- grad, 320 pp. 1997. On some species of Mesoleius s. 1. described by Holmgren and Thomson (Hymenoptera: Ich- neumonidae). — Zoosyst. Ross. 6: 302 1998. Taxonomic notes on the species of Mesoleius s. 1., Hyperbatus and Phaestus in the museums of Stockholm, Lund and Munich (Hymenoptera: Ich- neumonidae, Ctenopelmatinae). - Zoosyst. Ross. 7: 181-183 Kerrich, G. J. 1952. A review, and a revision in greater part, of the Cteniscini of the Old World (Hym., Ichneumonidae). — Bull. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ent. 2 (6): 305-459 -- 1966. On the species of Pseudorhyssa Merrill (Hym., Ichneumonidae). — Entomologist 99: 44-46 Kiss, A. 1924. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der ungarischen und siebenbürgischen Ichneumoniden- (Schlupf- wespen-) Fauna. — Verh. Mitt. Siebenbürg. Ver. Naturw. Hermannstadt 72/74: 32-146 Kriechbaumer, J. 1954. Hymenopterologisches. — Ent. Ztg. Stettin 15: 153-158 1869. Beschreibung einer neuen Schlupfwespe. - Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 3: 129-130 1872a. Neue Schlupfwespen aus den Alpen. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 3: 482-485 1872b. Atractogaster, nov. gen. Pimplidarum. - Ent. Ztg. Stettin 33: 6-10 1873. Hymenopterologische Beiträge. III. — Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (Abh.) 23: 49-68 1874. Eine alte und eine neue Art der Gattung Ichneumon. -— Correspondenzbl. zool.-mineral. Ver. Regensburg 28: 146-150 1875. Neue Schlupfwespen. - Correspondenzbl. zool.-mineral. Ver. Regensburg 29: 149-158 1877. Holmgrenia eine neue Schlupfwespengattung. - Correspondenzbl. zool.-mineral. Ver. Regens- burg 31: 146-150 1878a. Neue Schlupfwespen aus Ungarn. — Ent. Nachr. 4: 41-46 1878b. Bassus ibalioidis nov. sp. — Ent. Nachr. 4: 211- 212 1878c. Ichneumonologisches. — Ent. Nachr. 4: 249- 252 1879a. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schlupfwespen- Gattung Ischnocerus. - Correspondenzbl. zool.-mi- neral. Ver. Regensburg 33: 163-167 1879b. Ein neuer Xylonomus nebst Bemerkung über den X. securicornis Hlmg. - Correspondenzbl. zool.- mineral. Ver. Regensburg 33: 167-169 1879c. Ophion Pteridis n. sp. — Ent. Nachr. 5: 89-90 1879d. Ophion parvulus n. sp. — Ent. Nachr. 5: 104-105 1879e. Ophion minutus n. sp. — Ent. Nachr. 5: 105-106 1880a. Brachycyrtus novum genus Cryptidarum. — Correspondenzbl. zool.-mineral. Ver. Regensburg 34: 161-164 1880b. Gezogene Schlupfwespen aus Dalmatien. — Ent. Nachr. 6: 73-75 1880c. Neue Schlupfwespen aus den Alpen. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 6: 12-15 1882a. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 8: 122-129, 173-177, 237-243 1882b. Hymenoptera nova vel minus cognita in collectione Musaei Nationalis Hungarici. — Ter- mesz. Füzetek 6: 143-151 1883. Ophioniden-Studien. — Correspondenzbl. naturw. Ver. Regensburg 37: 97-114 1886. Neue Schlupfwespen. — Ent. Nachr. 12: 241- 246 1887a. Frühjahrsbeschäftigungen für den Insekten- sammler, besonders den Hymenopterologen. - Ent. Nachr. 13: 65-67 27, 28 1887b. Pimpliden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 13: 81-87, 113-121, 245-254 1887c. Neue Ichneumoniden. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 7: 301-309 1888a. Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Euceros. — Ent. Nachr. 14: 197-200 1888b. Pimpliden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 14: 337- 340 1888c. Das d des Euceros superbus m. — Ent. Nachr. 14: 353-354 1888d. Exetastes alpinus m. 23. — Ent. Nachr. 14: 354-355 1888e. Neue Ichneumoniden des Wiener Muse- ums. - Ann. nat.-hist. Hofmus. Wien 3: 23-36 1889a. Pimpliden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 15: 17-24, 73-78, 140-142, 156-163, 316-318 1889b. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 15: 142-144, 201-208 1890a. Ichneumoniden-Studien. Neue Ichneumoni- den des Wiener Museums. — Ann. nat.-hist. Hof- mus. Wien 5: 479-491 1890b. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 16: 151-155, 181-185, 199-204, 348-351 1890c. Neue Schlupfwespen aus Nord- und Mittel- Deutschland. - Ent. Nachr. 16: 289-297 1890d. Zwei Neue Tryphoniden-Gattungen. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 8: 207-210 1890e. Neue Schlupfwespen aus der Schweiz. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 8: 235-236 1891a. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 17: 8-11 1891b. Tryphoniden-Studien. - Ent. Nachr. 17: 34- 46, 133-141, 247-252, 298-303 1891c. Cryptiden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 17: 162- 172 1892a. Tryphoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 40- 43 1892b. Ein neuer Psilomastax. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 101 1892c. Xylonomiden- und Pimpliden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 211-220 1892d. Ophioniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 232- 236 1892e. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 292-297 1892f. Cryptiden-Studien. - Ent. Nachr. 18: 340-352, 362-365, 370-373 1893a. Cryptiden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 19: 54-60, 119-127, 145-153 1893b. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 19: 259-265, 325-332, 363-366 1894a. Himenopteros nuevos de Mallorca, recogi- dos por D. Fernando Moragues. — An. Soc. Hist. nat. Espan. 23: 239-253 1894b. Ichneumonidae novae e fauna Hungarica Musaei Nationalis Hungarici. - Termesz. Füzetek 17: 48-60 1894c. Hymenoptera ichneumonidea, a medico nautico Dr. Joh. Brauns in itinere ad oras Africae occidentalis lecta. -— Berlin. Entomol. Z. 39: 43-68 -- 1894d. Zwei neue Schlupfwespen-Gattungen. — Ent. Nachr. 20: 58-61 -- 1894e.Ichneumoniden-Studien. Untersuchung Tisch- bein’scher Schlupfwespen-Typen. Fortsetzung. — Ent. Nachr. 20: 162-173, 248-256, 279-288, 315-333, 337-352 -- 1894f. Die Gattung Tropistes und eine neue Art derselben. — Ent. Nachr. 20: 260-262 -- 1895a. Hymenoptera nova exotica Ichneumonidea e collectione Dr. Rich. Kriegeri Lipsiensis. — Sit- zungsber. naturf. Ges. Leipzig 1893-1894: 124-136 -- 1895b. Ichneumoniden-Studien. — Ent. Nachr. 21: 104-112 -- 1895c. Neue Pimpliden des Berner Museums. — Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 9: 260-266 -- 1896a. Ichneumonologia varia. — Ent. Nachr. 22: 353-372 -- 1896b. Neue oder wenig bekannte Ichneumoniden in der Sammlung des Ung. National-Museums. — Termesz. Füzetek 19: 128-139 -- 1897a. Entomologica varia. -— Ent. Nachr. 23: 119- 124, 165-176, 184-192 -- 1897b. Ein Parasit der seltenen Eupithecia Millierata. - Ent. Nachr. 23: 316-317 -- 1897c. Mesochorus gigas nov. sp. $.— Ent. Nachr. 23: 332-333 -- 1898a. Ichneumonologica varia. — Ent. Nachr. 24: 309-314 -- 1898b. Diagnosis de himenöpteros nuevos de Es- pana. — Acta Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. Madrid 2: 168- 172 -- 1899. Ichneumonologica varia. Contin. — Ent. Nachr. 25:166-72,.295-303 -- 1900a. Neue Schlupfwespen. — Ent. Nachr. 26: 169- 175 -- 1900b. Glypta paleanae Krchb. nov. sp. - In: Reuter, E., Über die Weißährigkeit der Wiesengräser in Finland. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis ihrer Ursachen. — Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn. 19 (1): 121-122 -- 1901. Neue Ichneumoniden (Hym.). - Z. syst. Hy- menopt. Dipt. 1: 252-255 Krieger, R. 1902. Eine schwarze Theronia. - Z. syst. Hy- menopt. Dipt. 2: 189-190 Meyer, N. F. 1934. [Tables systematiques des hymeno- pteres parasites (fam. Ichneumonidae) de ’URSS et des pays limitrophes. Vol. II.] [russisch] — [Tab- leaux analytiques de la faune de I’URSS, publies par l’Institut Zoologique de l’Academie des Sci- ences.] [russisch] — Leningrad, 271 pp. Mocsäry, A. 1892. Synonymisches. — Ent. Nachr. 18: 208 Möczär, L. 1968. Über einige Ichneumoniden-Typen des Ungarischen Naturwissenschaftlichen Museums (Hymenoptera). — Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nat. Hung. 60: 183-190 Morley, €. 1906. On the ichneumonidous group Trypho- nides schizodonti, Holmgr., with descriptions of new species. — Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London 4 (1905): 419-438 Oehlke, J. 1964. Übersicht und Bestimmungstabelle der palaearktischen Gattungen der ehemaligen Unter- familie Pimplinae auct. (Hymenoptera, Ichneumon- idae). - Ent. Abh. staatl. Mus. Tierkunde (Dresden) 29: 533-590 -- 1966a. Die in europäischen Kiefernbuschhornblatt- wespen (Diprionidae) parasitierenden Ichneumon- idae (Hymenoptera). — Beitr. Ent. 15 (1965): 791-879 -- 1966b. Apistephialtes Seyrig ein Synonym zu Liotry- phon Ashmead (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). - Reichenbachia 6: 145-146 -- 1966c. Zur Synonymie einiger Scambus-Arten. — Beitr. Ent. 16: 189-191 -- 1967. Westpaläarktische Ichneumonidae 1: Ephial- tinae. In: Ferriere, C., & J. van der Vecht (Eds.), Hymenopterorum Catalogus (nova editio), Pars 2. — 's-Gravenhage, VII & 49 pp. Perkins, J. F. 1940. Notes on the synonymy of some genera of European Pimplinae (s. 1.) (Hym. Ichneu- monidae). — Entomologist 73: 54-56 -- 1941. A synopsis of the British Pimplini, with notes on the synonymy of the European species (Hyme- noptera, Ichneumonidae). — Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London 91: 637-659 -- 1943. Preliminary notes on the synonymy of the European species of the Ephialtes complex (Hym., Ichneumonidae). — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist (11) 10: 249-273 -- 1953. Notes on British Ichneumoninae with de- scriptions of new species (Hym., Ichneumonidae). — Bull. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ent. 3 (4): 105-176 -- 1959. Hymenoptera. Ichneumonoidea. Ichneumo- nidae, key to subfamilies and Ichneumoninae - 1. — Handbk. Ident. Br. Insects, Vol. VII, Part 2 (ai): 116 pp. Pfankuch, K. 1901. Arctia purpurata L. und die Schlupf- wespe Erigorgus purpuratae Kriechb. - Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen 17: 153-156 -- 1919. Der äußere Körperbau der echten Schlupf- wespen (Ichneumonidae). — Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen 24: 25-74 -- 1924. Ichneumonologisches (1. Fortsetzung). Die Typen der Gravenhorst’schen Gattungen Phytodie- tus und Ischnocerus (Hym.). - Konowia 3: 41-51 Rasnitsyn, A. P. 1981. Gravenhorst’s and Berthoumieu’s types of Ichneumoninae Stenopneusticae preser- ved in Wroclaw and Cracow, Poland (Hymenopte- ra, Ichneumonidae). - Pol. Pismo Ent. 51: 101-145 -- &U.V.Siitan 1981. Podsem. Ichneumoninae. - In: Kasparyan, D. R. (Ed.), [Bestimmungstabellen der Insekten des europäischen Teils der USSR, Band II, Hautflügler, 3. Teil.] [russisch] - Leningrad, pp. 506-36. Rey del Castillo, C. & P. L. Scaramozzino 1991. Revision del genero paleärtico Odinophora (Foerster, 1868) (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Banchinae). - Boll. Mus. reg. Sci. nat. Torino 9: 247-260 Roman, A. 1909. Ichneumoniden aus dem Sarekgebirge. — in: Hamberg, A. (Ed.), Naturwissenschaftliche Untersuchungen des Sarekgebirges in Schwedisch- Lappland 4: 199-374 -- 1914. Beiträge zur schwedischen Ichneumoniden- fauna. — Ark. Zool. 9 (2): 40 pp. -- 1931. Entomologische Ergebnisse der schwedi- schen Kamtschatka-Expedition 1920-1922. 33. Ich- neumonidae, Subfamilien Pimplinae und Tryphon- inae. - Ark. Zool. 23 A (6): 32 pp. Rossem, G. van. 1969. A revision of the genus Cryptus Fabricius s. str. in the western Palearctic region, with keys to the genera of Cryptina and species of Cryptus (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Tijd- schr. Ent. 112: 299-374 -- 1989. The genus Cryptus Fabricius, 1804 of the Canary Islands (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Tijdschr. Ent. 132: 251-258 Sawoniewicz, J. 1980. Revision of European species of the genus Bathythrix Foerster (Hymenoptera, Ich- neumonidae). - Ann. Zool. 35: 319-365 -- 1984. Revision of some type-specimens of Euro- pean Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera). - Ann. Zool. 37: 313-330 -- 1985. Revision of European species of the subtribe Endaseina (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae), I. - Ann. Zool. 39: 131-146 -- 1986. Revision of some type-specimens of Euro- pean Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera), 2. -— Ann. Zool. 40: 371-380 -- 1988. Revision of some type-specimens of Euro- pean Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera), 3. -— Ann. Zool. 41: 481-490 -- 1989. Revision of some type-specimens of Euro- pean Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera), 4. - Ann. Zool. 42: 215-224 -- 1993. Untersuchungen zur Systematik der europä- ischen Aptesini-Arten (Hymenoptera, Ichneumon- idae). - Entomofauna 14: 13-32 -- 1999. Development dynamics of Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera) communities of Pinus sylvestris L. canopies in fresh pine forest in the three health zones of Poland’s forests. - Warszawa, 152 pp. -- 2003. Zur Systematik und Faunistik europäischer Ichneumonidae II (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). - Entomofauna 24: 209-227 Schletterer, A. 1894. Zur Hymenopteren-Fauna Istriens. - Programm k. k. Staatsgymnasium Pola 4: 3-36 -- 1895. Zur Bienen-Fauna des südlichen Istriens. - - Programm k. k. Staatsgymnasium Pola 5: 3-42 Schmiedeknecht, O. 1888. Monographische Bearbeitung der Gattung Pimpla. - Zool. Jahrb., Syt. 3: 445-542 -- 1900. Die paläarktischen Gattungen und Arten der Ichneumonidentribus der Lissonotinen. — Zool. Jahrb., Syst. 13: 299-398 -- 1903. Die Ichneumonidentribus der Anomalinen (Hym.). Eine Uebersicht sämmtlicher Gattungen sowie der paläarktischen Arten. - Z. syst. Hyme- nopt. Dipt. 3: 1-8 -- 1911-1927. Opuscula Ichneumonologica. V. Band. Tryphoninae. - Blankenburg i. Thür., pp. 2275-3570 -- 1929. Opuscula Ichneumonologica. Supplement- Band I, Fasc. 6. - Blankenburg i. Thür., pp. 353- 432 -- 1934. Opuscula Ichneumonologica. Supplement, Genus Pimpla F., Fasc. 19-20. — Blankenburg i. Thür., pp. 23-150 29 Schnee, H. 1986. Zur Kenntnis der Biologie einiger Eri- gorgus-Arten (Hym., Ichneumonidae). - Ent. Nachr. Ber. 30: 280-281 -- 1989. Revision der von Gravenhorst beschriebenen und redeskribierten Anomaloninae mit Beschrei- bung zweier neuer Arten (Hymenoptera, Ichneu- monidae). — Dt. ent. Z., N. F. 36: 241-266 -- 1991. Zur Kenntnis der Phänologie und der Wirts- spektren einiger paläarktischer Anomaloninae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Verh. XI. Int. Symp. Entomofaunistik Mitteleuropa (Kiev 1988): 80-85 Schulz, W. A. 1906. Spolia Hymenopterologica. - Pader- born, I & 356 pp. Schwarz, M. 1988. Die europäischen Arten der Gattung Idiolispa Foerster (Ichneumonidae, Hymenoptera). - Linzer biol. Beitr. 20: 37-66 -- 1995. Revision der westpaläarktischen Gattungen Gelis Thunberg mit apteren Weibchen und Thauma- togelis Schmiedeknecht (Hymenoptera, Ichneumon- idae). Teil 1. - Linzer biol. Beitr. 27: 5-105 -- 2003. Schlupfwespen (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Ich- neumonidae) in den Hochlagen der Hohen Tauern (Österreich). Teil 2: Bemerkungen zu ausgewählten Arten einschließlich der Beschreibung neuer Arten. - Linzer biol. Beitr. 35: 1097-1118 -- &M.R. Shaw 1998. Western Palaearctic Cryptinae (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) in the National Museums of Scotland, with nomenclatural chan- ges, taxonomic notes, rearing records and special reference to the British check list. Part 1. Tribe Cryptini. — Entomol. Gaz. 49: 101-127 Schwenke, W. 1999. Revision der europäischen Meso- chorinae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Spixi- ana, Suppl. 26: 124 pp. Sedivy, J. 1969. Bemerkungen zu einigen Polysphincti- nen-Typen (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). - Acta ent. Mus. Nat. Pragae 38: 73-79 Seyrig, A. 1932. Observations sur les Ichneumonides (3° serie). - Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 101: 111-126 Shaumar, N. 1966. Les Ichneumonides d’Egypte. —- En- tomophaga 11: 441-469 Shaw, M. R., D. R. Kasparyan & M. G. Fitton 2003. Re- vision of the British checklist of Ctenopelmatini (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae, Ctenopelmatinae). — Entomol. Gaz. 54: 137-141 Strobl, G. 1902. Ichneumoniden Steiermarks (und der Nachbarländer). III. Fam. Pimplariae. — Mitt. na- turw. Ver. Steiermark (Graz) 38 (1901): 3-48 30 -- 1903. Ichneumoniden Steiermarks (und der Nach- barländer). IV. Fam. Tryphonidae. - Mitt. naturw. Ver. Steiermark (Graz) 39 (1902): 3-100 Szepligeti, V. 1905. Hymenoptera, Fam. Ichneumonidae (Gruppe Ophionoidea), Subfam. Pharsaliinae - Po- rizontinae. — Genera Insectorum (Bruxelles), Fasc. 34: 71 pp. Teunissen, H. G. M. 1948. Naamlijst van Inlandse Sluip- wespen (Fam. Ichneumonidae ]). - Tijdschr. Ent. 89 (1946): 10-38 Tolkanitz, V. I. 1981. [Ichneumonidi — Phytodietini.] [russisch] -— Fauna Ukraini (Kiyev), Tom 11 ()): 148 pp. Townes, H. 1957. A review of the generic names pro- posed for old world ichneumonids, the types of whose genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae). — Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 59: 100-120 -- 1961. Some ichneumonid types in European muse- ums that were described from no locality or from incorrect localities (Hymenoptera). - Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 63: 165-178 -- 1969. The genera of Ichneumonidae, part 1.- Mem. Am. Ent. Inst. 11: II & 300 pp. -- 1970. The genera of Ichneumonidae, part 3. - Mem. Am. Ent. Inst. 13: II & 307 pp. -- ,S. Momoi & M. Townes 1965. A catalogue and reclassification of the Eastern Palearctic Ichneumon- idae. - Mem. Am. Ent. Inst. 5: V & 661 pp. -- & M. Townes. 1960. Ichneumon-flies of America North of Mexico: 2. Subfamilies Ephialtinae, Xori- dinae, Acaenitinae. — Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 216 (2): VI & 676 pp. -- ,‚--&V.K. Gupta. 1961. A catalogue and reclas- sification of the Indo-Australian Ichneumonidae. — Mem. Am. Ent. Inst. 1: IV & 522 pp. Viktorov, G. A. & A. Z. Atanasov 1974. [Materials on the revision of Palaearctic ichneumonids of the tribe Theriini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae).] [russisch] — Ent. Obozr. 53: 374-381 Villemant, C. 1982. Les Ichneumonides de Camargue: Pr&mieres conclusions sur leur importance Econo- mique. — Nouv. Rev. Ent. 7: 255-275 Weidner, H. 1972. Die Entomologischen Sammlungen des Zoologischen Instituts und Zoologischen Mu- seums der Universität Hamburg. VIII. Teil. Insecta V. - Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst. 68: 107-134 Yu, D. S. & K. Horstmann 1997. A catalogue of World Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera). - Mem. Am. Ent. Inst. 58 (1-2): VI & 1558 pp. SPIXIANA München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXXVI. Nachbeschreibungen und Abbildungen australischer Amarygmus-Arten, die von Blackburn beschriebenen wurden (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Amarygmini) Hans J. Bremer Bremer, H. J. (2006): Revision of the genus Amarygmus Dalman, 1893 and allied genera. XXXVIl. Redescription and illustration of Australian species of Amarygmus described by Blackburn (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Amarygmini). — Spix- iana 29/1: 31-50 The types of the following taxa described as Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 have been examined: Amarygmus aeger Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus diaperioides Blackburn, 1888, Amarygmus Iilliputanus Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus lindensis Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus pectoralis Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus pinguis Blackburn, 1893, Amaryg- mus porosus Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus queenslandicus Blackburn, 1893, Amaryg- mus rimosus Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus ruficornis Blackburn, 1893, Amarygmus rugaticollis Blackburn, 1893, and Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893. The following conclusions and taxonomic changes have to be noted: Amarygmus lindensis Blackburn, 1893 is a junior synonym of Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893 [syn. nov.]. Amarygmus queenslandicus Blackburn, 1893 and Amarygmus pinguis Backburn, 1893 are junior synonyms of Amarygmus diaperioides Blackburn, 1888 [syn. nov.]; additionally the synonymy with Amarygmus perplexus Blackburn, 1893 stated by Carter is confirmed. Amarygmus regius Carter, 1914 is a junior synonym of Amarygmus porosus Blackburn, 1893. Amarygmus suavis Blackburn, 1893 is a junior synonym of Amarygmus cupido Pascoe, 1869. The still valid taxa are redescribed and illustrated. Prof. (em.) Dr. H. J. Bremer, Osning Str. 9, D-49326 Wellingholzhausen, Ger- many Einleitung Die Mehrzahl der australischen Amarygmus-Arten wurde durch Fabricius, Hope, Pascoe, Blackburn und Carter beschrieben. Auf Grund der zum Teil dürftigen Beschreibungen ohne Abbildungen liefsen sich in der Vergangenheit die meisten der australi- schen Arten nicht bestimmen. Ich hatte deshalb begonnen, Nachbeschreibungen mit Abbildungen dieser Arten anzufertigen und in einer vorausge- henden Arbeit solche der von Fabricius, Hope und Pascoe beschriebenen Arten (Bremer 2005) sowie von Amarygmus striatus Macleay, 1872 (Bremer 2004) publiziert. Diese Arbeit enthält Nachbeschreibungen und Abbildungen der Arten, die von Blackburn beschrieben wurden. Eine weitere Arbeit wird Nachbeschreibungen mit Abbildungen der zahlreichen Arten enthalten, die von Carter (1913, 1914, 1917, 1919, 1921, 1932) beschrieben wurden, und der Arten, die Arrow (in Waterhouse et al., 1900, von der Christmas Island), Lea (1910) und Kulzer (1954) (aus Australien) pu- blizierten. Danach werde ich eine Bestimmungsta- belle der australischen Amarygmus-Arten entwer- fen. Durch Blackburn wurden folgende Arten be- 31 schrieben: Anarygmus aeger Blackburn, 1893, A. dia- perioides Blackburn, 1888, A. lilliputanus Blackburn, 1893, A. lindensis Blackburn, 1893, A. pectoralis Black- burn, 1893, A. perplexus Blackburn, 1893, A. pinguis Blackburn, 1893, A. porosus Blackburn, 1893, A. queens- landicus Blackburn, 1893, A. rimosus Blackburn, 1893, A. ruficornis Blackburn, 1893, A. stolidus Blackburn, 1893 und A. suavis Blackburn, 189. A. perplexus Blackburn, 1893 wurde bereits früher mit A. queenslandicus Blackburn, 1893 synonymisiert (Carter 1914: 237). In dieser Arbeit werden weitere Synonyme bekannt gegeben. Die Orginalbeschreibungen von Blackburn wur- den in einer vorhergehenden Arbeit zitiert (Bremer 2001b). Methodik Die Messungen wurden mit einer im Okular eingravier- ten Graduierung nach Eichung des Mikroskopes vorge- nommen. Als Körperlänge gebe ich den Abstand zwi- schen Vorderrand des Halsschildes und Ende der Flü- geldecken an; Breite bezieht sich auf die breiteste Stelle der Flügeldecken; Flügeldeckenlänge auf den Abstand des Vorderrandes vom Scutellum und Enden der Flü- geldecken; die Halsschildlänge wurde median zwischen Vorder- und Hinterrand gemessen. Abkürzungen CBj Sammlung von Herrn Vr. R. Bejsäk-Collorado- Mansfeld, Sydney CG Sammlung von Herrn Dr. Roland Grimm, Tü- bingen MNHP Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris NHM National History Museum, London SAM South Australian Museum, Adelaide ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München ZSMB Sammlung des Verfassers (jetzt im Besitz der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München). Danksagung Ich danke besonders den Herren M. V.L. Barclay, Lon- don, und Dr. E. Matthews, Adelaide, daß sie mir die Typen von Blackburn zur Untersuchung zugänglich machten. Außerdem danke ich den Herren Dr. M. Baehr, München, S. Beevär, Ceske Budejovice und Vr. R. Bejsak-Collorado-Mansfeld, Sydney, für das Auslei- hen von Material, das in diese Publikation eingearbeitet wurde. Die Zeichnungen wurden von Herrn Frank Forman, Stemwede, angefertigt, wofür ich herzlich danke. 32 Nachbeschreibungen Die Typen der Blackburnschen Amarygmus-Arten sind im National History Museum, London, und im South Australian Museum, Adelaide, deponiert. Ich konnte die Typen aller Arten untersuchen. Soweit notwendig habe ich Lectotypen festgelegt. Dieses erfolgte insbesondere dann, wenn mehrere Syntypen vorhanden waren, und ich Zweifel hatte, ob Ver- wechslungen mit nahestehenden Arten vorkommen könnten bzw. ich mir nicht sicher war, daß alle Syntypen zu demselben Taxon gehören. Amarygmus aeger Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 1A-H Amarygmus aeger Blackburn, 1893: 94. Typen. 4 als Cotypen bezeichnete Syntypen aus dem SAM: 1. Syntype: d, Tar Reefs, N.S.W.; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus aeger Blackb. c-Type (Lectotypus); 2. Synty- pe: d, Braidwood, N.S.W., 1.2.92, Lea; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus aeger Blackb. (Paralectotypus); 3. Syntype: 2, 4722, Queensland, Blackburn Coll. 46; (handschrift- lich) Amarygmus aeger Blackb., Co-Type; 4. Syntype (Geschlecht nicht erkennbar, weil Beine fehlen): N.S. Wales, Co-Type; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus aeger Blackb. Diagnose. Lang gestreckte Flügeldecken mit gera- den Seiten; Halsschild kurz und schmal, mit verrun- deten Vorderecken; breite Stirn; Flügeldecken mit Punktreihen und deutlich punktierten Interstitien; Farbe der Flügeldecken grüngelb, violett bis blau. Es gibt ein zweites, sehr ähnliches Taxon (unbe- schrieben?), zudem wahrscheinlich der 3. Syntypus (siehe oben) gehört und das ich aus Brisbane in meiner Sammlung habe. Dieses ist etwas kleiner und besitzt eine etwas schmalere Stirn. Eine Bewertung dieses Taxon kann ich erst vornehmen, wenn ich alle bisher beschriebenen australischen Arten ken- ne. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge: 10,8-12,5 mm. Breite: 5,0-5,1 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/Länge 1,62-1,65; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,51-1,56. Flü- geldecken: Länge/ Breite 1,75-1,83; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 4,23-4,42; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,46- 1,49. Farbe. Flügeldecken deutlich mikroretikuliert, leicht chagriniert, mit fettigem Glanz; die ersten Interstitien leicht grün, die laterad folgenden gelb- lich, dunkelviolett, dann wieder gelbgrün. Halsschild schwarzgrün, leicht mikroretikuliert, mäßsiggradig glänzend. Stirn schwarzbraun bis schwarz. Unter- mm Abb. 1. Amarygmus aeger Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine eines d, rechtsseitig Beine eines 9. B. Kör- per seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. seite schwarz, glänzend (auch Sternite!). Femora, Tibiae schwarz, glänzend. Kopf. Stirn breit, etwa so breit wie die gemein- samen Längen der. und 3. Antennomeren. Wangen sehr gering aufgebogen und kaum von der Stirn abgegrenzt. Stirnnaht nur median eingedrückt und etwas eingeschnitten. Clypeus vorgezogen, längs etwas gewölbt; mit feinen, nicht sehr dicht stehenden Punkten. Punkte der Stirn deutlich weitläufiger als die des Clypeus. Mandibeln bifid. Halsschild. Schmal, querüber gewölbt; längs nur sehr gering gewölbt; Seiten verengen sich nur wenig nach vorne (Form annähernd halbzylindrisch). Vorderecken breit verrundet. Vorderrand gerade. Seiten durchgehend gerandet, Randung des Vorder- randes in der Mitte etwas abgeschwächt. Bei Ansicht von oben sind die Seitenrandungen nur hinten sehr schmal sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite haben die Vorderecken einen Winkel von etwa 100°, die Hin- terecken sind stumpfwinkliger. Oberseite mit klei- nen, nicht sehr dicht und unregelmäßig stehenden Punkten, die median eine punktfreie Fläche frei lassen. Flügeldecken. Sehr lang gestreckt; Seiten annä- hernd gerade; etwas verbreitert bis zum Beginn des hinteren Drittels. Quer deutlich gewölbt, längs leicht gewölbt. Größte Höhe etwas vor der Mitte. Schul- terbeulen vorhanden. Enden der Flügeldecken ge- meinsam verrundet. Bei Ansicht von oben sind die Seitenrandkanten unsichtbar. Auf der Oberseite Punktreihen mittelgroßer Punkte, die inkonstant durch feine Striche miteinander verbunden sind, etwa 37 Punkte in der 4. Reihe. Interstitien flach; mit feinen, etwas verwaschenen, ziemlich dicht stehen- den Punkten. Prosternum. Vorderrand aufgebogen, median zur Apophyse hin eingezogen, einen ziemlich langen, schmalen Kiel in die Apophyse hinein sendend. Apophyse von mittlerer Breite; Seitenränder neben den Procoxae verdickt, kurz deutlich verbreitert und ventrad angehoben (besitzen eine ohrenförmige Gestalt); dazwischen median deutlich gefurcht (aber in der Mitte durch den schmalen, vom Vorderrand ausgehenden Kiel angehoben); hinter den Hüften horizontal kaudad vorgezogen, mit etwas angeho- benen, subparallelen Seitenrändern; apikal breit zugespitzt; mediane Fläche hinter den Hüften quer- über etwas gewölbt, mit einigen winzigen Här- chen. Mesosternum. Vorderrand des hinteren Teils 33 breit ausgeschnittenen. Seitenränder etwas angeho- ben. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae breit gerandet. Scheibe etwas angehoben und querüber gewölbt; vorne mit einigen kleinen Punk- ten, hinten mit nicht sehr dicht stehenden, feinen Punkten. Medianlinie in der hinteren Hälfte inkon- stant eingedrückt. Scheibe auch bei dd mit so win- zigen Härchen, daß sie wie kahl erscheint. Sternite. Seitenränder der Apophyse zwischen den Metacoxae annähernd gerade, gerandet, vorne spitzwinklig. Alle Sternite mit weitläufig stehenden, winzigen Punkten. Analsternit apikomedian bei dd flach eingedrückt. Fühler. Nicht sehr lang. 11. Antennomer apikal verrundet. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennome- ren 1-12 verhalten sich wie 10:5 / 6:4 / 13:4,5 / 954.5:79:455:./.10:5 711253572 1055.57210:3,57 925,50 12:55: Beine. Nicht sehr lang. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin etwas keulenförmig aufgetrieben. Pro- tibiae bei dd außen gekrümmt, innen in den apika- len 40 % plötzlich verbreitert, bei ?? insgesamt leicht gekrümmt, ohne diese Verbreiterungen der Innen- seiten. Mesotibiae bei dd außen gekrümmt, an den Innenseiten in den apikalen 40 % nur sehr leicht verbreitert; bei ?2 außen leicht gekrümmt, innen in den apikalen 60% annähernd gerade. Metatibiae bei beiden Geschlechtern schmal, etwas kompreßs, ge- bogen. Die Protarsomeren 1-3 sind bei dd nicht verbreitert. Die 1. Pro- und Mesotarsomeren sind bei beiden Geschlechtern auffallend lang. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 sind 10:5,5:4,5:4:14, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 17:7,5:6:4:14. die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 31:10:5:14. Material. S. Australis, D. Schneider (12 ZSM). Amarygmus diaperioides Blackburn, 1888 (Abb. 2A-D) Amarygmus diaperioides Blackburn, 1888: 1435. Amarygmus perplexus Blackburn, 1893: 102-103; [syn. von queenslandicus]: Carter 1914: 237. Amarygmus pinguis Blackburn, 1893: 102 [syn. nov.]. Amarygmus queenslandicus Blackburn, 1893: 101-102 [syn. nov.]. Typen. Amarygmus diaperioides Blackburn, 1888. Es existieren im SAM 4 Syntypen von diaperioides, zwei von ihnen aufgeklebt auf einem Plättchen (eines davon ohne Kopf und Halsschild), etikettiert: 1. Etikett, (gedruckt) N. Territory; 2. Etikett, (hand- schriftlich, Blackburns Handschrift) Amarygmus diaperi- oides Blackburn; 3. Etikett, J.10096, Amarygmus diaper- oides Bl., N. Territory und (rote Tinte) Cotype; 4. Etikett (gedruckt, oranges Papier) Aust. Museum specimen. — 34 2 weitere Syntypen, an einer kurzen Nadel, nur mit dem gedruckten Etikett (in derselben Weise wie bei den beiden anderen Syntypen) N. Territory. Die Geschlech- ter der Syntypen habe ich nicht untersucht. Holotypus von queenslandicus Blackburn, 1893: wahr- scheinlich ?, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; (viereckiges Etikett, handschriftlich) 4745T, N.Qu.T.; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus queenslandicus Blackburn; Blackburn coll. 1910-236; British Museum Loan No 16607. Holotypus von perplexus Blackburn, 1893, d&, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; (vier- eckiges Etikett, handschriftlich) 4745T; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus perplexus Blackb.; Blackburn coll. 1910-236. Syntypen von perplexus in SAM, die ich nicht gesehen habe. Holotypus von pinguis Blackburn, 1893: ?, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; vier- eckiges Etikett, rote Tinte. handschriftlich) 4746, N.Qu., T; (viereckiges Etikett, handschriftlich) Amarygmus pin- guis, Blackb.; (gedruckt) Blackburn coll. 1910-236; (vi- ereckiges Etikett, Carter’s Handschrift) pinguis only a small queenslandicus Bl., H. J. Carter det. Ich habe die Typen von queenslandicus und perplexus im NHM gesehen und kann bestätigen, daß beide Taxa synonym sind. Ebenfalls konnte ich die Type von pin- guis Blackburn genauer untersuchen; die unpublizierte Feststellung der Synonymie durch Carter kann ich be- stätigen. Diagnose. Klein bis mittelgroßs. Länglich oval. Flü- geldecken mit eingeschnittenen Striae und gewölb- ten, gering punktierten Interstitien. Oberseite stark mikroretikuliert und dadurch herabgesetzter Glanz. Halsschild schwarz. Flügeldecken meist dunkelblau. Mittelbreite Stirn. Mittellange Fühler. Protibiae bei 3d apikal nicht plötzlich verbreitert. Vorderteil der Parameren mit subparallelen Seiten. Sehr variabel hinsichtlich Größe, was wahrscheinlich die Synony- me dieser Art wenigstens teilweise erklärt. Nachbeschreibung Matßse. Länge: 4,94-7,56 mm. Breite: 2,79-4,42 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/Länge 1,64-1,81; Breite Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,65-1,81. Flügeldecken: Länge/ Breite 1,41-1,48; Länge Flügel- decken/Länge Halsschild 3,38-3,76; maximale Brei- te Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,44- 1,51. : Farbe. Oberseite stark mikroretikuliert, fettig glänzend. Kopf und Halsschild schwarz, manchmal auch mit leicht bläulichem Farbton. Flügeldecken meist dunkelblau, seltener schwarz, gelegentlich mit leicht irisierenden, queren Streifen. Unterseite schwarzbraun. Beine schwarz, Tarsen braun. Fühler schwarz. | Kopf. Stirn etwas schmaler als die Länge des 3. Antennomers (wie 23:25), dicht, klein punktiert; vorne entspringen aus den Punkten sehr kleine E 0,5mm F Abb. 2. Amarygmus diaperoides Blackburn, 1888. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des 2. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Protarsomeren d und ?. E.Prosternalapophyse. F. Fühler. G. Aedoe- agus seitlich. H. Aedoeagus ventral. I. Aedoeagus dorsal. Härchen. Wangen gewölbt, geringer punktiert als Stirn. Stirnnaht median als breiter, glänzender Strich deutlich sichtbar; kleiner Winkel zwischen Stirn und Clypeus. Clypeus nicht sehr stark vorgezogen, breit, längs und quer etwas gewölbt; ähnlich dicht wie die Stirn punktiert, ebenso mit kurzen Härchen. Mentum mit leicht verrundeten Seitenrändern, die Seiten des Mentum sind plan, glänzend, dazwischen median etwas gewölbt, leicht glänzend. Unterseite des Hal- ses mit sehr dicht stehenden, mittelgroßen Punkten, die Ausgangspunkte für kurze Haare sind. Mandi- beln außen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Verglichen mit den Flügeldecken relativ schmal. Quer gleichmäßig gewölbt, längs leicht gewölbt. Seitenränder in der hinteren Hälfte subparallel; in der vorderen Hälfte verrundet ver- engt. Vorderrand etwas ausgeschnitten. Vorderecken erscheinen bei Blick von oben schmal verrundet. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durchgehend geran- det. Bei Blick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten nur in der hinteren Hälfte schmal sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken - an- gedeutet vorrundet — stumpfwinklig, die Hintere- cken mehr eckig und stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit dicht, unregelmäßig stehenden, kleinen Punkten. . Scutellum. Dreieckig, kaum punktiert. Flügeldecken. Länglich oval. Quer und längs gewölbt. Größte Breite und Höhe etwa in der Mitte. Schulterbeulen etwas entwickelt. Enden der Flügel- decken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrandkanten von oben nur am Apex sichtbar. Oberseite mit deutlich eingeschnittenen Striae; Punkte in den Striae klein, länglich, nicht kerbend, schwierig abzugrenzen; etwa 40 Punkte in dem 4. Streif. Interstitien einschließlich des Apexbereiches deutlich gewölbt; mit feinen bis winzigen Punkten, von denen winzige Härchen ausgehen, die man am besten bei 50-facher Vergrö- ßerung im Apexbereich sieht. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend schmal aufgebogen, nur sehr leicht median zur Apophyse hin eingezogen. Apophyse schmal, lang gestreckt, hinter den Hüften etwas herabgebogen, aber weit 35 kaudad vorgezogen; neben den Hüften gering ver- breitert, dort Seitenränder nur leicht ventrad ange- hoben, median mit seichter Furche; hinter den Hüften Seitenränder schmal angehoben, parallelsei- tig; apikal verrundet, hinter den Hüften Oberfläche mikroretikuliert, mit einigen kleinen, aufrecht ste- henden Haaren. Mesosternum. Hinterer Teil oben glatt, mit ei- nigen ungerichtet stehenden, zarten Haaren; vorne median leicht ausgeschnitten. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae verrundet; Randung breit und angehoben. Scheibe nur mit winzigen Punkten, aus denen zarte, anliegende, kurze Härchen entspringen. Mittellinie in den hinteren 60 % breit eingedrückt. Sternite. Vorderrand des 1. Sternits zwischen den Metacoxae schmal spitzbogig, deutlich gerandet. Scheiben mit winzigen, schütter stehenden Pünkt- chen, mit ähnlich kurzen Härchen wie auf dem Metasternum. Analsternit apikomedian bei dd etwas eingedrückt. Fühler. Zurückgelegt annähernd die Mitte der Flügeldecken erreichend. 11. Antennomer apikal verrundet. Die Fühler der öd sind gering länger als die der ??. Die Längen und Breiten der Antenno- meren 1-11 bei einem d verhalten sich wie 17:9 / 957,507, 24.27,50/2.1:6::745,.70.118=77597,.117228219210=% OST. 19718 22 Beine. Nicht sehr lang. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin keulenförmig aufgetrieben; mit sehr kurzen, anliegenden, schütter stehenden Härchen. Protibiae außen annähernd gerade; innen apikad leicht verdickt, apikal innen bei dd mit einem kleinen Feld anliegender Haare. Mesotibiae sehr leicht ge- krümmt; bei dd apikal innen mit einem kleinen Feld dicht stehender, fast anliegender Haare, abstehende Borsten in den apikalen 40 %. Metatibiae gleichmä- ig gekrümmt, wenn auch nicht sehr stark. Protar- someren bei dd nicht verbreitert. Die Längen der Protarsomeren sind 8:8:8:7:26, die der Mesotar- someren 1-5 sind 14:12:9:7:26, die der Metatar- someren 1-4 sind 38:15:9:26. Material. Bathurst Isl., Oct. 1916, N. T., G. F. Hill (1 SAM); Groote Eyland, N. B. Tindale (4 SAM); Stapleton, N. T., A. diaperoides Bl., Id. by H. J. Carter 8 SAM); N. Queensland, Blackb.’s Coll., Amarygmus diaperoides Blackb., HJC det. (1 SAM); G. F. Hill, 30 km E. Darwin, N.T. (2 SAM); Australie, Cooktown (1 2 MNHP); Aus- tralia, Old. 93/1, Cape York, 19.-20.5.1993, M. Baehr (433 ZSM, 3dd CG, 1 $ ZSM, 1? CG); Australia, Old. 93/23, Mary Cr., 25km SE Musgrave, 29.5.1993, M. Baehr (15, 1? ZSM); Australia, Old. 93/28, Mary Cr., 25 km SE Laura, 29.5.1993, M. Baehr (18 CG); Australia, Old. 93/46, Mitchell R., 10 km S. Hwy, 5.-6,6.1993, M. Baehr (18 ZSM, 258 CG, 22? ZSM, 12 CG); Cape York, Fetting (1? ZSM); N. Holl., C. York, Daniel (1? ZSM); Rockhampt., Godefr. (1? ZSM); Queensland (22? ZSM); Australie (12? MNHP); Nouvelle Guinee (14 MNHP). Nach Gebien (1920) kommt diese Art auch auf den In- seln der Torres-Straße vor. Amarygmus lilliputanus Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 3A-H Amarygmus lilliputanus Blackburn, 1893: 100. Typen. 1. Syntypus: NHM, etikettiert: (auf dem Plätt- chen, auf den der Syntypus geklebt ist, der handschrift- liche Vermerk) 4732T, Qu.; (weißes Etikett, handschrift- lich) Amarygmus lilliputanus Blackb., (gedruckt) Black- burn Coll. 1910-236. — 2 Syntypen, die ich nicht gesehen habe, im SAM. Diagnose. Sehr klein, länglich oval, glänzend schwarzbraun. Auf den Flügeldecken Punktreihen, deren Punkte inkonstant durch zarte Striche mitein- ander verbunden sind. Stirn ziemlich breit. Die Unterseite bei beiden Geschlechtern bis auf wenige winzige Härchen auf dem Metasternum kahl. Deut- liche Sexualdimorphismen an den Protibiae und auf dem 5. Sternit. Carter (1914: 232) machte folgende Anmerkun- gen zu lilliputanus: “Blackburn gave the colour of Iilliputanus as black, but the elytra have some metal- lic gleams with a tinge of green in my specimens”. Nahe verwandt mit Amarygmus stolidus Black- burn, 1893, der dieselbe Gestalt und Sexualdimor- phismen aufweist. Jedoch ist stolidus wesentlich größer als lilliputanus; die Beine sind bei stolidus gelbbraun, bei lilliputanus dunkelbraun bis schwarz- braun; die Punkte der Punktreihen der Flügeldecken sind bei stolidus wesentlich größer als bei lilliputanus, und sie besitzen im Gegensatz zu denen von lillipu- tanus einen rosa Grund und einen kleinen rosa Hof um die Punkte herum. Wegen der Größe besonders zu vergleichen mit Amarygmus minimus Carter, 1914. Amarygmus mini- mus ist noch kleiner (Länge ca. 3,2 mm) als A. lilli- putanus. Die Stirn ist bei minimus deutlich breiter als bei lilliputanus. Die Antennomeren 7-10 sind bei minimus deutlich kürzer als bei lilliputanus. Die Stirnnaht ist bei lilliputanus nur angedeutet, aber nicht eingeschnitten, bei minimus median tief einge- schnitten. Die Flügeldecken sind bei lilliputanus wesentlich länger als bei minimus. Nachbeschreibung Mate. Länge: 4,20-4,79 mm. Breite: 2,26-2,49 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/ Länge 1,73-1,88; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,58-1,62. Flü- geldecken: Länge/Breite 1,49-1,57; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 3,54-3,68; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/ maximale Breite Halsschild 1,28-1,36. Be. mm o o o 5 o o° 8 o ee) 3 er Rn 000 TO ER 0.7N0., Er Sg 0: Be IR 20-0. 02.8. 200: 02 // 2707 oo o [| ae N OogE0 o B\ we 0 [04 a. ei < A 0,5mm mm E F G H Abb. 3. Amarygmus lilliputanus Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des 9. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopfund Halsschild. D.Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. Farbe. Flügeldecken und Halsschild schwarz- braun, glänzend. Unterseite braun bis schwarzbraun, leicht glänzend. Femora und Tibiae schwarzbraun, Tarsen braun. Fühler braun. Kopf. Stirn etwa so breit wie die gemeinsamen Längen der 3. und 4. Antennomeren; im vorderen Teil der Stirn mit weitläufig stehenden, feinen Punk- ten. Wangen klein, gering gewölbt. Stirnnaht nur angedeutet, nicht eingeschnitten. Clypeus mittelweit vorgezogen, schwach gewölbt, etwas dichter punk- tiert als der vordere Abschnitt der Stirn. Mandibeln außen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Relativ schmal; quer deutlich, längs schwach gewölbt. Seiten verengen sich schwach gebogen nach vorne. Vorderrand sehr leicht ausge- schnitten. Vorderecken stark herabgedrückt; von schräg vorn oben betrachtet, schmal verrundet. Seitenränder gerandet; Randung des Vorderrandes in der Mitte abgeschwächt. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken verrundet rechtwinklig, die Hinterecken deutlich stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mikroretikuliert, mit nicht sehr dicht, unregelmäßig stehenden, feinen Punkten. Scutellum. Dreickig, mit wenigen winzigen Punkten. Flügeldecken. Länglich oval, mit deutlicher Schulterbildung. Quer stark gewölbt, längs gewölbt. Größte Breite und Höhe etwas vor der Mitte. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrand- kanten von oben nahezu unsichtbar. Auf der Ober- seite Punktreihen mittelgroßer, etwas länglicher Punkte, deren Abstände voneinander in den 3. und 4. Reihen unterschiedlich sind, meist zwischen den 1- bis 2-fachen ihrer Durchmesser; in der 4. Reihe etwa 22 Punkte. Interstitien eben; mit feinen, nicht sehr dicht stehenden Punkten. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend schmal aufgebogen, median zur Apophyse hin leicht mul- denförmig eingezogen. Apophyse ziemlich breit; seitlich neben den Hüften verbreitert, die breiten Seitenränder sind dort aufgebogen; dazwischen eine breite, flache Furche; kaudad der Hüften etwas horizontal vorgezogen, mitsubparallelen Seiten und etwas aufgebogenen, glänzenden Seitenrändern; apikal breit zugespitzt; der Grund der Apophyse ist glatt und quer etwas gewölbt. 37 Mesosternum. Hinterer Teil kurz; median vorne sehr tief ausgeschnitten. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae verrundet, dick gerandet. Vordere Bereiche und Scheibe neben der Mediannaht mit nicht sehr dicht stehenden, kleinen bis feinen Punkten. Medi- annaht in den hinteren % leicht eingeschnitten. Aus den vorderen Punkten entspringen sehr kurze, zarte, anliegende Härchen. Sternite. Sternite 1-3 mit nicht sehr dicht stehen- den, feinen Punkten. Analsternit beim d apikome- dian relativ breit, deutlich, aber flach eingedrückt. Fühler. Zurückgelegt beim d etwas ein Drittel der Flügeldecken überlappend. Bei ?? etwas kürzer. 11. Antennomer apikal verrundet. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennomeren 1-11 verhalten sich beim g wie 12:5 / 6:4,5 / 11:4 / 9:4 / 9:4,5 / 8,5:6 / 10:6,5 / 10:6,5 / 11:6,5 / 11:6,5 / 15:6,5. Beine. Nicht sehr lang. Protarsomeren beim d nicht verbreitert. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin etwas keulenförmig verdickt. Protibiae außen gekrümmt, innen beim d in den apikalen ' stark verbreitert; Meso- und Metatibiae deutlich ge- krümmt und abgeplattet. Die Längen der Protar- someren 1-5 beim d sind 6:4,5:4:4:15, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 15:7:6:5,5:15, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 34:11:8:15. Material. Australia, Sharp Coll. 1905-313 (2?? NHM); Aust., Qld., 5.X11.1988, Kuranda 4 km NW; Vr. R. Bejsak Ist. (13 CBj). Amarygmus pectoralis Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 4A-H Amarygmus pectoralis Blackburn, 1893: 96-97. Typus. Syntypus: d, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett, roter Rand) Type; (rechteckiges Etikett, rote Tinte) 4735, N.S.W.T.; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus pectoralis Blackb.; Blackburn Coll. 1910-230 (ihm fehlen die Fühler, die linken Mesotarsomeren und das rechte Hinterbein). Diagnose. Gehört zu den mittelgroßen, relativ schmalen Arten mit grünen bis violetten, länglichen, subparallelen Flügeldecken, auf ihnen Punktreihen mittelgroßer bis großer Punkte. A. pectoralis besitzt kurze Fühler, einen apikad seitlich gebogen vereng- ten Halsschild, eine breite, etwas ausgehöhlte Pros- ternalapophyse und bei dd gekrümmte Protibiae, die apikal innen stark verbreitert sind. Unterseite auch bei dd kahl. In die Gruppe länglicher Arten mit subparallelen oder seitlich nur gering verrundeten Flügeldecken und grünlicher oder violetter Farbe der Flügeldecken gehören neben pectoralis auch Amarygmus cupido Pascoe, 1869, Amarygmus exilis Pascoe, 1869, Ama- 38 rygmus picicornis (Hope, 1843) und Amarygmus tyr- rhenus Pascoe, 1870. Sehr ähnlich dem Amarygmus pectoralis Blackburn ist Amarygmus cupido Pascoe, von dem ich bisher nur ?2 kenne. Beide Arten haben eine ähnliche Kopf- und Halsschildform sowie eineähnliche Punktierung der Flügeldecken. A. cupido ist etwas kleiner, die Flügeldecken sind etwas kürzer, seitlich leicht ver- rundet; er besitzt eine andere Form der Prosternala- pophyse (bei cupido ist sie deutlich schmaler als bei pectoralis, die mediane Furche auf der Höhe der Procoxae ist bei cupido schmal, bei pectoralis breit und flach; die Punktierung des vorderen Teils vom Metasternum ist bei pectoralis gröber als bei cupido; die violetten Flügeldecken glänzen bei cupido stärker als bei pectoralis, der Halsschild ist bei cupido schwarz- braun, bei pectoralis grünlich bis grünlich-violett. Amarygmus picicornis (Hope) besitzt neben läng- lich, subparallelen Flügeldecken ebenfalls Punktrei- hen großer Punkte und eine violette Farbe der Flügeldecken. Der Halsschild ist im Gegensatz zu pectoralis matt und schwarz; die Vorderecken des Halsschildes stehen im Gegensatz zu pectoralis nach vorne spitz vor; die Interstitien sind bei picicornis zwar fein punktiert, die Punkte sind bei picicornis aber deutlicher; die Stirn ist bei picicornis wesentlich schmaler als bei pectoralis, die Fühler sind bei pici- cornis im Gegensatz zu pectoralis braun gefärbt, und die Protibiae weisen bei dd von picicornis apikal an den Innenseiten keine plötzliche Verbreiterung auf. A. picicornis ist meist etwas kleiner als pectoralis. Amarygmus tyrrhenus Pascoe hat ebenfalls sub- parallele Flügeldecken, aber die Punkte der Reihen sind größer als bei pectoralis; dadurch sind auch die Interstitien der Flügeldecken schmaler als bei pect- oralis; die Seiten des Halsschildes sind nicht wie bei pectoralis verrundet, sondern in der hinteren Hälfte subparallel, seine Vorderecken sind im Gegensatz zu pectoralis leicht spitzwinklig; im Gegensatz zu pectoralis sind die Wangen deutlich gewölbt; die Form der Prosternalapophyse ist bei fyrrhenus schmal, langgezogen und nicht flach und relativ breit wie bei pectoralis, und bei dd von tyrrhenus sind die Innenseiten der Protibiae apikal nicht verbrei- tert. Amarygmus exilis Pascoe ist etwas kleiner und schmaler als pectoralis; besitzt eine noch breitere Stirn als pectoralis und einen wesentlich kürzeren Clypeus. Der Halsschild ist meist grün und die Flügeldecken violett. Die Punkte der Punktreihen auf den Flügel- decken sind bei exilis kleiner als bei pectoralis und damit die Interstitien breiter. Die Prosternalapophy- se ist bei exilis schmaler als bei pectoralis. Über die Form der Protibiae bei dd kann ich keine Aussagen machen. "—IN os slere.o-/ee oooooeo0o0o eo [oXe} 0.00. 000000 000.00600.000 0o0000.0.0090 ooo000 0'000 oo 00000000 F G H Abb. 4. Amarygmus pectoralis Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des ?. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge: 8,20-9,24 mm. Breite: 3,98-4,38 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/ Länge 1,80-1,87; Brei- te Hinterecken/ Breite Vorderecken 1,67-1,71. Flügel- decken: Länge/Breite 1,66-1,71; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 3,82-3,96; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,25- 1,30. Farbe. Halsschild und Flügeldecken beim Syn- typus grün, mit violettem Schimmer, bei den ande- ren zwei Exemplaren violett (wahrscheinlich imma- tur), leicht glänzend, leicht mikroretikuliert. Unter- seite schwarz; Metasternum deutlich glänzend, Sternite etwas matter. Beine einschließlich Tarsen schwarz. Fühler schwarz, 11. Antennomer in den apikalen 40 % gelbbraun. Kopf. Vorderer Teil von Stirn und Clypeus an- nähernd eben. Stirn ziemlich breit (Breite entspricht etwa der Summe der Längen der 3. und 4. Anten- nomeren beim 2). Wangen sehr gering gewölbt. Stirnnaht nur median schwach eingeschnitten. Cly- peus vorgezogen; Seiten verengen sich etwas nach vorne. Clypeus und Stirn mit sehr feinen Punkten, bei leicht schrägem Aufblick wie unpunktiert er- scheinend. Mandibeln bifid. Halsschild. Kurz. Quer und längs wenig ge- wölbt; Seiten verengen sich verrundet nach vorn; Vorderecken etwas verrundet vorstehend; Vorder- rand nicht sehr stark ausgeschnitten, mit etwas gegen den Kopf vorstehender Mitte. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durchgehend gerandet. Bei Blick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten schmal sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorde- recken rechtwinklig, die Hinterecken verrundet stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit kleinen, nicht sehr deutlichen, ziemlich dicht stehenden Punkten. Scutellum. Dreieckig, mit etwas verrundeten Seiten; unpunktiert. . Länglich. Quer deutlicher als Halsschild ge- wölbt; längs gewölbt; mit der größten Höhe etwa in der Mitte. Schultern etwa so breit wie der dahinter liegende, subparallele Teil der Flügeldecken. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrand- kanten von oben sehr schmal, aber fast in der ge- samten Länge sichtbar. In den Punktreihen große Punkte, die nicht durch Striche miteinander verbun- So) den sind; die Abstände der Punkte voneinander auf der Scheibe sind meist kleiner als die Punktdurch- messer, etwa 30 Punkte in der 4. Reihe. Interstitien schmal, mit sehr feinen, mäßsig dicht stehenden Punkten. Prosternum. Vorderrand seitlich schmal aufge- bogen; median ist diese Randung kurz unterbrochen. Vom Vorderrand zieht median ein kurzer Kiel in die Apophyse hinein. Apophyse ziemlich breit; neben den Procoxae finden sich ventrad angehobene, ver- breiterte, glänzende Seitenränder; kaudad der Hüf- ten horizontal vorgezogen, kurz mit subparallelen Seiten, apikal dann halbkreisförmig abgeschlossen; Grund der Apophyse unruhig, aber ohne aufragen- de Strukturen. Mesosternum. Hinterer Teil vorne median tief ausgeschnitten; seitlich hinten beiderseits gefurcht. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae verrundet und schmal gerandet. Vordere Hälfte vom Metasternum mit groben Punkten, hin- ten sind die Punkte kleiner. Medianlinie in den hinteren 60 % fein eingeschnitten. Sternite. Vorderrand zwischen den Metacoxae spitzbogig, gerandet. Scheibe des ersten Sternits dicht, klein punktiert. Punkte auf den Scheiben der zweiten und dritten Sternite zunehmend kleiner. Die Sternite vier und fünf fein bis winzig punktiert. Fünftes Sternit bei dd apikomedian deutlich einge- drückt. Fühler. Ich kenne nur die Fühler des ®; sie sind ziemlich kurz. 11. Antennomer apikal verrundet. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennomeren 1-11 verhalten sich wie 7:4 / 5:35 / 12:4 / 8:4 / 9:4,5 / 9:5/8:5/9:5/8:5/8:5/ 11:5. Beine. Kurz. Profemora kompreß, zu den zwei- ten Dritteln hin keulenförmig verdickt. Protibiae bei dd außen in den basalen 60 % gerade, dann ge- krümmt und in den apikalen 30 % gerade, in diesem Bereich an den Innenseiten plötzlich verbreitert; bei ?? sind die Protibiae gleichmäßig leicht gekrümmt. Mesotibiae deutlich gekrümmt. Metatibiae leicht gekrümmt. Protarsomeren 1-4 bei dd nicht ver- breitert. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 (beim 4) sind 6:4:4:4:13, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 16:6:4:4:14, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 31:12:6:13: Material. Vict., Andrewes Bequest, B.M.1922-221; Ama- rygmus pectoralis; K. G. Blair det. (1? NHM); Queens- land; F. Bates 81-19 (19 NHM). 40 Amarygmus porosus Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 5A-H Amarygmus porosus Blackburn, 1893: 98-99. Amarygmus regius Carter, 1914: 229-230 (syn. nov.). Typen. Holotypus von porosus: ?, NHM, etikettiert: 4744T, Cooktown; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus porosus, Blackb., (rotes, rundes Etikett) Type; British Museum Loan. 16607; Blackburn coll. 1910-236. (Holotypus ist stark beschädigt, ohne Tarsen; nur ein Fühler teilweise erhalten). Vier Syntypen von regius im SAM: 1. Syntype, auf einem Plättchen geklebt: (gedruckt) Cairns dist., A. M. Lea; (handschriftlich, Carters Handschrift) Amarygmus regius Cart., Cotype (6); 2.Syntype, auf einem Plättchen geklebt: Cairns dist., P. Dodd; (handschriftlich, Carters Handschrift) Amarygmus regius Cart., Cotype (8); 3. und 4. Syntype, gemeinsam auf einem Plättchen geklebt (3 und ®): Cairns dist, A. M. Lea; (handschriftlich, Car- ters Handschrift) Amarygmus regius Cart.; Cotype. Diagnose. Große, gewölbte Art, mit großen, tief eingedrückten Punkten in dem Punktreihen der länglichen Flügeldecken; mit nicht sehr breiter Stirn; mit mattem, schwarzen Halsschild, grünen oder: violetten, meist leicht matten Flügeldecken und mit schwarzen Beinen. Die Art ist hinsichtlich Größe, Form der Flügeldecken recht variabel, so daß der Eindruck entstehen kann, daß es sich um verschie- dene Taxa handelt: Die Flügeldecken können zum Beispiel strickt parallel oder leicht oval sein; die Farbe der Flügeldecken kann je nach Reifezustand des Exemplars wechseln (siehe “Farbe”). Sehr ähnlich in Form, Größe und Form des Ae- doeagus ist Amarygmus watti Bremer, 2005 [nec Amarygmus tristis (Fabricius, 1798)], der im Küsten- bereich von New South Wales sowie auf der Nord- insel von New Zealand vorkommt. Bei dieser Art sind die Punkte der Punktreihen der Flügeldecken etwas kleiner als bei porosus; die Farbe der Flügel- decken ist meist schwarz oder nur mit sehr leicht violettem oder bläulichen Schimmer. Ich halte es aber für möglich, daß watti nur eine Subspecies von porosus ist. Gegenwärtig habe ich zu wenig Materi- al mit verläßlichen Fundortangaben gesehen, um darüber eine Entscheidung zu treffen. Nach Blackburn hat Chalcopteroides catenulatus (Blackburn, 1892) eine ähnliche Struktur der Flügel- decken wie A. porosus. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge: 9,6-13,2 mm. Breite: 5,7-7,3 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/ Länge 1,70-1,89; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,73-1,95. Flü- geldecken: Länge/Breite 1,48-1,58; Länge Flügel- decken/Länge Halsschild 3,68-3,94; Breite Flügel- decken/Breite Halsschild 1,39-1,47. 000:00.00:0 0 © 00000000000 0060000000 00 0006.00.0-:.0:0 00 +9? A +0 r es [0 44 F G H Abb.5. Amarygmus porosus Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des ?. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler, d und 9. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. Farbe. Halsschild schwarz, matt. Stirn schwarz, matt; Clypeus schwarzbraun, etwas glänzend. Flü- geldecken bei maturen Exemplaren grün, matt, bei gering unreifen Exemplaren grün, aber mit violettem ersten Interstitium und lateral leicht violettem Farb- ton, bei immaturen Exemplaren oft leuchtend vio- lette Flügeldecken. Femora: Basis braun, Kappen schwarz. Tibiae braun oder schwarz, glänzend. Unterseite bei maturen Exemplaren schwarz, Me- tasternum glänzt etwas, Sternite matt. Kopf. Stirn nicht sehr breit; etwas breiter als die Länge des 4. Antennomer (wie 13:12). Wangen deutlich gewölbt. Stirnnaht leicht eingedrückt, nicht wesentlich eingeschnitten. Clypeus vorgezogen, seitlich flach herabgebogen; Seiten gerade. Clypeus klein, sehr oberflächlich und ziemlich dicht punk- tiert, Stirn weitläufiger als Clypeus und noch feiner punktiert. Mentum umgekehrt trapezförmig; die Mitte ist querüber nicht sehr stark gewölbt. Unter- seite des Halses klein, sehr dicht punktiert. Mandi- beln apikal gekerbt. Halsschild. Querüber und längs gleichmäßig, aber nicht sehr stark gewölbt. Seiten verengen sich verrundet nach vorne. Vorderrand etwas ausge- schnitten. Vorderecken bei Blick von oben annähernd rechtwinklig. Seitenränder gerandet; Randung des Vorderrandes in der Mitte unterbrochen. Bei Anblick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten in der ganzen Länge gut sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken rechtwinklig, die Hin- terecken stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit verwasche- nen, kleinen, nicht sehr dicht und unregelmäßig stehenden Punkten; Grund mikroretikuliert. Scutellum. Dreieckig, mit verrundeten Seiten; wie die Interstitien punktiert. Flügeldecken. Robust, meist länglich oval. Quer stark, längs auch deutlich gewölbt. Größte Höhe etwa am Beginn des zweiten Drittels. Schultern deutlich. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam ver- rundet. Seitenrandkanten von oben mit Ausnahme der Schultern und des Apex extrem schmal sichtbar. Auf der Oberseite Punktreihen sehr großer, sehr deutlicher Punkte, deren Abstände voneinander in den 4. Reihen auf der Scheibe etwas kleiner als die Punktdurchmesser sind; in den 4. Reihen etwa 23 Punkte; Punkte in den ersten Reihen kleiner und enger stehend. Interstitien durch die eingedrückten Punkte nicht sehr breit, angedeutet gewölbt; auf mikroretikuliertem Grund feine Punkte, die auch die Punkte der Reihen umfassen. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend aufge- bogen, median etwas zu der Apophyse hin einge- zogen. Apophyse schmal; in Längsrichtung zwischen Vorderrand und dem Bezirk zwischen den Procoxae etwas aufgebogen und dahinter herabgebogen, aber trotzdem weit kaudad vorgezogen; neben den Hüf- 41 ten sind die Seiten verbreitert und deutlich ventrad angehoben; dazwischen eine ziemlich tiefe, schma- le Furche; hinter den Hüften sind die Seitenränder etwas angehoben, und die Seiten verbreitern sich leicht; apikal verrundet, median dort mit etwas angehobenem, stumpfen Kiel. Mesosternum. Vorderrand des hinteren Teils median verrundet ausgeschnitten; Seiten den Aus- schnitts wulstartig angehoben, mit einer scharfen Kante nach hinten; hinterer Teil beiderseits ge- furcht. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meta- coxae dick gerandet. Vordere Querfurchen hinter den Mesocoxae punktiert. Hintere Querfurchen vor den Metacoxae tief eingeschnitten, undeutlich ge- furcht. Scheibe mit feinen, unauffälligen Pünktchen; aus ihnen entspringen winzige, bei 25-facher Ver- größerung gerade sichtbare Härchen. Medianlinie in den hinteren % breit eingedrückt. Sternite. Deutlich matter als Metasternum. Vor- derrand zwischen den Metacoxae spitzbogig, dick gerandet. Querfurchen hinter den Metacoxae punk- tiert. Sternite 1 und 2 geriefelt und fein, flach punk- tiert; Sternite 3-5 sehr fein punktiert. Analsternit bei dd apikomedian etwas eingedrückt. Fühler. Von mittlerer Länge; bei dd deutlich länger als bei ?2; zurückgelegt bei dd etwas das erste Drittel, bei ?? etwa ein Viertel der Flügeldecken überlappend. 11. Antennomer asymmetrisch ver- rundet. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennomeren 1-11 verhalten sich beim d& wie 16:6 / 6:4% / 23:5 7. 13:5./112:5%:./ 15:52. 7 16:79 /.15:7% /,15:722 7 15:7% / 18:7%, beim $ wie 19:6 / 7%:5 / 21:5% / 12:5% / 14:5% / 13:6 / 17:7% / 14:8 / 14:8 / 14:8 / 17:8. Beine. Kurz. Femora stark keulenartig verdickt. Deutliche Sexualdimorphismen an den Pro- und Mesotibiae. Pro- und Mesotibiae in den basalen Hälften gekrümmt, außen in den apikalen Hälften gerade; bei dd an den Innenseiten in den apikalen Dritteln graduell verdickt und an den Innenseiten in dem verbreiterten Bereich mit einem schmalen Feld dicht stehender Haare. Metatibiae leicht ge- krümmt, an den Innenseiten in den apikalen Hälften bei dd mit mittellangen, schräg abstehenden, zarten Haaren. Protarsomeren bei dd nur sehr leicht ver- breitert, auf den Sohlenflächen mit bürstenartigem Haarbesatz; diese Haare schauen seitlich an den Protarsomeren 1-4 etwas hervor. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 sind beim d wie 8:8:6:5:20, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 14:9:7:6%:20, die Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 27:11:6:20. Material. Murray, 78.41 (1? NHM); Australia, Queens- land, Bunya Mt. 8 km n. Mt. Koonwarra, 24.1.1982, Baehr B. & M. (235 ZSM); N. Holl., Deyrolle, punctato- 42 striat. Deyr. (1? ZSM); N. Holl., Doue (12 ZSM); N. Holl., Boulay (13, 1? ZSM); Aust. Qu., Mt. Glorious, 4.2.1993, V. R. Bejsäk Igt. (13 CBj). Nach Gebien (1920) kommt diese Art auch auf der Thursday-Insel in der Torres-Straße vor. Amarygmus rimosus Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 6A-H Amarygmus rimosus Blackburn, 1893: 103-104. Platolenes rimosus: Kulzer 1951, 547. Amarygmus rimosus Blackburn, 1893; [stat. rehabil.]: Bremer 2001a: 57. Typus. Ein Syntypus: ?, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett, roter Rand) Type; (eckiges Etikett, rote Tinte) 4731, Rich. R.T; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus rimosus Blackburn; Blackburn Coll. 1910-230. Diagnose. Ziemlich große, lang gestreckte Art, mit annähernd parallelen Flügeldecken, mit großen, unregelmäßig stehenden Punkten in den Punktrei- hen der Flügeldecken, die einen blauen Grund und einen schmalen blauen Hof aufweisen, wobei meist mehrere, nahe beieinander liegende Punkte durch einen gemeinsamen Hof umgeben sind. Halsschild trapezförmig. Stirn ziemlich schmal. Fühler kurz. Spitze des Aedoeagus, von der Seite gesehen, annä- hernd gerade. Bei dd sind die Protarsomeren 1-3 verbreitert. Außerordentlich ähnlich ist der aus dem nörd- lichen Queensland stammende Amarygmus erubescens Carter, 1914, der dieselbe Gestalt, Größe, Farbe der Oberseite und in den Punktreihen der Flügeldecken ebenfalls große, blaue Punkte mit einem schmalen, blauen Hof um die Punkte herum besitzt. Bei rimo- sus stehen die großen Punkte der Punktreihen un- regelmäßig, und der blaue Hof umschliefst meist mehrere Punkte, bei erubescens sind die Punktab- stände regelmäßig, und der blaue Hof umschließt nur jeweils einen Punkt; die Stirn ist bei rimosus etwas schmaler als bei erubescens, die Interstitien der Flügeldecken sind bei rimosus meist etwas schwächer als bei erubescens punktiert; die Fühler, besonders auffallend das 11. Antennomer, sind bei rimosus kürzer als bei erubescens, die Spitze des Aedoeagus ist bei rimosus gerade, bei erubescens ventrad ge- krümmt. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge:9,95-10,74 mm. Breite:5,10-5,33 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/Länge 1,79-1,89; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,72-1,86. Flü- geldecken: Länge/Breite 1,58-1,76; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 3,68-4,00; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,24- 1,30. mm Abb.6. Amarygmus rimosus Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des ?. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler, d und ?. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. Farbe. Oberseite wie unter Diagnose geschildet; Unterseite schwarz, Metasternum glänzend, Sterni- te matt. Beine einschließlich Femora und Fühler rotbraun. Kopf. Stirn nicht sehr breit, etwa so breit die Länge des 3. Antennomers. In Längsrichtung gleich- mäßig zur tief eingedrückten Stirnnaht geneigt. Wangen ziemlich weit lateral an der Oberseite des Kopfes gelegen, etwas gewölbt. Stirnnaht breit und tief eingedrückt, aber nicht eingeschnitten. Clypeus vorgezogen, längs etwas gewölbt, quer kaum ge- wölbt. Clypeus und Stirn fein und nicht sehr dicht punktiert. Mentum umgekehrt trapezförmig, mit breiten, ebenen, glänzenden Seiten; median querüber nur gering gewölbt. Mandibeln außen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Meist trapezförmig. Quer und längs ziemlich flach, nur seitlich etwas herabgebogen. Vorderecken bei orthogradem Aufblick eckig, stumpfwinklig. Hinterecken schmal verrundet und stumpfwinklig. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durch- gehend gerandet (Randung des Vorderrandes me- dian manchmal etwas abgeschwächt). Bei orthogra- dem Aufblick ist die Randung der Seiten durchge- hend sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken schmal verrundet und stumpfwinklig, die Hinterecken eckig und leicht stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit kleinen, ziemlich dicht stehenden Punkten. Scutellum. Dreieckig, Seiten etwas geschwungen und gebogen. Flügeldecken. Lang gestreckt, mit subparallelen Seiten; quer deutlich gewölbt, längs mäßiggradig gewölbt. Größte Höhe etwa zu Beginn des zweiten Drittels der Flügeldecken. Schulter etwas entwickelt. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrandkanten von oben mit Ausnahme des Schulterbereiches sichtbar. Auf der Oberseite Punkt- reihen großer, aber unregelmäßig stehender und geformter Punkte, wobei häufig einige Punkte dicht zusammen liegen, andere aber größere Abstände voneinander haben; in der 4. Reihe etwa 18 Punkte. Interstitien leicht gewölbt, fein, unregelmäßig punk- tiert. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend aufge- bogen, median eine sehr kurze Ausziehung am In- nenrand. Apophyse ziemlich schmal; länglich oval, apikomedian mit einem schmalen, kurz dorsad vorstehenden Zapfen; seitliche Ränder neben den Procoxae etwas angehoben, dazwischen eine flache Furche. Mesosternum. Hinterer Teil median ausge- 43 schnitten; hinten lateral mit je einer breiten, deutli- chen Furche. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae verrundet, dick gerandet. Vorderer Teil der Scheibe mit kleinen bis mittelgroßen Punkten, hin- terer Teil mit schütter stehenden, feinen Punkten. Mittellinie in den hinteren % schwach eingeschnit- ten. Sternite. Vorderrand des 1. Sternits zwischen den Metacoxae spitzbogig, gerandet. Die ersten 3 Sternite sind mittelgroß und dicht punktiert; die weiteren 2 Sternite weisen nur winzige Punkte auf. Analsternit des d apikomedian sehr schwach einge- drückt, ohne scharfe Begrenzung. Fühler. Kurz, bei ?? nur mit 2 Antennomeren die Basis der Flügeldecken überlappend, bei dd das vordere Viertel der Flügeldecken überlappend. 11. Antennomer apikal breit verrundet und bei 2? kurz. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennomeren 1-11 bei einem d verhalten sich wie 12:5,5 / 5:4,5 / 12,5:4 / 984172 9:2750/7210552/21026/2102 6 210722102727 11,5:7, bei einem $ wie 11:6 / 55:5 / 11:5 / 8:5 / 8:5 /8:5 / 9:65 / 8:65 / 7:7 / 7:7 / 9:85. Beine. Kurz. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin keulenförmig verdickt. Protibiae in den basalen Hälften stärker gekrümmt, in den apikalen Hälften annähernd gerade. Mesotibiae ähnlich geformt, bei Sg an den Innenseiten in den apikalen Vierteln mit einem Feld dicht stehender, anliegender Haare. Metatibiae leicht gekrümmt, an den Innenseiten mit dicht stehenden Borsten. Die Protarsomeren 1-3 bei SG sind mäfßsiggradig verbreitert und leicht verlän- gert. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 bei einem g sind 8:8:6:4:22, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 14:9:5,5:4:22, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 35:10:6:23. Material. Richmond R., N. S. Wales, B.M. 1909-174 (18 NHM); New Holland (1? NHM); Aust., NSW, Valla Beach, 12.VII.1994, Vr. R. Bej$ak leg. (13 CBj). Amarygmus ruficornis Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 7A-H Amarygmus ruficornis Blackburn, 1893: 96. Typus. Syntypus, wahrscheinlich d, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett, roter Rand) Type; (rechteckiges Etikett, rote Tinte) 4740 Richm. R., (handschriftlich) A. ruficor- nis Blackb. Diagnose. Klein; länglich oval; Oberseite leicht glänzend, schwarz-violett, mit Punktreihen großer Punkte auf den Flügeldecken; Femora und Tibiae schwarz, aber Tarsen und Fühler gelbbraun bis rotbraun. Besitzt bei dd gleichmäßig gekrümmte Protibiae mit apikalem Haarfeld an den Innenseiten; 44 die Protibiae sind aber apikal nicht an den Innen- seiten plötzlich verbreitert. Eine ähnliche Körperform hat der kleinere Ama- rygmus lilliputanus Blackburn, 1893, dessen Punkte der Punktreihen der Flügeldecken aber kleiner sind, im männlichen Geschlecht sind bei lilliputanus apikal die Innenseiten der Protibiae plötzlich verbreitert, nicht so bei ruficornis. Der in der Form ebenfalls ähnliche, aber etwas größere Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893 hat im Gegensatz zu ruficornis rotbraune Beine, im männ- lichen Geschlecht apikal verbreiterte Protibiae und eine nicht sehr intensive rosa Färbung der Punkte der Punktreihen, diese Punkte sind bei stolidus aber nicht so groß und markant wie bei ruficornis. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge6,13+6,13 mm. Breite:3,03+3,07 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/Länge 1,66+1,67; Breite Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,53+1,82. Flügeldecken: Länge/Breite 1,66+1,66; Länge Flü- geldecken/Länge Halsschild 3,82+3,88; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,38+1,40. Farbe. Oberseite schwarz-violett, etwas glän- zend; auf dem hinteren Teil der Flügeldecken - bei schräger Ansicht von hinten - farbige Reflexe in Längsrichtung. Unterseite schwarz, glänzend. Fe- mora und Tibiae schwarz; Tarsen gelbbraun. Fühler gelbbraun oder rotbraun. Palpen und Mentum gelbbraun. Kopf. Mittelbreite Stirn; etwas schmaler als die gemeinsamen Längen der 2. und 3. Antennomeren (wie 22:24). Wangen kurz, gering gewölbt. Stirnnaht nur median sehr leicht eingedrückt, kaum sichtbar eingeschnitten. Clypeus mittelweit vorgezogen, längs und quer leicht gewölbt. Clypeus und Stirn mit schütter stehenden, kleinen Punkten. Mentum umgekehrt trapezförmig; mit breiten, ebenen, glän- zenden Seitenrändern; median dazwischen matt, stark gewölbt. Mandibeln außen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Trapezförmig; quer gleichmäßig, aber nicht stark gewölbt; längs schwach gewölbt. Seiten nach vorn annähernd gerade verengt. Vor- derrand sehr leicht ausgeschnitten. Vorderecken nicht vorgezogen. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durchgehend gerandet. Bei Blick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten durchgehend sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken recht- winklig, die Hinterecken stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit feinen, weitläufig stehenden Punkten. Scutellum. Dreieckig; mit wenigen winzigen Pünktchen. Flügeldecken. Länglich; in der Mitte mit subpa- rallelen Seiten; Schultern entwickelt. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrandkan- 00 00000000 000 0000000 > ——— 0,5mm Abb. 7. Amarygmus ruficornis Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Proster- nalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. ten von oben an den Schultern und kurz in der Mitte schmal sichtbar. Quer und längs nicht sehr stark gewölbt; größte Höhe etwas vor der Mitte. Auf der Oberseite Punktreihen mit nicht verbundenen, großen Punkten, deren Abstände voneinander ab der 3. Reihe etwas kleiner als die Punktdurchmesser sind; etwa 25 Punkte in der 4. Reihe. Interstitien eben, nur hinten seitlich, durch die stark eingedrück- ten, großen Punkte bedingt, leicht gewölbt; mit feinen, deutlichen, ziemlich dicht stehenden Punk- ten. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend aufge- bogen, median leicht zur Apophyse hin eingezogen. Apophyse nicht sehr breit; neben den Hüften sind die Seitenränder etwas lateraliter verbreitert und etwas ventrad angehoben; dazwischen eine seichte Furche; hinter den Hüften horizontal vorgezogen, mit annähernd parallelen Seiten; apikal stumpf zugespitzt; medianer Bereich hinter den Hüften glatt, quer leicht gewölbt. Mesosternum. Vorderrand des hinteren Teils median verrundet, nicht sehr tief ausgeschnitten. Hinterer Teil mit glatter Oberfläche. Metasternum. Vorne und entlang der Median- naht mit mittelgroßen Punkten; seitlich werden die Punkte kleiner. Mediannaht etwas eingedrückt und in der ganzen Länge leicht eingeschnitten. Sternite. Vorderrand zwischen den Metacoxae spitzbogig, gerandet. 1. Sternit und vorderer Teil des 2. Sternits mit mittelgroßen Punkten; hinterer Teil des 2. Sternits und Sternite 3-5 fein punktiert. 5. Sternit bei dd ohne sexualdimorphe Besonderhei- ten. Fühler. Zurückgelegt etwa das erste Drittel der Flügeldecken überlappend. 11. Antennomer apikal verrundet. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennome- ren 1-11 verhalten sich wie 13:7,5 / 9:6 / 15:5,5 / 10&5,5,/21955,52/7 115,587, 14877502 12:87 72114387] 14:8 / 18:8. Beine. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin etwas keulenförmig aufgetrieben. Protibiae außen leicht gekrümmt, innen in den apikalen 40 % bei 3d gra- duell verdickt (aber nicht plötzlich verbreitert). Mesotibiae etwas stärker als Protibiae gekrümmt. Metatibiae leicht gekrümmt. Protarsomeren bei dd sehr leicht verbreitert und Sohlenflächen bürsten- artig behaart. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 sind 6:6:6:4:21, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 14:9:8:5:22, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 89-141:5,-22% Material. Australia, NSW, Macksville, X11.1992, leg. Wachtel (13 ZSMB). 45 2mm 2 mm m — FREIEN E D 0,5mm F G H Abb. 8. Amarygmus rugaticollis Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Pro- sternalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. Amarygmus rugaticollis Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 8A-H Amarygmus rugaticollis Blackburn, 1893: 104-105. Typen. ZweiSyntypen, auf einem Plättchen geklebt, im NHM, auf diesem Plättchen handschriftlich geschrie- ben: T 4748; (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus rugaticollis Blackb. Diagnose. Kleine, matte Art mit auffälligem Hals- schild (mit dicht stehenden, länglichen Punkten, die in Längsrichtung angeordnet sind, ein spindelför- miges Aussehen haben und die durch schmale Stege getrennt sind), eingedrückte Striae auf den Flügeldecken mit länglichen, kleinen Punkten; auf den Interstitien, bei 50-facher Vergrößerung sichtbar, winzige, helle, anliegende Härchen; bei dd sind die apikalen 40 % der Protibiae stark verbreitert; mittel- lange Fühler, mittelbreite Stirn. Am ehesten zu verwechseln mit dem gleich großen Amarygmus minutus Pascoe, 1869, der in demselben Gebiet vorkommt. A. minutus hat einen dicht punktierten Halsschild, und die Punkte können auch ein wenig länglich sein, aber sie stehen bei weitem nicht so dicht wie bei rugaticollis, und die Punkte sind auch nicht spindelförmig; außerdem hat minutus nicht wie rugaticollis zwischen den Punkten etwas erhabene Stege. Die Flügeldecken glänzen bei minutus etwas, die Interstitien sind 46 deutlich punktiert, und die Punkte der Reihen sind großs; bei rugaticollis sind die matten Interstitien nahezu unpunktiert, und die Punkte in den Striae sind wesentlich kleiner als bei minutus. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge: 5,81-6,61 mm. Breite: 2,87-3,54 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/ Länge 1,50-1,60; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,62-1,64. Flü- geldecken: Länge/Breite 1,46-1,61; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 3,22-3,25; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,33- 1,39. Farbe. Oberseite schwarz, matt; Tarsen braun. Fühler schwarzbraun bis dunkelbraun. Unterseite schwarz, glänzend. Kopf. Mittelbreite Stirn, etwas schmaler als die Länge des 3. Antennomers (wie 20:22), bei beiden Geschlechtern gleich breit. Wangen gewölbt. Stirn- naht median leicht eingeschnitten. Clypeus vorge- zogen, apikad etwas verbreitert, längs und quer etwas gewölbt. Stirn und Clypeus dicht, ziemlich groß und grob punktiert; aus den Punkten des Cly- peus entspringen sehr kurze Härchen. Mentum apikad verbreitert; mit etwas gebogenen Seiten; Seitenränder breit, eben, glänzend. Mandibeln aussen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Quer und längs leicht gewölbt. Seiten etwas verrundet, bei manchen Exemplaren mit der größten Breite in der Mitte und nach vorn und hinten leicht verrundet eingezogen, bei anderen Exemplaren nach hinten subparallel. Vorderrand deutlich ausgeschnitten; Vorderecken dadurch bei orhogradem Aufblick spitzwinklig. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durchgehend schmal gerandet. Bei Blick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten durchgehend sichtbar. Bei seitlicher Ansicht sind die Vorderecken rechtwinklig, die Hinterecken stumpfwinklig. Oberseite wie unter Diagnose be- schrieben. Scutellum. Dreieckig, mit kleinen Punkten. Flügeldecken. Länglich oval; quer stark gewölbt, größte Höhe etwa in der Mitte; Seiten über eine längere Strecke subparallel. Schultern entwickelt. Enden der Flügeldecken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrandkanten von oben schmal in der Mitte sichtbar. Auf der Oberseite nicht sehr tief einge- schnittene Striae, in denen längliche Punkte deutlich eingedrückt sind; Abstände der Punkte voneinander auf der Scheibe geringer als die Punktdurchmesser; etwa 32 Punkte in der 4. Reihe. Interstitien leicht gewölbt; auf den stark mikroretikulierten Interstiti- en sind bei 50-facher Vergrößerung keine Punkte sichtbar, aber winzige Härchen. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend sehr stark aufgebogen. Apophyse ziemlich schmal, annähernd parallelseitig; neben den Hüften sind die Seitenrän- der kaum verbreitert, aber deutlich ventrad ange- hoben, dadurch entsteht median eine schmale, aber deutliche Furche; hinter den Hüften ist die Apophy- se etwas herabgebogen, aber weit kaudad vorgezo- gen; apikal verrundet. Episterna mit flachen, großen Punkten, die besonders durch ihren stark mikrore- tikulierten Grund auffallen. Mesosternum. Vorderrand des hinteren Teils median nur gering ausgeschnitten; beiderseits der schmalen Mitte ist der hintere Teil gefurcht; auf dem hinteren Teil finden sich einige ungerichtet stehende, mittellange Haare. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meso- coxae schmal verrundet; dick gerandet; Innenrand tief eingedrückt und in den sich anschließenden, vorderen Querfurchen hinter den Mesocoxae punk- tiert. Hintere Querfurchen vor den Metacoxae ebenfalls tief eingedrückt und Furchen punktiert. Scheibe mit wenigen winzigen Pünktchen, die bei 50-fachen Vergrößerung an der Grenze der Sicht- barkeit liegen; aus ihnen entspringen mittellange, anliegende Haare. Mittellinie durchscheinend, nicht eingeschnitten oder eingedrückt. Sternite. Vorderrand des 1. Sternits zwischen den Metacoxae spitzbogig, gerandet. Seitliche Quer- furchen hinter den Metacoxae mit großen Punkten. Sternite glatt, mit winzigen, kaum sichtbaren, schüt- ter stehenden Pünktchen, aus denen sehr kurze, fast anliegende Härchen entspringen. Analsternit bei dd apikomedian deutlich eingedrückt. Fühler. Ziemlich lang; zurückgelegt kurz vor der Mitte der Flügeldecken endend. Bei beiden Geschlechtern gleich lang. 11. Antennomer stumpf zugespitzt. Die Längen und Breiten der Antenno- meren 1-11 verhalten sich wie 15:7,5 / 8:6 / 22:6 / 1526%/72. 170,72 156,597, 16:8,/.14:8,5, 7, 14::8,57/, 13:8,5 / 18:9. Beine. Kurz, dünn. Femora zu den zweiten Dritteln hin verdickt. Protibiae bei ?? gleichmäßig gering gekrümmt; bei dd außen in der Mitte etwas abgeknickt und an den Innenseiten apikad davon stark verbreitert. Mesotibiae bei beiden Geschlech- tern etwa wie die Protibiae bei ?? geformt. Metati- biae etwas stärker als die Mesotibiae gekrümmt. Protarsomeren bei dd nicht verbreitert. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5 sind 6:6:6:5:18, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 16:10:6:6:18, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 39:13:7:17. Material. Australia, NSW, Bulga Ck. 15 km NE Gilgan- dra, 19.12.1998, M. Baehr (12 ZSM); Pk. Down, ... (unleserlich) (19 ZSM). Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893 Abb. 9A-H Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893: 99. Amarygmus lindensis Blackburn, 1893: 104 [syn. n.]. Typen. Im SAM 3 Syntypen von Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn an einer Nadel, davon 2 auf einem Plättchen, beide 22, beim dritten ist Geschlecht äußerlich nicht zu erkennen. Sie sind etikettiert: Sydney; Co-type; (hand- schriftlich) Amarygmus stolidus Blb. N.S.W., type. Ein weiterer Syntypus, ohne Kopf und Halsschild, im NHM; etikettiert: (auf dem Plättchen, auf dem das Tier aufge- klebt ist) 4734. Syd. T; (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus stolidus Blackb.; Blackburn Coll. 1910-236. Holotypus von Amarygmus lindensis Blackburn: 9, NHM, bezeichnet: (rundes Etikett, roter Rand) Type; (eckiges Etikett, handschriftlich, rote Tinte) 379T, P. Line. [Port Lincoln], T; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus lindensis Blackb.; (gedruckt) Blackburn Coll. 1910-236. Anmerkung. Holotypus von lindensis unreif, so daß die schmalen farbigen Höfe um die Punkte der Punkt- reihen bei dem Holotypus von lindensis undeutlicher als bei den Syntypen von stolidus sind. Abgesehen davon kann ich keine Unterschiede zwischen den Typen von stolidus und lindensis erkennen. Diagnose. Mittelgroßse Art. Länglich ovale, dunkle, etwas glänzende Flügeldecken; mit schmalerem Halsschild als Flügeldecken; auf den Flügeldecken mit Punktreihen großer, unregelmäßig stehender Punkte, die von einem rosafarbenen Hof umgeben 47 o o [e) [e] [e] [e} je) [e} o o o 0,5mm Abb. 9. Amarygmus stolidus Blackburn, 1893. A. Habitus, linksseitig Beine des d, rechtsseitig Beine des ?. B. Körper seitlich. C. Kopf und Halsschild. D. Prosternalapophyse. E. Fühler. F. Aedoeagus seitlich. G. Aedoeagus ventral. H. Aedoeagus dorsal. sind. Stirn ziemlich breit. Mittellange Fühler. 55 haben nach innen verbreiterte Endstrecken der Protibiae. Eine ähnliche Körperform (aber andere Sexualdimorphismen an den Protibiae) hat der etwas kleinere Amarygmus ruficornis Blackburn; siehe dort. Nachbeschreibung Maße. Länge: 6,29-7,09 mm. Breite: 3,26-3,52 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/Länge 1,74-1,82; Brei- te Hinterecken /Breite Vorderecken 1,61-1,67. Flügel- decken: Länge/Breite 1,58-1,65; Länge Flügeldecken/ Länge Halsschild 4,00-4,30; maximale Breite Flügel- decken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,41-1,45. Farbe. Oberseite anthracitfarben, mit metalli- schem Glanz, an einigen Stellen der Flügeldecken auch angedeutet bläulich; große Punkte der Punkt- reihen mit nicht sehr auffälligem, rosafarbenen Hof, der auch manchmal zwei bis drei benachbarte Punk- te umschliefßsen kann. Unterseite rotbraun, glänzend. Metasternum glänzend, Sternite leicht matt. Beine wie Unterseite gefärbt. Basisnahe Antennomeren hellbraun, die apikalen Antennomeren mehr dun- kelbraun. Kopf. Stirn ziemlich breit, eben, bei beiden Geschlechtern gleich breit, etwa so breit wie die 48 Summe der Längen der 2. und 3. Antennomeren. Wangen nur angedeutet aufgebogen; nicht klar von der Stirn abgegrenzt; seitlich etwas weiter als der mittlere Teil der Stirnnaht nach vorne reichend. Stirnnaht median gering eingeschnitten, seitlich nur durchscheinend. Clypeus mittelweit vorgezogen; quer sehr gering gewölbt; Seiten verengen sich leicht nach vorne. Clypeus und Stirn fein und weitläufig punktiert. Mentum umgekehrt trapezförmig, mit breiten, glänzenden Seitenrändern; querüber dazwi- schen matter, nach vorne zunehmend gewölbt. Unterseite des Halses mit mikroskopisch feinen Querrillen und einigen sehr flachen Punkten. Man- dibeln außen gefurcht, bifid. Halsschild. Nicht sehr breit, quer stark gewölbt; längs leicht gewölbt. Seiten verengen sich verrundet nach vorne. Vorderrand seitlich etwas eingezogen, in der Mitte breit gerade. Vorderecken etwas vorste- hend, bei orthograder Aufsicht annähernd recht- winklig. Seitenränder und Vorderrand durchgehend gerandet. Bei Blick von oben sind die Randungen der Seiten sichtbar. Bei Ansicht von der Seite sind die Vorderecken rechtwinklig, die Hinterecken stumpfwinklig. Oberseite mit winzigen, nicht sehr dicht stehenden Punkten. Scutellum. Dreieckig, unpunktiert. Flügeldecken. Länglich oval; mit der größten Breite und Höhe kurz vor der Mitte, nach hinten werden die Flügeldecken deutlich schmaler. Gut ausgebildete Schulterbeulen. Enden der Flügelde- cken gemeinsam verrundet. Seitenrandkanten von oben nur kurzstreckig in der Mitte, dort extrem schmal sichtbar. Auf der Oberseite Punktreihen mit großen, unregelmäßig stehenden und geformten (einige länglich) Punkten, etwa 16 Punkte in der 4. Reihe. Interstitien plan bis sehr leicht gewölbt; mit winzigen, schütter stehenden Pünktchen. Prosternum. Vorderrand durchgehend sehr schmal aufgebogen, sehr gering zur Apophyse hin eingezogen. Apophyse mittelbreit, mit annähernd parallelen Seiten, unterbrochen nur neben den Pro- coxae, wo die Seitenränder fast halbkugelig verbrei- tert und ventrad aufgebogen sind; dazwischen eine sehr deutlich abgegrenzte Furche, die sich nach hinten bis zum Apex weitet; Seitenränder hinter den Hüften schmal, etwas angehoben; apikal breit ver- rundet; die mediane Fläche ist im apikalen Bereich querüber sehr leicht gewölbt und matt. Mesosternum. Vorderrand des hinteren Teils median flach ausgeschnitten; hinterer Teil seitlich mit je einer angedeuteten Furche. Mesosternum liegt ventrad etwas höher als Vorderrand vom Metaster- num. Metasternum. Vorderrand zwischen den Meta- coxae verrundet, nicht sehr stark gerandet. Vordere Abschnitte der Scheibe mit einigen großen bis- nach hinten zunehmend - kleinen Punkten, aus denen sehr kurze, anliegende Härchen (beim ) entsprin- gen. Medianlinie durchscheinend, hinten angedeu- tet eingedrückt. Sternite. Apophyse zwischen den Metacoxae mit annähernd geraden Seitenrändern, gerandet. Sternite mikroretikuliert, mit einigen ungerichteten Riefelungen, unpunktiert. Fühler. Mittellang. Zurückgelegt die Flügelde- cken nicht ganz bis zur Mitte überlappend. Bei beiden Geschlechtern gleich lang. 11. Antennomer apikal mit einer asymmetrischen Ecke. Die Längen und Breiten der Antennomeren 1-11 verhalten sich wie 13:7 / 7,5:6 / 18:6 / 14:6 / 14:6 / 15:7 / 16:8 115:8,5,/. 16:85 / 15:8,5 / 20:9. Beine. Femora deutlich zu den zweiten Dritteln hin keulenförmig verdickt. Protibiae bei beiden Geschlechtern außen mäßiggradig gekrümmt; innen in den apikalen Vierteln bei dd plötzlich verbreitert. Meso- und Metatibiae bei beiden Geschlechtern gekrümmt. Protarsomeren bei dd nicht verbreitert. Die Längen der Protarsomeren 1-5sind 10:7:6:6:22, die der Mesotarsomeren 1-5 sind 20:11:8:7:23, die der Metatarsomeren 1-4 sind 46:15:10:24. Material. Australia, NSW, Macksville, XII. 1992, leg. Wachtel (13, 1? ZSMB); dito, aber Macksville [30°45'S- 152°55’'E], North Arm, XI1.1990, Wachtel leg. (22? ZSMB); AUS, NSW, Border Range, Blackout, 30.XI. 1989, Vr. R. Bejsäk Igt. (13 CBj). Amarygmus suavis Blackburn, 1893 Amarygmus cupido Pascoe, 1869: 346-347. Amarygmus suavis Blackburn, 1893: 95 (syn. nov.). Typen. Holotypus von cupido: ?, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett mit rotem Rand) Type; (ovales grünes Etikett, handschriftlich) Queensland; (eckiges Etikett, weißes Papier, handschriftlich) Amarygmus cupido Pasc., type; (eckiges Etikett, gedruckt) Pascoe Coll. 93-60. Holotypus von suavis: 2, NHM, etikettiert: (rundes Etikett, roter Rand) Type; (rechteckiges Etikett, rote Tinte) 4739, Syd. T; (handschriftlich) Amarygmus suavis Blackb.; Blackburn Coll. 1910-230. Es finden sich bei dem Holotypus von suavis nur 9 Antennomeren des linken Fühlers und 4 Antennomeren des rechten Füh- lers. Anmerkungen. Eine Nachbeschreibung mit Abbil- dung von cupido habe ich bereits publiziert (Bremer 2005: 68). Der Holotypus von suavis ist zwar etwas kleiner als der von cupido, aber sonst stimmen alle an- deren Merkmale beider Taxa überein. Maße. Länge: 6,77-7,93 mm. Breite: 3,46-4,20 mm. Relationen. Halsschild: Breite/ Länge 1,74-1,84; Brei- te Hinterecken/Breite Vorderecken 1,63-1,69. Flü- geldecken: Länge/Breite 1,61-1,63; Länge Flügelde- cken/Länge Halsschild 3,74-4,10; maximale Breite Flügeldecken/maximale Breite Halsschild 1,32- 1,39. Material. Außer den Holotypen von cupido und suavis: Australia, Old, Brisbane Res., Browns Plain, 12,97 (1 ZSM). Literatur Blackburn, T. 1888. Further notes on Australian coleo- ptera, with descriptions of new genera and species. - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales (Ser. 2") 3: 1387-1506 -- 1892. Revision of the Australian amarygmides. — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales (Ser. 2") 7: 411- 470 -- 1893. Revision of the Australian amarygmides. — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales (Ser. 2") 8: 53- 106 Bremer, H. J. 2001a. Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 und verwandter Gattungen. I. Allge- meine Bemerkungen; Status einiger Gattungen af- fine Amarygmus Dalman; neue Kombinationen von Arten der Gattung Amarygmus. — Coleoptera 5: 57- 80 49 -- 2001b. Revision of the Genus Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 and Related Genera. VI. Catalogue of already described species of Amarygmus Dalman (Coleo- ptera: Tenebrionidae: Amarygmini). — Coleoptera 5173-338 -- 2004. Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXIII. Durch Blanchard, Macleay und Pic beschriebene Amaryg- mus-Arten, überwiegend der papuanischen Fau- nenregion; Angaben zu den Typen, Nachbeschrei- bungen und Abbildungen (Col., Tenebrionidae, Amarygmini). — Spixiana 27 (2): 115-128 -- 2005. Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXVIIH. Anga- ben zu Amarygmus-Arten, die von Fabricius, We- ber, Wiedemann, Hope und Pascoe beschrieben wurden (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Ama- rygmini). — Spixiana 28(1): 41-89 Carter, H. J. 1913. Notes and Tabulation of the Austra- lian Amarygminae (Family Tenebrionidae), with Descriptions of New Species. — Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 37: 6-47 -- 1914. Notes of Tenebrionidae in the South Austra- lian Museum, collected by Mr. A. M. Lea, 1911-12, with descriptions of new species. - Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 38: 219-238 -- 1917. Some new Heteromera, and one Stigmodera from tropical Australia. -— Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 701-719 50 -- 1919. Notes on Australian coleoptera, with descrip- tions of new species. - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 44: 137-173 -- 1921. Australian coleoptera: notes and new species. - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 46: 301-323 -- 1932. New Guinea and Australian coleoptera. — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 57: 101-115 Gebien, H. 1920. Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae. Nova Gui- nea; Resultats de l’expedition scientifique neerlan- daise ä la Nouvelle-Guinee en 1912 et 1913 sous les auspices de A. Franssen Herderschee. Vol. XII; Zoologie: 213-500, Taf. IX-XI. - E. J. Brill Verlag, Leiden Hope, F. W. 1843. Continuation of amemoir containing descriptions of new species of Coleoptera from Port Essington, in New Holland. -Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 357-361 Kulzer, H. 1954. Achter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tene- brioniden (Col.). — Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 5: 20-73 Lea, A. M. 1910. Australian and Tasmanian coleoptera inhabiting or resorting to the nests of ants, bees, and termites. - Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23 (N.S.), Pt. I: 116-225 Pascoe, F. P. 1869. XLII. Descriptions of new genera and species of Tenebrionidae from Australia and Tas- mania. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Zool. Bot. Geol. 3: 344-351 Waterhouse, C. O.,C. J. Gahan& G. J. Arrow 1900. Order 4 - Coleoptera. In: A Monograph of Christmas Is- land (Indian Ocean). Physical Features and Geolo- gy (Ed. C. W. Andrews): 89-126. - London SPIXIANA München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 New species and new records of the genera Dicraspeda Chaudoir and Eudalia Castelnau from the Papuan and Australian regions, with a nomenclatorial note on Deipyrus Liebke (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2006): New species and new records of the genera Dicraspeda Chau- doir and Eudalia Castelnau from the Papuan and Australian regions, with anomen- clatorial note on Deipyrus Liebke (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — Spixiana 29/1: 51-72 As a supplement to the recent revision of the Australian Odacanthinae, four new species and three new subspecies of the odacanthine genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir from Australia, New Guinea, New Britain, Solomon Islands, and Halmahera are described: D. subrufipennis, spec. nov. related to the brunnea-group, from northern Australia; D. coeruleipennis, spec. nov., related to D. obscura Castelnau, from New Guinea; D. missai, spec. nov. and D. glabripennis, spec. nov., both of the dubia-group, from New Guinea; and D. quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. from Bougain- ville, Solomon Islands, D. quadrispinosa moluccensis, subspec. nov. from Halmahera, and D. quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. from New Britain. Of the genus Eudalia Castelnau, E. liebherri, spec. nov., from south-eastern Queensland is de- scribed. New records of the recently described D. minuta Baehr and D. nigripes Baehr from Papua New Guinea and several new records of the enigmatic Eudalia anomala Darlington from New Guinea and Halmahera are dealt with. By compari- son with the Philippine Polydamasium strandi Liebke it proved that E. anomala that in many characters deviates from the genus Eudalia Castelnau belongs to the genus Polydamasium, but is not conspecific with P. strandi. According to a note by Bousquet the name Deipyrus Liebke for an Australian odacanthine genus is preoccupied and has to be replaced in my revision by Deipy- rodes Bousquet. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: martin.baehr@zsm.mwn.de Introduction In parts this paper is considered a supplement to my recent revision of the Australian Odacanthinae (Baehr 2004), and it covers material which Ireceived while the revision was already in print. The paper is mainly based on material that I sorted out from the collections of Australian National Insect Collec- tion, Canberra (ANIC) and South Australian Mu- seum, Adelaide (SAMA) during my recent visits to both museums, and on additional material from the Canopy mission P.N.G. received recently from In- stitut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles (IRSNB). One new species from Australia was kindly handled over to me recently by J. Lieb- herr, Ithaca (CUIC), and material from the Moluccas and New Britain were kindly brought to my attention by M. Hiermeier (München), W. Lorenz, Tutzing (CLT), and A. Weigel (Pössneck). One holotype is also stored in Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QOMB). 51 The fine series of E. anomala Darlington from IRSNB now enabled me to compare this species with the recorded species of the genus Eudalia Castelnau as well as with the genus Polydamasium Liebke, and to point out the actual position of this species. Material and Methods For the taxonomic treatment standard methods were used. The male genitalia were removed from specimens soaked for a night in a jar under wet atmosphere, then cleaned for a short while in hot KOH. For examination of the generally fine though taxo- nomically highly important punctuation and microre- ticulation of the surface a high resolving stereo micro- scope with up to 64x magnification was used, sup- ported by a lamp of high intensity giving natural light that could be focussed. For exact definition of the mi- crosculpture such light is preferable, because fibre-glass optics substantially change the impression of the surface structures. The habitus photographs were obtained by a dig- ital camera using SPOT Advanced for Windows 3.5 and subsequently were worked with Corel Photo Paint 10. Measurements were taken using a stereo micro- scope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Lengths, therefore, may slightly differ from those of other au- thors. Length of eye includes a small dark coloured ring of ocellae that in some instances is present behind the light area. Length of orbit is taken from posterior margin of eye to ‘neck’ suture. Length of head is the distance from apex of labrum to ‘neck’. Length of pronotum was measured from the most advanced part of base to the most advanced part of apex; width of pronotum at wid- est part, including those parts of the proepisternum that are visible from above. Length of elytra was taken from the most advanced part of humerus to the most ad- vanced apex of elytra including apical denticles, but according to the intraspecific differences in length of those spines within D. quadrispinosa (Chaudboir), in this species length of elytra was taken only to base of sutural spines. Ratios are somewhat variable in most species, but generally they offer rather good measures of relative shape. Genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir Dicraspeda Chaudoir, 1862: 300; Sloane 1923: 30; Csiki 1932: 1536; Liebke 1938: 88; Darlington 1968: 210; Moore et al. 1987: 274; Baehr 1996a: 138; 1997b: 30; 1998: 174; 1999: 116; 2000: 11; 2003b: 101; 2003c: 251; 2004: 148; Lorenz 1998: 420. This genus had a rather changing history. For a time it was confounded with the related genus Eudalia Castelnau, and even Sloane (1917, 1923) when repeat- edly revising the Australian species, was not sure to which genera the quite differently shaped Austral- ian species should bereferred. The Australian Dicras- peda obscura (Castelnau), for example, was referred to Arame Andrewes by Sloane (1923). Indeed, those species that are today combined to form the genus Dicraspeda, are remarkably different in their external shape and structure. When considering the species that occur in New Guinea, the problem becomes even more difficult, because then, the former genera Philemonia Liebke and Macrocentra Chaudoir have to be taken into consideration. Today these are in- cluded in Dicraspeda sensu lato, but certainly they again deviate in shape and structure. Some of these problems are discussed in the various papers of Baehr (see above under the genus) on Australian and New Guinean Dicraspeda. For the present, and because it seems not possible to maintain clear-cut subgroups within the genus, since intermediate species between most groups exist, no subgeneric units are acknowledged. At best, species could be combined to ‘'species-groups’ that are of no nomen- clatorial value (Baehr 2003c, 2004). At present four more or less clear-cut species- groups are recognized in the genus Discraspeda: the brunnea-group that combines wide, depressed spe- cies with wide lateral pronotal sulcus and unarmed elytral apex; the obscura-group that includes rather convex, highly glossy species with narrow lateral pronotal sulcus, heavily punctate pronotum, and unarmed elytral apex; the dubia-group that equals the former genus or subgenus Philemonia Liebke, which includes rather compact species with narrow lateral pronotal sulcus, barely punctate pronotum, and denticulate to spinose elytral apex; and the quadrispinosa-group, which is similar to the former genus or subgenus Macrocentra Chaudoir, with two large species bearing a narrow lateral pronotal sul- cus and quadrispinose elytral apex. This system of species groups could be easily transferred to subge- neric or even generic status, were it not for some species that are intermediate between these groups, as for example D. minuta Baehr and D. longiloba (Liebke) intermediate between the brunnea- and dubia-groups, and D. brunneipennis (Sloane) of un- certain affinities, but perhaps somewhat intermedi- ate between the brunnea- and obscura-groups. New Guinea apparently is the stronghold in particular of the dubia-group (“Philemonia”) that has achieved a very high taxonomic diversity in this is- land, whereas it is barely represented in Australia. Diagnosis. This morphologically highly diverse genus is characterized by the distinct sulcus and ridge inside the eye, a distinct sulcus inside the lateral prothoracic margin, impilose elytra (except for fixed setae at 3"! interval), and generally slightly Fig. 1. Dicraspeda subrufipennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. excised apex of elytra that may or may not be armed by denticles or elongate spines in very different ways. Dicraspeda subrufipennis, spec. nov. Figs 1,12 Types. Holotype: 3, Trapped by sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana Cairns dist.: F. P. Dodd (SAMA). Diagnosis. At the first glance distinguished from all other species of its genus by minute size and the rufous elytra. Description Measurements. Length:5.0 mm, width: 1.85 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 2.75; length/ width of head: 1.0; length/ width of pronotum: 1.10; width of head / width of pronotum: 1.10; length/width of elytra: 263. Colour. Head and prothorax dark piceous, an- terior part of frons, clyepus, labrum, and mandibles reddish, elytra reddish-brown. Palpi, antennae, and legs yellow. Lower surface of thorax and abdomen reddish-piceous. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface depressed. Eyes very large, almost three times as long as orbits, laterally remarkably projecting, but not interrupting the lateral curve of the head. Orbits very oblique, gently convex, form- ing a distinct angle with the neck. Distance between eyes > twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. La- brum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regularly incurved. Labium with elongate, triangu- lar tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, sinuate impression, in middle of frons with shallow v-shaped impression and a shallow circular groove behind. Medially of eye with an elongate sulcus and ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated slightly behind posterior margin of eye. Antennae of average size, surpassing base of pro- notum by about one antennomere. Median anten- nomeres almost twice as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, impunctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Slightly longer than wide, laterally rather convex, surface fairly depressed. Widest slightly in front of middle, margin gently rounded, but at widest diameter even very gently angulate, near basal angles feebly concave. Lateral border prominent, raised throughout, lateral margin with a deep and rather wide sulcus that considerably narrows towards apex and base. Sulcus abruptly bordered medially by a conspicuous ridge. Proepi- pleura and proepisternum narrowly visible from above. Apex almost straight, not bordered, anterior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base very gently convex, not bordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deeply impressed, im- punctate, not attaining apex nor base. Anterior transverse sulcus shallow, v-shaped, coarsely punc- tate, basal transverse sulcus barely impressed. Posterior marginal seta absent, anterior marginal pore and seta situated at widest part of pronotum, slightly inside of marginal border, of unknown length, because both setae broken. Surface without 8) microreticulation, median surface rather densely, but lightly striolate, lateral sulcus, apical field, and base in middle sparsely though coarsely punctate. Disk very glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, rather quad- rate, though posteriorly slightly widened and lat- eral margin in anterior third moderately compressed. Surface depressed, disk in basal third without per- ceptible transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal sulcus moderately wide. Apex wide, oblique, in middle moderately concave. Lateral apical angle clearly rounded, sutural angle obtuse, apical margin with coarse border line, par- ticularly near lateral angles distinctly denticulate. All striae distinct, coarsely punctate, though even the inner ones barely impressed, intervals depressed. Punctuation becoming weaker in apical half. 3° interval with four setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Anterior puncture situated at basal quarter and close to 3" stria, the median punc- ture situated in middle of interval, the apical ones adjacent to 2" stria. The median puncture is situ- ated slightly behind middle of elytra, both apical ones situated close together at apical sixth of elytra. Length of setae unknown, because all broken. Mar- ginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 anterior setae behind humerus, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angle, one intercalar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Intervals impunctate but with extremely superficial microreticulation that consists of slightly transverse meshes. Surface highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and abdo- men impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slightly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in middle feebly excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5" tarsomeres setose on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with shallow (<" of length) excision. Apex of 1‘ tarsomere and 2" and 3°! tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetri- cally, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 1). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, slightly asymmetric, narrowed to the angulate, slightly asymmetric apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally very slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex rather elon- gate, slightly turned to the right, very gently knobbed and upturned. Internal sac rather simply folded, with an elongate, slightly coiled and gently sclero- tized piece in apical half. Parameres rather dissimi- lar, large, fairly elongate, left larger than right. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. North-eastern Queensland. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. The holotype was “Trapped by sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana” which probably is evidence of its occurrence close to the coast. Nothing else is recorded about habits of this species. Etymology. The name refers to the vaguely rufous colour of the elytra. Relationships. This species clearly belongs to the brunnea-group within the genus Dicraspeda. How- ever, in view of its minute size and striking col- ouration this species is quite isolated not only within the Australian species of this group but even within the whole group. Dicraspeda coeruleipennis, spec. nov. Eigs 2,13 Types. Holotype: ö, NEW GUINEA, Port Moresby, (Mt. Lawes), 1300 ft. 5.3.-12.5.1963, W. W. Brandt (ANIC). - Paratype: 1?, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized by the coarsely punctate pronotum as being related only to the Australian D. obscura (Castelnau). Distinguished from this spe- cies by bluish colour of the elytra, uniformly yellow antennae and legs, shorter and wider pronotum, and less coarsely punctate elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 5.2-5.7 mm, width: 1.85- 2.0 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.35-1.55; length/ width of head: 1.02-1.06; length/ width of pronotum: 1.28-1.31; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.06- 1.14; length/ width of elytra: 1.65. Colour. Head and pronotum black, elytra with bluish-violaceous lustre. Apical part of clypeus and labrum piceous, mandibles and palpi reddish to dark yellowish, antennae and legs uniformly light yellow. Lower surfaces of fore body black, basal half of abdomen dark reddish, becoming dark piceous to- wards apex. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface moderately depressed. Eyes very large, about 1.5x as long as orbits, laterally remark- ably projecting, though barely interrupting the lat- eral curve of head. Orbits very oblique, in same line with eyes, gently convex, forming a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes slightly >twice as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus sepa- rated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle, posterior part transversely convex. Labrum | large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and Fig. 2. Dicraspeda coeruleipennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regu- larly incurved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, about circular impression that is prolonged to an oblique sulcus towards eyes. In middle of frons with a shallow, v-shaped impression. Medially of eye with a distinct sulcus and sharp ridge. Neck sepa- rated from vertex by arather deep, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situated slightly behind posterior margin of eye. Antennae in both available specimens broken in middle, antennae elongate, probably surpassing base of pronotum by two or even three antennomeres. Median antennomeres about3x aslong as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, impunctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Considerably longer than wide, laterally rather convex, surface convex. Widest about in middle, margin gently rounded. Lateral border prominent, raised throughout, lateral margin with a shallow, rather indistinct sulcus that narrows to- wards apex and base. Sulcus not definitely bordered medially by aridge. Large parts of proepipleura and proepisternum visible from above. Apex almost straight, not bordered, anterior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base gently convex, not bordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Me- dian line and anterior and posterior transverse sulci absent. Both anterior and posterior marginal setae present, elongate, anterior marginal pore and seta situated slightly in front of middle, inside of marginal border, posterior seta situated right on basal angle. Surface without microreticulation, with fairly dense, extremely coarse punctures, very glossy. Elytra. Rather large in comparison with fore body, about twice as wide as prothorax, rather quadrate, posteriorly barely widened, lateral margin in anterior third barely compressed. Surface mod- erately convex, on disk somewhat depressed, disk in basal third without any transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal sulcus rather narrow. Apex wide, oblique, laterally moderately concave. Lateral apical angle clearly rounded, sutural angle obtuse, apex with coarse border line, particularly near lateral angles dis- tinctly denticulate. All striae distinct, though only punctate, barely impressed, intervals depressed. Punctuation coarse, becoming remarkably weaker towards apical half. 3" interval with three setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Ante- rior puncture situated at first third and close to 3"4 stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2" stria, the median puncture situated at posterior slightly behind middle, the apical one at apical sixth of elytra. Setae rather elongate, almost erect. Marginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 anterior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, 1 large intercalar seta, and 2 setae near suture at apex. Surface without microreticulation and impunctate, highly glossy. Wings fully devel- oped. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum very coarsely punctate, metasternum, metepisternum, and abdo- men impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, slightly >2x as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in female quadrisetose, in male in middle rather deeply excised. Legs. Rather elongate. 5" tarsomeres setose on 55 lower surface, 4" tarsomeres of protarsus and me- sotarsus with shallow (<'3 of length) excision. Apex of 1° tarsomere and 2”! and 3'' tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrically, sparsely biseriately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 2). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, slightly asymmetric, narrowed to the angulate, slightly asymmetric apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally very slightly sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex rather short, slightly turned to the right, very gently knobbed. Internal sac rather simply folded, with an elongate, slightly coiled and gently sclerotized piece in apical half and a triangular, denticulate plate at orificium. Parameres rather dissimilar, large, fairly elongate, left larger than right. Female genitalia. Very similar to those of D. ob- scura (Sloane). Variation. Slight variation noted in punctuation of elytral striae that varies to some degree in its coarseness. Distribution. Eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. The types were collected at rather low altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the blue colour of the elytra. Relationships. This species is closely related to the Australian D. obscura (Castelnau), but distinguished by the characters as mentioned in diagnosis. Dicraspeda missai, spec. nov. Figs 3, 4, 14 Types. Holotype: d, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B., Canopy mission P.N.G., Madang province, Baiteta- FOG AR1,27.1V.1995, Leg. Olivier Missa (IRSNB). - Paratypes: 233,32, same data (CBM, IRSNB); 1%, same locality, FOG T9, 8.V1.1993 (IRSNB). Diagnosis. Species ofthe dubia-group, distinguished from most other species by the combination of two character states: elytra microreticulate apically in both sexes and eyes almost completely included in lateral outline of head. Distinguished from next relative D. ullrichi Baehr by laterally more convex pronotum and more protruding eyes. Description Measurements. Length: 7.3-8.3 mm, width: 2.65.- 3.0 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 0.9-1.0; length/ width of head: 1.02-1.09; length/ width of pronotum: 1.02-1.09; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.09- 1.13; length/width of elytra: 1.62-1.69. 56 Colour. Head and pronotum black, elytra very dark piceous, feebly lighter than fore body. Labrum with reddish-piceous margins, mandibles piceous, palpi and antenna reddish. Legs piceous with slightly lighter tarsi. Lower surface black to dark piceous. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather convex. Eyes moderately large, slightly shorter than to almost as long as orbits, laterally projecting, though not interrupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits very oblique, convex, anteriorly not incurved, forming a regular curve with eyes, but a very distinct angle with neck. Dis- tance between eyes >3x as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus separated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle. Labrum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regularly incurved. La- bium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons later- ally near clypeal suture with a deep, sinuate impres- sion that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a shallow though distinct v-shaped im- pression, and laterally of that with a shallow, circu- lar groove on either side halfways between impres- sion and eye. Medially of eye with a distinct sulcus and ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situ- ated far behind posterior margin of eye. Antennae of average size, surpassing base of pronotum by almost two antennomeres. Median antennomeres about 2.5x as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, impunctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Rather short, but slightly longer than wide, laterally rather rounded, surface convex. Wid- est slightly in front of middle, margin gently round- ed, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Lateral border prominent, slightly raised, lateral margin with a fairly deep but narrow sulcus that even narrows towards apex and base. Sulcus not bordered medially by a definite ridge. Large parts of proepipleura and proepisternum visible from above. Apex almost straight, not bordered, anterior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base straight, not bordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line deeply impressed, punctate-crenu- late, not attaining apex nor base. Anterior transverse sulcus very shallow, v-shaped, barely punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely impressed. Posterior marginal pore present but setae broken in almost all specimens, anterior marginal pore and seta appar- ently absent. Surface without microreticulation, disk barely striolate, lateral sulcus almost impunctate but opaque, apex barely punctate, only base coarsely and fairly densely punctate. Surface very glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, Fig. 3,4. Dicraspeda missai, spec. nov. 3. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. 4. Female stylomeres. Scale: 0.5 mm. more than twice as wide as prothorax, posteriorly widened and lateral margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Surface convex, disk without any transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal sulcus narrow. Apex wide, ob- lique, sinuate and moderately concave towards lateral angles. Sutural angle with very short spine, lateral apical angle angulate, slightly produced. Apex with coarse border line, particularly in median half finely denticulate. All striae complete, slightly im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, intervals gently convex. Punctures of striae fairly coarse, becoming barely weaker towards apex. 3" interval with three setifer- ous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Anterior puncture situated at first third and close to 3"! stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2"“ stria; the median puncture situated at posterior three fourths of elytra, the apical one close to apex. Setae fairly elongate (but almost all broken!). Marginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 ante- rior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, one intercalar seta, and two setae near suture at apex. Surface impunctate, in both sexes with highly superficial microreticulation in apical half, that consists of transverse meshes, highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Pproepisternum, proepimeron, mesepisternum, and immediate base of abdomen with very coarse punctures, prosternum, metaster- num, metepisternum, and most of abdomen impunc- tate. Metepisternum elongate, about twice as long as wide. Terminal sternum in male bisetose, in female quadrisetose, apical margin slightly excised in both sexes. Legs. Rather elongate. Alltarsomeres including 5® with dense and elongate setosity on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with deep (>% of length) excision. Apex of 1“ tarsomere and 2” and 3" tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus asymmetrically, sparsely bise- riately squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 3). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, markedly asymmetric, narrowed to the spoon-shaped, asymmetric apex. Aedeagus compact, laterally rather sinuate, lower surface markedly bisinuate and with a sharp edge in apical half. Apex short, slightly turned to the right, mark- edly knobbed and slightly upturned. Orificium short, internals sac fairly complexly folded, but without any sclerotized pieces. Both parameres large and convex, the right one much smaller than the left, very short. Female genitalia (Fig. 4). Stylomere 1 with 9-10 fairly elongate ensiform setae along apical margin. Stylomere 2 moderataly elongate, evenly curved, with fairly acute apex, with one dorso-median ensi- form seta in apical third, three large ventro-lateral ensiform setae along lateral margin, and one elongate nematiform seta in apical third originating from a it. ‚ Variation. Apart from slight variation in size and relative shape of pronotum and elytra, very little variation noted. Distribution. Eastern Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. According to the labels fogged during a canopy fogging programme, though it is not known whether this fogging actually was 5 Mn > = Fig. 5. Dicraspeda glabripennis, spec. nov. Female stylo- meres. Scale: 0.5 mm. done in the forest canopy, or on the trunks of stand- ing trees, or on logs. Apparently, this is rather a non-hygrophilous species. Etymology. The name honours the collector, ©. Missa. Relationships. This species belongs in the main body of the dubia-group and probably is closest re- lated to D. ullrichi Baehr. Dicraspeda glabripennis, spec. nov. Figs 5, 15 Types. Holotype: ?, INDONESIA, Irian Jaya, Nabire S Unipo, Januar 1997, leg. Frank Wolf (CBM). Diagnosis. Species of the dubia-group, distinguished from most other species by the combination of ab- solutely glabrous elytra even in females, and later- ally well produced eyes. Description Measurements. Length: 7.9 mm, width: 2.7 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 0.85; length/ width of head: 1.27; length/width of pronotum: 1.04; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.12; length/width of elytra: 1.65. Colour. Upper and lower surfaces uniformly black, elytra not lighter than fore body. Labrum with reddish-piceous margins, mandibles piceous, palpi and antenna reddish. Legs piceous with lighter knees and tarsi. Head. Large, triangular, wider than pronotum, upper surface rather convex. Eyes moderately large, slightly shorter than orbits, laterally remarkably projecting, distinctly interrupting the lateral curve of head. Orbits very oblique, convex but anteriorly faintly incurved, forming a slight angle with eyes and.a very distinct angle with neck. Distance between eyes >3x as wide as diameter of eye. Clypeus sepa- rated by a fine suture that is shortly interrupted in middle. Labrum large, anteriorly straight, 6-setose. Mandibles and palpi of average size, mandibles anteriorly regularly incurved. Labium with elongate, triangular tooth. Frons laterally near clypeal suture with a deep, sinuate impression that begins with a circular groove, in middle of frons with a shallow though distinct v-shaped impression that laterally bears a sharply impressed transverse groove on either side. Medially of eye with a distinct sulcus and ridge. Neck separated from vertex by a shallow, transverse furrow. Posterior supraorbital seta situ- ated far behind posterior margin of eye. Antennae of average size, surpassing base of pronotum by about 1.5 antennomeres. Median antennomeres al- most 2.5x as long as wide. Surface of head apart from labrum without microreticulation, impunctate and impilose, highly glossy. Prothorax. Rather short, but slightly longer than wide, laterally rather rounded, surface convex. Wid- est slightly in front of middle, margin gently round- ed, near basal angles shortly and gently concave. Lateral border prominent, slightly raised, lateral margin with a fairly deep but narrow sulcus that even narrows towards apex and base. Sulcus not bordered medially by a definite ridge. Large parts of proepipleura and proepisternum visible from above. Apex almost straight, not bordered, anterior angles rounded off, barely visible. Base almost straight, not bordered, posterior angles rightthough obtuse at apex. Median line deeply impressed, punctate-crenulate, not attaining apex nor base. Anterior transverse sulcus shallow, v-shaped, coarse- ly punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely impressed. Posterior marginal pore present but both setae bro- ken in holotype, anterior marginal pore and seta apparently absent. Surface without microreticula- tion, disk laterally faintly striolate, lateral sulcus, apex, base and disk near median line coarsely and fairly densely punctate. Surface very glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, posteriorly widened and lateral margin in anterior third faintly compressed. Surface convex, disk without any transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal sulcus narrow. Apex wide, ob- lique, sinuate and moderately concave towards lateral angles. Sutural angle with short spine, lat- eral apical angle angulate, slightly produced. Apex with coarse border line, particularly in median half finely denticulate. All striae complete, well im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, intervals convex. Punc- tures of striae fairly coarse, becoming barely weak- er towards apex. 3"! interval with three setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Ante- rior puncture situated at first third and close to 3° stria, the median and apical ones adjacent to 2" stria; the median puncture situated at posterior three fourths of elytra, the apical one close to apex. Setae probably elongate (only one not broken!). Marginal series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 ante- rior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, one intercalar seta, and two setae near suture at apex. Surface without microre- ticulation, even at apex, impunctate, highly glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, and mesepisternum with very coarse punctures, metasternum, metepisternum, and abdo- men impunctate. Metepisternum elongate, about twice as long as wide. Terminal sternum in female quadrisetose. Legs. Rather elongate. Alltarsomeres including 5% with dense and elongate setosity on lower surface, 4" tarsomeres with deep (>% of length) excision. Squamosity of male protarsus unknown. Male genitalia. Unknown. Female genitalia (Fig. 5). Stylomere 1 with 6 fairly elongate ensiform setae along median two thirds of apical margin. Stylomere 2 rather elongate, evenly curved, with elongate, acute apex, with one dorso-median ensiform seta in apical third, four remarkably elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae along lateral margin, and one elongate nematiform seta in apical third originating from a pit. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. This is prob- ably a ground-living, non-hygrophilous species. Etymology. The name refers to the absolutely glabrous elytra of this species. Relationships. This species belongs in the main body of the dubia-group and in view of certain ex- ternal characters probably is closest related to D. loebli Baehr and D. laticollis Baehr. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa (Chaudoir) Macrocentra quadrispinosa Chaudoir, 1869: 206; Csiki 1932: 1541; Liebke 1938: 100; Louwerens 1956: 223; Dar- lington 1968: 213; Lorenz 1998: 420. Loxocara quadrispinosa Sloane, 1907: 180. Thenominate form of Dicraspeda quadrispinosa (Chau- doir) was described from Dorey, western New Guinea. Sloane described his species from north- eastern, formerly German New Guinea. The species is common in New Guinea and also occurs on New Britain, Solomon Islands, and the Moluccas. I have seen many specimens from throughout New Guin- eaincluding Salawati and Biak Islands that are quite similar in shape, proportions, punctuation of elytra, and in their male genitalia. The single available specimen from Solomon Islands, however, remark- ably differs in certain external characters and propor- tions from the New Guinean form and thus, is de- scribed as subspecies. The available specimens from the Moluccas (Halmahera) and New Britain also differ in some external and genitalic characters and likewise seem to represent separate taxa that are also described as subspecies. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa quadrispinosa (Chaudoir) Fig. 6 Diagnosis. Distinguished from both, D. q. brevipen- nis, subspec. nov. and D. novabritannica, subspec. nov. by far less punctate lower surface; in addition from D. q. brevipennis by much longer and narrower elytra but slightly shorter spines, slightly coarser elytral punctuation, longer, narrower, and glossier pronotum without any traces of microreticulation, and larger eyes; from D. q. moluccensis, subspec. nov. by slightly less elongate and less parallel elytra, much finer elytral striae, shorter and wider pronotum, shorter head, and slightly stouter aedeagus with shorter and more club-shaped apex; and from D. q. novabritannica, subspec. nov. by slightly longer elytra, shorter head, shorter pronotum, and more club-shaped apex of aedeagus. Partial redescription . Measurements. Length: 11.5-12.1 mm, width: 3.9-4.1 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.50-1.65; length/width of head: 0.94-0.96; length/width of pronotum: 0.92-0.94; width of head/width of pro- notum: 1.16-1.18; length/width of elytra: 1.61-1.65. Male genitalia (Fig. 6). Genital ring narrow and elongate, rather symmetric, evenly narrowed to the angulate, slightly asymmetric apex, base rather tri- angular. Aedeagus very slender and elongate, very slightly curved to right side, lower surface very gently concave. Apex comparatively short (in spe- cies), situated asymmetrically on right side, turned to the right, perceptibly widened to tip, hence some- what knobbed, when seen exactly laterally from left side, rather upturned. Parameres of very different size and shape, left large, apically evenly rounded off, right narrow and elongate. 39 Distribution. Throughout New Guinea, including the islands to the north and west. New records (many specimens). PNG: Madang, Prov. Baiteta, FOG AR67, 18.VIl.1996, Leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB); same locality and collector, FOG XD, 3.V1.1993 (CBM). Relationships. In view of the almost impunctate lower surface and the moderately punctate elytral striae more closely related to D. q. moluccensis, sub- spec. nov. than to both other subspecies, but there seems to occur a west to east gradient in distinctness of punctuation of elytral striae within the nominate subspecies. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. Fig. 16 Types. Holotype: ?, SOLOMON ISLANDS, Bougain- ville Island, Konga Village (Buin), 6.2.-21.3.196, W. W. Brandt (ANIC). Diagnosis. Distinguished from all other subspecies by much shorter and wider elytra with extremely elongate spines, even finer elytral punctuation, shorter, wider, and less glossy pronotum due to rather dense punctuation and traces of microreticu- lation, and smaller eyes. In addition distinguished from other subspecies except for D. quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. by the dense punctua- tion of much of lower surface. Description Measurements. Length: 10.9 mm, width: 4.05 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.35; length/ width of head: 0.96; length/width of pronotum: 0.87; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.13; length/width of elytra: 1.40. Colour. As in nominate subspecies. Head. Largely as in nominate subspecies, but eyes slightly smaller in relation to orbits. Prothorax. Generally as in nominate subspecies, but shorter and wider, with perceptibly concave apex, denser punctuation near apex and base, and also on disk, and superficial microreticulation on disk, that together make the surface less glossier than in all other subspecies. Elytra. Considerably shorter and wider than in all other subspecies, and more widened in apical half. Sutural spines extremely elongate, longer than in any other subspecies. Striae not all impressed, even finer punctate than in other subspecies, intervals absolutely depressed, not even convex near apex, therefore the large preapical impressions distinct. Lower surface. Generally asin nominate subspe- 60 cies, but prosternum, proepisternum, proepimeron, mesepisternum, lateral parts of metasternum, and both basal abdominal sternites with coarse and rather dense punctuation. Metepisternum slightly less elongate, c. 2x as long as wide. Legs. As in nominate subspecies. Female genitalia. Very similar to those of nom- inate subspecies. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Bougainville, Solomon Islands. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Etymology. The name refers to the remarkably short and wide elytra of this subspecies. Relationships. In view of the very fine punctuation of the elytral striae, the distinct preapical elytral depression, and the extended punctuation of the lower surface, most similar to D. quadrispinosa nova- britannica, subspec. nov. However, as long as the male genitalia of D. q. brevipennis are not known, the relationships will remain unsettled. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. Figs 7,17 Types. Holotype: ö, PNG: E New Britain Prov. 30 km SW Kokopo, 5 km SW Arabam, 04°35'75"S 152°06'84"E, 200 m, 25.11.2000, leg. A. Weigel KL (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished from D. quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. by much longer and nar- rower elytra but slightly shorter spines, slightly coarser elytral punctuation, longer, narrower, and glossier pronotum without any traces of microre- ticulation, and larger eyes; from both other subspe- cies by denser punctuation of lower surface; from D.q. quadrispinosa also by slightly shorter elytra, longer head, longer pronotum, and less club-shaped apex of aedeagus; and from D. q. moluccensis, subspec. nov. by less elongate and less parallel elytra, much finer elytral striae, and slightly shorter and stouter aedeagus. Description Measurements. Length: 11.6 mm, width: 3.95 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.55; length/width of head: 1.03; length/width of pronotum: 1.01; width of head/width of pronotum:1.18; length/width of elytra: 1.65. Colour. As in nominate subspecies. Head. Largely as in nominate subspecies, but head longer, even longer than wide. Figs 6-8. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa (Chaudoir). Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genitalring. 6. D.q. quadrispinosa (Chaudoir). 7. D. quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. 8. D. quadrispinosa moluccensis, subspec. nov. Scales: 0.5 mm. Prothorax. Generally asin nominate subspecies, but longer, with slightly concave apex. Elytra. Much as in nominate subspecies, but sutural spines relatively short. Striae barely im- pressed, punctuation finer, intervals depressed, barely convex even near apex, therefore the large preapical impressions fairly distinct. Lower surface. Generally as in nominate subspe- cies, but prosternum, proepimeron, mesepisternum, lateral parts of metasternum, and both basal ab- dominal sternites with rather coarse and fairly dense punctuation, proepisternum sparsely punctate. Legs. As in nominate subspecies. Male genitalia (Fig. 7). Much as in nominate subspecies, but apex of aedeagus longer and not at all knobbed. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. New Britain. Collecting circumstances. Largely unknown. The mentioned specimen collected in lowland. This is probably a ground-living, non-hygrophilous subspe- cies. Etymology. The name refers to the distribution of this species on New Britain. Relationships. In view of the fine punctuation of the elytral striae, the distinct preapical elytral depres- sion, and the extended punctuation of the lower surface, most similar to D. quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. However, as long as the male genita- lia of D. q. brevipennis are not known, therelationships will remain unsettled. 61 Dicraspeda quadrispinosa moluccensis, subspec. nov. Figs 8, 18 Types. Holotype: 4, 20.5.-2.6.1997, Indonesia, N. Moluc- cas, NO Halmahera, Umg. Labi Labi ca. 5 km östlich, 0-200 m, leg. M. Hiermeier, N 01°27.606', E128°22.045') (CBM). - Paratypes: 15, same data (CBM); 16, Indone- sia: Halmahera, Wangonira (petromax), ca. 01.37 N 127.51 E, W. Lorenz, 28.3.1995 (CLT). Diagnosis. Distinguished from both, D. q. brevipen- nis, subspec. nov. and D. novabritannica, subspec. nov. by far less punctate lower surface; in addition from D. q. brevipennis by much longer and narrower elytra but slightly shorter spines, coarser elytral punctuation, longer, narrower, and glossier prono- tum without any traces of microreticulation, and larger eyes; from D.gq. quadrispinosa by slightly longer elytra, longer head, longer pronotum, and longer aedeagus with less club-shaped apex; and from D. q. novabritannica, subspec. nov. by longer and more parallel elytra, much coarser elytral striae, and even slightly longer aedeagus. Description Measurements. Length: 10.2-11.9 mm, width: 3.5-3.9 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.50-1.55; length/width of head: 0.98-1.0; length/width of pronotum: 0.98-1.0; width of head/width of prono- tum: 1.17-1.19; length/ width of elytra: 1.70-1.72. Colour. As in nominate subspecies. Head. Largely as in nominate subspecies, but head longer. Prothorax. Generally as innominate subspecies, but longer, with slightly concave apex. Elytra. Much as in nominate subspecies, but longer and more parallel. Sutural spines relatively short. Striae more impressed than in any other sub- species, intervals distinctly convex near apex, hence, the preapical impression indistinct. Punctuation coarser, very distinct even near apex. Lower surface. As in nominate subspecies, im- punctate except for mesothorax and lateral parts of proepisternum. Legs. As in nominate subspecies. Male genitalia (Fig. 8). Much as in nominate subspecies, but aedeagus even longer and narrower, apex much longer and but very slightly widened. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Little variation noted, except for length of sutural spines that are exceptionally short in one specimen, not seen elsewhere in the numerous material of this species examined. Distribution. Halmahera, Moluccas. 62 Collecting circumstances. One specimen appar- ently collected at light. This is probably a ground- living, non-hygrophilous. lowland subspecies. Etymology. The name refers to the distribution of this species on the Moluccas. Relationships. In view of the almost impunctate lower surface and the coarse punctuation of the elytral striae more closely related to the nominate subspecies, than to both eastern subspecies, but the elongate apex of the aedeagus well differentiates this subspecies from the nominate form. Dicraspeda nigripes Baehr Baehr, 2003c: 258; 2004: 192. New records (2 ex.). PNG: Madang, Prov. Baiteta, FOG AR67, 18.V11.1996, Leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB); same locality and collector, FOG XD, 3.VI. 1993 (CBM). Note. According to the collecting records on the labels, both additional specimens probably were sampled by fogging, but without exact record, whether this was done in the canopy, or on lower branches, or on fallen logs. At any rate, this species seems to live in rain forest, without being decid- edly hygrophilous. One specimen has an exceptionally wide, later- ally convex pronotum. In other respects, including shape and structure of the aedeagus, it is similar to the type series of D. nigripes and apparently repre- sents only an individual variation. Dicraspeda minuta Baehr Baehr, 1998: 176; 2004: 192. New records (2 ex.). PNG: Madang prov. Baiteta, FOG AR4, 5.V.1995, leg. ©. Missa (IRSNB); same locality, FOG AR62, 3.V11.1996 (CBM). Note. This is a species which is not easily arranged in one of the species groups mentioned above, be- cause in certain aspects it is intermediate between the brunnea- and dubia-groups. According to the collecting records on Ehe labels, both additional specimens probably were sampled by fogging, but without exact record, whether this was done in the canopy, or on lower branches, or on fallen logs. At any rate, this species seems to live in rain forest, without being decidedly hygrophil- oUS. Key to the species of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir In view of the number of new taxa described in this paper, a completely new key to the species of the genus Dicraspeda is presented that combines three rather recent keys: that for the Australian species (Baehr 2004), that for the species of the brunnea-group (Baehr 2003c), and that for the extra-Australian spe- cies (Baehr 1998). For better comparison, figures from Baehr (1996a) are included as “B96a fig.” in text. 1. Apex of elytra not denticulate or spinose ....... 2% - Apex of elytra denticulate or spinose ........... 18. 2. Body striking bicolourous: head and pronotum deep black, elytra rufous; size minute, length c. 5 mm. Northern Queensland ............................ N enecuicnhiuchern subrufipennis, spec. noV. - Body more or less unicolourous: uniformly black or dark piceous, at most elytra piceous; size major, length >5.5 mm, in species with dark Pieeousselytralensth >7.9 mm... 3% 3. 4" tarsomere of metatarsus emarginate for less thanwagofätsilength............n.seasereseeessee. 4. - 4"tarsomere of metatarsus emarginate for more than % of its length. New Guinea, northern Oueensland.ccecceeeececcsee longiloba (Liebke) 4. Marginal sulcus of pronotum wide, markedly explanate; surface of pronotum rather depressed; elytra wide, rather quadrate, depressed.......... 5. — Marginal sulcus of pronotum narrow and not explanate; surface of pronotum rather convex; elynallessswideniconvex ........220aseaeseenenesennen 15. 5. Legs wholly or in parts piceous to black......... 6. Zelresstcompletelyyellow...n..neeecen.o. 8. 6. Lateral apical angles of elytra sharply angulate; surface of elytra in basal third without distinct transverse impression, with superficial, though eistuimeemieroretieulation............neeeeeneeenennns 7. - Lateral apical angles of elytra rounded; surface of elytra in basal third with distinct transverse impression, without perceptible microreticula- tion. Papua New Guinea.............. nigripes Baehr 7. Elytra in apical half not markedly widened, apex less deeply excised; striae less coarsely punctate. Solomon Islands: Rennell Island.......................... Re inermis Louwerens - Elytra in apical half considerably widened, apex deeply excised; striae more coarsely punctate. Molueeas mn. angulipennis Baehr 10. 11. 12: Striae deeply impressed, intervals clearly convex (doubtful species under both couplets) ........... 9: Striae not impressed, intervals depressed.... 11. Striae less deeply impressed, intervals near base gently convex, in apical half depressed; surface of elytra with superficial microreticulation; orbits more oblique, less transversal. New Hebrides (Vanatua).resseeseeeeesesneen hebridarum Baehr Striae deeply impressed, intervals convex almost towards apex; surface of elytra with distinct microreticulation; orbits less oblique, more transversal. Distribution different ................. 10. Surface of elytra more convex, striae more coarsely punctate; surface of elytra in basal third with perceptible transverse impression, apex of elytra little excised, lateral apical angles obtuse. Indonesia, Philippines, southern Thailand ........ Dräessser hen ann gu suche nsete en eHrenesnRgaeenre brunnea Chaudoir Surface of elytra more depressed, striae less coarsely punctate; surface of elytra in basal third without perceptible transverse impression, apex of elytra deeply excised, lateral apical angles angulate. Northern Australia.......2.......2.....2..-.... an Bas seh ea sublaevis (Macleay) Surface of elytra in basal third without percep- tible transverse impression, with superficial though distinct microreticulation ................... 12: Surface of elytra in basal third with distinct transverse impression, without perceptible mi- CLOTEUCUlAHEN. m. nennen herssseeratenne 13. Punctures of elytral striae basally coarser, inter- vals near base slightly convex; orbits more ob- lique, less transversal. New Hebrides (Vana- KB EV Pe hebridarum Baehr Punctures of elytral striae basally finer, intervals also near base depressed; orbits more transversal, _ less oblique. Northern Queensland.................. IS: 14. Sch ee N N nitida (Sloane) Striae with very fine punctuation, punctures becoming obsolete towards apex; lateral apical angle of elytra angulate; orbits longer, more oblique. Irian Jaya: Biak Is. ........... obsoleta Baehr Striae with coarser punctuation, punctures dis- tinct towards apex; lateral apical angle of elytra obtuse; orbits shorter, more transversal. Distribu- ton.differentn.. arten. akseleseen 14. Pronotum generally shorter and wider, ratio 1/w 1.05-1.09; elytra shorter on the average, ratio 1/w 1.47-1.50; apex of elytra more deeply excised, base with barely perceptible transverse impres- sion. Northern Queensland ......... glabrata Baehr 63 15. 16. 117: 18. 19: 20. 64 Pronotum generally longer and narrower, ratio 1/w 1.08-1.13; elytra shorter on the average, ratio 1/w 1.51-1.53; apex of elytra less deeply excised, base with distinct transverse impression. Papua Nemeuneak nen een papuensis Baehr Pronotum completely and very coarsely punc- EL N TEN 16 Pronotum only at base and apex punctate, punc- tuamonelessicoatser 0.00. ne. 1178 Elytra black; legs yellow with dark knees; anten- nae infuscate from mid of 4" antennomere; pronotum longer and narrower, ratiol/w >1.38. Northern Australia............... obscura (Castelnau) Elytra with distinct bluish lustre; legs and anten- nae unicolourous yellow; pronotum shorter and wider, ratio 1/w <1.32. Papua New Guinea ..... Beludansenss rn panet nahm FT Tree eree coeruleipennis, spec. nov. Elytra rather wide and depressed, with distinct transverse impression in basal third; striae not impressed, punctuation rather fine; legs reddish- piceous; elytra not lighter than fore body. Papua New Guinea ........essesesssenensensen minuta Baehr Elytra rather narrow and convex, without trans- verse impression; striae well impressed, punc- tuation coarse; legs yellow; elytra conspicu- ously lighter than fore body. Northern Queens- lan ee brunneipennis (Sloane) Apex of elytra denticulate or spinose at sutural ampleionliye. ne te ee ee et, 19: Apex of elytra bispinose, with elongate spines atsuturaland lateral ansles.......... 27 4" tarsomere of metatarsus emarginate for <% of its length only; eyes large, slightly longer than orbits. New Guinea, ? northern Queensland ..... RR dubia (Gestro) 4'" tarsomere of metatarsus emarginate for % of its length or more; eyes smaller, shorter than (0) d B1 1 ORe FPRERFFRERN RER RER BREUER ERTN 20. Outline of orbit and eye forming a regular curve which is not interrupted behind eye (Fig. 14; B96a fig. 10); aedeagus compact, large near apex, apex turned up, angle between lower surface of aedeagus and apex inconspicuous (Fig. 3; B96a 1 2. Outline of orbit and eye not forming a regular curve, outline interrupted behind eye (B96 figs 8,9); aedeagus different, when compact, then angle between lower surface of aedeagus and apex conspicuous (B96a fig. 4)... 22: 21. 22, 23: 24. 29. 26. DI Eyes laterally absolutely not protruded, width of head over eyes not much wider than over orbits (B96a fig. 10). Papua New Guinea............ EUER EEE RL NE ER HERE ERRE ullrichi Baehr Eyes laterally protruded, width of head over eyes considerably wider than over orbits (Fig. 14). Papua New Guinea.......... missai, spec. NOV. Elytra piceous, slightly lighter than fore body... Sutural spines elongate; microreticulation of elytra in female complete, in male distinct at least in apical half; intervals barely convex; aedeagus wider at apex, lower surface markedly bisinuate, angle between lower surface and apex con- spicuous, lateral surface rough. Papua New GUINEa nen: bispinosa Darlington Sutural spines shorter; microreticulation of elytra in female visible only in apical half, in male al- most completely absent; intervals distinctly convex; aedeagus narrower at apex, lower sur- face evenly concave, angle between lower surface and apex barely indicated, lateral surface smooth. Papua New Guinea. m... u... loebli Baehr Sutural angle of elytra denticulate and lateral angle obtusely angulate. Irian Jaya ................ ee ee denticulata Baehr Sutural angle of elytra spinose or denticulate, but when denticulate, lateral angle sharply an- Sülatena.n.n.na ee 25: Pronotum longer and narrower, ratio 1/w > 1.07; elytra longer and narrower, barely widened in apical third, ratio 1/w >1.7 (from humerus to base of sutural spines). Vogelkop Peninsula, western Irian Jaya............-. 2... intermedia Baehr Pronotum shorter and wider, ratio 1/w <1.03; elytra shorter and wider, distinctly widened in apical third, ratio 1/w <1.6 (from humerus to base of suturalspines) u. een 26. Pronotum at apex and base more extensively punctate; in female elytra with distinct traces of microreticulation, at least in apical half. Japen Island and New Britain ................ laticollis Baehr Pronotum at apex and base rather sparsely punctate; in female elytra without any traces of microreticulation, highly glossy. Irian Jaya ...... Dnaäneb ans neyaninghh ss glabripennis, spec. nov. Colour green-purple; tarsi not sulcate-carinate above. New Guinea, New Britain... A NEE violacea (Sloane) - Colour black; tarsi sulcate-carinate above......... le eruneonhadadehnnst quadrispinosa (Chaudoir) 28. 28. Elytra longer and narrower, ratiol/w >1.6 (from humerus to base of sutural spines), sutural spines shorter (Figs 17, 18); pronotum longer and nar- rower, ratio w/1>0.92, with barely excised apex; surface of pronotum glossier, without any mi- croreticulation. New Guinea, New Britain, Hal- RENTEN ee 29. - Elytra shorter and wider, ratio 1/w 1.4 (from humerus to base of sutural spines), sutural spines very elongate (Fig. 16); pronotum shorter and wider, ratio 1/w 0.87, with more deeply excised apex; surface of pronotum less glossy, with traces of microreticulation. Solomon Islands: Boueainvaller .......002220022020n.20rtnrsesunsesssnennensneteenen RE quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. 29. Head and pronotum longer, ratios 1/w head and l/w pronotum >0.98; aedeagus with longer, barely knobbed apex (Figs 7,8) ......nnenn. 30. -— Head and pronotum shorter, ratios 1/w head <0.96, 1/w pronotum <0.94; aedeagus with shorter, distinctly knobbed apex (Fig. 6). New Guinea including adjacent islands ..................... og quadrispinosa quadrispinosa (Chaudoir) 30. Elytra longer, ratio 1/w >1.70 (from humerus to base of sutural spines), punctuation of striae rather coarse; aedeagus slenderer (Fig. 8). Hal- TRADE RR — Elytra shorter, ratio 1/w <1.65 (from humerus to base of sutural spines), punctuation of striae very fine; aedeagus slightly less slender (Fig. 7). INIEWY Bi ueasehee quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. Genus Eudalia Castelnau Eudalia Castelnau, 1867: 16; 1868: 102; Sloane 1917: 415; 1923: 30; Csiki 1932: 1542; Darlington 1968: 214; Moore et al. 1987: 273; Lorenz 1998: 421; Baehr 1999: 116; 2003b: 101; 2004: 151. Note. Eudalia seems to be a genus of convenience which includes quite differently shaped and struc- tured species that are combined more by plesiomor- phic than by apomorphic features. Apparently it is confined to Australia, because the single extra-Aus- tralian species E. anomala Darlington actually belongs to another genus (see below). Eudalia is composed of two well separated lineages, namely the obliqui- ceps-lineage that comprises rather elongate, impilose or scarcely pilose species bearing smaller, less pro- truding eyes, and the macleayi-lineage that com- prises short, compact, densely pilose species with large, protruding eyes and short, remarkably convex orbits. Eudalia liebherri, spec. nov. Figs 9, 19 Types. Holotype: d, Australia: Q. Canungra Ck. S Ca- nungra el. 150 m 28°04.40'5 153°06.75'’E 20-VIII-2004 ]. K. Liebherr under rocks in streambed (QMT 123682). - Paratype: 14, same data (CUIC). Diagnosis. Characterized by sharing of uniformly black colour, absence of pilosity on the elytra but presence of fine microreticulation, uniformly piceous legs, and absence of setiferous punctures from 5" interval. Distinguished from most closely related E. atrata Baehr by lesser size, slightly smaller eyes, and upturned apex of aedeagus. Description Measurements. Length: 8.6-8.3 mm, width: 3.05- 3.10 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.15-1.20; length/ width of head: 1.12-1.13; length/ width of pronotum: 1.26-1.28; width of head/ width of pronotum: 1.16- 1.18; length/ width of elytra: 1.67-1.71. Colour. Surface black, labrum with piceous margins, palpi reddish, antenna dark, becoming slightly lighter towards apex. Legs dark piceous, only tarsi reddish towards apex. Head. Fairly wide. Neck moderately narrow, with rather deep transverse impression. Eyes fairly large, laterally moderately protruding, slightly separated from orbits which are slightly shorter than eyes and gently convex. Behind clypeus with fairly deep, elongate, somewhat sinuate groove, and in middle of frons with a shallow v-shaped groove. Medially of eye with a slight sulcus that extends to about middle of eye, but without ridge. Posterior supraorbital seta located well behind posterior margin of eye and moved on vertex. Labrum elon- gate, 6-setose. Clypeus not separated from frons. Mentum with rather elongate, acute, triangular tooth, with 2 setae behind tooth, submentum with a very elongate and a short seta on either side. Apex of glossa transverse, with 2 elongate median and 2 shorter lateral setae. Paraglossae free, narrow, sur- passing glossy. Lacinia elongate, interior margin with a sparse fringe of spines. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by about one anten- nomere, pilose from middle of 4" antennomere. Median antennomeres >3x as long as wide. Surface glossy, without microreticulation, glabrous, with a group of rather coarse punctures medially of eyes. Prothorax. Moderately elongate, laterally little 65 Fig. 9. Eudalia liebherri, spec. nov. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. convex, dorsal surface convex. Widest slightly in front of middle, margin gently rounded, near basal angles gently concave. Lateral border prominent, slightly raised, but lateral margin without any sulcus or ridge. Proepipleura narrowly visible from above. Apex straight, not bordered, anterior angles round- ed off. Base straight, not bordered, posterior angles right though obtuse at apex. Median line very shal- low, not attaining apex nor base. Anterior transverse sulcus shallow, v-shaped, barely punctate, basal transverse sulcus barely impressed. A single mar- ginal seta situated just in front of middle, seta elon- gate. Disk in basal half densely and coarsely punctate, the punctures tend to form irregular transverse sulci. Apical half impunctate, but with inconspicuous transverse strioles. Surface without microreticula- tion, impilose, glossy. Elytra. Large in comparison with fore body, more than twice as wide as prothorax, posteriorly widened, lateral margin evenly convex without any excision in anterior third. Surface gently convex, disk without any transverse impression. Humeri wide, almost evenly rounded. Marginal sulcus narrow. Apex wide, oblique and very slightly concave. Su- tural angle unarmed, lateral apical angles evenly rounded. Apex with coarse border line, not denticu- late. Scutellar stria elongate, consisting of about 8 coarse punctures. All striae complete, well im- pressed, punctate-crenulate, intervals gently convex. Punctures of striae fairly coarse in basal half, becom- ing remarkably weaker towards apex. 3 interval with 5 setiferous punctures, all situated in a slight impression. Three anterior punctures situated in middle of 3" interval, the apical apical ones adjacent to 2"’ stria. Setae moderately elongate. Marginal 66 series of setiferous punctures consisting of 6 ante- rior setae behind shoulder, 7 apical setae in front of lateral apical angles, one intercalar seta, and two setae near suture at apex. Surface with distinct, al- most isodiametric microreticulation, impunctate, moderately glossy. Wings fully developed. Lower surface. Thorax and basal half of abdo- men with very coarse and moderately dense punc- tuation. Apical half of abdomen impunctate. Met- episternum elongate, c. 2.5x aslong as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male bisetose. Legs. Of moderate size. Tarsi not lobed, impilose on upper surface, 5'" tarsomere with a dense fringe of elongate setae below. Claws large, smooth. 1*-3" tarsomeres of male anterior tarsus with sparse squamosity. Male genitalia (Fig. 9). Terminal abdominal sternite in middle gently incised. Genital ring fairly narrow and elongate, moderately triangular, barely asymmetric, with narrow, triangular apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, moderately depressed, later- ally little sinuate, lower surface near base concave, in apical half almost straight. Orificum short. Apex short, fairly narrow, very slightly upturned, gently knobbed, turned to right, moderately incised atright side. Folding of internal sac simple, with an elongate, slightly coiled, moderately sclerotized piece in api- cal half. Parameres moderately dissimilar, large, comparatively elongate, left paramere larger than right. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Very slight variation noted in punc- tuation of elytral striae that varies to some degree in its coarseness. Distribution. South-eastern Queensland, Australia. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Collected “under rocks in streambed”. According to these information, this is a ripicolous species like other species of the genus Eudalia. Etymology. The name honours the collector of this spe- cies, Prof. James Liebherr, Ithaca. Relationships. According to shape and colouration, this species is most closely related to E. atrata Baehr, which however, is larger and apparently is restrict- ed to the Barrington Tops area in central New South Wales. Recognition The new species is easily introduced in the recent key to the genus Eudalia (Baehr 2004: 165). When using the key, the reader will reach caption 8. which has to be changed as following: 8. Legs uniformly dark; elytra wider, posteriorly distinctly widened, ratio 1/w <1.70; intervals more depressed, barely convex towards apex; striae more coarsely punctate, microreticulation of intervalsdistinet........ccccsccscsecsesseeeseceeee. 8a. - Legs dark but upper surface of femora light reddish, contrasting; elytra narrower, almost parallel, ratio 1/w 1.76; intervals convex through- out; striae less coarsely punctate, microreticula- tion of intervals more superficial. NSW, Orange, west of Blue Mountains............... femorata Baehr 8a. Size slightly larger, length >9.3 mm; apex of aedeagus straight, moderately directed to right side (BO4 fig. 15). NSW, Vicinity of Barrington GES re atrata Baehr - Size slightly smaller, length <8.7 mm; apex of aedeagus slightly upturned, markedly directed to right side (Fig. 9). se. QLD, north of Laming- tonsBlateauk liebherri, spec. nov. Genus Polydamasium Liebke Polydamasium Liebke, 1938: 86; Donabauer 1996: 1; Lorenz 1998: 418. Note. This is a little known genus that had not been noted in the literature since its description, because the types of the single Philippine species Polydama- sium strandi Liebke were destroyed during World War II. Although Jedlicka (1963) examined a large number of Philippine species, he did not mention it, because apparently reliable material from the type locality or even from the range of this species was not available to him. Apparently the genus and spe- cies was also unknown to Darlington (1968). More recently, M. Donabauer collected a large series of specimens on which he redescribed the genus and species and designated a neotypus for P. strandi Liebke from this series (Donabauer 1996). Grace to his kindness I was able to examine two specimens and to confirm Donabauer’s decision. In spite of some external similarities of both presently recorded species with certain species of the genus Eudalia, Polydamasium certainly is rather remotely related to Eudalia, which can be taken as well from the different structure of the male aedea- gus, as the female stylomeres. Polydamasium anomalum (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 10, 11, 20 Eudalia anomala Darlington, 1968: 214; Lorenz 1998: 421; Baehr 2004: 192. Note. This species was only tentatively included in the genus Eudalia already by Darlington (1968) when he described it. Indeed, it is quite different from all Australian Eudalia and would represent the single extra-Australian species of that genus. During preparation of the present paper, and in the course of my comparison of E. anomala with other Indo- australian odacanthine genera, Mr. M. Donabauer in a determination sample kindly sent two specimens of his series of Polydamasium strandi Liebke men- tioned above which enabled me to compare both species. This comparison now revealed that they certainly belong in the same genus, but are not conspecific. Main differences are noted in the key below. Diagnosis. With characters of Polydamasium as described in Donabauer (1996). Compact species with short and large, laterally markedly rounded head, and large eyes; noridge mediad of eye; surface glabrous, impunctate; pronotum rather short, later- ally margined but without lateral sulcus; surface glabrous, punctate only near base; Elytra rather short and wide, without denticles or spines at apex; striae present, fairly coarsely punctate in basal half, barely punctate towards apex, not impressed; 3" stria with three setiferous punctures; apex slightly excised, lateral apical angles more or less angulate, but never evenly rounded; upper surface of tarsi glabrous; 4" tarsomeres slightly excised, but not lobate; claws glabrous; aedeagus elongate, depressed, 67 Sn 11 Fig 10-11. Polydamasium anomalum (Darlington). 10. Male genitalia: aedeagus, parameres, genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. 11. Female stylomeres. Scale: 0.1 mm. curved, slightly asymmetric, orificium short, without any sclerotized pieces within, apex fairly elongate, turned to right side. Partial redescription Measurements. Length: 6.3-6.7 mm, width: 2.30- 2.35 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 1.25-1.45; length/ width of head: 1.06-1.12; length/ width of pronotum: 1.09-1.14; width of head/width of pronotum: 1.12- 1.15; length/width of elytra: 1.61-1.64. Male genitalia (Fig. 10). Genital ring rather nar- row and elongate, rather symmetric, slightly nar- rowed to the angulate, slightly asymmetric apex. Aedeagus slender and elongate, laterally barely sinuate, lower surface very gently concave. Apex rather elongate, straight, depressed, situated on right side, neither knobbed nor upturned. Internal sac rather simply folded, with a large, somewhat coiled and moderately sclerotized piece in apical half. Parameres moderately dissimilar, rather large, mod- erately elongate, left larger than right. Female genitalia (Fig. 11). Very small, apical margin of stylomere 1 with c. 6 rather short ensiform setae; stylomere 2 narrow, elongate, little curved towards the short apex; without any ventro-lateral ensiform setae, with a dorso-median ensiform seta situated in apical third, and an elongate nematiform seta near apex arising from a pit. In contrast to the male, the female terminal ab- dominal sternite bears a rather dense pilosity at its apical margin. 68 New records (many specimens). PNG: Madang Prov. Sisimangum Village, 15.V1.1979, leg. Van Goethem (CBM, IRNSB). - IJ: W-Papua, Raja Ampat Prov. Yen- savai, Batanta bor., 0°48'05"S 130°40'36"E, 16.1.2004, leg. A. Weigel (CBM); W-Papua, Raja Ampat Prov. Batanta Isl. mer, Wailebet, 0°54'01"S 130°39'37"E, 18.-21.1.2004, leg. A. Skale (CBM). - Indonesia: Halmahera, Tobelo (hotel), 01.43N 128.00.30E, 23.3.1995, W. Lorenz (CLT). Distribution. New Guinea, Halmahera, Moluccas. Collecting circumstances. Allspecimens mentioned above were collected at light. Key to the species of the genus Polydamasium Liebke 1. Lateral apical angles of elytra rounded, apex barely excised; punctuation of elytral striae coarser, striae perceptibly punctate even in api- cal third; apical part of aedeagus more evenly sloping, apex less depressed and shorter (see fig. 7 in Donaubaur 1996). Philippines .................... De ee strandi Liebke - Lateral apical angles of elytra angulate, apex well excised (Fig. 20); punctuation of elytral striae less coarse, striae not punctate in apical third; slope of apical part of aedeagus steep, apex depressed and longer (Fig. 10). New Guinea, Halmahera. kin anomalum (Darlington) Figs 12-20. Habitus. 12. Dicraspeda subrufipennis, spec. nov. 13. Dicraspeda coeruleipennis, spec. nov. 14. Discraspeda missai,spec.nov. 15. Discraspeda glabripennis, spec.nov. 16. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec.nov. 17. Di- craspeda quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. 18. Dicraspeda quadrispinosa moluccensis, subspec. nov. 19. Eudalia liebherri, spec. nov. 20. Polydamasium anomalum (Darlington). Lengths: 5.0 mm; 5.7 mm; 8.0 mm; 7.9 mm; 10.9 mm; 11.6 mm; 11.7 mm; 8.8 mm; 6.5 mm. 69 Genus Deipyrus Liebke Liebke, 1938: 104; Csiki 1932: 1542; Moore et al. 1987: 276; Lorenz 1998: 420; Baehr 2004: 146. This name was introduced by Liebke (1938) for Lachnothorax palustris Sloane, 1910 and was used by Baehr (2004) for that species and the new species D. inops Baehr. Recently, W. Lorenz directed my attention to the supplement paper of Bousquet (2002) to Lorenz’s catalogue (1998), in which Bousquet had detected that Deipyrus Liebke, 1938 is preoccupied by Deipyrus Champion, 1908 which is a genus of Curculionidae. Asa consequence, Bousquetreplaced Deipyrus Liebke, 1938 by Deipyrodes Bousquet, 2002 which now is the correct genus name for both re- corded Australian species. Remarks As explained in my previous papers and as men- tioned above, New Guinea apparently is the centre of diversity ofthe odacanthine genus Dicraspeda. But this not necessarily means that it is also the centre of origin of this genus. To decide about this would require a thorough phylogenetic survey ofthe genus which is at present not available. As explained in the revision of the Australian odacanthine species (Baehr 2004), the most plesiotypic odacanthine genus apparently occur in Australia (genus Porocara Sloane), and the genus Eudalia Castelnau likewise would have retained several plesiomorphic character states. The genus Dicraspeda, on the contrary, is much more apotypic, on the whole. Unfortunately, most of the various species-groups within Dicraspeda combine plesiomorphic and apomorphic characters in differ- ent combinations, hence decision about the most basic species or species-group is difficult. From my view, the species of the obscura-group (obscura Sloane, coeruleipennis, spec. nov.) and perhaps also D. brun- neipennis (Sloane) might represent the most plesio- morphic type, because they neither possess denticu- late or spinose elytra, nor is the marginal pronotal sulcus extensively developed, and their body shape is rather compact and convex, like in the genera Porocara and Eudalia. The great majority of the species of Dicraspeda in New Guinea thus belong to the apotypic brunnea-, dubia-, and quadrispinosa-groups, of which the latter two groups are barely repre- sented in, or completely absent from Australia, re- spectively. Although the greater number of odacanthine species occurring in New Guinea has Australian affinities and probably stem from Australian ances- tors, anumber of Oriental elements (Archicolliuris, 70 Eucolliuris, Polydamasium, Lachnothorax, Ophionea) have invaded New Guinea but generally without having developed a similar taxonomic diversity as the Australian faunal elements. So, the New Guin- ean odacanthine fauna is a mixture of (older) Aus- tralian and (younger) Oriental elements, in which the number of genera is about equal, but in the number of species the Australian elements decid- edly dominate. Checklist of the genera and species of Odacanthinae presently known from New Guinea, New Britain, Solomon Islands, and New Hebrides As enumerated in Baehr (2004) and including the new taxa described in this paper, the present number of Odacanthinae reliably recorded from the Papuan Subregion is 10 genera with 31 taxa recorded from New Guinea, 5 taxa from New Britain, 3 taxa from Solomon Islands all of which apparently are en- demic species or subspecies, and one species en- demic to New Hebrides. Even with the new species and records included, the checklist below demonstrates the very insuffi- cient knowledge of the odacanthine fauna of the western part of New Guinea (Irian Jaya) that had been almost neglected in the comprehensive work on the New Guinean Carabidae of Darlington (1968), because at that time almost no odacanthines had been collected in western New Guinea. In the mean- time knowledge has been slightly improved through the efforts of several recent collectors (see papers of Baehr 1995, 1996a,b, 1997b, 1998, 2003c), but the odacanthine fauna of Irian Jaya, though even gener- ally of New Guinea is still far from being well documented. Almost nothing can be presently said about the degree to which the faunas of the Bismarck Archi- pelago, Solomon Islands, and New Hebrides are documented, but I guess that knowledge might be likewise absolutely insufficient. In the list below NG means the whole island of New Guinea, PNG means Papua New Guinea (the eastern half of the island), and I] means Irian Jaya, now Papua (the western part of the island). As this latter name is misleading, the former name is still used here. Genus Archicolliuris Liebke, 1931 papua (Darlington, 1968) par (Darlington, 1968) PNG PNG, New Britain Genus Basistichus Sloane, 1917 micans (Macleay, 1864) PNG, Australia Genus Clarencia Sloane, 1917 papua Darlington, 1968 NG quadridens Darlington, 1968 NG, Australia Genus Crassacantha Baehr, 1995 bidens Baehr, 1995 I Genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir, 1862 Macrocentra Chaudoir, 1869 Loxocara Sloane, 1907 Philemonia Liebke, 1938 bispinosa Darlington, 1968 PNG coeruleipennis, spec. nov. PNG denticulata Baehr, 1997 PNG dubia (Gestro, 1879) IJ glabripennis, spec. nov. PNG hebridarum Baehr, 1998 New Hebrides inermis Louwerens, 1970 Solomon Is. intermedia Baehr, 1997 IJ laticollis Baehr, 1997 I loebli Baehr, 1996 PNG longiloba (Liebke, 1938) PNG, New Britain, Australia minuta Baehr, 1998 PNG missai, spec. NOV. PNG nigripes Baehr, 2003 PNG obsoleta Baehr, 1996 ]J: Biak Is. papuensis Baehr, 2003 PNG quadrispinosa quadrispinosa (Chaudoir, 1869) NG quadrispinosa brevipennis, subspec. nov. Solomon Is.: Bougainville (quadrispinosa moluccensis, subspec. nov. Halmahera) quadrispinosa novabritannica, subspec. nov. New Britain ullrichi Baehr, 1996 PNG violacea (Sloane, 1907) NG, New Britain Genus Dobodura Darlington, 1968 armata Darlington, 1968 PNG Genus Eucolliuris Liebke, 1931 fuscipennis (Chaudoir, 1850) PNG, Indonesia rossi (Darlington, 1968) PNG Genus Polydamasium Liebke, 1938 anomalum (Darlington, 1968) NG, Halmahera Genus Lachnothorax Motschulsky, 1862 Lasiocolliuris Liebke, 1931 tokkia Gestro, 1875 PNG, Australia, Indonesia Genus Ophionea Klug, 1821 Casnoidea Castelnau, 1834 brandti (Baehr, 1996) Solomon Is. gestroi Maindron, 1910 PNG, New Britain puncticollis Sloane, 1923 PNG, Australia thouzeti Castelnau, 1867 PNG, Australia Acknowledgements I am greatly indebted to the following persons who ei- ther gave me kindly the opportunity to search for mate- rial in the collections they care for, or kindly loaned material to me: Mr. M. Donabauer (Wien), Mr. A. Dru- mont (Bruxelles), Prof. Dr. J. Liebherr (Ithaca), Mr. W. Lorenz (Tutzing), Dr. E. Matthews (Adelaide), M. T. Weir (Canberra). References Baehr, M. 1986. Revision of the Australian ground-bee- tle genus Porocara Sloane (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Odacanthinae). — Austral. J. Zool. 34: 717-731 -- 1995. A new genus of Odacanthinae from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae). - Spixiana 18: 45-48 -- 1996a. Three new species of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — Spixiana 19: 137-146 -- 1996b. The ground beetle genus Casnoidea Castel- nau. Taxonomy, phylogeny, zoogeography (In- secta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). — In- vertebr. Taxon. 10: 1041-1084 -- 1996c. The Australian ground beetle genus Porocara Sloane. Second revision (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cara- bidae, Odacanthinae). — Spixiana 19: 253-265 -- 1996d. Two new species of the genus Lachnothorax Motschoulsky from the Philippines (Insecta: Cole- optera: Carabidae: Odacanthinae). — Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturkde. Ser. A (Biologie), 539: 1-8 -- 1997a. A new species of the genus Casnoidea CAs- TELNAU from Java (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacan- thinae). - Entomofauna 18: 385-389 -- 1997b. Three further new species of the genus Di- craspeda CHAUDOIR from New Guinea (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae). - Mitt. Münchner Ent. Ges. 87: 29-37 -- 1998. Two further new species of the genus Dicras- peda Chaudoir from New Guinea and the New Hebrides (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacan- thinae). - Entomofauna 19: 173-184 -- 1999. A new genus of Odacanthinae from northern central Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae). - Coleoptera 2: 115-119 -- 2000. Some genera and species of ground beetles new to Australia (Coleoptera: Carabidae). - Mem. Queensland Mus. 46: 9-14 -- 2003a. New taxa and new records of Odacanthinae from Sulawesi (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae). — Spixiana 26: 57-63 -- 2003b. A peculiar new genus of Odacanthinae from northern Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carab- idae). - Monogr. Mus. Sci. nat. Torino 35: 99-110 -- 2003c. A revision of the brunnea-group of the genus Dicraspeda Chaudoir (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Od- acanthinae). — Spixiana 26: 249-267 71 -- 2004. A Revision of the Australian odacanthine ground beetles, including Checklists for Australia and the Papuan Subregion (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae). - Mem. Old. Mus. 50: 133-194 Bousquet, Y. 2002. Additions and corrections to the world cataloge of genus-grop names of Geade- phaga (Coleoptera) published by Wolfgang Lorenz (1998). - Folia Heyrovskiana, Suppl. 9: 1-78 Chaudoir, M. de 1862. Materiaux pour servir a l’Etude des Carabiques. 3 partie. - Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 35: 275-320 -- 1869. Descriptions de Cicindeletes et de Carabiques nouveaux par le Baron de Chaudboir. (Suite). —- Rev. Mag. Zool. (2)21: 203-208 Csiki, E. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Vol. III. Cara- bidae III: Pars 124, Harpalinae VII: 1279-1598. — W. Junk, Berlin Darlington, P. ]J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 -- 1971. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General considerations: analysis and history of the fauna. Taxonomic supplement. - Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 142: 129-337 Donabauer, M. 1996. Beschreibung zweier philippi- nischer Colliurinen (Coleoptera: Carabidae). — Ko- leopt. Rundsch. 66: 1-6 722 Jedlicka, A. 1963. Monographie der Truncatipennen aus Ostasien. Lebiinae - Odacanthinae - Brachyninae (Coleoptera, Carabidae). — Ent. Abh. Ber. Staatl. Mus. Tierkde Dresden 28: 269-579 Liebke, M. 1938. Denkschrift über die Carabiden-Tribus Colliurini. — Festschr. Prof. Embrik Strand 4: 37-141 Lorenz, W. 1998. Systematic List of extant Ground Bee- tles of the World (Insecta Coleoptera “Geadepha- ga”: Trachypachidae and Carabidae incl. Pauss- inae, Cicindelinae. Rhysodidae). - Tutzing, printed by the author. 502 pp. Louwerens, C. J. 1956. On a collection of Carabidae from the northern Moluccas (Coleoptera). — Treubia 23: 219-243 Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Aus- tralia 4: 17-320. -— Australian Governm. Publ. Serv., Canberra Sloane, T. G. 1907. New Carabidae from German New Guinea and its Dependencies. (Col.). — Dt. Ent. Zschr. 1907: 177-185 -- 1915. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. XV. New genera and species of Carabidae. (Pamborini, Migadopini, Broscini, Cuneipectini, Nomiini, Pte- rostichini, Platynini, Oodini, Harpalini, Lebiini). —, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 40: 438-473 -- 1917. Carabidae from tropical Australia (New gen- era and Species, Notes and Synonymy, and Synop- tic Tables. Tribes Scaritini, Harpalini, Odacanthini, Lebiini, and Helluonini). — Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 406-438 SPIXIANA 73-76 München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 The tadpole of the Malagasy treefrog Boophis rufioculis: molecular identification and description (Amphibia, Anura, Mantellidae) Stephane Grosjean, Meike Thomas, Frank Glaw & Miguel Vences Grosjean, S., M. Thomas, F. Glaw & M. Vences (2006): The tadpole of the Mala- gasy treefrog Boophis rufioculis: molecular identification and description (Am- phibia, Anura, Mantellidae). - Spixiana 29/1: 73-76 The tadpole of Boophis rufioculis Glaw & Vences, a species of treefrog from Madagascar, is described for the first time, based on specimens identified by DNA barcoding. The larvae were collected in a stream and were rather generalized in body shape and oral disc morphology, largely agreeing with other previously described species of the Boophis goudoti group. Their keratodont row formula is 1:2+2/1+1:2. Stephane Grosjean, Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Departement Syste- matique et Evolution, UMS 602, Taxinomie et Collections - Reptiles et Amphibiens, case 30, 25, rue Cuvier, 75005 Paris, France; e-mail: sgrosjea@mnhn.fr Meike Thomas, Institute for Genetics, Evolutionary Genetics, University of Co- logne, Weyertal 121, 50931 Köln, Germany; e-mail: meike.thomas@uni-koeln.de Frank Glaw, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, 81247 München, Germany; e-mail: frank.glaw@zsm.mwn.de Miguel Vences, Institute for Biodiversity and Ecosystem Dynamics, Zoological Museum, University of Amsterdam, Mauritskade 61, 1092 AD Amsterdam, The Netherlands; e-mail: vences@science.uva.nl Introduction The larval stages of Malagasy frogs have evolved a remarkable diversity of ecological and morphologi- cal adaptations (e.g. Blommers-Schlösser 1979a,b, Glaw & Vences 1994). In many small bodies of freshwater in Madagascar, tadpoles are the pre- dominating aquatic vertebrates, because fishes are scarce both in terms of individuals and species in small mid- and high-altitude rainforest streams and ponds. Knowledge on the ecological and morpho- logical adaptations of anuran larvae can therefore be of relevance to understand both the ecology of aquatic ecosystems in Madagascar, and to evaluate the habitat requirements and conservation priorities of Malagasy frogs. However, tadpoles have been described for only a few species, and the descriptions are largely based on the identification of reared ju- veniles, an error-prone procedure considering the many morphologically similar cryptic frog species in Madagascar (Glaw & Vences 2003). Molecular methods offer an efficient alternative to identifying larval stages of organisms (e.g. Blaxter 2004). Such DNA barcoding (Hebert et al. 2003) identifies larvae by similarities, ideally identity, in the DNA sequences of a particular gene fragment. We have recently started a research program to ap- ply this method to the identification of Malagasy tadpoles (Thomas et al. 2005) and have obtained evidence for an acceptable reliability of the method. Here we report on one of the results, the identifica- tion of the tadpole of Boophis rufioculis, and provide data on its morphology. 73 Material and Methods Tadpoles were collected in the field and euthanised by immersion in chlorobutanol, and subsequently divided into series based on their morphology. A small portion of the caudal fin was removed from one specimen of each series for molecular analysis. This specimen (the DNA voucher) was used for the detailed description given below. All specimens were fixed and preserved in 5 % formalin. Vouchers were deposited in the Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung München (ZSM). Comparative specimens were examined from the Zoological Museum Amsterdam (ZMA). Molecular identification of the tadpole followed procedures described by Thomas et al. (2005). The par- tial 165 rDNA sequence of an adult Boophis rufioculis from the type locality An’Ala (no voucher) is deposited in Genbank under the accession number AY848623. The homologous sequence of the DNA voucher tadpole (ZSM 591/2004) has the accession number DQ003334. The two sequences are identical, whereas related species (B. boehmei, B. burgeri, B. madagascariensis, B. reticulatus; accession numbers AY848561, AY848566, AY848576, AY848612) all had pairwise divergences of more than 5%. Morphological terminology follows Altig & McDi- armid (1999) and developmental stages were deter- mined according to Gosner (1960). Keratodont row formula is given according to Dubois (1995). Measure- ments were taken with a graduated ocular attached to a stereomicroscope except for the total length which were measured with a hand caliper. The landmarks are those shown in Altig& MceDiarmid (1999, p. 26: Fig. 3.1.), for other see Grosjean (2001). Drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida. The abbreviations used in the description are the following: BH maximum height of body; BL body length; BW maximum width of body; DG maximum size of dorsal papilla gap; ED maximum diameter of eye; HT maximum height of tail; LF maximum height of lower tail fin; MC maximum height of caudal muscle; NN internarial distance; NP naro-pupilar distance; ODW oral disc width; PP interpupilar distance; RN rostro-narial distance; SS distance from tip of snout to opening of spiracle; SU distance from snout to begin- ning of upper tail fin; TL total length; UF maximum height of upper tail fin. Results and Discussion A series of four tadpoles were identified as belong- ing to Boophis rufioculis. The specimens were col- lected in anon-protected and degraded forestnamed An’Ala (18°56'S, 48°28'E; altitude about 840 m above sea level), on 1 March 2003 by M. Thomas, F. Glaw and M. Puente. Tadpoles were found in a slowly running brook of about 2m width and a variable depth of 40-70 cm. The description is based on a DNA voucher specimen at stage 25 (ZSM 5917/2004, 74 BL 10.9 mm). Because a part of the tail was taken for DNA barcoding determination and was also dam- aged, information upon tail fin and tip of tail was taken from the other individuals. In dorsal view (Fig. 1a), body elliptical, widest at the level of gills, snout nearly rounded. In lateral view (Fig. 1b), body slightly depressed, BW 111 % of BH, snout rounded. Eyes of moderate size, ED 17% of BL, bulging, not visible in ventral view, positioned and directed almost dorsally. Nares rounded, of moderate size, rimmed with a very slight mid-dorsal projection, positioned almost dorsally but directed anterolaterally and with the opening directed laterally, closer to snout than to center of eye, RN 59 % of NP; NN 66 % of PP. Spiracle sinis- tral, slightly conical, moderately small, attached to body wall but its tip free, laterally positioned, ori- ented almost posteriorly, closer to end of body than to tip of snout, SS 64 % of BL; spiracular opening oval, situated at the height of the lower part of cau- dal muscle. Tail musculature moderate, MC 62 % of BH and 61% of HT, gradually tapering, reaching tail tip. Tail fins of moderate size, UF 33 % of HT, LF 26 % of HT, upper fin not extending onto body, SU 120 % of BL, slightly convex, lower fin slightly con- vex but following the caudal muscle; point of maximum height of tail located at the first third of tail length, HT 102 % of BH, tail tip finely rounded. Anal tube moderately large, dextral, flattened tubu- lar, directed more posteriorly than posteroventrally, proximal half linked to ventral tail fin, opening dextral. Neither lateral line nor glands visible. Oral disc (Fig. Ic) positioned and directed an- teroventrally, emarginated, of moderate size, ODW 25 % of BL and 41 % of BW. A row of marginal papillae largely interrupted medially on the upper labium, DG 65 % of ODW, lower labium with a medial notch; one submarsginal papillae at a corner of upper labium, 3 on the other side at the end of Al, A2 and the third hidden by a fold, 3to4ona row at each side of the lower labium leaving the median third free of submarginal papillae; papillae moderately small and conical with a rounded tip. No denticulate papillae. Keratodont row formula 1:2+2/1+1:2, rows of upper labium subequal, as are Pl and P2, P3 about two third of P2. Jaw sheaths of moderate breadth, bearing large serrations, upper jaw sheath concave with a large medial serration surrounded by a smaller on each side forming a slight convexity, brown with black serrations, lower jaw sheath V-shaped, strong, black, the part covered by the lower labium dark orange. Tadpole transparent, all underlying organs vis- ible. Upper side and upper flanks slightly coloured by some orange-brown diffused pigment that is present in some of the different layers of tissue. The An tn mu) I, N NN u ı \ SÄNSDEASSTISTERTIRTTSTTTTERNERTRNN ul ROLLE FEN E: Fig. 1. Drawings of the tadpole of Boophis rufioculis (ZSM 591/2004). a. Dorsal view. b. Lateral view. c. Oral disc. Scale bars represent 5mm inaand b, and Imminc. brain particularly well underlined by this coloura- tion, the part anterior to eyes and the orbitohyoidi- en muscle coloured, a spot in the inner posterola- teral side of nares. Ventral side and lower part of flanks immaculate. Upper part of caudal muscle coloured with the same tint, especially the proximal third, the lower part much less. Fins immaculate. Variation was assessed based on three addi- tional tadpoles at stage 25 (ZSM 592/2004-Z5M 594/2004). TL and BL of these three tadpoles are 29.9-31.1 mm (mean #sd = 30.5+0.6) and 10.9-11.6 mm (mean+sd = 11.2+0.3). The ratios vary in the fol- lowing proportions: BW 116-123 % of BH; ED 16-17 % of BL; RN 53-54 % of NP; NN 57-64 % of PP; SS 55- 65 % of BL; MC 49-63 % of BH; MC 53-55 % of HT; UF 32-34 % of HT; LF 24-28 % of HT;SU 81-88 % BL; HT 93-113 % of BH; ODW 24-25 % of BL; ODW 35- 43 % of BW; DG 60-68 % of ODW. Variation of the number of submarginal papillae is as follows: upper labium 2+1, 2+2, 2+2, lower labium 2+3, 4+3, 2+2. The colouration can form ill-defined bands on the proximal third of the upper part of the caudal muscle and some spots on its lower part and the rest of the upper part. Otherwise the keratodont row formula is homogenous within the sample, as well as the morphology and coloura- tion except the small amount of variation reported above. The genus Boophis has been divided into seven phenetic species groups (Blommers-Schlösser 1979b, Glaw & Vences 1994). Boophis rufioculis is part of the B. goudoti group (Glaw & Vences 1997) that contains at present eight species (Glaw & Vences 2003). This and five other species groups (all except the B. te- phraeomystax group) belong into a clade of stream- breeding Boophis that is well-defined by molecular characters (Vences et al. 2002). Species of the B. gou- doti group are usually found along streams, but tadpoles are so far only known for B. goudoti and B. madagascariensis. The finding of the tadpole of 7) B. rufioculis in running water confirms that this spe- cies is a rather generalized stream-breeder. Although the general morphology roughly agrees with those of B. goudoti and B. madagascariensis, the oral disc shows conspicuous differences such as a lower number of keratodont rows on the upper labium (3in B. rufioculis vs. 4-7), asmall papilla gap on the lower labium (also present in B. goudoti) and a large medial serration surrounded by a smaller one on each side forming a slight convexity on the upper jaw sheath. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Marta Puente, Liliane Raharivololo- niaina and David R. Vieites for assistance in the field, and to the Malagasy authorities for granting research and export permits. This project was supported by the Volkswagen Foundation, and by a SYNTHESYS grant to the first author. References Altig, R. & R. W. McDiarmid 1999. Body plan. Develop- ment and morphology, pp. 24-51. In: McDiarmid, R. W. & R. Altig (eds.), Tadpoles. The biology of anuran larvae. — The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London Blaxter, M. L. 2004. The promise of a DNA taxonomy. - Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B359: 669-679 Blommers-Schlösser, R. M. A. 1979a. Biosystematics of the Malagasy frogs. I. Mantellinae (Ranidae). — Beaufortia 352 (2): 1-77 76 -- 1979b. Biosystematics of the Malagasy frogs. II. The genus Boophis (Rhacophoridae). — Bijd. Dierk. 49: 261-312 Dubois, A. 1995. Keratodont formulae in anuran tad- poles: proposals for a standardization. — J. Zool. Syst. Evol. Res. 33: I- XV Glaw F. & M. Vences 1994. A fieldguide to the amphib- ians and reptiles of Madagascar. 2nd edition. — Köln, Vences and Glaw Verlag -- & -- 1997. Neue Ergebnisse zur Boophis goudoti- Gruppe aus Madagaskar: Bioakustik, Fortpflan- zungsstrategien und Beschreibung von Boophis rufioculis sp. nov. — Salamandra 32 (4): 225-242 -- &-- 2003. Introduction to Amphibians. In: Good- man 5. M. & J. P. Benstead (eds): The Natural History of Madagascar, pp. 883-898. — The Univer- sity of Chicago Press, Chicago and London Gosner, K. L. 1960. A simplified table for staging anura embryos and larvae with notes on identification. - Herpetologica 16: 183-190 Grosjean, S. 2001. The tadpole of Leptobrachium (Vibris- saphora) echinatum (Amphibia, Anura, Megophryi- dae). - Zoosystema 23 (1): 143-156 Hebert, P. D. N., A. Cywinska, S. L. Ball &J. R. deWaard 2003. Biological identification through DNA bar- codes. - Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 270:313-321 Thomas, M., L. Raharivololoniaina, F. Glaw, M. Vences & D. R. Vieites 2005. Montane tadpoles in Mada- gascar: molecular identification and description of the larval stages of Mantidactylus elegans, M. made- cassus and Boophis laurenti from the Andringitra Massif. - Copeia 2005: 174-183 Vences, M., F. Andreone, F. Glaw, J. Kosuch, A. Meyer, H.-C. Schaefer & M. Veith 2002. Exploring the potential of life-history key innovation: brook breeding in the radiation of the Malagasy treefrog genus Boophis. - Mol. Ecol. 11: 1453-1463 SPIXIANA 77-85 München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Visiana sordidata (Moore), a complex of species from the Indo-Pacific region (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae) Olga Schmidt Schmidt, ©. (2006): Visiana sordidata (Moore), a complex of species from the Indo-Pacific region (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Spixiana 29/1: 77-85 The present study clarifies the taxonomy of the Indo-Pacific species-group Visiana sordidata (Moore), a representative of the geometrid subfamily Larentiinae. Historically, V. sordidata comprised three subspecies: V. s. robinsoni (Prout), V. s. ini- mica (Prout), and V. s. tamborica (Prout). However, examination of about 80 speci- mens revealed that all supraspecific taxa should be regarded as distinct species: V. robinsoni, stat. nov., V. inimica, stat. nov., and V. tamborica, stat. nov. Further- more, the specimens from Borneo (Malaysia) are assigned to a new species, V. hollowayi, spec. nov. The five Visiana species belong to two different species- groups for which the diagnostic characters are defined. Lectotypes are designated for V. sordidata, V. robinsoni, and V. tamborica. The new species, V. hollowayi, is de- scribed and illustrated. Redescriptions of V. sordidata, V. robinsoni, V. inimica, and V. tamborica are provided. Figures of adults, genitalia, and tympanal organs of all five species are given. Olga Schmidt, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247, München, Germany; e-mail: Olga.Schmidt@zsm.mwn.de). Introduction The genus Visiana Swinhoe (1900) contains medium- sized to relatively large-sized geometrid moths of the subfamily Larentiinae, of which the mainly dark, brownish colouration resembles that of species of the Australasian genus Scotocyma (Holloway 1997, Schmidt 2003, 2005, in press). The genus is widely distributed within the Indo-Pacific region, from north-eastern Himalaya to Papua New Guinea and eastern Australia, including the Greater- and the western part of the Lesser Sunda Islands, including the Moluccas. According to Scoble (1999), the genus Visiana currently comprises the following species: V. brujata (Guenee, [1858]), V. excentrata (Guenee, [1858]), V. hyperctenista (Prout, 1939), V. sordidata (Moore, 1888) [with three subspecies, V. s. inimica (Prout, 1937), V. s. robinsoni (Prout, 1939) and V. s. tamborica (Prout, 1939)], and V. vinosa (Warren, 1907) with one subspecies V. v. ranensis (Prout, 1939). Although the species of the genus were listed or briefly discussed in several studies (Holloway 1979, 1986, McQuillan & Edwards 1996, Holloway 1997, Scoble 1999, Schmidt 2003), examination of the genitalia was still mostly lacking. Holloway (1997) discussed generic limits of the Visiana in general outline, published for the first time several photographs of Visiana genita- lia and discovered an undescribed species within the genus. Examination of phylogenetic relationships of Visiana and related larentiine genera suggested Visia- na was not monophyletic (Schmidt 2005 and unpub- lished data). Consequently, the status of several subspecies needed to be reconsidered, and species had to be described as new. The primary aim of this paper is to solve the taxonomic problems within the species-complex of V. sordidata. The paper is part of Hl ‚ll Fig. 1. Visiana robinsoni, male palp. acomprehensive revision of the genus Visiana based on adult and genitalic morphology which is cur- rently in progress (Schmidt, unpublished data). Material and methods About 80 specimens of V. sordidata from the Indo-Pa- cific region were studied from the following institutions: The Natural History Museum (including specimens from the accessions), London (BMNH); Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin (MNHU); M. Sommerer Private Collection (MSPC). Wing expanse was measured as twice the distance from midthorax to the forewing apex. The dissected genitalia and the abdomen have been stained with Chlorazol Black in a 30 % solution of alcohol and mounted on slides in euparal. Nomenclature for adult morphology and terminology for genitalia used in this paper is taken from Pierce (1914), Forbes (1948), Klots (1970) and Nichols (1989), terms for tympanal organs follow Cook & Scoble (1992). Photomicrographs were taken using a digital cam- era (ProgRes 3012, Jenoptic Laser Systems GmbH) at- tached to a microscope and processed with the Auto- Montage system (version 4.03 Synoptics Ltd). Photo- graphs of adults were taken with a Nikon Coolpix 990. The digital images were enhanced and the plates com- piled with Adobe Photoshop". Notes on taxonomic history Scotosia sordidata was described by Moore (1888), and later it was placed in the newly described mono- typic genus Visiana by Swinhoe (1900). Prout (1937) described the first subspecies Xanthorhoe sordidata inimica from east Java. Two years later Prout (1939) described two new subspecies, X. s. robinsoni from west Sumatra and X. s. tamborica from Sambawa in the Lesser Sunda Islands. Holloway (1986) briefly reviewed the genus and gave the distribution of V. sordidata in the Himalaya and the mountains of 78 Sumatra, Java, Sumbawa, and Kinabalu. Holloway (1997) in his comprehensive review of the geometrid moths of Borneo, being under time constraints, did not go into the details and listed the species V. sor- didata with three subspecies, figured a male from Kinabalu (Borneo) as V. sordidata and also figured the genitalia of a female from Sambawa (Lesser Sunda Islands). At present, V. sordidata contains three subspecies, V. s. inimica, V. s. robinsoni and V. s. tam- borica (Scoble 1999). Visiana Swinhoe, 1900 Visiana Swinhoe, 1900: 335. Type species: Scotosia sordidata Moore, 1888 (by mono- typy). Diagnosis. Labial palpus rather thick, very short, curved, with terminal segment very small. Antenna in male bipectinated. Forewing with two areoles, brownish coloured, with a discal dot, with median band forming a tooth-like medial projection out- wards, underneath rather uniformly coloured. Core- mata in males shaped like a broad pocket laterally on each side of the seventh segment. A broad, weakly sclerotised ring between the seventh and the eighth segments is present. The ventral surface of the seventh abdominal segment in females is rough. Tympanalansa hammer-shaped, with medial round- ed broadening, without a scoloparium (Schmidt 2005, in press; Figs 29-33). In the male genitalia tegumen shorter than vinculum, with sclerotised lateral arms, valvae with costa projecting in an api- cal process and with basal projection, vinculum with distinct saccus, juxta with lateral papillae, calcar absent. In female genitalia antrum without folds of sclerotisation, corpus bursae medium-sized to large, membranous, with a small diverticulum, signum usually present. Visiana sordidata (Moore) Figs:2, 14, 15,16, 26,32 Scotosia sordidata Moore, 1888: 274. Visiana sordidata (Moore): Swinhoe 1900: 335; Holloway, 1997: 192. Xanthorhoe sordidata (Moore): Prout 1939: 257. Types. Lectotype: d, India. Darjeeling, 2121 m, no other data; lectotype hereby designated (BMNH, exam- ined). Other material examined. 539, India, Moore coll., no further data (BMNH); 336, India, Darjeeling, coll. At- kinson or coll. Staudinger, no collector, no date (MNHU); 13, near Darjeeling, W. H. Bath, no date (BMNH); 8 Figs 2-9. Visiana spp., wings above. 2. V. sordidata, male, India, Darjeeling. 3. V. inimica, male, Bali, Mondoktoem- pang. 4. V. robinsoni, male, Sumatra, Sungeikumbang. 5. V. robinsoni, female, Sumatra, Sindar Raya. 6. V. tamborica, male, Tambora, Sambawa. 7. V. tamborica, female, Tambora, Sumbawa. 8.V. hollowayi, spec. nov., male, Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu. 9. V. hollowayi, spec. nov., female, Borneo, Sabah, Brumas. 79 Figs 10-14. Visiana spp., wings underneath. 10. V. tamborica, male, Tambora, Sumbawa. 11. V. inimica, male, Bali, Mondoktoempang. 12. V. hollowayi, spec. nov., male, Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu. 13. V. robinsoni, male, Sumatra, Sungei- kumbang. 14. V. sordidata, male, India, Darjeeling. 5dd, India, Assam, Khasia Hills, no date or 1893, or iiil.1894, no collector or Hamilton; 78d, India, Assam, Cherrapunj, no collector, iv.1893 or xi.1893, or xii.1893, or no date, ex. coll. Swinhoe; 1d, India, Assam, Jaintia Hills, ex. coll. Swinhoe, no further data; 14, India, As- sam, Margarita, v.1889, W. Doherty; 254, India, Assam, Shillong, no further data (all BMNH); 163J, India, Sikkim, Guntok, 1894, no collector or Möller; Kurseong, Vallee de la Teesta, no further data; Interior, 1-1212 m, or 17.x.1888; Mana, no date or 20.1v.1888 (BMNH); 15, Myanmar, Mishmi Hills, Dingliang, 742 m, M. Steele, 13.i11.1935; 435, Hills E of Toungho, no collector, iiil.1896; 222, Myanmar, (in one female abdomen miss- ing), East Pegu (Bago), 152-606 m, W. Doherty, iii-iv.1890 (BMNH). Description Labial palpi brown, with light brown scales at the apex. Wing expanse 36-44 mm. Forewings above ochreous-brown to brown, with median band brown, narrowing to the hind margin, with a broad medial projecting tooth, edged with thin, dark brown and ochreous-brown wavy lines, underneath pale ochre- ous-brown, with a few median wavy, brownish lines, forming a medial projecting tooth outwards, and brownish postmedian band. Hind wings above coloured as forewings, with wavy, brown, median and postmedian lines, underneath coloured and patterned as forewings but with discal dot much less distinct (Figs 2, 14). Male genitalia (Figs 15, 16). Uncus very small, triangular, fused with tegumen; tegumen broad, hemispherical, with long, almost straight lateral arms protruded to the base of juxta; valvae short, with rather long, basal, inwardly directed projection, with costa broad, sclerotised, slightly twisted, with rela- tively long and thick projecting apical process; sac- cus massive, protruded; juxta with small, apically flatterned lateral papillae; aedeagus curved, with anellus covered with fine spines, weakly sclerotised 80 apically, without cornuti or distinct scobination in vesica. Female genitalia (Fig. 26). Antrum relatively small, completely sclerotised; ductus bursae weakly sclerotised, hardly differentiated from corpus; corpus bursae very large, elongated, retort-shaped, mem- branous, with a small diverticulum connected to the corpus by a short, thin tube, with ductus seminalis set medially on corpus bursae near the signum; signum a relatively small patch of stout, inwardly directed spicules. Distribution. India (north), Myanmar. Remarks. A single female of V. sordidata available for study from Myanmar was dissected in 1948 (slide number 137, BMNH). The slide is in good condition but the seventh abdominal segment is missing. Therefore it is not possible to discuss the presence or shape of the “pockets” in this species. Visiana robinsoni (Prout), stat. nov. Figs:1,4,5, 13, 23,24, 25,29 Xanthorhoe sordidata robinsoni Prout, 1939: 257. Visiana sordidata robinsoni (Prout): Holloway 1997: 192. Types. Lectotype d, Sumatra (west), Korinchi (Kor- intji), Sungeikumbang, 1360 m Robinson & Kloss, iv. 1914 (BMNH); lectotype hereby designated (BMNH, examined). — Paralectotypes: 384, same data as lecto- type, but 1360-1420 m (BMNH, examined). Other material examined. 13, Sumatra, Mlalssn[er] G., no date (MNHU); 13, 1?, Sumatra, Sindar Raya, 400 m and 480 m, E.W. Diehl, 26.v.1995 and 10.111.1991 (MSPC). Description Labial palpi dark brown, with lighter brown ı scales. Abdomen with darker brown and some pink Figs 15-24. Visiana spp., male genitalia. 15,17,19,21,23: armature, 16,18,20,22,24: aedeagus. 15-16. V. sordidata. 17-18. V. inimica. 19-20. V. tamborica. 21-22. V. hollowayi, spec. nov. 23-24. V. robinsoni. 81 25 26 Figs 25-28. Visiana spp., female genitalia. 25. V. robinsoni. noV. scales on the third segment dorsally. Wing expanse 40-42 mm. Forewings above ochreous-brown to brown, with some pinkish scales, with basal band with two teeth pointed outwards, with median band darker brown, with distinct medial projection out- wards, edged with dark brown and a very thin, interrupted whitish line, underneath pinkish-brown, with a few blackish-brown, wavy lines, with the outer line forming a distinct, rounded projection outwards. Hind wings above of similar colour as forewings, but slightly lighter, with basal area darker, with brown median line, forming arounded medial projection outwards, underneath coloured and patterned as forewings (Figs 4, 5, 13). Ventral surface of the seventh abdominal segment in females distinctly rough, with a pair of rather long, narrow, cone-shaped “pockets” (Fig. 25). Male genitalia (Figs 23, 24). Uncus relatively long, slightly thickened at base, tapering towards the apex; tegumen broad, cupola-shaped, with long, almost straight lateral arms protruded to the base of juxta; valvae medium sized, with costa sclerotised, twisted apically, with thin, distally relatively sharp, projecting apical process; saccus massive, elongated; juxta with small, apically rounded lateral papillae; aedeagus curved, thinner than in V. hollowayi, with- 82 26. V. sordidata. 27. V. tamborica. 28. V. hollowayi, spec. out cornuti or distinct scobination in vesica. Female genitalia (Fig. 25). Antrum medium- sized, evenly sclerotised; ductus bursae relatively long and thin, evenly sclerotised, corpus bursae rather large, asymmetric, somewhat drop-shaped, with arounded ventro-lateral broadening, membra- nous, with a small, oval diverticulum connected proximally to the corpus by a short, thin tube, with ductus seminalis set medially on corpus bursae; signum is larger than in all known Visiana species, polygonal patch of inwardly directed spicules. Distribution. Indonesia (Sumatra). Remarks. In Scoble (1999) this species is listed as a subspecies of V. sordidata. Visiana hollowayi, spec. nov. Ries;8, 9, 12,21, 22,28,50 Types. Holotype 3, Borneo (north), Mt. Kinabalu, ]. Waterstradt, 5.viii.1903 (BMNH). — Paratypes: 4dd, same data as holotype (BMNH); 1?, Sabah, Brumas, Chey Vun Khen, 7.vii.1991 (BMNH). 29 Figs 29-33. Visiana spp. 29. V. robinsoni, female, basal segments of abdomen with tympanal organs. 30-33: ansa. 30. V. hollowayi, spec. nov. 31. V. inimica. 32. V. sordidata. 33. V. tamborica. a: ansa; st2: sternum 2; ty: tympanum. Description Labial palpi brown. Wing expanse 41-44 mm. Forewings above brown to purple-brown, with median band forming a medial projection outwards, edged with blackish-brown, underneath mainly dark brown, with a few indistinct dark brown, wavy lines, with a discal dot less distinct than in other species. Hind wings above of the same colour as forewings, with indistinct, brown and ochreous median lines, underneath coloured and patterned like forewings (Figs 8,9, 12). Ventral surface of the seventh ab- dominal segment in females distinctly rough, with a pair of medium-sized, shallow, “pockets” (Fig. 28). Male genitalia (Figs 21,22). Uncus medium sized, elongate triangular, gradually tapering; tegu- men broad, with long, bent lateral arms, thickened at base; valvae short, with costa sclerotised, thick, with thick, distally rounded, projecting apical proc- ess; saccus massive, similar to V. sordidata but slightly narrower; juxta with small, somewhat oval lateral papillae; aedeagus relatively thick, strongly bent, with anellus covered with spines which are thicker than in V. sordidata, weakly sclerotised api- cally, without cornuti but with distinct scobination in vesica. Female genitalia (Fig. 28). Antrum medium- sized, evenly sclerotised; ductus bursae shorter than in V.robinsoni and V. sordidata, sclerotised, with thin lateral stripes of heavier sclerotisation, corpus bursae large, membranous, divided into two bulbs, the proximal one is larger, rounded, the distal one is narrower, oval, with a small, elongate drop-shaped diverticulum connected proximally to the corpus by a short, thin tube, with ductus seminalis arising close to the ductus bursae; signum a patch of stout, in- wardly directed spicules, similar to V. sordidata but slightly larger. Distribution. Malaysia [Borneo] (Sabah: Mt. Kina- balu, Brumas). Etymology. The species is named after Dr. J. D. Hollo- way in recognition of his work on the Indonesian and Malaysian moth fauna. Remarks. The male of this species and its genitalia were illustrated in Holloway (1997) as V. sordidata. Visiana inimica (Prout), stat. nov. Bies3.11,217,.18, 31 Xanthorhoe sordidata inimica Prout, 1937: 181. Visiana sordidata inimica (Prout): Holloway 1997: 192. Types. Holotype d, Bali (west), Mondoktoempang, 750 m, J.P.A. Kalis, ix.1934 (BMNH, examined). — Para- types: 28d, Java (east), Nongkedjadjar, 1200 m, A.M.R. Wegner, xii.1933, 1.1934; 18, Java (east), Tosari, E.A. Cockayne, 4.vii.1910 (BMNH, examined). Other material examined. 2SdG, Bali (east), Batoeriti, ]. P. A. Kalis, vi.1935 (BMNH). 83 Description Labial palpi brown, with light brown scales at the apex. Wing expanse 37-38 mm. Forewings above brown, with some ochreous scales, with median band brown to dark brown, thinner than in V. sordi- data, with a medial projecting tooth, slightly nar- rower than in V. sordidata and V. tamborica, edged with thin, dark brown and ochreous-brown wavy lines, with distinct white scales, underneath brown, with some ochreous scales, with a median dark brown line, forming a medial projecting tooth out- wards. Hind wings above coloured as forewings, with median line forming a double medial projecting tooth, underneath coloured and patterned as forew- ings (Figs 3, 11). Male genitalia (Figs 17, 18). Uncus almost com- pletely reduced; tegumen very short, broad, with curved lateral arms, thicker than in V. tamborica; valvae relatively long, thin, with costa broad, scle- rotised, with a large, thick projecting apical process, rounded apically, with a short, curved basal project- ing arm; saccus medium-sized, triangular-shaped; juxta with large, apically rounded lateral papillae; aedeagus massive, slightly curved, with anellus covered with relatively thick spines, with a large patch of long for the genus, firm cornuti in vesica. Female unknown. Distribution. Indonesia (Bali, Java). Remarks. In Scoble (1999) this species is listed as a subspecies of V. sordidata. Visiana tamborica (Prout), stat. nov. Eigsi6,'7, 10,,19, 2027,33 Xanthorhoe sordidata tamborica Prout, 1939: 257. Visiana sordidata tamborica (Prout): Holloway 1997: 192 . Types. Lectotype: d, [Lesser Sunda Islands], Tambora, Sambawa, 700-1200 m, W. Doherty, vi.1896; lectotype hereby designated (BMNH, examined). — Paralecto- types: 288, 2??, same data as lectotype, but iv. or vi.1896 (BMNH, examined). Other material examined. 237, [Lesser Sunda Islands], Lombok, Everett, v.1896 or Swinhoe coll. (BMNH). Description Labial palpi dark brown, with ochreous-brown scales at the apex. Wing expanse 36-42 mm. Forew- ings above ochreous-brown to brown, with median band distinct, especially in males, with a medial projecting tooth outwards, with postmedial area ochreous, underneath brown in basal half, ochreous- brown towards the termen, with a median brown line, forming a medial projecting tooth outwards. 84 Hind wings above of similar colour as forewings, with median line forming a rather sharp medial projecting tooth, underneath coloured and patterned as forewings (Figs 6, 7, 10). Male genitalia (Figs 19, 20). Uncus almost com- pletely reduced; tegumen short, with very thin, curved lateral arms; valvae of medium length, rela- tively broad, with costa thin, sclerotised, with a very short for the genus projecting apical process, with a small, curved basal projecting arm; saccus rela- tively small, more or less triangular-shaped; juxta with relatively large, apically rounded lateral papil- lae; aedeagus thick, straight, with anellus covered with fine spines, weakly sclerotised apically, with a patch of rather thin cornuti in vesica. Female genitalia (Fig. 27). Antrum broad and short, with a ring of weak sclerotisation distally; ductus bursae relatively short, sclerotised, with distinct lateral stripes of heavier sclerotisation, cor- pus bursae medium-sized, asymmetric, sack-shaped, with medium-sized distal extension, membranous, with wrinkles distally, with an elongate drop-shaped diverticulum, larger than in all species discussed here, connected to the corpus by a short, thin tube, with ductus seminalis arising from the extension of corpus bursae; signum absent. Distribution. Indonesia [Lesser Sunda Islands] (Sambawa, Lombok). Remarks. In Scoble (1999) this species is listed as a subspecies of V. sordidata. The female (genitalia only) is illustrated in Holloway (1997) as V. sordidata. Discussion The five species revised in this paper share the characters of the genus Visiana and form two distinct groups within the genus. The first group, including V. sordidata, V. robinsoni, and V. hollowayi is defined by the following genitalia characters: in males uncus developed, tapering apically, tegumen cupola- shaped, with long lateral arms, directed towards basis of juxta, costa of valvae with long basal projec- tion, saccus very large, protruded, aedeagus curved; in females corpus bursae very large, without lat- eral stripes of sclerotisation apically. The second group of species includes V. inimica and V.tamborica and can be defined as follows: in males uncus strongly reduced, tegumen shortened, with short, rather thin lateral arms, directed some- what horizontally, costa of valvae with short basal projection, saccus medium-sized, triangular-shaped, not protruded, aedeagus almost straight; in females corpus bursae medium-sized, with lateral stripes of sclerotisation apically. The first group of species is distributed in north- ern India, Myanmar, Indonesia (Sumatra) and Ma- laysia (northern Borneo). The second group occurs on the Greater and Lesser Sunda Islands (Java, Bali, Sumbawa and Lombok). The biology of the species discussed is still un- known, including the food plants of the larvae. The species occur in the forest zone, from low elevations to about 2000 m. All specimens were collected at light at night. The species of the genus exhibit weak dimorphism of pattern in the forewing above, that of the female being less distinct. Males predominate in collections, comprising about 90 % of the speci- mens. Acknowledgements The work has been conducted at the Zoologische Staats- sammlung (Munich) and the Natural History Museum (London). Support and help of the staff of the BMNH during my visits to the British Museum is generously acknowledged. Sincere thanks to Jeremy Holloway (BMNH), Martin Honey (BMNH), Wolfram Mey (MNHU), and Manfred Sommerer (Munich) for the loan of material used in this study. In addition, Jeremy Hol- loway and Stefan Schmidt (ZSM) are gratefully ac- knowledged for comments on the manuscript. References Cook, M. A. & M. J. Scoble 1992. Tympanal organs of geometrid moths: a review of their morphology, function, and systematic importance. — Syst. Ent. 17: 219-232 Forbes, W. T. M 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and neighbouring states, part 2. - Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 274: 128-175 Guenee, A. 1858 [‘1857’]. Species General des Lepido- pteres. In: Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Vol. 10 (eds J. B. A. D. Boisduval & A. Guen6e) pp. 1-584. - Roret, Paris Holloway, J. D 1979. A survey of the Lepidoptera, bio- geography and ecology of New Caledonia. - Ser. Ent. 15: 1-588. The Hague, W. Junk 1986. Origins of the Lepidopteran Faunas in High Mountains of the Indo-Australian tropics. In: High Altitude Tropical Biogeography. (eds F. Vuilleu- mier & M. Monasterio), pp. 533-556. -— Oxford University Press, New York -- 1997. The Moths of Borneo: family Geometridae, subfamilies Sterrhinae and Larentiinae. — Malay. Nat. J. 51: 1-242 Klots, A. B 1970. Lepidoptera. In: Taxonomist’s Glos- sary of Genitalia in Insects (ed. S. L. Tuxen), pp. 115-130. - Munksgaard, Copenhagen McQuillan, P. B. & E. D. Edwards 1996. Geometridae. In: Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Australia. Mon- ographs on Australian Lepidoptera, Vol. 4. (eds E. S. Nielsen, E. D. Edwards & T. V. Rangsi), pp. 200- 228. - CSIRO, Melbourne Moore, F. 1888. Descriptions of New Indian Lepidopter- ous Insects from the collection of the late Mr W. S. Atkinson Part 3: 199-299. - Asiatic Society of Ben- gal, Calcutta Nichols, S. W. (ed.) 1989. The Torre-Bueno Glossary of Entomology. -— New York Entomological Society and American Museum of Natural History, New York Pierce, F. N. 1914. The Genitalia of the Group Geometr- idae ofthe Lepidoptera of the British Islands. - F.N. Pierce, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool Prout, L. B. 1937. New and little-known Bali Geometr- idae in the Tring Museum. — Novit. Zool. 40: 177- 189 1939. Larentiinae. In: Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde. Fauna Indo-Australica, Bd. 12, (ed. A. Seitz), pp- 1-356. - Alfred Kernen Verlag, Stuttgart Schmidt, ©. 2003. Some results of taxonomic research on larentiine moths from the Australasian region. — Spixiana 26 (3): 204 2005. Revision of Scotocyma Turner (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Larentiinae). — Austral. J. Ent. 44 (3): 257-278 (in press). Australasian genus Scotocyma Turner (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Larentiinae) and the recently described species S. sumatrensis Schmidt. — Heteroc. Sumatr. Scoble, M. J. 1999. Geometrid Moths of the World : A Catalogue (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). -— CSIRO Publishing, Collingwood, Victoria Swinhoe, C. 1900. Catalogue of Eastern (and Australian) Lepidoptera Heterocera in the Collection of the Oxford University Museum. Part 2. - Clarendon Press, Oxford Turner, A. J. 1904. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera. Family Geometridae. - Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 16: 218-284 -- 1926. A revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. - Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1925: 118-151 Warren, W. 1907. New Drepanulidae, Thyrididae, Ura- niidae and Geometridae from British New Guinea. - Novit. Zool. 14: 97-186 85 Buchbesprechungen 1. Robinson, W. H.: Urban Insects and Arachnids — A Handbook of Urban Entomology. -— Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, New York, Melbourne, Madrid, Cape Town, Singapore, Sao Paulo, 2005, 472 pp. ISBN 0-521-81253-4 Daß der Mensch in seinem unmittelbaren Umfeld, d.h. in seinen verschiedenartigsten Wohnbereichen, Gebäu- den und Städten nicht allein lebt, sondern mit ihm eine Vielzahl anderer meist kleiner tierischer Mitbewohner, ist in den Jahren des Hygienewahns und der Hoffnung auf Sterilität des menschlichen Umfelds vielfach in Ver- gessenheit geraten. Daß eine Vielzahl von Lebewesen sich an die sozialen Strukturen des Menschen angepaßt haben und in unmittelbarer Nähe zu ihm leben, der Ihnen ungewollt Unterschlupf und Nahrung gewährt, führte zu einer Allianz, die den Geschädigten, der von “unge- liebten Hausgenossen” oder “Ungeziefer” spricht, immer wieder zu Gegenschlägen herausfordert. Die Schaben, mit denen die vorliegende Zusammenstellung in Form eines großformatigen Handbuches beginnt, sind vermut- lich die ältesten Begleiter seit der Städtegründungen in Mesopotamien oder China und haben sich vielfach in- zwischen zu Kosmopoliten gemausert. In 17 Kapiteln werden die verschiedenen Insektengruppen, die auch in unseren Wohnbereichen auftreten, behandelt, wobei neben einer Einführung die wichtigsten Arten auch mit einer Detailzeichnung vorgestellt werden. Dabei wird der weltweite Aspekt berücksichtigt und die Abbildun- gen sind namhaften Bestimmungswerken und Monogra- phien entnommen. Die jeweiligen Quellen sind leider nicht angegeben, auch wäre eine Bestimmungshilfe in Tabellenform hilfreich, da so nur der Fachmann eine Zuordnung vollziehen kann. Neben den echten Schäd- lingen, die Klassifikation erfolgt entsprechend der Schadwirkung für den Menschen, werden auch Lästlin- ge behandelt, die durchaus auch duldbar sind. Neben den Schaben (=Kakerlaken) werden holzbewohnende Käfer, Ameisen, die auf ihren Wanderzügen ganze Kü- chen leer räumen können, Stechmücken, Nahrungsmit- telraupen, Läuse und Staubläuse und viele mehr aufge- führt. Dem großen Raum, der den Insekten gewidmet wird, folgt ein kleines Kapitel zu den Spinnentieren und Asseln, wobei bei ersteren die Zecken und Milben größ- te Beachtung finden, daneben aber auch giftige Spinnen und Skorpione, wobei letztere meist unbeabsichtigt eingeschleppt werden, andere, wie die Schwarze Witwe unter den Spinnen, als Kulturfolger auftreten. Das um- fangreiche Register erleichtert die gezielte Suche, das jedem Kapitel beigefügte Literaturverzeichnis eine um- fassendere Informationsmöglichkeit. Vorangestellt ist eine kurze Dokumentation der Wohnbereiche der Haus- genossen, ihrer Bedeutung, der Kontrollmöglichkeiten und des Einsatzes von Bekämpfungsmitteln, wobei der Vorbeugung dankenswerterweise besonders Rechnung 86 getragen wird und die chemische Keule nicht als das Allheilmittel allein propagiert wird. Einige Hinweise zum Chemieeinsatz sind dahingehend zu modifizieren, daß die verzeichneten Substanzen nicht mehr in allen Ländern erlaubt sind. E.-G. Burmeister 2. Lieske, E. & R. Myers: Korallenriff-Führer Rotes Meer. -Franckh-Kosmos Verlag, Stuttgart, 2004. 381 5.,995 Farbfotos, 298 Farbzeichnungen, 1 farbige Landkar- te. ISBN 3-440-09356-5 Dies ist die von R. Myers aus dem Englischen übersetz- te deutschsprachige Ausgabe des “Coral Reef Guide Red Sea” (Collins Publ.), zu dem der Pionier der Freiwasser- taucherei - Hans Hass - ein Vorwort verfaßt hat. Gleich vorweg: der Aufwand hat sich gelohnt. Das Buch wird als “Standardwerk für alle Taucher, Schnorchler und Aquarianer” angepriesen. Exakt das ist es, und trotz vieler Farbtafeln mit hochwertigem Druck wird dieses Werk zu einem erstaunlich niedrigen Preis angeboten. Eine kurze Einführung stellt Geologie und Ozeano- graphie des Roten Meeres vor; auch die Gefährdung der Riffe kommt nicht zu kurz. Sehr gut und wichtig sind die Gefahrenhinweise (zusammengefaßt und bei den vorgestellten Arten), nicht nur bezüglich Tigerhai & Co. oder Rotfeuerfisch, sondern insbesondere dort, wo “Otto Normalverbraucher” diese nicht vermutet, wie etwa bei Korallenwelsen, einigen “Pseudokorallen” (Hydrozoa), Plattwürmern, Kegelschnecken, Heuschreckenkrebsen oder der Dornenkrone. Eine Liste interessanter Tauch- plätze rundet den allgemeinen Teil ab. Der Spezielle Teil dieses Faunenführers beschränkt sich bewusst auf die Makrofauna, wobei die Fische mit mehr als 60 Prozent des Gesamtvolumens dominieren. Deren durchwegs hervorragende Lebendfotos im Biotop werden ergänzt durch instruktive und praktische Ver- gleichstafeln, um die Bestimmung zu erleichtern. Aber auch die Evertebratenfauna kommt nicht zu kurz, wobei Schwämme, Nesseltiere, Plattwürmer, (wenig) Ringel- würmer, Weichtiere, Krebse, Stachelhäuter und Mantel- tiere, aber auch die wichtigsten Großalgen und Seegräser vorgestellt werden. Auch hier bestechen die Lebendfotos und machen so richtig Appetit auf die phantastische Unterwasserlandschaft des Roten Meeres. Ein recht brauchbares Literaturverzeichnis, das al- lerdings wiederum auf die Fischfauna und allgemeine Faunistik beschränkt ist (ich vermisse z.B. die immerhin 300 Seiten dicke Monographie von Oliver 1992: Bivalved Seashells of the Red Sea), und ein Glossar schließen das Buch ab. Resümee: Sollten Sie vorhaben, die Unterwasserwelt des Roten Meeres in Augenschein zu nehmen - kaufen, lesen, staunen, genießen. G. Haszprunar SPIXIANA 87-89 München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Pycnogonids under infralitoral stones at Cape Savudrija, Northern Adriatic Sea (Pantopoda, Ammotheidae) Maria F. Montoya Bravo, Leonie Meltzer, Roland Meyer & Roland R. Melzer Maria F. Montoya Bravo, M. F., L. Meltzer, R. Meyer & R. R. Melzer (2006): Pyenogonids under infralitoral stones at Cape Savudrija, Northern Adriatic Sea (Pantopoda, Ammotheidae). — Spixiana 29/1: 87-89 During 8 collection trips between September 2004 and August 2005, we found 58 pycnogonids all belonging to the family Ammotheidae (Achelia langi (Dohrn, 1881), Ammothella appendiculata (Dohrn, 1881), Ammothella longioculata (Faraggiana, 1940), Ammothella biunguiculata (Dohrn, 1881)) under stones and smallrocks at Cape Savudrija, Northern Adriatic Sea. Species composition and relative abundance dif- fer strongly from earlier pycnogonid samples generally taken from brown algae, hydrozoan colonies or dredge material. Maria F. Montoya Bravo, Leonie Meltzer, Roland Meyer, Roland R. Melzer, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; phone: +49-89-8107-141, fax: +49-89-8107-300, e-mail: melzer@zsm.mwn.de Introduction At Cape Savudrija (15°28'N, 13°23'E), Northern Adriatic Sea (Croatia), one finds a shoal small bay of a depth of about 1 m exposed northwards (Fig. 1A). The ground of the bay (Fig. 1B) is filled with stones, small rocks, and sand below and between. The exposed parts of the stones are partly covered with algae and zoobenthos. Under the stones, a sheet of biogenous limestone is developed partly over- grown by sessile forms such as bryozoans and sponges. Between the stones, numerous individuals of Anemonia viridis (Anthozoa) are observed. While snorkling and “turning stones” in this bay, we found a remarkably high amount of ammotheid pycnogo- nids sitting under stones, well masked on the light brown limestone sheet and benthos organisms (Fig. 1C). As most pycnogonid samples in the Mediter- ranean Sea in the past were collected from brown algae (Halopteris, Cystoseira and Dictyota), hydrozoan colonies (Eudendrium) or from dredge material, we studied the infralitoral under-stone-communities in a more detailed way, and made 8 samples showing a species composition and relative abundance that is quite different from other pycnogonid samples collected in this area. It is indicated that the under stone habitat is an ammotheid domain with species only rarely found in other habitats. Previous studies on the pycnogonid fauna of the Northern Adriatic coast of Croatia have been made around Rovinj, about 40 km south of Cape Savudrija (Zavodnik 1968, Krapp-Schickel & Krapp 1975, Schüller 1989). Material and methods While snorkling at Cape Savudrija, stones and small rocks were turned around and inspected either in the water or after taking them out. Pycnogonids were seized by hand or with forceps and fixed in 70 % ethanol. Al- together, we made 8 afternoon collection trips (3.9.2004, 8.10.2004, 28.12.2004, 25.1.2005, 25.4.2005, 22.5.2005, 8.8.2005, 15.8.2005), each of a duration of between 1 and 2 hours. Up to a third of the identified pycnogonids were washed away by the sea before they could be seized. In addition it was not easy to see the animals as they have the same colour as the stones they are sitting on. Hence, we assume that less than a half of the indi- 87 u 7 Fig. 1. A. The small bay at Cape Savudrija where our samples were collected. B. Underwater picture of the stones where the pycnogonids were found, and Anemo- nia viridis in between. C. Achelia langi at its original place under a stone bearing a layer of biogenous limestone with various benthos organisms. Note very similar colour of stone and pycnogonid (all pictures were taken in April 2005). viduals sitting under the examined stones were col- lected. For documentation we used Canon Ixus 400 and Olympus 8080 digital cameras. 88 The collected Ammotheidae Achelia langi (Dohrn, 1881) Material: 3.9.2004: 322, A20042378 (Bavarian Sate Collection’s storage number), A20042375 and A20042374; 238, A20042373 and A20042378. 8.10.2004: 12, A20050117, 1? with developed eggs, A20050112; 1? with chelae and developed eggs, A20050115; 283, A20050111 and A20050113; 2 egg- carrying dd, A20050115 and A20050114. 25.1.2005: 13, A20050118. 24.4.2005: 422, A20051895, A 20051894, A20051897 and A20051898; 19 carrying eggs; 13, A20051901; 3 juve- niles, A20051899, A 20051896 and A20051895. 22.5.2005: 2358, A20051906 and A20051904; 5 juveniles, A 20051905, A20051908, A20051900, A20051903, and A20051907. 8.8.2005: 67??, A20051963 and A20051961; 1 egg-carrying d, A20051961; 533, A20051961. 15.8.2005: 1?, A20051965. Additional material from the Rovinj area: 6.10.2004: 17, A20050129 (under stone at Punta Curren- te, at a depth of approx. 1.5 m). 9.8.2005: 13, A20051966 (under stone in Cross Bay, ata depth of approx. 0.5 m) Remarks. In previous samples, Achelia echinata, A. simplex and A. vulgaris have been found along the Northern Adriatic East coast with A. echinata being the most common species of this genus (Zavodnik 1968, Krapp-Schickel & Krapp 1975, Krapp 1975, Schüller 1989), but not A. langi, and hence this spe- cies is new for the area, probably because the applied collection technique has not been used there before. In our samples, A. langi is the most abundant under- stone-pycnogonid (72 % of the whole sample). Al- together, we found 42 individuals, 17 of these are 22, 1788 and 8 are juveniles. 435 were carrying eggs. Remarkably the latter were found in April, August and October, i.e. in various times ofa year, while juveniles were only found in April and May. We found one ® stillhaving chelae but already bear- ing eggs in her legs in October. We have two addi- tional individuals of Achelia langi from the Rovinj area, where we also found them under stones. Ammothella appendiculata (Dohrn, 1881) Material: 8.10.2004: 17, A20051891. 28.12.2004: 1 juvenile, A20051892. 22.5.2005: 1 egg carrying d, A20051890. Remarks. A. appendiculata has also been found by Krapp-Schickel & Krapp (1975) and Schüller (1989) in the Rovinj area. However, this species is quite rare in their collections. The three individuals we found represent 5 % of our sample. Ammothella longioculata (Faraggiana, 1940) Material: 3.9.2004: 13, A 20042376; 1 juv., A 20042377. 8.8.2005: 234, 1? with eggs in femur, A20051962; 3 ju- veniles, A20051960. Remarks. This species has been found in the North- ern Adriatic for the first time by Schüller (1989), and in general has been seldomly collected in the Medi- terranean (earlier reports are summarized in Schüller 1989). Our 8 specimens confirm Schüllers (1989) observation. However under stones this species is not as rare as one might think, as almost 14 % of the whole sample is made by A. longioculata. Ammothella biunguiculata (Dohrn, 1881) Material: 8.10.2004: 12, A20050120; 1 juv., A20050121. 25.1.2005: 13, A20050119. 8.8.2005: 2 juveniles, A 20051964. Remarks. This species has also been found in this area for the first time by Schüller (1989). She could find only one single juvenile. In our samples we have five individuals of this species, i.e. 8% of the whole sample. Hence this species as well is more common under stones than in other habitats. Conclusions Under stones at Cape Savudrija a pure ammotheid community is present. The three Ammothella species were rarely found in earlier studies. Achelia langi, the most common species in our samples, is new to the Croatian Northern Adriatic coast. This indicates that A. langi might have been overseen in the past because of the applied sampling techniques. This also accounts for our other ammotheids, and hence it seems that “rareness” does not necessarily mean rareness of the respective species here: if the ap- propriate “sample trick” is not applied, a quite common species can be overseen. In other words, it seems that we have found a facet of the habitat of the collected species that was not studied before. This might explain the differences in species composition and relative abundance between the present study and earlier works. E.g., in Schüllers (1989) study, where most specimens were collected from infralitoral algae, ammotheids represent 10 % ofthe whole sample, while ours completely consists of ammotheids. 72 % of these are Achelia langi, the remaining 28 % of the collected pycnogonids are Ammothellas, while Schüller had less than 3 % Am- mothellas in her sample. In addition in Schüller’s sample about 80 % of the collected ammotheids are Achelia echinata. The latter species is generally seen as a quite common Achelia. Under stones, however, we haven’t found a single individual of this species, but Achelia langi takes the place of the most common ammotheid and the dominant species of our whole sample. What might be the reason why ammotheids sit under stones at cape Savudrija? Generally the stones might be resting sites or foraging grounds or both. Our qualitative habitat description (see above) indi- cates that with algae on top and at the sides of the stones, with the Anemonias between them, and the coelenterates, bryozoans and other dim light benthos organisms growing under the stones, potential food for the collected ammotheids is present very close to the places where we found them. References Dohrn, A. 1881. Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeresabschnitte. - Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel und der angren- zenden Meereabschnitte 3: 1-252 Faraggiana, R. 1940. Pantopodi del Mare Ligure. - Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. R. Univ. Torino (Ser. 3) 48: 145-158 Krapp, F. 1973. Bathyale und zirkalittorale Pantopoden (Pyenogonida) aus dem adriatischen und Liguri- schen Meer, mit Callipallene acribica n. sp. - Bonn. Z.ool. Beitr. 26: 280-290 Krapp-Schickel, G. & F. Krapp 1975. Quelques traits de l’&cologie d’Amphipodes et de Pycnogonides pro- venant d’un ilot nord-adriatique. — Vie Milieu 25: 1-31 Schüller, S. 1989. Die Pantopodenfauna von Rovinj (Nördliche Adria) und der Jahreszyklus einiger Arten. - Bonn. Zool. Beitr. 40: 285-296 Zavodnik, D. 1968. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Asselspin- nen (Pantopoda) der Umgebung von Rovinj (Nördl. Adria). - Thalassia Jugoslavica 4: 45-53 89 Buchbesprechungen 3. Hellmann, F. & E. Bertaccini: I Macrolepidotteri della Valle Susa - Italia Nord-occidentale (Alpi Cozie- Graie). Monografie XL; Regione Piemonte, Torino, 2004. 389 S., 16 Farbtaf., hardback. ISBN 88-86041- 58-6 Die beiden gut bekannten und um die Erforschung der norditalienischen Schmetterlingsfauna verdienten Auto- ren führen den Leser mit diesem schönen Buch in eine der artenreichsten Lokalfaunen Europas ein und können eine beeindruckende Bilanz präsentieren: Die Ergebnis- se von 8 Jahren (1996-2003) intensiver entomologischer Sammelarbeit im Susa-Tal in der westlichen Piemonte erbrachten auf einer relativ kleinen Gesamtfläche von nur etwas mehr als 1000 km? sage und schreibe 1159 Großschmetterlingsarten! Das sind mehr Arten, als in der nahe gelegenen und dreifach größeren Region Valle d’Aosta festgestellt wurden. 43 dieser Arten sind neu für die Fauna der Region Piemonte. Für die Korrektheit der Determinationen - für Fauneninventare unerläßlich, wenn auch leider nicht selbstverständlich — bürgt der Fleiß der Autoren, die es zudem verstanden, eine Vielzahl von Spezialisten in die Entstehung dieser Faunenliste miteinzubeziehen. Die einleitenden Kapitel stellen - in italienischer Sprache - Geographie, Geologie, Klima und Vegetation des Untersuchungsgebietes vor. Der Leser findet hier auch eine Liste der 130 Fundorte mit Höhenangaben und genau nachvollziehbarer Lokalisierung. Weitere allge- meine Kapitel behandeln Ökologie und ‘Corotypen’ nach dem System von Vigna Taglianti, sowie methodische Aspekte. Im Hauptteil des Buches werden die Arten in syste- matischer Reihenfolge nach folgenden Kriterien charak- terisiert: Corotyp, Ökotyp, manchmal mit detaillierteren Habitatangaben, Phänologie, Höhenverbreitung, relative Häufigkeit, detaillierte Verbreitungsdaten innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes. Auf ansprechenden Farbtafeln wird eine Auswahl der 315 interessantesten Arten abgebildet, mit insgesamt 412 Faltern. Die Dokumentation einiger weiterer Beson- derheiten, z.B. Scopula corrivalaria, S. emutaria und ande- rer wäre hier eventuell noch wünschenswert gewesen. Das Buch ist hervorragend recherchiert und korrek- turgelesen, und es konnte trotz intensiver Lektüre prak- tisch nichts festgestellt werden, was zu bemängeln wäre. Wenn es nur mehr derartige Bearbeitungen gäbe! Ledig- lich die Inkonsistenz bei der Handhabung der ‘gender agreement’-Regelung der wissenschaftlichen Artnamen fiel dem Rezensenten auf: Meist folgen die Autoren der Empfehlung der SEL, die Artnamen entgegen der buch- stäblichen Anwendung des Codes in der ursprünglichen Schreibweise zu belassen und nicht an das Geschlecht des Gattungsnamens anzupassen. In einigen Fällen, z.B. bei den Geometriden-Arten der ‘Gnophos-Gruppe', die jetzt z.T. in Charissa und anderen Gattungen stehen, sind die Artnamen, entgegen der Erstbeschreibung, unerklär- 90 licherweise fast durchwegs in maskuliner Form aufge- führt. Man kann das Buch direkt vom Museo Regionale di Scienzia Naturale beziehen (Via Giolitti, 36 — 1-10123 Torino Italy). A. Hausmann 4. Wilson, R. S., Hutchings, P. A. &C. J. Glasby (eds.): Polychaetes. An Interactive Identification Guide. CSIRO Publishing, Collingswood/ Australia, 2003. CD-ROM. ISBN 0-643-06702-7 Polychaetes are one of the most important groups of benthic marine organisms, yet usually underrepresented by field studies and excursion due to the notorious dif- ficulties to identify them. This is true particularly for the beginner. The present contribution wants to overcome this problem by offering an interactive key - and to say it in short, the aim has been reached. We tested the CD- ROM during our last excursion at the North-East Atlan- tic and found it extremely useful, although the species part focuses on Australian waters: Within a week students were able to identify practically each specimen down to the minor taxon (family or genus) available in the key. The general part provides an overview on polychae- tes and other “worm” taxa (to exclude them from further treatment) including collection methods, basic classifica- tion, and synonyms of families. Systematics is based on Rouse & Pleijel (2001: Polychaetes. Oxford Univ. Press), the latter isindeed the printed counterpart of the present contribution and focuses on polychaete phylogeny. The core ofthe CD-ROM is the interactive key which includes all currently recognized families which are listed, illus- trated and diagnosed. One of the very strength is the extensive illustration of all characters found in the keys and of many typical taxa. It depends on the problem and the will of the user, whether one prefers to browse over the families (worldwide), genera and species (more or less restricted to Australian waters), or to directly use the key options to determine the actual sample. Both is highly recommended and the CD-ROM which is also a perfect addition to the systematic overview of the Fauna of Australia Volume on polychaetes. Each family is treated by description, identification tips, natural history, diversity, checklist, references and the interactive key combined with highly instructive drawings - a perfect combination useful for the beginner and the profes- sional. System requirements (Windows 98, ME, NT, XP or higher; Pentium 166 or better, SVGA monitor 800 x 600, Internet Explorer 5 or later, CD-ROM drive) are standard today even for notebooks or laptops. To summarize this review: I regard this CD-ROM as an extremely useful tool for students and their teachers and as a must for each course or excursion in marine biology or systematics. G. Haszprunar ISSN 0341-8391 München, 01. März 2006 A new Astraea from Bali, Indonesia (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Turbinidae, Turbininae) Axel Alf & Kurt Kreipl Alf, A. & K. Kreipl (2006): A new Astraea from Bali, Indonesia (Mollusca, Proso- branchia, Turbinidae, Turbininae). - Spixiana 29/1: 91-93 A new species of the genus Astraea Röding, 1798, subgenus Astralium Link, 1807 from Bali (Indonesia) is described and compared with Astraea (Astralium) semicos- tatum (Fischer, 1875). Prof. Dr. Axel Alf, University of Applied Sciences Weihenstephan, 91746 Tries- dorf, Germany Kurt Kreipl, Meeresmuseum, Höhenweg 6, 74613 Öhringen, Germany Introduction During their research on material of Turbininae the authors found a sample of small Astraea’s which were collected 1978 at Tanah Lot, Bali, Indonesia in shallow water. The species could not be identified as a known species and therefore is described here as new. Astraea danieli, spec. nov. Bies1,3 Types. Holotype: height 13.7 mm, width 15.1 mm, in Zoologische Staatssammlung, München (ZSM Moll 20050941). — Patatypes [height/width in mm]: No. 1-7 in collection Kreipl, Öhringen: pl: 15.6/17.0; p2: 15.5/ 16.1; p3: 16.3/ 15.6; p4: 9.9/13.5; p5: 16.0/17.5; p6: 16.4/ 16.8; p7: 16.2/17.0; no. 8-12 in collection Alf, Weiden- bach: p8: 12.7/14.6; p9: 16.5/15.5; p10: 11.9/14.2; pl1: 10.1/13.0; p12: 16.7/15.7; no.13 in Senckenberg-Muse- um, Frankfurt: p13: 15.8/16.6; no. 14 in collection Dek- ker, Winkel, The Netherlands: p14: 16.1/16.6; no. 15-19 in collection Hemmen, Wiesbaden: p15: 15.0/16.0; p16: 125.2/15.5; p17: 14.7/16.2; p18: 15.4/15.5; p19: 15.3/15.7. Typelocality. Tanah Lot, Bali, Indonesia. In shallow water on rocks with algae. Etymology. The species is named after the senior au- thor’s son Daniel Alf. Description Shell very small, coniform, adults reaching a size of about 16 mm, thick shelled, most shells taller than wide (h/w =0.73-1.06, mean 0.93). Teleoconch of about 5 whorls which are concave to straight on the early whorls and straight to convex on the last whorls. Whorls with axial ribs (10-12 on the body whorl) which may cross the whole whorl and be connected from whorl to whorl or may be reduced to short riblets. Besides this the whorls are sculptured with irregular, incised growth striae. Base straight, umbilical area slightly depressed, periphery rounded. Sculpture of base consisting of microscopic growth striae and one spiral row of tubercles which are well expressed in juvenile specimens and may almost fade away in adult specimens. Suture incised, first whorls slightly overhanging the following whorl. Columella evenly rounded with one tooth at the base and one or more weak denticles on the basal lip. No umbilicus. Colour of the shell greyish with a greenish touch to dark olive green, base slightly lighter; ribs on the whorls white. Inner part of the columella nacreous, outer part light blue. Edge of the lip also light blue. Aperture nacreous within. Operculum oval, smooth to slightly rough, rela- tively thick with the outer edge depressed. Colour 91 Fig. 2. Astraea (Astralium) semicostatum (Fischer, 1875). a. View from top. b. View from base. c. View from side. bluish white, the outer edge dark blue, sometimes with blue growth striae. Distribution. Only known from the type locality at the island of Bali, Indonesia, in shallow water. 92 Discussion The only species which shows any similarity with Astraea (Astralium) danieli, spec. nov. is Astraea (As- tralium) semicostatum (Fischer, 1875) which has much stronger ribs and additional riblets between these, a sharply angled periphery, a base with well ex- pressed spiral rows of crescent shaped lamellae, and Fig. 3. Astraea (Astralium) danieli, spec. nov. a. Bases of paratypes 5 (left) and 7 (right), in paratype 5 the tubercles are well visible. b. Paratypes 5 and 7, view from side. which is larger at the average. Astraea (Astralium) stellare (Gmelin, 1791) also has a blue umbilical area and operculum but is much larger (up to 50 mm), has an angulate periphery, a base with rows of semilunular lamellae and relatively larger axial ribs which give the base a star-like appearance. Astraea (Astralium) aureum (Jonas, 1844) has a yellowish operculum and base and is restricted to Australia. Acknowledgements We want to thank Jens & Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden, for donating and loan of material. Thanks to Henk Dekker for discussion. All photographs by Uschi Da- maschke, Möckmühl, Germany. References Abbott, R. T. & S. P. Dance 1998. Compendium of Sea- shells (6 edition). - Dutton, New York Dharma, B. 2005. Recent and Fossil Indonesian Shells. - Conchbooks, Hackenheim Philippi, R. A. 1846. Die Kreiselschnecken oder Trocho- ideen. — Bauer und Raspe, Nürnberg Pilsbry, H. A. 1888. Phasianellidae, Turbinidae, Delphi- nulinae. In: Tryon, G. W. & H. A. Pilsbry: Manual of Conchology, vol. X. - Academy of Natural Sci- ences, Philadelphia Reeve, L. A. 1862. Conchologia Iconica, vol. XIII. - Reeve, Benham & Reeve, London Sowerby, G. B. 1887. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, vol. V. —- London 93 Buchbesprechungen 5. Ponder, W. F., Clark, 5. A & M. ]J. Dallwitz: Fresh- water and Estuarine Molluscs. An Interactive Illus- trated Key for New South Wales. - CSIRO Publishing, Collingswood/ Australia, 2000. CD-ROM. ISBN 0-643-06578-4 System requirements (Windows 95, NT or higher; Pen- tium 166 or better, SVGA monitor 800 x 600, CD-ROM drive) are standard today even for notebooks or lap- tops. This is a tool from specialists to specialists focusing on the freshwater and estuarine molluscs of New South Wales (Australia), all in all close to 350 species. “Estuarine” is meant in a very broad sense; thus the key includes bivalve taxa like Solemya, Pinna, ostreids, lucinids, galeommatids, cyamoideans or psammobiids, and gas- tropod taxa like trochids, naticids, epitoniids, many pyramidellids or aplysiids, which are usually considered as “marine” taxa. The key itself is associated by a man- ual (MS-Word file), and the latter is required indeed by the beginner. Each taxon is described and illustrated (drawings and colour photos of shell and often also the living ani- mal) in detail, distribution information, synonyms, com- mon names (if available), references on the species or family are included. I personally tried the key and found it a little bit circumstantial though the correct taxon has been reached. However, the present contribution is use- ful only for the region given in the title, other freshwater or estuarine faunae are largely neglected at all, also on the supraspecific level of systematics. To summarize this review: I regard this CD-ROM as a useful tool for biology students and teachers in South- Eastern Australia. Non-Australian scientists might be inspired to produce a similar tool on their local mollus- can faunae. G. Haszprunar 6. Schmidt, G.: Die Vogelspinnen. Eine weltweite Über- sicht. - Westarp Wissenschaften, Hohenwarsleben. Die Neue Brehm-Bücherei, Bd. 641, 2002. 383 pp. ISBN 3-89432-899-1 Vogelspinnen - schon immer ging von diesen riesigen, besonders gefährlich und wehrhaft anmutenden tropi- schen Spinnen ein besonderer Reiz aus - wenngleich die reale Gefährdung des Menschen durch Vogelspinnen, mit Ausnahme von gelegentlichen allergischen Reaktio- nen auf ihre Haare, oft beträchtlich überschätzt wird. Wie auch immer: Vogelspinnen sind nicht nur für Zoo- 94 logen, sondern auch für viele Terrarianer und sonstige Amateure interessant und werden gerne und häufig gehalten, was seit längerem für viele Arten eines Her- kunfts- bzw. Zuchtnachweises bedarf. Der Autor des vorliegenden Buchs, Günter Schmidt, erhielt seine ersten Vogelspinnen aus Südamerika im Jahre 1952 als soge- nannte “Bananenspinnen”, d.h. sie waren, wie es bei einigen anderen tropischen Spinnengruppen ebenfalls nicht selten vorkommt, mit einer Bananenlieferung nach Deutschland “geschickt” worden. Seither hat sich der Autor zu einem der maßgeblichen Vogelspinnenkenner mit etwa 170 Publikationen über diese Spinnengruppe entwickelt. Das vorliegende Buch ist eine Neubearbeitung dieses Themas und bietet eine aktuelle-und wohl zur Zeitauch die kompletteste - Gesamtübersicht der Vogelspinnen- kunde in deutscher Sprache. Hierzu gehören Kapitel über die systematische Stel- lung der Vogelspinnen, ihre Morphologie, Verbreitung, Lebensweise und Giftigkeit. Ausführliche Angaben über die Haltung, Fütterung und Zucht von Vogelspinnen dürfen natürlich ebenfalls nicht fehlen. Das Buch gefällt aber insbesondere durch einen | ausführlichen und brauchbaren Bestimmungsteil. Fami- lien, Unterfamilien und z.T. einzelne Arten werden de- tailliert besprochen und charakterisiert. Bestimmungs- schlüssel mit gut gemachten Zeichnungen erlauben die Bestimmung bis zu den Gattungen, die Bestimmung der Arten erfolgt dann anhand der - für die Belange eines Z.oologen allerdings zu kurz gehaltenen - Diagnosetexte bzw. der beigefügten Zeichnungen. Immerhin werden hier aber komplette Artenlisten inclusive der Herkunfts- gebiete der Tiere geboten. Insgesamt ist das neue Buch von Günter Schmidt in der “Neuen Brehm Bücherei” sehr gut plaziert und bietet | eine umfassende Basisinformation für den Spezialisten, wie auch ein anspruchsvolles Standard- und Nachschla- | gewerk für den ambitionierten Amateur. Der Text des Buches wie auch die Vielzahl der Ab- bildungen sind sehr gelungen und informativ, wobei der | Autor gänzlich auf rein plakative Aufmacher verzichtet hat und die Sachinformation absolut in den Vordergrund stellt. Dies ist bei einer Tiergruppe, über die derartig viele falsche Vorstellungen grassieren, ein besonderes } Verdienst. Ich kann deshalb das Buch ohne Einschrän- ' kung dem weiten Kreis der Vogelspinnenliebhaber zur | Lektüre und als Nachschlagewerk empfehlen. R. Melzer | Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: oPIAIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Band 28/2005 Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS A new genus and three new species of helluonine beetles from Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Hellunoniae) .......................uussseeee een A new subspecies of Coptodera papuella Darlington from New Britain (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) .....:....................2222000042222000neennnnnone nennen enennn A new Lebia Latreille of the karenia-group from New Britain (Insecta, Coleo- ptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) Supplement to “The genus Lebia Latreille in the Australian-Papuan;Regionk.ersane een nn nennen New species and new records of the genus Anomotarus Chaudoir, subgenus Anombotarus s. str., from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebi- TEE) Vs ee ER a TREE New species and new records of Australian Pseudomorphinae. 6'' Supplement to the “Revision of the Pseudomorphinae of the Australian Region.’ (Insecta, GoleopteranG@arabidaelersrr. ee en nee ee een snresreheeene Balkenohl, M. W. & P. Schüle: Three new species of the genus Paracoryza Basilewsky, 1952 from Bremer, H. J.: equatorial Africa (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Scarititae, Clivinini) ........... Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXVIll. Angaben zu Amarygmus-Arten, die von Fabricius, Weber, Wiedemann, Hope und Pascoe beschriebenen wurden (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Amaiyammimi)erstreesentesesesee serien eeeteer rend anne ange rnnneeeuerorblienrenerhenueenee reines Seite 21-32 33-35 37-40 169-173 259-269 161-168 41-89 95 Bremer, H. J.: Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXXIV. Anmerkungen zu den Genera Amarygmus Dalman, Becvaramarygmus Masumoto, Eumolpamarygmus Pic, Lobatopezus Pic, Oogeton Kaszab und Pyanirygmus Pic (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Amarygmini, Chryso- melidae,EUmolpinae).n... meer reelee se eerteerereeerer ee eeeehten 199-221 Fehse, D.: Contributions to the knowledge of the Ovulidae. XIV. A new species in the genus Prosimnia Schilder, 1925 (Mollusca: Gastropoda) ...........-..- ne > 13-16 Giachino, P. M.: The genus Pheropsophus Solier, 1833 in New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Garabidae, Brachininae)........ re ee 223-257 Glaw, F & M. Vences: A new arboreal microhylid frog of the genus Anodonthyla from southeastern Madagascar (Amphibia, Microhylidae).....................-.444444444BHe res nnnnneneennnnennennnnn 181-189 Haszprunar, G. & M. Heß: A new Rhodope from the Roscoff area (Bretagne), with a review of Rhodo- pe species (Gastropoda: Nudibranchia?) .............unsseessssssnnnnennnnenneneeee nennen 193-197 Hausmann, A. (ed.): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2005 Tropical Geometridae: Collecting the biodiversity, and its virtual documentation (Paris, 19 February, 2005) ............. 281-287 Karanovic, |.: Comparative morphology of the Candoninae antennula, with remarks on the ancestral state in ostracods and a proposed new terminology ......................-- 141-160 Knebelsberger, T., E. Schwabe & M. Schrödl: Molluscan types of the Bavarian state collection of Zoo- logy Munich (ZSM) Part 1. Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda......... 97-108 Kreipl, K.& A. Alf: A new species of Bolma Risso, 1826 from New Ireland, Papua New Guinea (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Turbinidae) ....................u...224444Hsssnnnnnnesnnnnennennnnnennen nenn 17-19 Olmi, M.: A contribution to the knowledge of Dryinidae of the Neotropical and Australian regions (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Chrysidoidea) .................-24444444444nnee een neneeneenee 271-280 Saiz Salinas, J. I. & B. Ruthensteiner: First Record of Ochetostoma for the Mediterranean Sea (Echi- (WE = 0 SERLERERRREREE MARS RRTERREENRERAREHEIHAFEREHFARHEREEROREREIEFRETSEERESTERRESFEEREN BERRRUTEERTETPERSERSNHERERE 9-11 Senz, W.: Zur Struktur des anterioren Teiles des Rhynchodaeums der Heteronemertinen (Nemertini)...scacasssesesesassceeeraneenesessrenee ger seen ernennen nen lengreenngenraerten sanieren teen 1-7 Vallan, D., F. Glaw & M. Vences: The calls of Plethodontohyla inguinalis from eastern Madagascar (Amphibia:. Mierehylidae)........nee. nennen 91-93 Zelaya, D. G.: Systematics and biogeography of marine gastropod molluscs from South GEOGIAN ae ae snnednneneneannnneenehGnnnnee ren ren net ernennen ee ee ter sn renaiendeftkenrseneneneelenaneeeeee 109-139 Buchbesprechungen _.......ueeeeeneee: 8, 12, 20, 36, 90, 94, 140, 174, 180, 190-192, 198, 222, 258, 270, 288° Jahresinhaltsverzeichnis: Band 27... ste meaenrsee nenn rare esse ent aee rue ee sdeeeee 95-96 96 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet € 60. Supplementbände werden gesondert rach Umfang berechnet. Mit- glieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von € 25,50 beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is € 60 or any internationally convertible currency in the value of € 60. Supple- ments are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of € 25.50. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfas- sung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voran- zustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von 2 und d sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. '#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5"-Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern, eingereicht werden. Die Texte sollten möglichst als WINWORD-Datei abgegeben werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mitihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung muß bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables!). Instead of ? and 3 use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles. WINWORD-files are preferred. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no pay- ment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints must be ordered when the proofs are returned. 1. GBP 95.-, USD 170.-; 2. € 29,90; 3. € 40,-; 4. AUD 145.-; 5. USD 90.-; 6. € 39,95. f SPIXIANA | 29 | 1 | 1-96 München, 01. März 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Horstmann, K.: Bremer, H. J.: Baehr, M.: INHALT - CONTENTS Revisionen der von Kriechbaumer aus der Westpaläarktis und Zen- tralasien beschriebenen Ichneumonidae (Insecta, Hymenoptera) .... Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXXVIl. Nachbeschreibungen und Abbildungen australi- scher Amarygmus-Arten, die von Blackburn beschriebenen wurden (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Amarygmini)........................... New species and new records of the genera Dicraspeda Chaudoir and Eudalia Castelnau from the Papuan and Australian regions, with a nomenclatorial note on Deipyrus Liebke (Insecta, Coleoptera, GarabidaenOdacanininae)ee ure..-umna een ennneeree nern sareananın Grosjean, S., M. Thomas, F. Glaw & M. Vences: The:tadpole of the Malagasy treefrog Bo- Schmidt, O.: ophis rufioculis: molecular identification and description (Amphibia, Visiana sordidata (Moore), a complex of species from the Indo- Pacific region (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae) ..... Montoya Bravo, M. F., L. Meltzer, R. Meyer & RÜR. Melzer: Pycnogonids under infralitoral Alf, A. & K. Kreipl: Buchbesprechungen stones at Cape Savudrija, Northern Adriatic Sea (Pantopoda, Ammo- theidae) al een - em een Er ee a Re A new Astraea from Bali, Indonesia (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Turbinidae, Turbininae)........... ee. ee nn. ee ahresinhaltsverzeichnisBandz a rs. ee Me Seite 1-30 31-50 Sl 73-76 77-85 87-89 91-93 86, 90, 94 95-96 ab SPIXIANA Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA » Band 29 » Heft2 » 97-192 «+ München, 01. Juli 2006 + ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr G. Haszprunar R. Melzer K. Schönitzer E.-G. Burmeister A. Hausmann J. Reichholf M. Schrödl J. Diller M. Kotrba B. Ruthensteiner A. Segerer F. Glaw R.Kraft S. Schmidt Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungs- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and exemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 - Fax (089) 8107-300 This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 2006 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten = All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproducedg, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany Tel. +49-(0)89-742827-0 - Fax +49-(0)89-7242772 - E-Mail: info@pfeil-verlag.de - www.pfeil-verlag.de 97-98 SPIXIANA 29 2 In Memoriam Claude Herbulot *19.2.1908 - 19.1.2006+ Axel Hausmann & Manfred Sommerer In the late evening of January 19'", 2006, Claude Herb- ulot passed to his rest, only one month before his 98" birthday. At the same time, in the evening after the opening session of the 4'" Forum Herbulot at Hobart University in Tasmania on January 19, 2006, the participants to the meeting were operating several light-traps at 1000 m near the timberline up Hobart’s Mt. Wellington. It was a wonderful warm night yielding many fine Geometrids among which a hitherto nondescript green Chlorocoma species was especially appreciated by the authors of these lines as good news to the patron of the meeting. Claude Herbulot had much liked Cathy Young’s and Peter McQuillan's idea to organize this Forum Herbulot in Tasmania and to combine it with ample collecting opportunities at selected habitats: Australia was the one continent Claude Herbulot never had a chance to visit himself for collecting. Until his very last conscious mo- ments on earth, as was noted by his nearest, the Forum Herbulot “down under” and the perspective of having an intriguing gap in his collection finally closed was on his mind. We are glad that this last wish of Claude Herbulot can be fulfilled in a way that certainly would have pleased our dear friend. Fine specimens of more than a third of the 310 Geometrid species known from Tasmania now enrich the Collection Herbulot at the ZSM (marked by a special white label). Moreover, the organizers of the 4" Forum Herbulot, Cathy Young and Peter McQuillan, on behalf of all participants, will dedicate to Claude Herbulot the above mentioned new Chlorocoma species when they will describe it. The outstanding lepidopterist Claude Herbulot was honoured by his friends and colleagues with a great number of patronyms: three genera and 29 species in the family Geometridae, but also many a taxon in other insect families and orders. To Geometrid taxonomy and systematics he contributed, starting in 1930, altogether 286 scientific publications, the latest one dating from 2005! As Scoble (1995) acknowledged, the known biodi- versity of the Geometridae worldwide owes him alone about 5% of the named valid species. With D. S. Fletch- er, L. B. Prout, and W. Warren he shares the collective responsibility for describing around 75 % of the known Afrotropical Geometrid species, and Claude Herbulot, L. B. Prout and P. Viette described even 80 % of the species known from Madagascar (Scoble et al., Using ISSN 0341-8391 Z München, 01. Juli 2006 MCZ LIBRARY RVARD UNIV ERSITY taxonomic data to estimate species richness in Geometri- dae, J. Lepidopterists’ Soc. 49, 1995: 136-147). During the last months he accomplished, with the help of his daughters Christiane and Helene, a complete list of his publications in form of a data file (available on the web-site of the Forum Herbulot). In many a phone call, when he needed some infor- mation from the collection that is housed at the ZSM since February 2000, he stunned his partner by the precise recollection of details which he could not have seen for years: On a postcard from his last cruise in the Mediterranean in 2002 he wrote “Today we are at Corfu island. Have a look into the box no. 839, under the species Ematurga atomaria, 11" row, last specimen: This was collected on Corfu island by a French Marshal on the 1* of April 1916, in the First World War, during the battle of the French army against the K&K troops.” In his late years he would sometimes complain about his failing memory of species names, but at the same instant quoting the complete row of synonyms to that species including their years of publication! It was a pleasure to listen to his well founded re- marks on all kinds of questions linked with Geometrids, and of course, the background information gathered during a long life from the acquaintance with the peers of entomological research and collecting. What a pity that the wealth of the stories which he could tell, often with a charming boyish smile, were never written down! For instance, when asked about the strange dis- colorations in the cover of some of his store boxes he would take pleasure to astonish the listener by pointing out that the French collector Balestre used to put raw meat upon those boxes to feed his ravens. And that the same Balestre, fatally in love with the wife of the Aus- trian lepidopterist and pianist Gieseking, had shot Gieseking “by accident” during a hunting party and committed suicide in the course of the trial. His collec- tion was then purchased by D. Lucas whose collection was sold to the Natural History Museum of Paris which, however, could not afford to buy the whole lot so that Claude Herbulot could acquire the Geometrids. Voilä! So the vicissitudes of life, often associated with the specimens in a rich collection, even emanate from the external implements of the Collection Herbulot. Claude Herbulot was decorated with the Jakob Hübner Award of the Association for Tropical Lepidop- 97 Figs 1-5. 1. Claude Herbulot at work with his collection. 2. CH at his home in Paris with Spix Medal (ZSM) and Jakob Hübner Award (ATL). 3. CH at the ZSM during the official cerimony of the transfer of his collection to Mu- nich. 4. C.H. with his wife Colette and the participants of the first Forum Herbulot 2001 at the ZSM. 5. CH speaking at the official cerimony of the transfer of his collection to Munich (ZSM). tera (Florida) and the Spix Medal of the Friends of the ZSM. But he was more than a great lepidopterist: he was a great learned man. With his law degree (licence en droit), he worked for the French Sugar Association dur- ing his professional life. His interests and precise know]l- edge in classical history, literature, poetry, and art were extraordinary and reflected in precious volumes of his rich personal library. At the conference dinner of the Forum Herbulot in Munich (2001) he impressed the party by reciting long passages of Homer’s Ilias in the original Greek. But he was also proud to have been a good athlete during his young years. Finally, there is now a French moth named in allusion to this fact (Idaea dromikos: cf. Hausmann, The Geometrid Moths of Eu- rope 2, 2004: 220). Detailed additional information on the life of Herbulot is published in French language by Philippe Darge (Bull./Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2006), and by Joel Minet (Nota lepidopterologica 29 3/4). He leaves us not only an amazing collection (cf. Hausmann, Die Sammlung Herbulot, Paris, in: Jahres- 95 bericht 2000 der Generaldirektion der Staatlichen Natur- wissenschaftlichen Sammlungen Bayerns, 2001: 27-30), which ranks among the finest in the world, and a wealth of scientific publications but also, and perhaps most of all, the memory of a charming, wise, and reliable good friend. We will miss him much. RiP! De toutes les belles choses Qui vous manquent en hiver Qu ’aimez-vous mieux? — Moi les roses; — Moi, l’aspect d’un beau pre vert; — Moi, la moisson blondissante, Chevelure des sillons; — Moi, le rossignol qui chante; — Et moi, les beaux papillons. Gerard de Nerval (poem taken from the book of prayers of the funeral cerimony, Paris, Saint-Bruno d’Issy-les-Moulineaux, 25.1.2006) SPIXIANA 29 2 99-101 München, 01. Juli 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 About Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891 (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae, Scydmaenidae) Francesco Vitali Vitali, F. (2006): About Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891 (Coleoptera, Ceram- bycidae, Scydmaenidae). — Spixiana 29/2: 99-101 Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891, a beetle included in the Baltic amber and doubtfully described as a cerambycid, has all typical characters of Scydmaenidae, Mastiginae, Clidicini, to which tribe it is herewith transferred. Hypotheses of its palaeological history are outlined. Dr. Francesco Vitali, Corso Torino 5/7, I-16129 Genova, Italy Introduction Old descriptions of fossil beetles often bring the problem of misconceptions about the ancient Fauna. Some entomologists, diverted by the very quick evolution of Mammalia, also considered the amber Microfauna very different from the current one. Moreover, being unaware of Wegener’stheories and the glacial events, they did not research the extant descendants of fossil species in areas where it was more logical to find them. Although eminent coleo- pterists (Reitter, Wickham, Zang) noticed that most amber Microfauna had close affinities with therecent fauna, some non-specialists described fossil species tending to create absolutely original genera. Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891 belongs to this category: originally described as an unusual longhorn beetle (its name means “doubtful body”), it has no cerambycid characters and belongs actu- ally to another, quite different family. Material and methods Schaufuss (1891) described Aenictosoma doenitzi accord- ing to one specimen (n. 87) belonging to Dr. Otto Helm’s collection, at that time deposed in the Museum of Dan- zig (today Gdansk). Later, Helm himself (1897) and Handlirsch (1907) recorded this species without adding systematic considerations. Korschefsky (1939) provided the drawings of Schaufuss’s types that their author did not publish for unknown reasons by then, but Aenicto- soma doenitzi is not included. Still Spahr’s (1981) and Carpenter’s treatises (1992) reported this species as ce- rambycid. In Danzig Helm’s collection is no longer present today (Szadziewski in litt.). Most eastern German col- lections were transferred to other German Museums during World War II but in Berlin, Hamburg, Göttingen and Stuttgart this collection has not been found (Bechly, Reich, Neumann, Waitschat in litt.). Even if still present somewhere, the type could be no longer recognisable as such. Nonetheless, its accurate description permits a good identification of this species. In this paper the geological dates agree with the GeoWhen Database of Physics Department, University of California at Berkeley (USA), according to the 2004 time scale endorsed by the International Commission on Stratigraphy. Discussion Already to Schaufuss Aenictosoma doenitzi looked like a very unusual longhorn beetle: he selected for it the name Aenictosoma and doubtfully inserted it within Cerambycidae. Only at the first reading this species should not evidently belong to this family. Its palpi with “apice acuminato” could let one suppose that this is a representative of the subfamily Lamiinae but other characters take off all doubts. Its antennae “geniculatae ... Artieulor 22 22-102 99 elongatis, filiformibus ... longitidine decrescentibus, latitudine vix crescentibus” (elbowed, antennomeres II-X elongated, progressively shorter and enlarged toward the apex) are never found within Ceramby- cidae. Its 5-jointed tarsi with “primi quattor decrescenti- bus, conici ... angulis anticis utringue acutis” (tar- someres I-IV progressively shorter, toothed at each apex) clearly indicate its belonging to a pentamerous family. Its very long maxillary palpi are very typical: palpomere II long, thin, club-shaped; palpomere III perpendicularly inserted on the II one, slightly shorter than the II one, elongate-conical, enlarged at the apex; palpomere IV shorter and a bit thinner than the II one, acuminate at the apex. They do not remind those of Cerambycidae but those of some terricolous families (Carabidae, Staphylinoidea). This black species, 7.3mm long, is also charac- terised by constricted neck, globose thorax, very small scutellum, deeply striated and convex elytra, club-shaped femora and abdomen with 6 ventrites. This character set does not correspond to any known cerambycid genus. The general habitus suggested to Schaufuss a feeble resemblance with the genus Moluris (Tenebri- onidae, Pimeliinae). Nonetheless, for unknown reasons he preferred to insert it among Thomson’s “Metaulacnemiten” Cerambycidae (Lamiinae, Dor- cadionini, Parmenini, etc.). On the contrary, all characters suggest its likeness to the Scydmaenidae (antlike stone beetles). The not-clubbed antennae indicate relations to the sub- family Mastiginae, while big size, elytral punctuation and elongate palpomere III suggest its relations to the tribe Clidicini. The lack of the type does not allow to exactly locate the genus; nonetheless, the original description allows to draw some systematic considerations. The lack of the bisetose cuticular projection on the maxillary palpomere II separates it from Lepto- chromus Motschulsky, 1855. Bigger size, elongate antennomeres II-X and elliptic maxillary palpomere IV separates it from Palaeoleptochromus O’Keefe, Pike & Poinar, 1997. The elongate shape of the anten- nomeres II-X and of the maxillary palpomere III separates it from Clidicus Laporte, 1832. Deeply stri- ate elytra and elongate antennomeres II-X separates it from Papusus Casey, 1897. The longer scape (as long as the antennomeres II-IV together) separates it from Palaeomastigus Schaufuss, 1890. Therefore, Aenictosoma doenitzi is here transferred 100 to the Scydmaenidae Mastiginae Clidicini, near the genus Leptochromus. Nevertheless, other characters are too doubtful or not precise enough to allow further considerations. It is interesting to note that Schaufuss (1890) himself described one Clidicus and one Palaeomastigus-species from Baltic amber belong- ing to Helm’s collection. Curiously, he did not notice the resemblance with these genera. Actually, Schau- fuss himself revealed that he did not know the Eu- ropean Mastigus-species (= Palaeostigus Newton, 1998) but only the South-African ones. Moreover, Aenictosoma is difficulty classifiable in the systemat- ics proposed by Schaufuss (1884, 1890) since he was not aware that some Mastiginae-genera could have an acuminate palpomere IV. Already Schaufuss (1890) reported the presence of fossil Clidicini in Balticamber through the descrip- tion of Clidicus balticus. Although current entomolo- gists have not checked if this (lost?) species effec- tively belongs to this genus, it is probable. According to O’Keefe (2002), Clidicus has been displaced from Europe to South-eastern Asia, where it is today widespread, during Late Eocene to Early Oligocene: (37-28 Myr BP). According to this author, the differentiation of American and Eurasian Clidicini occurred during Cretaceous or Tertiary. However, the presence of Clidicini-genera closely related to Leptochromus in Europe during Eocene (56-34 Myr BP) seems to be probable. Recent distribution of Clidicini in America seems to correspond more with a Vancouverian arealthan with an Alleghenian one, as one should expect. Nevertheless, the recent areal of Leptochromus (Cen- tral and northern South America) could be inter- preted as a tropical refuge, relict of an Alleghenian palaeotropical areal. In fact, the presence of L. palaeo- mexicanus O’Keefe, 2002 in Mexico during the Late Oligocene-Early Miocene (28-16 Myr BP) suggests that this genus was displaced from Alleghenian before this epoch. Likely, this fact occurred as con- sequence of the climatic cooling of the Early Oli- gocene (34-28 Myr BP). In conclusion, Aenictosoma doenitzi was a Clidi- cini-species that lived in Baltic forests during Eocene. It was closely related to the American Leptochromus, a genus diverged from it during Cretaceous or Early Tertiary. As consequence of the Early Oligocene climatic cooling, it was displaced toward south- eastern Asia with Clidicus and many other Baltic genera. But, differently from this genus, it became extinct in following epochs. Zusammenfassung Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891, ein baltisches, ur- sprünglich als Bockkäfer beschriebenes Fossil, weist alle typischen Merkmale der Familie Scydmaenidae, Unter- familie Mastiginae, Tribus Clidicini auf, wohin es hier- mit gestellt wird. Die vermutliche Entstehungs-und Verbreitungsgeschichte dieser fossilen Art wird disku- tiert. Acknowledgements The author thanks for the collaboration Dr. Günter Bechly, Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart (Germany), Ph. D. Steve W. Lingafelter, National Mu- seum of Natural History, Washington (U.S.A.), Dr. Christian Neumann, Museum für Naturkunde, Hum- boldt-Universität, Berlin (Germany), Dr. Mike Reich, Geowissenschaftliches Zentrum der Universität Göt- tingen (Germany), Prof. Dr. hab. Ryszard Szadziewski, Museum of Amber Inclusions, University of Gdansk (Poland), and Dr. Wolfgang Weitschat, Geologisch-Palä- ontologisches Institut, Universität Hamburg (Germa- ny). References Carpenter, F.M. 1992. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- tology. Part R: Arthropoda 4. Volume 4: Superclass Hexapoda: 279-655. - Geological Society of Amer- ica and University of Kansas. Boulder, Colorado and Lawrence, Kansas. Handlirsch, A. 1907. Die fossilen Insekten und die Phy- logenie der rezenten Formen. Ein Handbuch für Paläontologen und Zoologen. 1430 pp. - W. Engel- mann Verlag, Leipzig Helm, ©. 1897. Thierische Einschlüsse im Succinit. Bericht über die 19. Wanderversammlung des westpreußischen botanisch-zoologischen Vereins zu Karthaus. - Schr. naturforsch. Ges. Danzig N.F. 9 (2): 88-89 Korschefsky, R. 1939. Abbildungen und Bemerkungen zu vier Schaufuß’schen Coleopteren aus dem deut- schen Bernstein. - Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. 6(1): 11-12 + 1 Tab. Newton, A. F. & H. Franz 1998. World catalogue of the genera of Scydmaenidae. - Kol. Rundsch. 68: 137- 165 O’Keefe, S. T. 2002. Revision of the Neotropical genus Leptochromus Motschulsky (Coleoptera: Scydmae- nidae). - Syst. Ent. 27: 211-234 -- ,‚T.Pike &G. Poinar 1997. Palaeoleptochromus schau- fussi (gen. nov., sp. nov.), a new antlike stone beetle (Coleoptera: Scydmaenidae) from Canadian Cretaceous amber. - Can. Ent. 129 (3): 379-385 Schaufuss, L. W. 1884. Die Scydmeniden Nord-Ost-Af- rica’s, der Sunda-Inseln und Neu Guinea in Museo Civico di Storia Naturale zu Genua. — Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. (Ser. 2, Vol. 1) XXI: 1-40 (387-426) -- 1890. Die Scydmeniden des baltischen Bernsteins. - Numquam otiosus III (7-8): 561-586 -- 1891. Preußens Bernstein-Käfer. I. - Berliner ent. Z. 36 (1): 53-64 Spahr, U. 1981. Systematischer Katalog der Bernstein- und Kopal-Käfer (Coleoptera). - Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturk. (Ser. B.) 80: 1-107 101 Buchbesprechungen 7. Lehane, M.J.: The Biology of Blood-Sucking in Insects, 2"d ed., Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005. 321 pp. ISBN 0-521-54395-9 (paperback). Man kennt zur Zeit etwa 14000 Arten von blutsaugenden Insekten, von denen etwa 300 bis 400 genauer untersucht sind. Aber diese Arten sind von ungeheuer großer Be- deutung für die Menschen, die sie einerseits direkt be- lästigen und ihnen Schmerzen verursachen, andererseits, da sie schwere und gefährliche Krankheiten übertragen. In dem vorliegenden Band, dessen erste Auflage 1991 erschienen war, ist die Biologie dieser bedeutsamen In- sekten zusammengestellt. Dabei wurde der ursprüngliche Text gründlich überarbeitet und auf den neuesten Stand gebracht. Das Werk gliedert sich nach den Themen, die für blutsaugende Insekten typisch sind, wie zum Beispiel das Auffinden der Wirte, Besonderheiten der Verdauung, Wirt-Insekt Beziehungen und Übertragung von Parasiten. Daß immer wieder von Moskitos und Tsetse-Fliegen die Rede ist, liegt nicht an einer einseitigen Betrachtungs- weise, sondern einfach daran, dafs über wenige Arten besonders viel geforscht wurde. Das Werk bemüht sich aber, wo immer möglich, grundsätzliche Probleme und Themen aufzuzeigen, es ist sehr gut und flüssig zu lesen, aber dennoch von wissenschaftlicher Qualität. Von all- gemeinem Interesse sind zum Beispiel die Ausführungen über die Evolution der Insekten zur blutsaugenden Le- bensweise, denn dieser Evolutionsschritt hat zweifelsoh- ne mehrfach (mindestens 6 mal) unabhängig voneinander stattgefunden. In einem abschließenden Kapitel, dasman auch als eigenständigen Review oder als hervorragende Einleitung lesen kann, werden alle Taxa blutsaugender Insekten systematisch zusammengefaßst und ihre Bedeu- tung und Biologie wird kurz zusammengestellt. Das vorliegende Werk kann man sowohl Entomologen als auch medizinisch Interessierten uneingeschränkt emp- fehlen. K. Schönitzer 8. Otte, D. & P.D. Brock: Phasmida Species File. Cata- logue of Stick and Leaf Insects of the World. - Insect Diversity Association, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 2005. 414 pp. 210 x 280 mm, ringbound. ISBN 1-929014-08-2. Since almost two decades the species of the insect order Phasmatodea, the stick insects and walking leaves, find the interest of more and more enthusiasts. Many of them start engaging in taxonomic work, resulting in a consid- erable number of publications. But only two major publications, 2001 Bragg’s “Phasmids of Borneo” and 2004 Zompro's “Revision of the genera of the Areolatae” dealt with the order. A catalogue, urgently required, was still missing. Otte & Brock tried to fill this gap with the present work. Considering the high price a high quality book-production can be expected, but a ringbound col- lection of loose leaves is delivered. The cover was dam- aged after a short use already. This way of binding is unsuitable for the claims on the quality of a book which 102 shall be used constantly. The buyer must be recom- mended to cutand bind the book in a more suitable way. On p. 2 the book is called a “second edition”. This is not really correct, the so called previous edition did not fulfil the requirements of article 8.6 of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. A consequence is that all taxonomic acts must be dated 2005 and not 2003, as suggested in the introduction. The authors stick to the grammatically incorrect term “Phasmida” instead of the correct term “Phasmatodea”. Fortunately, the use of “Phasmida” is decreasing, and hopefully it will not be encouraged again by this book again. A considerable number of errors is corrected on a separate sheet of paper. This includes a link to a website, where further errors and additions shall be published. At the moment this site is offline. Considering the high price a more thoroughly revision of the manuscript would not only been desirable, but urgently necessary, since the value of such a catalogue is more or less solely defined by the correctness of its contents. One chapter contains collections of references dealing with the biogeographical regions. The way of selection of these references is not obvious, minor generic revisions stand beside an unpublished thesis and species lists of all groups of insects, while several important works are missing. One of the most important works on nearctic phasmids (Zompro 1998: Revision of Diapheromerinae) is not cited for the Nearctic, and another work dealing solely with this fauna (Helfer 1987: How to know the Grasshoppers, Cockroaches and their allies) can only be found in the section “General”. The sections “Type catalogues”, “Taxonomic Arrange- ment” and “List of genera” appear well-done, but the sense of the prominent rendering of self-creating tribal names as, for example, Necrosciini, the single tribe in the subfamily Necrosciinae, is confusing. In the section “Taxa above the level of genus” almost all more recent important publications are missing, though some of them are mentioned on the separate leaf. In the main part “Genera and Species” many spelling mistakes like “dulterina” instead of “adulterina” (S. 228) could have been avoided with a careful review. This is also true for formatting, Athertonia is placed as a valid genus under “T”, instead of “A”. At a closer look it be- comes obvious that this isa wrongly formatted synonym. The weakest treatment concerns Heteronemia..23 species are listed in this genus, which actually belong to various genera (Heteronemia, Pseudosermyle, Baculum, etc.) and families (Heteronemiidae, Diapheromeridae, Phasmatidae), almost without exception their actual assignment has been published in major revisory works already. Systematics of Phasmatodea are changing, and the next years will bring a considerable number of changes. Valuable as it is, this work is still premature, and, con- sidering the high price, it cannotreally be recommended. This might change when a second, thoroughly corrected edition will (hopefully) be published. O. Zompro SPIXIANA 29 2 ER 103-145 | München, 01. Juli 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Revision of the genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes in New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2006): Revision of the genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes in New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). — Spixiana 29/2: 103-145 As a second part of revisions of lebiine genera from New Guinea, the New Guinean species of the related genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes An- drewes are revised. For both genera revised diagnoses are provided. For the New Guinean species of Agonocheila two new genera Cheilagona, gen. nov. and Pseudo- platia, gen. nov. are erected. Some New Guinean species formerly included in Minuthodes also belong to the latter new genus. Cheilagona includes a few Austral- ian species, whereas Pseudoplatia apparently is restricted to New Guinea. The New Guinean Agonocheila gressitti Darlington, A. rufa Darlington, and A. variabilis Darlington and the two Australian species Agonocheila stictica Black- burn and A. ovalis Sloane are transferred to the new genus Cheilagona, whereas Agonocheila minuthoides Darlington, A. duplicata Darlington, A. expansa Darlington, A. dorsata Darlington, Minuthodes rossi Darlington, M. sedlacekorum Darlington, and M. subnitens Darlington are moved to Pseudoplatia.Agonocheila duplicata Darlington, 1968, is synonymized with Minuthodes sedlacekorum Darlington, 1968. As the ranges of both named subspecies of Minuthodes sexualis Darlington largely overlap and they were described only on behalf of their different elytral pattern that, how- ever, varies considerably within both nominal taxa, M. sexualis signata Darlington is synonymized with the nominate subspecies. Based on differences in body size, shape of pronotum, shape of female terminal abdominal sternite, elytral pattern, and shape of aedeagus, M. sexualis is divided into three taxa that are described as species which are sympatric.in certain areas. Following taxa are described as new: Minuthodes atrata, M. rectimargo, Cheilagona gressitti planata, C. nigropicea, Pseudoplatia dorsata minor, P. drumonti, P. latipennis, P. missai, P. georgei, P. recticollis, P. riedeli, and P. gerdi. Revised keys to the New Guinean species of the genera Minuthodes, Cheilagona, and Pseudoplatia are pro- vided. A checklist of all species with notes on distribution is added. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: martin.baehr@zsm.mwn.de Introduction As a second part of revisions of lebiine genera from New Guinea (see Baehr 2004) the species of the re- lated genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes in New Guinea are revised. Agonocheila and Minuthodes are very similar in shape and exter- nal structure and thus are easily confused. Even Darlington (1968) in his famous monography about the carabid beetles of New Guinea gave only very weak distinguishing characters that actually are of little use for a definitive distinction. As a conse- quence, he not only intermixed both genera, but described two extremely similar species (if they are 103 even separate species!) in different genera. The crucial point is that the genus Agonocheila in its present sense is not only numerous in Australia but is also very heterogenous in shape and structure, so that it may be divided in future into certain separate genera. Hence, asa first step to clear up the situation, the genus Minuthodes is being more strictly defined herein. Then the genus Agonocheila is defined more exactly, in particular with respect to thenamed New Guinean species. Further division of the Australian Agonocheila, however, cannot be done unless the many described and undescribed Australian species are thoroughly revised. Minuthodes Andrewes (former Platia Chaudoir) in its present sense as used by Darlington (1968) and Lorenz (1998) includes 20 species and one addi- tional subspecies and is distributed from Sulawesi and the Moluccas through New Guinea to eastern and northern Australia and to Solomon Islands. Darlington’s (1968, p. 95) treatment of the New Guinean fauna includes 9 species and one subspecies, of which only M. papuana (Sloane) was known prior to Darlington’s paper. For the reasons discussed above, however, three species described by Darling- ton would belong to Agonocheila in its former sense (see below) rather than Minuthodes when the revised diagnosis (see below) of Minuthodes is applied. Agonocheila is mainly an Australian genus which, according to the most recent catalogue (Moore et al 1987) in Australia includes 31 described species, though A. froggatti (Macleay) and A. minima (Mac- leay) in the meantime were removed to Minuthodes Andrewes (Baehr 1990). Certainly, in Australia the genus Agonocheila is even far more numerous in terms of species, but any attempt to work on this genus or even to identify species apart from very few well known ones, is of little use until the genus has been thoroughly revised by strict comparison with the types. Apart from Australia, the genus in its former sense extends to New Guinea but appar- ently not further north. From New Guinea, Darling- ton described 7 species (Darlington 1968, p. 118). Material supply for Darlington was quite unsat- isfactory which most probably was due to very insuf- ficient sampling efforts, in particular in the western half of New Guinea (Irian Jaya, or present Papua). In the meantime western New Guinea was slightly better explored, mainly through the efforts of certain recent collectors, but knowledge still is far from be- ing satisfactory. During my work of identification of the fine samplings of A. Riedel (Karlsruhe) and a few other collectors, and ofthe sample captured by the fogging activities of O. Missa of IRSNB (Brüssels) (see Baehr 2004) I decided to revise the related genera Agono- cheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes together, 104 because reasonable identifications are impossible without comparison with the types, in spite of Dar- lington’s keys to both genera (Darlington 1968, pp. 96 and 119). While trying to do identifications, I also recognized the difficulties in distinguishing both genera and furtheron, to define genera on the whole. And indeed, the morphological differences are rather weak and so far it was rather a matter of opinion where to draw the borderline between the genera. As a consequence, in the present paper the genera are more restricted and two additional gen- era are described to gain a less ambiguous classifica- tion. Material and methods Altogether, about 360 New Guinean specimens were available for this study of which more than 200, how- ever, belong to the well known and easily identified species M. papuana (Sloane) and M. regularis Darlington. Most other species of Minuthodes and almost all of Ago- nocheila s. 1. either seem to be much rarer than these, or they were not yet sampled by appropriate methods. For comparison I examined material and/or types of almost all extra-New Guinean species of Minuthodes and of 26 identified (i.e. compared with the types) and additional 30 unidentified Australian species of Agono- cheila from my own working collection. Due to the kindness of the curators mentioned un- der “Acknowledgements” I was able to compare the types of almost all New Guinean and extra-New Guin- ean species of Minuthodes and of all species of New Guinean Agonocheila, except for the type of M. simplex Darlington which, however, is easily identified from description. For the taxonomic treatment standard methods were used. The male genitalia were removed from specimens soaked for a night in a jar under wet atmos- phere, then cleaned for a short while in hot KOH. For examination of the generally fine though taxo- nomically important punctuation and microreticulation of the surface a high quality stereo microscope with up to 64x magnification was used, supported by a lamp of high intensity giving natural light that could be fo- cussed. For exact definition of the microsculpture such light is preferable, because fibre-glass optics substan- tially change the impression of the surface structures. The habitus photographs were obtained by a dig- ital camera using ProgRes Capture Basic and AutoMon- tage and subsequently were worked with Corel Photo Paint 10. Measurements were taken using a stereo micro- scope with an ocular micrometer. Length has been measured from apex of labrum to apex of elytra. Lengths, therefore, may slightly differ from those of other authors. Length of pronotum was measured along midline. Characters Although colour pattern seems very significant in the patterned species, elytral pattern and colouration may vary to a considerable degree, or, on the other hand, may be very similar in related species. Thus, pattern is not always the best way to distinguish between species. In many species degree and structure of microsculpture and pilosity of the surface can be well used as differen- tiating characters. As size also varies to a considerable degree within species, body shape, structure of surface, and structure of the male genitalia generally yield the best character for distinction of species. Shape and structure of aedeagus and genital ring also are useful for distinction of the genera. Abbreviations of collections ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, Canber- ra BMH B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu CAS California Academy of Science, San Francisco CBM Working collection M. Baehr at Zoologische Staatssammlung, München DEI Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Münch- berg HNMB Hungarian National Museum of Natural His- tory, Budapest IRSNB Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles, Brux- elles MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge/ Mass. MNHB Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Uni- versität, Berlin MNHP Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris NHM The Natural History Museum, London QOMB Queensland Museum, Brisbane Key to the genera of New Guinean lebiine ground beetles, formerly alluded to the genera Minuthodes Andrewes and Agonocheila Chaudoir Note. This key applies to all known species of both mentioned genera, i.e. also the extra New Guinean ones, but it should be noted that the Australian “Agonocheila” are so heterogenous that in future they probably will be divided further into certain separate genera. To accommodate this situation, the New Guinean species of “Agonocheila” have been divided into two new genera that in future should be applied also to the Australian “Agonocheila”. Although shape and structure of the male geni- talia are quite characteristic for the three New Gui- nean genera, this key does not make use of geni- talic characters, because few Australian “Agono- cheila” were dissected so far, which means that no general statements are possible at present about their male genitalia. Even the few species dissected show a number of quite different types of aedeagi bearing denticulate plates or spines, or not, but all being quite different from the aedeagi of the three genera mentioned below. 1. Head very large with large, semicircular eyes and pronotum wide or very wide, cordiform with angulate to acute basal angles and anterior lateral pronotal seta situated at or in front of apical third and elytra wide, markedly de- pressed, quadrate and pilosity of pronotum and elytra short, regular, and usually depressed [except for the glossy black, conspicuously quadrimaculate M. multisetosa Baehr that has erect pronotal pilosity] and head impilose [except for M. multisetosa Baehr that has a sparsely pilose head]. Sulawesi, Moluccas, New Guinea, New Britain, Solomon Islands, Australia..................... Ense ten Minuthodes Andrewes - Not all these characters together present; head and pronotum always with dense and usually rather elongate, commonly erect pilosity; pilos- ity of elytra dense, usually more elongate and less depressed; anterior lateral pronotal seta usually situated behind apical third, slightly in front of middle (this latter character state applies to all New Guinean species, but not to all Aus- tralane Agonochella) nn... een 2, 2. Whole surface covered with dense and rather elongate, commonly fairly erect pilosity; margin of pronotum and elytra with dense, elongate fringe of setae; upper surface of tibiae plainly pilose; elytral pattern composed of many inter- rupted elongate light stripes, or remarkably vaniesateı Neyz Guinea... ee Pseudoplatia, gen. nov. - Surface usually covered with less dense, and shorter, usually depressed pilosity; margin of pronotum and elytra without fringe of setae; upper surface of tibiae not plainly pilose; elytral pattern mostly simple, uni- or biplagiate, or with a light sutural stripe, less commonly more vari- egate, but never with many interrupted elongate lightistipesaee nee nee 3 3. Elytra dorsally and laterally remarkably convex, reversely oviform; pronotum narrow, dorsally convex, barely cordiform and with more or less obtuse basal angles, lateral margin barely ex- planate. New Guinea, northern Australia.......... Br Cheilagona, gen. nov. 105 - Elytra dorsally depressed, laterally less convex, not reversely oviform; pronotum wide, dorsally more or less depressed, cordiform and with angulate or acute basal angles, lateral margin usually widely explanate. Australia.............. EEE PIERRE ER ER RE, Agonocheila Chaudoir Genus Minuthodes Andrewes Andrewes, 1941: 317; Darlington 1968: 95; Moore et al. 1987: 293; Baehr 1990: 34; Lorenz 1998: 334. Platin Chaudoir, 1869: 155 (non Platia Hübner, 1820); Sloane 1917: 433; Cziki 1932: 1361. Type species: Platin lineella Chaudoir, 1869 (fixed by Andrewes 1939: 137). Diagnosis. Genus of Lebiinae, closely related to the genera Agonocheila Chaudoir, Pseudoplatia gen. nov., and Cheilagona, gen. nov., but recognized and dis- tinguished from these by the large head that usu- ally is little narrower than the pronotum; large, semicircular eyes; wide to very wide and short, usu- ally rather cordiform pronotum that has the ante- rior marginal setae at or in front of anterior third; short and wide, depressed, rather quadrate elytra bearing two or three more or less well discernible setiferous punctures on 3 interval but sometimes additional ones on 5!" and 7“ intervals; absence of any pilosity, or presence of short, regular, depressed pilosity on pronotum and elytra which usually is very sparse on pronotum; not plainly pubescent upper surfaces of meso- and metatibiae; and small aedeagus devoid of any markedly sclerotized plates or rods, but with a small, triangular, finely denticu- late plate in orificium. The genus combines medium sized to small, always markedly depressed species with wide to very wide pronotum, short and wide elytra, impilose, highly glossy to more or less extensively pilose surface. It includes uniformly black or bluish species and species with different elytra patterns that vary from simply bi- or quadrimaculate to a pattern of many complete or much interrupted longitudinal lines, and even to a higly variegated pattern of lines and spots. Distribution. Sulawesi, Moluccas, New Guinea, Solomon Islands, northern and eastern Australia. Note. Ihave examined all types of the genus Minu- thodes except for M. simplex Darlington which was not available though is easily recognized through the combination of uniformly black colour, plain dorsal pubescence, and unarmed elytra. 106 Key to the Papuan species of the genus Minuthodes Andrewes Note. As some of Darlington’s species originally described in Minuthodes are herein removed to the new genus Pseudoplatia, areviewed key for the New Guinean Minuthodes is given which should replace both Darlington’s key (Darlington 1968, p. 96) and Baehr’s partial key (Baehr 1998, p. 240). For the benefit ofthe user, the single species known to occur on Solomon Islands is included that had been over- looked by Darlington (1968). A key tothe Australian species is available in Baehr (1994, p. 37) to which only M. trimaculata Baehr (Baehr 2001) should be added. 1. Elytra marked with numerous longitudinal yel- low lines (Fig. 32). Whole New Guinea, New Britametnna REN papuana (Sloane) - Elytra differently patterned or unicolourous.... 2. Elytra uniformly metallic blue-black (Fig. 35). Eastern’Bapua New Guinea. un. ne ee metallica Darlington -— Elytra either with reddish or yellow spots, or when unicolourous not metallic blue-black... 3. 3. Elytra not plainly pubescent; shining black, im- maculate or bimaculate or quadrimaculate, but if maculate at least one pair of spots elongate; females with a subapical tooth or ridge on metafemurl(Fig-A). nr een 4. - Elytra plainly pubescent; when maculate, spots not elongate; females without a subapical tooth or ridge on metafemur ..... ee ee 6. 4. Sizelarger, body length usually >5 mm; females with a deep, square excision at apex of terminal abdominal sternite (Fig. 5); pronotum with api- cal angles distinctly produced; elytra always spotted; subhumeral spot, when present, large and more circular (Figs 38, 39); aedeagus rather large and with short apex (Fig. 1). Whole New Guinea sexualis Darlington - Sizesmaller, body length usually <5 mm; females without a square excision at apex of terminal abdominal sternite, at most with slight concav- ity (Fig. 6); pronotum with apical angles barely produced; elytra spottet or not; subhumeral spot, when present, elongate (Figs 40, 41); aedeagus either large but then with longer apex, or short and compact and with very short apex (Figs 5. Elytra always uniformly black (Fig. 42); size smaller, length <4.5 mm; aedeagus short and compact and with very short apex (Fig. 3). Papua Peninsula, easternmost New Guinea ................. 0080 ÜODEBLODDTLTTRTTDLRERHRORDDDORERRREEBERTEEE atrata, spec. NOV. - Elytra usually spotted, rarely uniformly black (Figs 40, 41); size usually larger, length >4.5 mm; aedeagus longer and narrower and with longer apex (Fig. 2). Most of New Guinea, though not yet recorded from Papua Peninsula............ BERNER ne seieacineececnacsciaeses rectimargo, spec. NOV. 6. Elytra uniformly black, unspotted............ 7. - Elytra bimaculate or quadrimaculate.............. 8. 7. Elytra at apex with an elongate spine opposite 1° stria (Figs 43, 44). Solomon Islands ................ En leacncnecınnseadtessoiückfscnnsenne nigra (Emden) - Elytra at apex without spine. Goodenough Island east of New Guinea.............. simplex Darlington 8. Elytra bimaculate at humerus (Fig. 36); apex of elytra rather deeply emarginate. Western Irian Day nen sarsnessnsusnensnessses: biplagiata Baehr - Elytra quadrimaculate; apex of elytra less deep- iv era RE I: 9. Pronotum with several anterior lateral setae; elytra with rows of elongate setae on 3", 5"", and 7® intervals (Fig. 37); head and pronotum with rather erect pilosity. Western Irian Jaya ............. ee multisetosa Baehr - Pronotum with a single anterior lateral seta; elytra with three short setae on 3’“interval only; head impilose, pronotum with sparse, depressed PHOSIEyARe. in... esuneoesnendenenhersnsueneneshetetoncänaenene 10. 10. Commonly smaller species (length 4.0-5.5 mm); elytral spots about circular in outline (Fig. 33); lateral margins of pronotum with indistinct prebasal sinuosity. Whole New Guinea ............ RR hhreerdorosahalönsnsssssekänne regularis Darlington - Generally larger species (length 5.5-5.8 mm); elytral spots irregular in outline (Fig. 34); lateral margins of pronotum with distinct prebasal sinuosity. Only known from near Jayapura (=Hollandia), north-eastern lrian Jaya .............. ER NeL eu sthsnerkcassnrseonuets irregularis Darlington Apart from the M. sexualis-complex, no new species were detected in the available material, though I have seen large series of M. papuana (Sloane) and of M.regularis Darlington, collected by O. Missa during his canopy fogging program carried outin 1993 and 1994 at Baiteta, Madang Province, Papua New Guinea. All other species apart from those of the sexualis-complex seem to be extremely rare and no additional specimens have been recorded of M. irre- gularis Darlington, M. metallica Darlington, M. multi- setosa Baehr, M. nigra Van Emden, and M. simplex Darlington, and only one specimen of M. biplagiata Baehr (see below), since their description. The taxo- nomic status of the very polymorphic “M. sexualis” Darlington is discussed below. Minuthodes biplagiata Baehr, 1998 Fig. 36 Minuthodes biplagiata Baehr, 1998: 236. New record. 1%, Irian Jaya, Nabire 70 km W, Yamor- lake, Gariau, 134°56'E. 03°43'S, 1.11.1998, leg. A. Weigel (CBM). Note. This species is recorded only from two lo- calities in western Irian Jaya. Minuthodes sexualis-complex Darlington (1968) described two subspecies of M. sexualis mainly based on the presence, or absence of the anterior elytral spot, and he stated that the nominate form (unspotted or bimaculate with a single pale stripe in apical half of each elytron) only occurs in Papua New Guinea, exclusively in the Papua Peninsula, whereas the subspecies signata Darlington (bimaculate or quadrimaculate, but when bimaculate with a single pale stripe in basal half of each elytron) was described from Huon Peninsula, but was said to range through almost the whole of New Guinea. Darlington also stated that females of both subspecies generally bear a conspicuous, square excision at the terminal abdominal sternum, though he reported a single exception form this rule. Apart from these differences of elytral pattern, I was unable to find any other differences in those females available to me that bear the mentioned square excision, although they include bimaculate and quadrimaculate specimens. Because Ihave both, specimens of the bimaculate sexualis s. str. form and those of the quadrimaculate signata form from the western part of New Guinea, furtheron, because elytral pattern seems to be variable anyway in this complex, and finally, because I was unable to find any other morphological differences between the mentioned specimens, I am sure that the differen- tiation of Darlington’s subspecies is unjustified and therefore, I herewith state that the subspecies sig- nata Darlington is synonymous with the nominate subspecies. However, a number of examined females (un- 107 spotted, bimaculate, and quadrimaculate ones) lack the square excision of the terminal abdominal ster- num, although they possess the subapical tooth at the metafemur stated to be characteristic for M. sexua- lis (Fig. 4). They also differ from normal M. sexualis in certain additional characters, e.g. generally minor size, wider pronotum with wider base and barely produced apical angles, elongate, instead of more circular subbasal elytral spot. Also dissection of a couple of males from different localities and bearing different elytral patterns, or no pattern ataall, revealed three types of aedeagi, that differ in certain charac- ters even when being quite similar in their general structure. Therefore, three populations can be rec- ognized that differ in body size, shape of pronotum, elytral pattern, shape of female terminal abdominal sternite, and structure of male genitalia. Because their ranges widely overlap and specimens of two populations apparently are sympatric in certain areas, they are herein described as separate species. Although elytral pattern varies significantly in geo- graphically restricted populations in the maculate species, I refrained from describing additonal infra- specific taxa which can be done only on the basis of additional and more evenly distributed material. Minuthodes sexualis Darlington, 1968 Figs 1, 4, 5, 23, 38, 39 Minuthodes sexualis sexualis Darlington, 1968: 98; Lorenz 1998: 434. Minuthodes sexualis signata Darlington, 1968: 98; Lorenz 1998: 434 (syn. nov.). Examined types. Of sexualis sexualis: Holotype: 2, Do- bodura, Papua N.G. Mar-July, 1944 Darlington / laticeps Chd. as det. Andr. det Darlington at B.M. 1947-48, Notes p- 36 / M.C.Z. Holotype 31404 / Holotype Minuthodes sexualis D. (MCZ). - Paratypes: 14, 1?, Oro Bay, Papua N.G. Dec’43-Jan’44 Darlington / M.C.Z. Paratype 31404 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis Darl. (MCZ). Of sexualis signata: Holotype: ?, Sambeang, 400M. IV-21-55 / Mongi Watershed, Huon Pen. N. GUINEA, E. O.Wilson / M.C.Z.Holotype31405 / HolotypeMinutho- des signata D. (MCZ). - Paratypes: 13, 2??, same data / M.C.Z. Paratype 31405 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis signata Darl. (MCZ); 12, Butala, Mongi R. IV-22.55 / Mongi Watershed, Huon Pen. N. GUINEA, E. ©. Wilson / M.C.Z. Paratype 31405 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis signata Darl. (MCZ); 2? 2, lower Busu R. Huon Pen. N.G. IV-22.55#, V-12-55# EO Wilson lowl. rainforest / M.C.Z. Paratype 31405 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis signata Darl. (MCZ); 19,422, N. GUINEA Birö 1898 / Simbang, Huon Golf / M.C.Z. Paratype 31405 / Paratype Minu- thodes sexualis signata Darl. (MCZ). 108 Diagnosis. Usually larger, mostly bimaculate, rare- ly unimaculate species bearing a deep, quadrate excision at apical rim of female terminal abdominal sternum; further distinguished from both, M. recti- margo, spec. nov. and M. atrata, spec. nov. by slightly narrower pronotum bearing more advanced ante- rior angles. Males also distinguished from those of M. rectimargo by aedeagus bearing a shorter apex, and from M. atrata by longer and narrower aedeagus bearing a slightly longer apex. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: (4.5)4.8-6.0 mm; width: (2.1)2.3-2.7 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.92-1.98(2.08) ; width base/ apex of prothorax: 0.93- 1.0; length/width of elytra: 1.23-1.29; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.32-1.40. Colour (Figs 38,39). Shining black, elytra always spotted, usually quadrimaculate, but populations from Oro Bay area in Papua New Guinea and from Fakfak Province in western lrian Jaya bimaculate with only the elongate posterior spot present. An- terior spot usually reddish, rather short, gently tri- angular and posteriorly slightly excised, posterior spot more yellow and elongate, comma-shaped, not or barely extended to adjacent intervals. 2"-4"" anten- nomeres in parts reddish, basal and apical anten- nomeres dark. Male genitalia (Fig. 1). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular, with narrow symmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus fairly elongate, lower surface evenly concave, apex short, obtuse. Orificium moderately large, almost completely situ- ated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts but with a triangular, finely denticulate plate within orificium. Both para- meres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Figs 5, 23). Terminal abdomi- nal sternite with deep, quadrate excision. Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, sty- lomere 2 short, slightly curved, with rather short apex; with two very elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. This species varies in elytral pattern and also somewhat in size. Although most popula- tions cover rather large specimens, here and there extraordinarily small ones are found, as for example the one from Maffin Bay. Elytral pattern varies from quadrimaculate with differently shaped anterior spot to bimaculate with the anterior spot lacking. The pronotum usually is narrower than in both related species, but one specimen from Timika has an ex- Fig. 1. Minuthodes sexualis (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. traordinarily wide and short one when measured along midline, because in that specimen the apical margin is exceptionally deeply sinuate. Distribution. The whole of New Guinea. New records. Maffin Bay, Dutch N. Guinea, IX-44 E. S. Ross Coll. / Minuthodes sexualis signata Darl. (CAS); W- Neuguinea, Cyclops Mts., 4km nördl. Sentani, 600 m, 8.-13.9.1990/IR7, leg. Balke & Hendrich (CAS); Irian Jaya, Manokwari, Ransiki, Mayuby, Benyas, 300 m, 28.9.1990, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Manokwari, Ransiki, Mayuby, 26.-30.10.1990, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Manokwari, Gn. Meja, 200 m, 21.-24.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Fakfak-Pr. 20 km w. Timika, 30 m, 8.-11.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); West Papua, Nabire nach Mapia km 117, Unipo, 24.7.1996, leg. Schüle/Stüben (CBM). Collecting circumstances. Specimens collected by A. Riedel usually were sampled by sieving litter on and under logs in rain forest at low altitudes. Relationships. With respect to shape of female terminal abdominal sternite, this species probably represents the adelphotaxon of both, M. rectimargo, spec. nov. and M. atrata, spec. nov. Minuthodes rectimargo, spec. nov. Figs 2, 6, 24, 40, 41 Examined types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Testega, 1100-1300 m, 30.3.-12.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). — Paratypes: 3?2, sama data (CBM, MC2Z); 15, Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Testega, 1100-1200 m, 11.4. 1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 17, Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Mey- dougda, 1200-1400 m, 5.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 256, Irian Jaya, Manokwari-Pr., Membey, 800-1200 m, 31.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 1, Irian Jaya, Manok- wari-Pr., Mokwam, Kwau, 1300-1650 m, 17.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 14,42%, Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr., Nabire, Pusppensaat km 54, 500-700 m, 13.-16.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM, QOMB); 258, Papua NG, Morobe-Pr., Aseki, 1000-1300 m, 13.10.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Medium sized, usually quadrimaculate species devoid of a deep excision at apical rim of female terminal abdominal sternum; further distin- guished from M. sexualis Darlington by slightly wider pronotum bearing less advanced anterior angles, always longer basal elytral spot but shorter and apically wider posterior spot, and by aedeagus bearing a longer apex; from M. atrata, spec. nov. by slightly larger size and longer aedeagus bearing a much longer apex. Description Measurements. Length: 4.5-5.0 mm; width: 2.1- 2.3 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.99-2.07; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.02-1.07; length/ width of elytra: 1.24-1.32; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.38-1.43. Colour (Figs 40, 41). Shining black, elytra usu- ally spotted, very rarely immaculate, in western part of New Guinea usually quadrimaculate, but a population from Aseki in Papua New Guinea bi- maculate with only the remarkably elongate ante- rior spot present. Anterior spot usually reddish, in 109 Fig. 2. Minuthodes rectimargo, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Fig. 3. Minuthodes atrata, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. quadrimaculate specimens fairly to markedly elon- gate, gently triangular but posteriorly usually not excised, posterior spot when present more yellow, shorter than in M. sexualis and apically more or less extended to adjacent intervals. 2"“-4'" antennomeres in parts reddish, basal and apical antennomeres dark. Head. Very similar to that of M. sexualis. Frons 110 sparsely punctate and with some longitudinal sulei near eye. Eyes large, markedly protruding, though head distinctly narrower than prothorax. Antenna short, barely attaining basal angle of pronotum, median antennomeres but slightly longer than wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres sparsely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodia- Fig.4. Minuthodes sexualis Darlington. Apex of left female metafemur. Scale: 0.5 mm. metric on labrum. Surface highly glossy, impilose. Pronotum. Very wide, somewhat heart-shaped. Base slightly wider than apex, apical angles round- ed off, little produced. Sides almost evenly rounded, widest in anterior third, at anterior lateral seta. At this position margins with a very obtuse angle. Near basal angle with a short but distinct sinuosity. Basal angles rectangular, laterally even faintly projecting. Base laterally straight, in middle gently pedunculate. Base bordered throughout, apex in middle unbor- dered. Disk in middle somewhatraised. Median line distinct, in middle deeply impressed. Basal grooves fairly deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus distinct. In middle between median line and lateral margin with a large, oblong, moderately deep groove. Anterior marginal seta situated slightly in front of anterior third, at widest diameter of prono- tum, posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation irregular, fine and sparse on disk, slightly denser laterally and apically. Surface glossy, impilose. Elytra. Short and wide, widest behind middle, depressed. Humeri evenly rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, moderately sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent at su- ture. Marginal channel slightly widened at anterior third. Striae well developed, punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticulation absent, intervals with one irregular row of coarse punctures, ex- tremely sparsely pilose, pilosity declined. Three discal pores situated at position of 3" stria, though pores difficult to detect within the coarse punctua- tion. Marginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin not serrate, impilose. Surface highly glossy. Poste- rior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Very sparsely punctate and shortly pilose. Metepisternum c. twice as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum quadri- setose in both sexes. Legs (see fig. 4). Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymetrically pilose. Female metafemur with a tooth or elongate ridge on upper surface that ends slightly in front of apex. Male genitalia (Fig. 2). Rather small in com- 6 Figs 5,6. Female terminal abdominal sternite. 5. M. se- xualis Darlington. 6. M. rectimargo, spec. nov. Scales: 0.5 mm. parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular, with narrow symmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus fairly elongate, lower surface evenly concave, apex short, but longer than in related species, obtuse. Orificium moderately large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts but with a triangular, finely den- ticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Figs 6, 24). Terminal abdomi- nal sternite only with a short, inconspicuous incision. Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 short, slightly curved, with rather short apex; with two elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Rather little variation noted in size and proportions. Elytral colour pattern, however varies from uniformly black to bimaculate and quadrimaculate which is most common. Usually the anterior spot is somewhat elongate but oval-shaped, but in the two bimaculate specimens from PNG this spot is very elongate and covers almost the whole anterior half ofthe elytra. These specimens may well represent a separate taxon, but for any decision ad- ditional specimens, in particular males, are re- quired. ae Distribution. Central and western lrian Jaya, a single record from eastern central Papua New Guinea, which population actually may represent another taxon (see under variation). Collecting circumstances. All specimens sieved from litter on logs in rain forest at medium altitude. Etymology. The name refers to the absence of a deep incision at the female terminal abdominal sternite. Relationships. With respect to shape of female terminal abdominal sternite more closely related to M. atrata, spec. nov. than to M. sexualis Darlington and perhaps the adelphotaxon of the former. Minuthodes atrata, spec. nov. Figs 3, 25, 42 Examined types. Holotype: d, Oro Bay, Papua N.G. Dec’43-Jan’44 Darlington / M.C.Z. Paratype 31404 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis Darl. (MCZ). — Paratypes: 43d,same data / M.C.Z. Paratype 31404 / Paratype Mi- nuthodes sexualis Darl. (MCZ, CBM); 1?, Dobodura, Papua N.G. Mar-July, 1944 Darlington / M.C.Z. Para- type 31404 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis Darl. (MCZ); 13, NEW GUINEA: PAPUA; Kokoda-Pitoki, 450 m, II- 24-1956 / J. L. Gressitt Collector / M.C.Z. Paratype 31404 / Paratype Minuthodes sexualis Darl. (MCZ). Diagnosis. Small, uniformly black species devoid of a deep excision at apical rim of female terminal abdominal sternum; further distinguished from M. sexualis Darlington by slightly wider pronotum bearing less advanced anterior angles, and by shorter and more compact aedeagus; from M. recti- margo, spec. nov. by slightly lesser size and by smaller aedeagus bearing a much shorter apex. Description Measurements. Length: 4.1-4.5 mm; width: 1.85- 2.10 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.99- 2.03; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.01-1.07; length/ width of elytra: 1.26-1.31; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.38-1.42. Colour (Fig. 42). Unicolourous black. 24-4! antennomeres in parts reddish, basal and apical antennomeres dark. Head. Very similar to that of M. sexualis. Frons sparsely punctate and with some longitudinal sulci near eye. Eyes large, markedly protruding, though head distinctly narrower than prothorax. Antenna short, barely attaining basal angle of pronotum, median antennomeres but slightly longer than wide, densely pilose from apex of 4"" antennomere, basal antennomeres sparsely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodia- metric on labrum. Surface highly glossy, impilose. 112 Pronotum. Very wide, somewhat heart-shaped. Base slightly wider than apex, apical angles round- ed off, little produced. Sides almost evenly rounded, widest in anterior third, at anterior lateral seta. At this position margins with a very obtuse angle. Near basal angle with a short but distinct sinuosity. Basal angles rectangular, laterally even faintly projecting. Base laterally straight, in middle gently pedunculate. Base bordered throughout, apex in middle unbor- dered. Disk in middle somewhat raised. Median line distinct, in middle deeply impressed. Basal grooves fairly deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus distinct. In middle between median line and lateral margin with a large, oblong, moderately deep groove. Anterior marginal seta situated slightly in front of anterior third, at widest diameter of prono- tum, posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation irregular, fine and sparse on disk, slightly denser laterally and apically. Surface glossy, impilose. Elytra. Short and wide, widest behind middle, depressed. Humeri evenly rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, moderately sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent at su- ture. Marginal channel slightly widened at anterior third. Striae well developed, punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticulation absent, intervals with one irregular row of coarse punctures, ex- tremely sparsely pilose, pilosity declined. Three discal pores situated at position of 3" stria, though pores difficult to detect within the coarse punctua- tion. Marginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin not serrate, impilose. Surface highly glossy. Poste- rior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Very sparsely punctate and shortly pilose. Metepisternum c. twice as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum quadri- setose in both sexes. Legs (see fig. 4). Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymetrically pilose. Female metafemur with a tooth or elongate ridge on upper surface that ends slightly in front of apex. Male genitalia (Fig. 3). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular, with narrow symmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus short and compact, lower surface evenly concave, apex very short, ob- tuse. Orificium moderately large, almost complete- ly situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts but with a triangular, finely denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 25). Terminal abdominal sternite only with a short, inconspicuous incision. Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 moderately elongate, slightly curved, with rather moderately elongate apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Little variation noted. Distribution. So far only recorded from a restricted area in north-eastern Papua Peninsula between Oro Bay and Kokoda. Collecting circumstances. Not recorded, probably a lowland form. Etymology. The name refers to the uniformly dark colouration. Relationships. See under M. rectimargo, spec. nov. Genus Cheilagona, gen. nov. Diagnosis. Genus of Lebiinae, characterized by the following character states: rather convex body; comparatively narrow, convex, and narrow and not cordiform pronotum; convex, ovate elytra; presence of rather elongate, quite erect pilosity on head and pronotum, and of short and depressed pilosity on elytra; absence of a fringe of elongate setae on the margins of pronotum and elytra; impilose upper surface of tibia; quadrisetose male and female ter- minal abdominal sternites; absence of a notch near apex of middle tibia in males; denticulate tarsi; widened and squamose 1-3”! protarsomeres in males; absence of elytral pattern or presence of a circular or rather x-shaped, more or less dismem- bered, common light spot; large male genitalia; re- markably asymmetric genital ring; large, elongate adeagus commonly with upturned, hook-shaped apex and with denticulate, strongly sclerotized parts within the internal sac; very small female stylomeres bearing two stout ventro-lateral and one elongate dorso-median ensiform setae but no nematiform seta. Type species. Agonochila gressitti Darlington, 1968, by present designation. Distribution. New Guinea, north-eastern Austral- ia. r Relationships. This genus occupies a rather iso- lated position within the Agonocheila-complex. Ac- cording to present knowledge of the male genitalia of Agonocheila s. str., Cheilagona is not too closely related to the latter. Etymology. The name is an anagram of Agonocheila. Key to the New Guinean species of the genus Cheilagona, gen. nov. Note. This key includes only those species that are known to occur in New Guinea. A few species occur in Australia, e.g. Agonocheila ovalis Sloane, A. stictica Blackburn, and perhaps additional described and undescribed ones. 1. Elytra without any definite colour pattern .....2. - Elytra with distinct light colour pattern .......... 3. 2. Whole body uniformly reddish (Fig. 48); elytra longer, ratiol/w > 1.35; intervals more depressed, punctuation coarser and denser, intervals be- tween punctures clearly smaller than diameter of punctures, no microreticulation visible be- tween punctures, therefore elytra glossier; ae- deagus very large, with hook-shaped apex, in- ternal sac with one elongate and one short, markedly denticulate sclerotized plate (Fig. 9). Eastern Papua New Guinea....rufa (Darlington) - Colour darker, at least elytra dark piceous, head and pronotum slightly lighter (Fig. 49); elytra shorter, ratio 1/w<1.32; intervals more convex, punctuation less coarse and less dense, intervals between punctures about as large as diameter of punctures, traces of microreticulation visble between punctures, therefore elytra less glossy; aedeagus unknown. Central western Irian Jaya bene eg hauen Mgnuhe in erg ederärgneeee means nigropicea, Spec. Nov. 3. Elytra with a large spot of variable size and shape in or behind middle that may be rather circular or even somewhat horseshoe-shaped, but has always quite regular margins (Figs 45, 46); ae- deagus with hook-shaped apex, internal sac with two elongate, denticulate, sclerotized plates (ie) Lorunknownr 4. - - Elytra with a large, very variegated, x-shaped spot in middle that can be more or less dissected into single spots or into two remarkably serrate transverse bands, but margins always very ir- regular (Fig. 47); aedeagus not with hook-shaped apex, internal sac with one narrow sclerotized rod at bottom, a short spine in middle and a short, strongly denticulate plate at roof (Fig. 8). Whole New Guinea......... variabilis (Darlington) ( 4. Striation of elytra distinct, intervals distinctly convex; punctuation coarser (Fig. 45); range montane, collected so far above 550 m; aedeagus with hook-shaped apex, internal sac with two elongate, denticulate, sclerotized plates and a short one between these at bottom (Fig. 7). Whole New Guinea ......... gressitti gressitti (Darlington) 113 Fig. 7. Cheilagona gressitti gressitti (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. -— Striation of elytra not perceptible, intervals ab- solutely depressed; punctuation finer (Fig. 46); range planar, collected so far below 200 m; ae- deagus unknown. Eastern central Irian Jaya .... ee a en ea gressitti planata, subspec. nov. Cheilagona gressitti (Darlington) (comb. nov.) This species apparently occurs in two subspecies that are distinguished by the surface structure of their elytra. Apparently the nominate subspecies is montane, where- as the single available specimen of the new subspecies has been captured in lowland. Relationships. With respect to shape of aedeagus, more closely related to C. rııfa (Darlington) than to C. variabilis (Darlington). Cheilagona gressitti gressitti (Darlington) Figs 7, 45 Agonochila gressitti Darlington, 1968: 120; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: ö, NEW GUINEA. NE. Swart Val: Karubaka 1500 m, XI-20-1958 / J. L. Gressitt Collector / Holotype Agonochila vulnerata Darl. / Ago- nocheila gressitti Darlington HOLOTYPE (BMH). / Para- types: 15, 17, same data (BMH). 114 Diagnosis. Distinguished from C. gressitti planata, subspec. nov. by distinct striation of elytra and convex intervals; and from the single patterned spe- cies C. variabilis (Darlington) by circular to reniform, but never variegate elytral spot. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.1-4.7 mm; width: 2.05- 2.40 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.54- 1.63; width base / apex of prothorax: 1.36-1.42; length/ width of elytra: 1.30-1.34; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.61-1.69. Colour (Fig. 45). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous to almost black, prothorax in some specimens slightly lighter than elytra. Elytra with light reddish discal spot of different sizethatmay be even reduced to a reniform spot in apical half, though it is never variegate. Margins ofelytra reddish, clypeusreddish, labrum, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow. Male genitalia (Fig. 7). Rather large in com- parison to body size. Genital ring large, stout, | rather parallel, with wide, markedly asymmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower | surface gently concave, apex fairly elongate, mark- edly upturned and spoon-shaped. Orificium mod- erately large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac with two elongate, coarsely denticulate, sclerotized plates and a short one between them at bottom. Orificium with a triangular, finely denticu- late plate. Both parameres short and compact, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Stylomeres similar to those of C. variabilis Darlington. Variation. Little variation noted, except for the elytral spot that may be reduced to a reniform spot in apical half. Distribution. Whole New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Most specimens probably captured by sieving moss and litter from logs in upland rain forest. New records. Irian Jaya, Panai-Prov. Epomani, km 145, 550-750 m, 15.-16.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Wamena, Angguruk-Tangeam, 1500-1800 m, 28.-29.9.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Angguruk, 1200-1500 m, 23.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya-Pr., Emdo- man, 800-1200 m, 14.-15.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Meydougda, 1200-1400 m, 5.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Cheilagona gressitti planata, subspec. nov. Fig. 46 Examined types. Holotype: ?, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya- Pr., Samboca, Upper Kolff R. , 200 m, 10.-14.X.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Distinguished from nominate subspecies by absence of any striation on elytra and absolutely depressed intervals; and from the single patterned species C. variabilis (Darlington) by circular, not variegate elytral spot. Description Measurements. Length:4.1 mm; width: 2.05 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.58; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.38; length/ width of elytra: 1.31; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.67. Colour (Fig. 46). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous. Elytra with large, yellow, not variegate discal spot. Margins of elytra and pronotum reddish, clypeusreddish, labrum, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow. Head. As in nominate subspecies. Pronotum. As in nominate subspecies. Elytra. Shape as in nominate subspecies, but virtually no traces of striae visible, intervals abso- lutely depressed; punctuation less coarse and less distinct. Lower surface. As in nominate subspecies. Legs. As in nominate subspecies. Male genitalia. Unknown. Female genitalia. As in nominate subspecies. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Central Irian Jaya, so far collected in lowland. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Holotype probably cap- tured by sieving moss and litter from logs in lowland rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the occurrence of this subspecies in lowland, in contrast to the nominate sub- species. Cheilagona variabilis (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 8, 26, 47 Agonochila variabilis Darlington, 1968: 120; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: 4, NEW GUINEA (NETH.) WISSELMEEREN: 1530 M. URUPURA, KAMOV. AUG. 11, 1955 / J. L. Gressitt Collector / Holotype Agonochila variabilis Darl. (BMH). - Paratypes: 2? ?, NEW GUINEA: (NW) Wisselmeeren, Enarotadi, 1850 m. 2.-3.VIII.1962, and 1800m, 24.VIII.1962 / J. Sedlacek Collector (BMH). Diagnosis. Distinguished from both subspecies of the single patterned species C. gressitti (Darlington) by somewhat cruciform, highly variegate elytral spot that always bears some dark spots within. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.0-4.7 mm; width: 1.9- 2.4 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.57-1.64; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.29-1.34; length/ width of elytra: 1.32-1.35; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.66-1.75. Colour (Fig. 47). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous to almost black, prothorax in some specimens slightly lighter than elytra. Elytra with light reddish discal spot of different size, but which is always somewhat cruciform and variegate, bearing some dark spots within and very serrate margins. Margins of elytra reddish, clypeus reddish, labrum, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow. Male genitalia (Fig. 8). Rather large in com- parison to body size. Genital ring large, stout, rather parallel, with wide, markedly asymmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface barely concave, apex fairly elongate, not upturned but somewhat spoon-shaped. Orificium moderately large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac with anarrow, twisted, scleriotized rod at bottom, a sclerotized spine in middle, and a short, coarsely dentate plate at roof. Orificium with atriangular, finely denticulate plate. Both parameres rather short and compact, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 26). Stylomeres very small. 115 Fig. 8. Cheilagona variabilis (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, rather acute apex; with two stout ventro- lateral ensiform setae, one elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Apart from some variation in size, some variation of elytral pattern noted, asthe elytral spot may be more or less dismembered. Distribution. Whole New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Most specimens probably captured by sieving moss and litter from logs in upland rain forest. New records. N. Guinea: NE Kaindi-Nami, 1700 m, 22.8.68 / J. Sedlacek Collector / Agonochila variabilis Darlington, Det. G. E. Ball 1989 (BMH); New Guinea Wau, 1750 m, 13.X.1965 / J. Sedlacek Collector (BMH); N. Guinea: NE Wau, Morobe-Distr. Mt. Missim, 1800 m, 22.1V.1966 / Gressitt, Wilkes Malaise Trap (BMH); N. Guinea: NE Bulolo R, 130 m, 17.8.69 / A. B. Micz Col- lector (BMH); NEW GUINEA: (NE) Karimui, South of Goroka, 1000 m, 7.6.1961 / J. L. & M. Gressitt Collectors (BMH); Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Saureri, 10 km s. Ga- raina, 1550-1700 m, 27.3.1995, A. Riedel (CBM); Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Aseki, Oiwa, 1600-1700 m and 1700- 1800 m, 10.-11.4.1998 and 11.-12.4.1998, A. Riedel (CBM); PNG, Morobe Pr. Wau, Mt. Kaindi, 1550 m, 7.10.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Papua NG, Morobe-Pr. Aseki, 1000-1300 m, 13.10.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Papua 116 NG, Morobe-Pr. Aiewa nr. Podu, s. Aseki, 1500-1700 m, 14.4.1998, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Papua Nlle. Guinee W. G. Ullrich / IV 79 PNG/WHProv. Bayer/Rokina (CBM); Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Pt. Angguruk, 1200-1550 m, 23.9. 1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya- Prov. leg. A. Riedel, 1993 / Bime, 1600-1900 m, 11.KX. (CBM); IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Prov. leg. A. Riedel, 1996 / Bommaela, ca. 1700-1950 m, 4.X. (CBM); Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr., Epomani, Ugida, km 179, 1350-1400 m, 19.- 20.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Manokwari Pr., Anggi, Gn. Disbehey, 2000-2150 m, 29.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); Irian Jaya, Manokwari Pr., Anggi, Gn. Kobrey, 2000-2300 m, 28.8.1991, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Relationships. With respect to shape of aedeagus, less closely related to both, C. gressitti (Darlington) and C. rufa (Darlington). Cheilagona rufa (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 9, 48 Agonochila rufa Darlington, 1968: 120; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: ?, NEW GUINEA (PA- PUA) Bisianumu, E. of Port Moresby 500 m. Sept. 22. 1955 / J. L. Gressitt Collector / rufa / Holotype Agono- chila rufa Darl. (BMH). - Paratypes: 15, NEW GUINERA: PAPUA, Keparra-Sangi, nr. Kokoda, 500 m. III-26-1956 / Sago Palm / J. L. Gressitt Collector / Paratype Agono- chila rufa Darl. (BMH). Diagnosis. Easily recognized from the patterned species by unicolourous red surface. Distinguished Fig. 9. Cheilagona rufa (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.5 mm. from C. nigropicea, spec. nov. by lighter colour, nar- rower prothorax with narrower base, longer elytra with more depressed intervals, absence of microre- ticulation on elytra, and coarser and denser punc- tuation. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.0-4.8 mm; width: 2.05- 2.40 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.54- 1.60; width base/ apex of prothorax: 1.37-1.40; length/ width of elytra: 1.36-1.40; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.63-1.70. Colour (Fig. 48). Upper and lower surfaces uniformly reddish, antennae, mouth parts, and legs yellow. Male genitalia (Fig. 9). Very largein comparison to body size. Genital ring large, elongate, rather parallel, with wide, remarkedly asymmetric apex and short basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface gently bisinuate, apex fairly elongate, markedly upturned and spoon-shaped. Orificium moderately large, almost completely situated on left side. Inter- nal sac with one elongate and one short, coarsely denticulate, sclerotized plate. Orificium with a tri- angular, finely denticulate plate. Both parameres short and compact, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Similar to those of C. nigropicea, spec. nov. Variation. Little variation noted, apart from some differences of body size. Distribution. So far recorded only from eastern Papua New Guinea. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. New records. 13, NG. Bulolo R 700 m, 20.8.1970 / ]. Sedlacek Collector (BMH); 13, Managalase Plateau, Northern District, Papua, Nov. 1972, R. Hornabrook (CBM). Relationships. Probably nearest related to the like- wise unicolourous C. nigropicea, spec. nov. Cheilagona nigropicea, spec. nov. Figs 27, 49 Types. Holotype: 2, Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr. Epomnai, Ugida, km 179, 1350-1400 m, 19.-20.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). - Paratype: 1?, same data (CBM). Diagnosis. Easily recognized from the patterned species by unicolourous piceous surface. Distin- guished from C. rufa (Darlington) by darker colour, wider prothorax with wider base, shorter elytra with more convex intervals, presence of traces of micro- reticulation on elytra, and less coarse and less dense punctuation. Description Measurements. Length: 4.4-4.6 mm; width: 2.2- 2.3 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.66-1.67; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.44-1.48; length/ 117 width of elytra: 1.31-1.32; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.69. Colour (Fig. 49). Upper and lower surfaces uniformly piceous, only margins of pronotum and elytra reddish. Labrum light reddish, antennae, mouth parts, and legs yellow. Head. Moderately wide, narrower than prono- tum. Frons in middle with a deep, punctiform groove. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes. Eyes large, markedly protruding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Clypeus in middle depressed, anterior margin straight. Labrum elongate, apex convex, 6-setose, lateral margins with additional hairs. Man- dible with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres longer than penultimate palpomeres, labial palpus apparently impilose, maxillary palpus with sparse and very fine pilosity. Mentum with sharp, unidentate tooth. Antenna short, surpassing basal angle of pronotum by about two antennomeres, median antennomeres slightly longer than wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres sparsely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Frons and clypeus irregularly punctate and with rather elon- gate, more or less erect pilosity, surface highly glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, not cordiform, dorsally rather convex. Base much wider than apex, apex almost straight, anterior angles not produced, evenly rounded. Sides almost evenly rounded, wid- est behind middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. At this position margin with a very obtuse angle. Margin not sinuate in front of basal angles which are angulate but not rectangular. Posterior mar- ginal seta situated at basal angle. Base gently convex though not pedunculate. Both, base and apex bor- dered throughout. Lateral channel narrow, dis- tinctly separated from the convex disk. Median line gently impressed. Basal grooves fairly deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus indistinct. Microreticula- tion absent, punctuation irregular, fine and rather sparse. Surface glossy, with moderately dense, rather elongate, erect, yellow pilosity, margins im- pilose. Elytra. Rather short and wide, oviform, widest behind middle, dorsally very convex. Humeri rounded, sides evenly convex, apex oblique, gently sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, punctate, intervals distinctly convex. Superficial traces of about isodia- metric microreticulation present, whole surface densely punctate and pilose. Pilosity dense, yellow, rather short, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3" stria, 118 both posterior ones near 2" stria, though pores and the very short setae hardly discernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Marginal setae of moderate size. Lateral margin impilose. Surface glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Episterna and epimera of pro- and mesothorx impunctate and impilose, rest of lower surface rather sparsely punctate and pilose, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum com- paratively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum of female 4-setose. Legs. Of moderate size, pilose, though upper surfaces of tibiae not plainly pilose. Claws large, with four medium sized denticles. Structure of male protarsus unknown. Male genitalia. Unknown. Female genitalia (Fig. 27). Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate apex; with two stout ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one very elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Little variation recognized. Distribution. Western Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Probably sieved from fallen logs in rain forest. Etymology. The name refers to the dark colouration. Relationships. Probably nearest related to the like- wise unicolourous C. rufa (Darlington). Cheilagona stictica (Blackburn) (comb. nov.) Agonocheila stictica Blackburn, 1895: 201; Moore et al. 1987: 291. Note. This species from northern Queensland clear- ly belongs in Cheilagona. The identity of the newly recorded specimens was confirmed by comparison with the types in BMNH. New records. Australien Qld. Atherton, 2.1.1982, M. Baehr (CBM). Cheilagona ovalis (Sloane) (comb. nov.) Agonochila ovalis Sloane, 1923: 39; Moore et al. 1987: 291. Note. This species from northern Queensland is rather similar to C. variabilis (Darlington) from New Guinea and clearly belongs in Cheilagona. The iden- tity of the newly recorded specimen of this species was confirmed by comparison with the type in BMNH. New records. Australien Old. Atherton, 2.1.1982, M. Baehr (CBM). Genus Pseudoplatia, gen. nov. Diagnosis. Genus of Lebiinae, mainly characterized by the following character states: rather depressed body; more or less wide, depressed, and mostly distinctly cordiform pronotum; depressed, moder- ately ovate, but not quadrate elytra; presence of rather elongate and partly erect pilosity on head, pronotum, and elytra; presence of a dense fringe of elongate setae on the margins of pronotum and elytra; plainly pilose upper surface of tibia; quadri- setose male and female terminal abdominal sternites; presence of a notch near apex of middle tibia in males; usually much variegated elytral pattern of one, two, or most commonly three transverse rows of light spots, very rarely elytra with a large, irregu- lar, common spot in middle; small aedeagus with elongate apex, without any strongly sclerotized plates or rods, and with a remarkably elongate ori- ficium. Type species. Minuthodes sedlacekorum Darlington, by present designation. Distribution. New Guinea. Relationships. This genus probably takes an inter- mediate position between Minuthodes in its restrict- ed sense and the Australian Agonocheila. For more exact definition, however, better knowledge of the systematics of the latter genus would be needed. Etymology. The name refers to the close relationship of this genus to previous Platia which is the older, preoc- cupied name of Minuthodes. Key to the species of the genus Pseudoplatia, gen. nov. 1. Elytra without a pattern of many interrupted light longitudinal lines (Figs 50-52).................. 2. - Elytra with a pattern of many interrupted light lonsitudinal lines (Figs 53-63)... u... 4. 2. Elytra with two irregular transverse fasciae be- hind middle that may be expanded to the humeri to form a very irregularly margined, anterio- medially deeply incised light spot that may cover almost the whole disk, but has always a small, transverse, black patch within in poste- rior part (Fig. 50); aedeagus with moderately elongate apex (Fig. 10). Papua New Guinea to easternicentralllrian]ayar...un...a. nennen... ee nen bestagnaneenesghneen expansa (Darlington) Elytra with a fairly regular common postmedian fascia or alarge patch that may be slightly incised anteriorly, but never has a black patch within (Figs 51,52); aedeagus with remarkably short and stout apex (Fig. 11), or unknown .............. 5: Size large, length >6 mm; pronotum wider, ratio w/1>1.8, with less suddenly upturned lateral margins; elytral pattern variable, but the light spot larger (Fig. 51); aedeagus see fig. 11. Papua New Guinea to eastern central Irian Jaya at high alıtude 2000. m) el Size smaller, length 5.4 mm; pronotum nar- rower, ratio w/11.75, with remarkably upturned lateral margins; elytra with a rather small and narrow, common light patch in apical half (Fig. 52); aedeagus unknown. Eastern central Papua New Guinea at low altitude (800 m) .................. N gr dorsata minor, subspec. nov. Intervals of elytra distinctly microreticulate, quite dull; pronotum narrower, in middle rather con- vex, lateral margins narrow, barely explanate, ratio w/1<1.6 (Fig. 53); body size small, length <4.5 mm; aedeagus with comparatively short apex and short orificium (Fig. 12). Eastern central BapuaNeyvaGunearern een een Intervals of elytra not or feebly microreticulate, quite glossy; pronotum wider, in middle far less convex, lateral margins wide, markedly ex- planate, ratio w/1> 1.65; body size variable, but usually larger; aedeagus with longer apex and longer opifieium (Biesl5 22) nn 9. Striae of elytra deeply punctate, punctures in striae decidedly coarser than punctures on in- tervals; rather small species, body length <4.8 mm (Fig. 54); aedeagus with comparatively short apex (Fig. 13). Eastern central Papua New Guin- Baer nennen ade rät eekar sedlacekorum (Darlington) Striae of elytra more feebly punctate, punctures in striae not coarser than punctures on intervals; either larger species, body length >4.8 mm, usually >5 mm, or small species with body length 4.5-4.3 mm, but then punctures on inter- vals coarse and mostly transversely confluent; aedeagus usually with slightly longer apex vs 1A DD) me ee nen erde 119 10. 120 Small species, body length 4.5-4.8 mm; punctures on intervals coarse and mostly transversely confluent and pronotum moderately wide, ratio w/1<1.83 and light colour prevailing on elytra over dark spots (Fig. 55); aedeagus with com- paratively short orificium, apex at tip slightly curved up (Fig. 14). Eastern central Papua New Guinea drumonti, spec. nov. Larger species, body length >4.8 mm, usually >5.0 mm; punctures on intervals variable, but far less confluent; either pronotum wide, ratio w/1>1.85 or dark colour prevailing on elytra over light spots (Figs 56-63); aedeagus usually with very elongate orificum and with more or lessisträaisht apex (Bios 15 22) rn een 7 Large species, length usually >6.5 mm; micro- reticulation perceptible between punctures on intervals, surface less Blossyun..... nn. 12) Smaller species, length <5.8 mm; microreticula- tion on intervals absent, surface very glossy ... 8. Punctuation of elytral intervals fine, dense, and regular, 4-5 punctures pro interval (Fig. 59); aedeagus rather curved and with remarkably elongate right paramere but short and compact left paramere (Fig. 18). Eastern Irian Jaya .......... a he raie georgei, Spec. NOV. Punctuation of elytral intervals coarser, less dense, and quite irregular, 2-3, rarely 4 punctures pro interval (Figs 56-58, 60); aedeagus usually less curved and with longer left paramere (Figs 15-17, 19). Western Irian Jaya, Papua New Guin- NEE TEEN 9. Elytra longer and more parallel, ratio 1/w 1.39, and pronotum near base distinctly sinuate (Fig. 60); lower surface of aedeagus near apex slight- ly bisinuate (Fig. 19). Japen Island, Irian Jaya ... RE NE subnitens (Darlington) Elytra shorter and less parallel, ratio 1/w<1.35, usually less; if ratio >1.32, pronotum near base not sinuate and species from Papua New Guin- ea (Figs 56-58); lower surface of aedeagus near apexnot bisinuate(Biesls 1A) 2.2... 10. Elytra shorter and laterally more convex, ratio l/w<1.32,; pronotum distinctly sinuate near basal angles (Figs 56, 57), not microreticulate; aedeagus with elongate apex, right paramere longer (Figs 15,16). Western Irian Jaya.......... al, Elytra longer and laterally less convex, ratio 1/w 1.35; pronotum not sinuate near basal angles (Fig.58), with traces of microreticulation; apex of aedeagus unknown, right paramere rather short and compact (Fig.17). Northern Papua NewGumeak ee recticollis, spec. noV. 11. Light colour on elytra prevailing over dark spots (Fig. 56); pronotum wider, ratio w/1>1.85 and with distinctly upturned lateral margin; elytra slightly longer, ratio 1/w>1.3; aedeagus with absolutely sträaishtapex (Eie. 19)... BEE riedeli, spec. nov. - Dark colour on elytra prevailing over light spots (Fig. 57); pronotum narrower, ratio w/1<1.83, with rather deplanate lateral margins; elytra slightly shorter, ratio 1/w 1.26; aedeagus with tip of apex slightly upturned (Fig. 16) .............. N ER IE gerdi, spec. NOV. 12. Light spots on elytra small and yellow; light margin of pronotum and elytra wider, distinct; elytra laterally more convex; punctuation of elytra finer and sparser, diameter of punctures smaller than distance between them (Fig. 63); aedeagus see fig. 22. Western Irian Jaya............. a latipennis, spec. nov. - Light spots on elytra larger and reddish; light margin of pronotum and elytra narrower, rath- er indistinct; elytra laterally less convex; punc- tuation of elytra coarser and denser, diameter of punctures larger than distance between them (Fig. 61, 62); aedeagus see figs 20, 21 ............ 13% 13. Pronotum narrower, ratio w/1<1.68; elytra slightly longer, ratio 1/w > 1.38; microreticulation on elytra barely perceptible, surface giossier (Fig. 62); lower surface of aedeagus near apex slight- ly bisinuate (Fig. 21). Central Papua New Guin- BB ee missai, Spec. NOV. - Pronotum wider, ratio w/1 1.75; elytra slightly shorter, ratio 1/w 1.34; microreticulation on elytra superficial though well perceptible, surface duller (Fig. 61); lower surface of aedeagus regu- larly concave (Fig. 22). Northern Irian Jaya ...... ee rossi (Darlington) Pseudoplatia expansa (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 10, 50 Agonochila expansa Darlington, 1968: 121; Lorenz 1998: 434. j Examined types. Holotype: ?, NEW GUINEA: NE. Finisterre Range, Saidor: Kiambavi Vill. VII-1-18-'58/ J. L. Gressitt Collector BISHOP / Holotype Agonochila expansa Darl. (BMH). Diagnosis. Distinguished from almost all other species, except for P. dorsata (Darlington) by the colour pattern of the elytra that does not consist of many longitudinal spots; from the latter species distinguished by elytra bearing two markedly ser- Fig. 10. Pseudoplatia expansa (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. rate, transverse bands that may be confluent to a large light spot, but always bear two dark maculae at suture. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.7-5.7 mm; width: 2.3- 2.7 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.80-1.88; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.11-1.16; length/ width of elytra: 1.30-1.36; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.48-1.60. Colour (Fig. 50). Upper and lower surfaces dark piceous to almost black. Elytra with two markedly serrate, transverse bands in posterior half that may be confluent to a large light spot that covers almost the whole of the elytra, but always bears two dark maculae at suture. Labrum slightly lighter than head, mouth parts and antennae yellow, legs dark, but knees and tarsi reddish. Male genitalia (Fig. 10). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, rather narrow, fairly symmetric, with narrow sym- metric apex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex elongate, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost com- pletely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Stylomeres very small. Stylo- mere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 moder- ately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Apart from the light elytral spot that much varies in size and shape, little variation not- ed. Distribution. Papua New Guinea and eastern Irian Jaya. New records. 15, NEW GUINEA: NE. East Highlands, Kainantu, 1500 m, 20.1.1966 / J. & M. Sedlacek M. V. Light trap (BMH); 13, N. Guinea: NE. Garaina, 800 m, 16.1.1958 / J. & M. Sedlacek Collectors (BMH); 19, 18, NEW GUINEA: SE. Woitape, 1550 m, 2-3.X1.65 / J. Sed- lacek Collector (BMH); 15, Papua Nlle. Guinee, W.G. Ullrich / X179 PNG/EHProv. Umg. Kainantu Onerun- ka (CBM); 13, IRIAN JAYA, Jayawijaya-Prov. leg. A. Riedel, 1993 / N. Bime, 2000-2070 m, 21.IX (CBM); 1%, lrian Jaya, Jayawijaya Pr. Bommela, 1750 m, 30.8.-1.9. 1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). 1?, Papua N.G., Morobe Prov., leg. A. Riedel, Aseki, Oiwa, 1600-1700 m, 11.-13. 11.1998 (CBM). Relationships. With respect to the colour pattern of the elytra most closely related to P. dorsata (Dar- lington). In spite of the different elytral pattern, both mentioned species belong in the main body of the genus. 121 Fig. 11. Pseudoplatia dorsata dorsata (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Pseudoplatia dorsata (Darlington) (comb. nov.) This species apparently occurs in two different subspecies. Pseudoplatia dorsata dorsata (Darlington) Figs 11, 51 Agonochila dorsata Darlington, 1968: 121; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: d, NEW GUINEA: NE. Kepilam, 2450 m, 21.V1.1963 / J. Sedlacek Collector BISHOP / Holotype Agonochila dorsata Darl. (BMH). - Paratypes: 2??, same data (BMH). Diagnosis. Distinguished from almost all other species, except for P. expansa (Darlington) by colour pattern of the elytra that does not consist of many longitudinal spots; from the latter species distin- guished by the more or less extended, but always complete elytral spot that never bears any dark maculae within. Distinguished from P. dorsata minor, subspec. nov. by larger size and wider prothorax with less markedly upturned lateral margins. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 6.1-6.5 mm; width: 2.9- 3.1 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.80-1.86; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.11-1.14; length/ width of elytra: 1.36-1.39; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.58-1.63. Colour (Fig. 51). Upper and lower surfaces dark piceous to almost black. Elytra with a rather large discal spot that may more or less extended, but never bears any dark maculae within. Labrum slightly lighter than head, mouth parts and antennae yellow, legs dark, but knees and tarsi reddish. Male genitalia (Fig. 11). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and shortand wide basis. Aedeagus moderately elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex comparatively short, obtuse. Orifictum very large, almost completely situated on left side. Inter- nal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and likewise without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Stylomeres very small. Stylo- mere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 moder- ately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Apart from the light elytral spot that much varies in size and shape, little variation not- ed. Distribution. Papua New Guinea and eastern Irian Jaya. All records so far from quite high altitude. New records. 1?, NEW GUINEA: Kainantu, 2100- 2240 m, 8.1.1965 / J. &. M. Sedlacek Collectors BISHOP MUSEUM / Agonochila dorsata Darlington det. G.E. Ball, 1989 (BMNH); 15, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Pr. Bom- mela, 1750 m, 30.8.-1.9.1992, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Relationships. With respect to colour pattern ofthe elytra, most closely related to P. expansa (Darlington). In spite of the different elytral pattern, both men- tioned species belong in the main body of the ge- nus. Pseudoplatia dorsata minor, subspec. nov. Fig. 52 Types. Holotype: ?, N. Guinea: NE Garaina, 800 m, 16.1.1968 / J. & M. Sedlacek Collectors BISHOP / Agono- chila dorsata Darlington Det. G. E. Ball 1989 (BMH). Diagnosis. Distinguished from nominate form by lesser size and narrower prothorax with remark- edly upturned lateral margins. Description Measurements. Length: 5.4 mm; width: 2.5 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.75; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.10; length/width of elytra: 1.35; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.60. Colour (Fig. 52). Asin nominate subspecies, but elytral spot even smaller and restricted to five inner intervals and apical half of elytra. Head. As in nominate subspecies. Prothorax. As in nominate subspecies, but nar- rower and with slightly narrower base. Lateral margins even more upturned, hence marginal chan- nel deeper. Elytra. As in nominate subspecies, but slightly shorter. Lower surface. As in nominate subspecies. Legs. As in nominate subspecies. Male genitalia. Unknown. Female genitalia. As in nominate subspecies. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Eastern central Papua New Guinea, at rather low altitude. Known only from type local- ity. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Etymology. The name refers to the lesser size as com- pared with the nominate subspecies. Note. According to the collecting circumstances of the holotype, this may be the lowland form of P. dorsata. Pseudoplatia minuthoides (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Eies}12, 28,55 Agonochila minuthoides Darlington, 1968: 119; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: d, Didiman Ck., Lae, N.CG. III-27-55° EO Wilson lowl. rainfor. / M.C.Z. Holotype 31418 / Holotype Agonochila minuthoides Darl. (MCZ). — Paratype: 15, NEW GUINEA (NE) Busu R., E. of Lae 100 m, Sept. 14, 1955 / J. L. Gressitt Collector / Paratype Agonocheila minuthoides Darl. (BMH). Diagnosis. Small, rather convex species with elytral pattern of many longitudinal lines, distinguished from all other species by less protruding eyes, nar- rower, dorsally more convex pronotum without definitely explanate lateral margins, distinct micro- reticulation of intervals, and short apex of the ae- deagus. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 3.8-4.5 mm; width: 1.90- 2.15 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.52- 1.58; width base/ apex of prothorax: 1,21-1.24; length/ width of elytra: 1.28-1.31; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.63-1.70. Colour (Fig. 53). Upper and lower surfaces brown to piceous, margins of pronotum and elytra reddish. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous light, short longitudinal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. La- brum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to light reddish, tibia slightly darker than femora. Male genitalia (Fig. 12). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex comparatively short, obtuse. Orificium large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 28). Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and asmall groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Dueto scarce material, little variation noted. 123 Fig. 12. Pseudoplatia minuthoides (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Distribution. Central northern Papua New Guin- ea. New records. 1?, Canopy mission P.N.G. Madang province, Baiteta, FOG T10, 24.111.1994, Leg. Olivier Missa (CBM); 12, PAPUA NEW GUINEA, Madang Province, 16 km WNW of Sapi Forest Reserve, 160 m, 5°10'S, 145°26'E, 8 Apr. 1989, Stop #89-67B / D. H. Ka- vanaugh, G. E. Ball & N. D. Penny colls. (CAS). Relationships. In spite of its variegate elytral pat- tern, this is probably the adelphotaxon of all other species and altogether the most basic species of the genus. Pseudoplatia sedlacekorum (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 13, 54 Minuthodes sedlacekorum Darlington, 1968: 97; Lorenz 1998: 434. Agonochila duplicata Darlington, 1968: 119; Lorenz 1998: 434 (syn. nov.). Examined types. Of sedlacekorum: Holotype: d, NEW GUINEA: (NE) Wau, Morobe Distr 1050 m, 14.X1.1961 /J. & M. Sedlacek Collectors / Holotype Minuthodes sedlacekorum Darl. (BMH). Of duplicata: Holotype: 8, N. Guinea Birö 1899 / Sattelberg Huon-Golf. / Holotype Agonochila duplicata Darl. (HNMB). Note. The unique type of P. duplicata agrees in all important external and genital characters with the 124 type of P. sedlacekorum, except that it is slightly smaller and has a narrower, laterally slightly less sinuate pronotum. Diagnosis. Small, rather depressed species with elytral pattern of many longitudinal lines, distin- guished from allother species except for P. minuthoides (Darlington) by considerably larger punctures on elytral striae than on intervals; and from the latter species by more protruding eyes, wider, dorsally more depressed pronotum with definitely explanate lateral margins, and absence of microreticulation on the elytra. Supplementary description Measurements. Length: 4.4-4.8 mm; width: 2.15- 2.3 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.74-1.83; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.19-1.21; length/ width of elytra: 1.30-1.35; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.51-1.53. Colour (Fig. 54). Upper surfaces of head and prothorax and lower surface reddish to light brown, surface of elytra more or less dark piceous. Margins of pronotum and elytra indistinctly reddish. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous yellow to light reddish, longitudinal stripes which form three in- distinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Usu- ally a larger part of the elytra is light than dark, in particular in the basal half. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to light reddish, tibia slightly darker than femora. Male genitalia (Fig. 13). Rather small in com- L | \ Fig. 13. Pseudoplatia sedlacekorum (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetricapex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface barely concave, apex comparatively short, obtuse. Orificium large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Stylomeres very small. Sty- lomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 moder- ately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. In the holotype of Agonocheila dupli- cata Darlington the pronotum is slightly less sinuate posteriorly and thus the basal angles are slightly more obtuse. Distribution. Central eastern and northern Papua New Guinea. New records. 1?, same data as holotype of P. sedlaceko- rum (BMH); 18, PAPUA NEW GUINEA Morobe Pr. Wau. Wau Ecol. Inst. 12-24 July 1983, S.E. & P.M. Miller. 1200 m. Second. Montane Forest (CAS). Collecting circumstances. The few specimens col- lected in montane forests of median altitude. Relationships. Very similar to P. drumonti, spec. nov. Both species together may form the adelpho- taxon of all other species except for P. minuthoides (Darlington). Pseudoplatia drumonti, spec. nov. Figs 14, 29, 55 Types. Holotype: d, Canopy mission P.N.G. Madang province, Baiteta, FOG T4, 6.1V.1993, Leg. Olivier Missa (IRSNB). - Paratypes: 534, 4??, same locality and col- lector: FOG T9, 1.VI.1994; FOG T3, 31.11.1993; FOG M2, 30.11.1993 (CBM, IRSNB). Diagnosis. Distinguished from most species of Pseudoplatia by combination of rather small size and wide, depressed pronotum bearing explanate mar- gins; distinguished from most similar P. sedlacekorum (Darlington) by punctuation of intervals coarse and about as large as that of striae, margins of pronotum more decidedly sinuate near basal angles, and ae- deagus with slightly longer and at tip gently up- turned apex. Description Measurements. Length: 4.6-4.8 mm; width: 2.25- 2.35 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.79- 1.83; width base/ apex of prothorax: 1.16-1.20; length/ width of elytra: 1.25-1.30; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.42-1.45. Colour (Fig. 55). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous, head usually even slightly darker. Margins 125 Fig. 14. Pseudoplatia drumonti, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. of pronotum and elytra more or less widely reddish. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous yellow to light reddish, longitudinal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Usually light and dark colour on elytra is about equally distributed. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to light reddish, tibia slightly darker than femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes. Eyes large, markedly protruding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior margin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with additional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres longer than penultimate pal- pomeres, apices obtuse, both palpi finely pilose. Mentum with unidentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, barely surpassing basal angle of pronotum, median antennomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microre- ticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Frons and clypeus densely, irregularly, and rather coarsely punctate and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, faintly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex con- cave, anterior angles produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest slightly in front of middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. 126 At this position margin with a very obtuse angle. Marsgin faintly sinuate in front of basal angles which are distinct but slightly obtuse and not rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Both, base and apex bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves fairly deep, oblique, prebasal trans- verse sulcus shallow. Apical transverse sulcus dis- tinct though interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation dense, somewhat confluent, moderately fine. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Short and wide, rather quadrate, little widened behind middle, dorsally depressed. Humeri rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, gently sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarse- ly punctate, intervals perceptibly convex. Microre- ticulation absent, whole surface densely and coarse- ly punctate, punctures irregularly confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yel- low, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3"! interval, the basal one near 3"! stria, both posterior ones near 2nd stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly dis- cernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface very glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head, proster- num, and surfaces of meso- and metathorax and of abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only pro- episterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum comparatively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in both sexes quadrisetose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with three minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically and densely squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 14). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex fairly elongate, slightly curved up, obtuse. Orificium moderately large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 29). Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Very little variation noted. Distribution. Eastern central Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Fogged from trunk or lower canopy of standing trees of the species Drac- ontomelon dao and Pometia pinnata in lowland rain forest close to the coast. Etymology. The name honours A. Drumont of IRSNB who kindly made available to me the most interesting Baiteta sample of New Guinean carabids. Relationships. See under P. sedlacekorum (Darling- ton). Pseudoplatia riedeli, spec. nov. Figs 15, 30, 56 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Testega,1100- 1300 m, 30.3.-12.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). - Para- types: 17, same data (CBM); 19, Irian Jaya, Vogelkop, Meydougda,1200-1400 m, 5.4.1993, leg. A. Riedel (CBM); 12, Irian Jaya, Panai-Pr., Epomani, Ugida, km 179, 1350- 1400 m, 19.-20.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized, at the same time, by moderate size, not microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinuate lateral margins. Distinguished from most similar P. georgei, spec. nov. by less dense punctuation of elytra, and from P. gerdi, spec. nov. by much more extended light elytral colouration and straight apex of aedeagus. Description Measurements. Length: 4.8-5.5 mm; width: 2.35- 2.75 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.85- 1.88; width base / apex of prothorax: 1.16-1.20; length/ width of elytra: 1.30-1.32; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.47-1.54. Colour (Fig. 56). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous to almost black. Pronotum and elytra with very narrow and inconspicuous reddish margin. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous yellow to light reddish, longitudinal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distribution of light colour on elytra more extended than dark colour. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to light reddish, tibiae slightly darker than femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, barely surpassing basal angle of pronotum, median anten- nomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons densely, irregu- larly, and coarsely punctate and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, slightly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex very gently concave, anterior angles faintly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest slightly in front of middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. At this position margin with a very obtuse angle. Margin faintly sinuate in front of basal angles which are distinct but slightly obtuse and not rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situ- 127 Fig. 15. Pseudoplatia riedeli, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. ated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bor- dered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, lateral parts widely explanate, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus fairly deep. Api- cal transverse sulcus distinct and barely interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation dense, somewhat confluent, on disk moderately fine, on lateral parts coarse and rugose. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yel- low pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Short and wide, rather quadrate, little widened behind middle, dorsally depressed. Humeri rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent atsuture. Marginal channel narrow through- out. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarsely punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticulation absent, intervals rather densely and coarsely punc- tate in 2-3 rows, punctures in parts irregularly confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3" stria, both posterior ones near 2"! stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface very glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. 128 Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax and of abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum com- paratively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in both sexes quadri- setose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 15). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and moderately short and wide basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex elongate, absolutely straight, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres rather elon- gate, left one angulate at apex and much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 30). Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, rather acute apex; with two fairly stout ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one very elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and a small groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Fig. 16. Pseudoplatia gerdi, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Variation. Some variation noted in body size and size of the light spots of the elytral coloura- tion. Distribution. Western Irian Jaya. Collecting circumstances. Probably sieved from logs in rain forest at median altitude. Etymology. The name honours A. Riedel, collector of this and of many other important New Guinean carabid species. Relationships. Very similar to P. gerdi, spec. nov. and probably the adelphotaxon of that species. Pseudoplatia gerdi, spec. nov. Figs 16, 57 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Fakfak-Pr., 20 km w. Timika, 30 m, 8.-11.1.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized, at the same time, by moderate size, not microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinuate lateral margins. Distinguished from most similar P. georgei, spec. nov. by less dense _ punctuation of elytra; and from P. riedeli, spec. nov. by much more extensive dark colouration and slightly upturned apex of aedeagus. 3 T Description Measurements. Length: 5.0 mm; width: 2.4 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.83; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.21; length/ width of elytra: 1.26; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.43. Colour (Fig. 57). Upper and lower surfaces pi- ceous. Pronotum and elytra with inconspicuous reddish margin. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous yellow to light reddish, small, longitudi- nal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, ir- regularly v-shaped bands. Distribution of dark colour on elytra much more extended than light colour. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to lightreddish, tibia slightly darkerthan femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, barely surpassing basal angle of pronotum, median anten- nomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4'" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. 129 Clypeus and anterior part of frons densely, irregu- larly, and coarsely punctate and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, slightly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex very gently concave, anterior angles faintly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest slightly in front of middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. At this position margin with a very obtuse angle. Margin barely sinuate in front of basal angles which are distinct but slightly obtuse and not rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situ- ated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bor- dered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, lateral parts widely explanate, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus fairly deep. Api- cal transverse sulcus distinct, but interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation dense, on disk rather fine and regular, on lateral parts coarse and somewhat confluent. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate se- tae. Elytra. Short and wide, rather quadrate, little widened behind middle, dorsally depressed. Humeri rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded off, elytra slightly dehiscent atsuture. Marginal channel narrow through- out. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarsely punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticulation absent, intervals rather densely and coarsely punc- tate in about two rows, punctures in parts irregu- larly confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yellow, fairly elongate, some- what declined. Three discal pores situated in 3° interval, the basal one near 3" stria, both posterior ones near 2" stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctua- tion and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elon- gate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface very glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax and of abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum com- paratively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrise- tose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute 130 denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 16). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetricapex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex elon- gate, faintly curved up at tip and to the right side, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also with- out a denticulate plate within orificium. Both para- meres rather elongate, left one transverse at apex and much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Western Irian Jaya. Collecting circumstances. Probably sieved from logs in rain forest at low altitude. Etymology. The name honours Prof. Gerd Müller- Motzfeld, renowned authority of Bembidiini, on behalf of his 65" birthday. Relationships. See under P. riedeli, spec. nov. Pseudoplatia recticollis, spec. nov. Figs 17, 58 Types. Holotype: d, D. N. Guinea, 850 m, Etappenbe. 28.X.-X1.11, Kais. Augustafl. Exp. Bürgers S. G. (MNHB). Diagnosis. Characterized, at the same time, by moderate size, not microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum. Dis- tinguished from most similar P. georgei, spec. nov. by less dense punctuation of elytra; and from P. riedeli, spec. nov., P. gerdi, spec. nov., and P. sub- nitens (Darlington) by not sinuate lateral margins of prothorax, slightly longer elytra, and still microre- ticulate surfaces of head and pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 5.4 mm; width: 2.5 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.83; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.26; length/ width of elytra: 1.35; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.43. Colour (Fig. 58). Upper surface dark piceous, but neck, clypeus, labrum, and lateral margins of pronotum and elytra reddish. Lower surface reddish except for the dark thoracic episterna and epimera. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous reddish, longitudinal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distribution of _ light colour on elytra slightly more extended than Fig. 17. Pseudoplatia recticollis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. dark colour. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish, tibia slightly darker than femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, barely surpassing basal angle of pronotum, median anten- nomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Superficial traces of microreticulation present on whole surface between punctuation, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons densely, irregularly, and coarsely punctate and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with finer punctures. Surface moderately glossy. Pronotum. Wide, not cordiform, dorsally rather depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex gently concave, anterior angles slightly produced but evenly rounded. Sides evenly rounded throughout, widest slightly in front of middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. Margin not sinuate in front of basal angles which are distinct but slightly obtuse and not rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situ- ated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bor- dered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, lateral parts widely explanate, not atall upturned, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves moderately deep, oblique, prebasal trans- verse sulcus rather shallow. Apical transverse sulcus shallow, barely interrupted in middle. Superficial traces of microreticulation present, punctuation dense though irregular, somewhat confluent, on disk moderately fine, on lateral parts coarse and rugose. Surface moderately glossy, with dense, rather elon- gate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Comparatively elongate, rather rectan- gular, barely widened behind middle, dorsally de- pressed. Humeri rounded, sides almost parallel, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded, elytra slightly dehiscent atsuture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarse- ly punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticula- tion absent, intervals rather densely and coarsely punctate in 2-3 rows, punctures in parts irregularly confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3" stria, both posterior ones near 2” stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elongate. Lateral 131 margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surfaces of head, proster- num, meso- and metathorax, and abdomen rather densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Me- tepisternum comparatively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrisetose. Legs. Ofmoderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with three minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 17). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and short and wide basis that is partly destroyed. Aedeagus moderately elongate, lower surface gently concave, apex unknown, be- cause the apical third of aedeagus is destroyed. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac apparently rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts. Both para- meres moderately elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. North-western Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality Collecting circumstances. Unknown. Etymology. The name refers to the straight lateral pro- notal margins in front of the basal angles. Relationships. Referring to external characters, in particular the still present microreticulation of head and pronotum, less closely related to all species of the riedeli-group (P.riedeli, P. gerdi, P. subnitens, P. georgei), but the relationships remain somewhat obscure, because the apical part ofthe male aedeagus is yet unknown. Pseudoplatia georgei, spec. nov. Figs 18, 59 Types. Holotype: d, Irian Jaya, Jayawija-Pr., Yalmabi, 1200-1400 m, 8.X.1996, leg. A. Riedel (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized, at the same time, by moderate size, not microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum. Dis- tinguished from all similar species by the dense punctuation of elytra. 132 Description Measurements. Length: 5.6 mm; width: 2.65 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.84; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.23; length/width of elytra: 1.37; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.43. Colour (Fig. 59). Upper surface almost black, but neck and lateral margins of pronotum and elytra indistinctly reddish. Lower surface reddish to light piceous. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous short, yellow, longitudinal stripes which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distribution of dark colour on elytra slightly more extended than light colour. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs yellow to light reddish, tibiae slightly darker than femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, barely surpassing basal angle of pronotum, median anten- nomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons densely, irregu- larly, coarsely punctate and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, barely cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex very gently concave, anterior angles faintly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest about at middle, at position of anterior lat- eral seta. Margin barely sinuate in front of basal angles which are distinct but slightly obtuse and not rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bordered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, de- pressed, lateral parts widely explanate, slightly upturned, disk gently raised. Median line well im- pressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus fairly deep. Apical transverse sulcus distinct, but interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, _ punctuation dense, on disk rather fine and regular, on lateral parts coarse and somewhat confluent. Fig. 18. Pseudoplatia georgei, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Comparatively elongate, rather rectan- gular, not widened behind middle, dorsally de- pressed. Humeri rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded, elytra slightly dehiscent atsuture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarse- ly punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticula- tion absent, intervals densely and moderately coarse- ly punctate in 4-5 rows, punctures rather regular, barely confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yellow, fairly elongate, some- what declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3" stria, both posterior ones near 2"! stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctua- tion and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elon- gate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface very glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax, and of abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum com- paratively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrise- tose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with four minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia. (Fig. 18). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetricapex and short and wide basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface regularly concave, apex elongate, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost com- pletely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Right paramere elongate, left one rather short, though much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Eastern central Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Probably sieved from logs in rain forest. Etymology. The name honours Prof. George Ball, out- standing authority of carabid beetles, on behalf of his 80" birthday. Relationships. Closely related to P.riedeli, spec. nov. and P. gerdi, spec. nov., and perhaps the adel- photaxon of both species. 133 Fig. 19. Pseudoplatia subnitens (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus and parameres. Scale: 0.25 mm. Pseudoplatia subnitens (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 19, 60 Minuthodes subnitens Darlington, 1968: 97; Lorenz 1998: 434. Examined types. Holotype: d, DUTCH NEW GUINEA Japen I., Mt. Baduri. 1000 ft., viii.1938. L. E. Cheesman. B.M. 1938-593. / Holotype Minuthodes subnitens Darl. (BMNH). Diagnosis. Characterized, at the same time, by fairly large size, not microreticulate surface or elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinuate lateral margins. Distinguished from P. punctatipennis, spec. nov. by less dense punctua- tion of elytra, and from all other similar species by combination of elongate elytra and distinctly sinuate pronotum. Description Measurements. Length: 5.75 mm; width: 2.7 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.86; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.22; length/ width of elytra: 1.39; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.45. Colour (Fig. 60). Upper surface almost black, but neck and lateral margins of pronotum and elytra very indistinctly reddish. Lower surface piceous. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous light reddish, longitudinal stripes which form three in- distinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distri- bution of light colour on elytra slightly more ex- tended than dark colour. Labrum reddish, mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish, tibiae slight- ly darker than femora. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- 134 gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, sur- passing basal angle of pronotum by one antenno- mere, median antennomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticula- tion absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with dense, rather regular, moderately coarse punctuation and with rather elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with slightly finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, slightly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex gently concave, anterior angles slightly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest about at middle, at position of anterior lat- eral seta. Margin distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles which are quite angulate and almost rectan- gular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not peduncu- late. Apex in middle not bordered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, lat- eral parts widely explanate, faintly upturned, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus fairly deep. Api- cal transverse sulcus distinct, but interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation dense, on.disk rather fine and regular, on lateral parts coarse and somewhat confluent. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate se- tae. Elytra. Comparatively elongate, rather rectan- gular, not widened behind middle, dorsally de- pressed. Humeri rounded, sides gently convex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural anglesrounded, elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striaeimpressed, irregularly and coarse- ly punctate, intervals slightly convex. Microreticula- tion absent, intervals coarsely and moderately densely punctate in about two rows, punctures rather regular, barely confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity rather dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3"% stria, both posterior ones near 2" stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of mar- ginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface very glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax, and abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect. Metepisternum com- paratively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrise- tose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 19). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring lacking in holotype. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface gently concave in basal two thirds, then gently bisinuate, apex rather elongate, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also withouta denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres fairly elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Japen Island, Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. New records. None. Relationships. Probably the adelphotaxon of P. geor- gei, spec. nov., and P. riedeli, spec. nov. and P. gerdi, spec. nov. Pseudoplatia rossi (Darlington) (comb. nov.) Figs 20, 61 Minuthodes rossi Darlington, 1968: 97; Lorenz 1998: 434. Types. Holotype: d, Maffin Bay, Dutch N. Guinea, Ix.44 E.S. Ross Coll. / Holotype Minuthodes rossi D. (CAS type Nr. 11212). Diagnosis. Characterized, atthe same time, by large size, microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinu- ate lateral margins. Distinguished from P. latipennis, spec. nov. by laterally less convex elytra and longer light elytral spots, and by narrower prothorax; and from P. missai, spec. nov. by wider prothorax with wider base, and slightly shorter elytra. Description Measurements. Length: 6.6 mm; width: 3.05 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.75; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.21; length/ width of elytra: 1.34; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.40. Colour (Fig. 61). Upper surface piceous, but neck, clypeus, labrum, the wide lateral margins of pronotum and the narrow margins of elytra dark reddish, pronotum also in middle of apex and base dark reddish. Lower surface of head, thorax, and abdomen reddish, except for episterna and epimera. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous reddish, more or less elongate spots which form three indis- tinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distribu- tion of light colour on elytra about as extended as dark colour. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs reddish, femora light reddish. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, sur- passing basal angle of pronotum by one antenno- mere, median antennomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticula- tion absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with dense, rather regular, moderately coarse punctuation and with elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with slightly finer punctures. Surface glossy. 135 Fig. 20. Pseudoplatia rossi (Darlington). Male genitalia: Aedeagus and parameres. Scale: 0.25 mm. Pronotum. Wide, slightly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex gently concave, anterior angles slightly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest about at middle, at position of anterior lat- eral seta. Lateral margin faintly sinuate in front of basal angles which are slightly obtuse but almost rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bordered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, de- pressed, lateral parts widely explanate, but barely upturned, disk very gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather shallow, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus shallow. Apical transverse sulcus very shal- low, slightly interrupted in middle. Microreticulation absent, punctuation very dense, on disk rather fine and but slightly confluent, on lateral parts coarser and more rugose. Surface glossy, with dense, elon- gate, more or less erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Moderately elongate, rather rectangular, not widened behind middle, dorsally depressed. Humerirounded, sides almost parallel, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded, elytra slight- ly dehiscent at suture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarse- ly punctate, intervals slightly convex. Traces of microreticulation present, intervals coarsely and moderately densely punctate in 2-3 rows, punctures rather regular, barely confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity rather dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3'* stria, both posterior ones near 2" stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within 136 the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of mar- ginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface glossy. Pos- terior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax, and abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect, on abdomen declined. Metepisternum comparatively short, <1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrisetose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 20). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring lacking in holotype. Aedeagus rather elongate, lower surface very gently concave, apex elongate, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres fairly elongate, left one with acute apex, much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Central northern Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Unknown. New records. None. Relationships. Closely related to P. missai, spec. nov. with which P. rossi probably forms the adel- photaxon of P. latipennis, spec. nov. Fig. 21. Pseudoplatia missai, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. Pseudoplatia missai, spec. nov. Figs 21, 31, 62 Types. Holotype: d, Canopy mission P.N.G. Madang province, Baiteta, FOG M10, 29. VI1.1994, Leg. Olivier Missa (IRSNB). — Paratypes: 2139, 21??, same locality and same collector: FOG MI, 22.V1.1993; FOG M4, 22.IV.1993; FOG M6, 18.V.1993; FOG M10, 14.V1.1994; FOG M10, 29.V1.1994; FOG T1, 19.11.1993; FOG T2, 24.V1.1994; FOG T3, 31.IH. 1993; FOG T4, 6.1V.1993; FOG 19, 1.91.1993; FOG T9, 8.V1.1993; FOG T10, 24.11.1994; FOG T11, 20.1V.1994; FOG T12, 8.V1.1994 (CBM, RSNB). Diagnosis. Characterized, atthe same time, by large size, microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinu- ate lateral margins. Distinguished from both, P. lati- pennis, spec. nov. and P. rossi (Darlington) by nar- rower prothorax with narrower base; in addition distinguished from P.latipennis by laterally less convex elytra and larger light elytral spots; and from P. rossi by slightly longer elytra. Description Measurements. Length: (6.1)6.5-6.9 mm; width: (2.8)3.1-3.2 mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.66-1.68; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.13-1.18; length/width of elytra: 1.38-1.41; width of elytra/ width of prothorax: 1.44-1.50. Colour (Fig. 62). Upper and lower surfaces dark piceous to almost black, in some specimens neck, clypeus, labrum, the wide lateral margins of prono- tum and the narrow margins of elytra dark reddish, pronotum also in middle of apex and base dark reddish. Lower surface usually piceous to almost black. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous reddish, more or less elongate spots which form three indistinct, oblique, irregularly v-shaped bands. Distribution of light colour on elytra about as ex- tended as dark colour. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs reddish, femora light reddish. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, not attaining basal angle of pronotum, median anten- nomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4'" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticulation absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with dense, rather regular, coarse punctuation and with elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with slightly finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Moderately wide, slightly cordiform, though more quadrate than in other species, dor- 137 sally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex gently concave, anterior angles slightly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly round- ed, widest about at middle, at position of anterior lateral seta. Margin more or less distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles which are rather obtuse but almost rectangular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not pedunculate. Apex in middle not bordered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, de- pressed, lateral parts rather widely explanate, not upturned, disk gently raised. Median line well im- pressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather shallow, oblique, prebasal transverse sukcus barely indicated. Apical transverse sulcus shallow, slightly interrupted in middle. Microre- ticulation absent, punctuation very dense, on disk moderately fine and rather regular, on lateral parts coarser and somewhat confluent. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, more or less erect, yel- low pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Comparatively elongate, rather rectan- gular, very gently widened behind middle, dorsally rather depressed. Humeri rounded, sides very gen- tlycconvex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded, elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Mar- ginal channel narrow throughout. Striae impressed, irregularly and coarsely punctate, intervals slightly convex. Traces of microreticulation present, intervals densely and coarsely punctate in about three rows, punctures rather regular, barely confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity rather dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3" stria, both posterior ones near 2" stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly dis- cernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of marginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface fairly glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax, and abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect, on abdomen declined. Metepisternum comparatively short, c.1.5x as long as wide at apex. Terminal abdominal sternum in both sexes quadrisetose. Legs. Ofmoderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 21). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, narrow, almost regularly triangular-convex, with 138 narrow symmetric apex and short and rather wide basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface gently concave to near apex, apex elongate, obtuse, feebly upturned. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also with- out a denticulate plate within orificium. Both para- meres fairly elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia (Fig. 31). Stylomeres very small. Stylomere 1 asetose at apical rim, stylomere 2 mod- erately elongate, slightly curved, with moderately elongate, fairly acute apex; with two moderately elongate ventro-lateral ensiform setae, one extreme- ly elongate dorso-median ensiform seta, and asmall groove in apical third, but apparently without a nematiform seta. Lateral plate asetose. Variation. Some variation noted in size and colouration of elytra. One extraordinarily small specimen has less sinuate lateral margins of prono- tum than usual, but similar male genitalia. Distribution. Eastern central Papua New Guinea. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Fogged from trunk or lower canopy of standing trees of the species Drac- ontomelon dao and Pometia pinnata in lowland rain forest close to the coast. ; Etymology. The name honours O. Missa, the collector of this and of a large number of additional carabid spe- cies at Baiteta. Relationships. See under P. rossi (Darlington). Pseudoplatia latipennis, spec. nov. Figs 22, 63 Types. Holotype: d, 16.-18.7.1996, 22, Schüle/Stüben, West Papua, Fakfak, 2km östl. des Flughafen, Garten in Sek. Wald (CBM). Diagnosis. Characterized, atthe same time, by large size, microreticulate surface of elytra, spotted elytra, and wide, explanate pronotum with distinctly sinu- ate lateral margins. Distinguished from both P. ros- si (Darlington) and P. missai, spec. nov. by laterally much more convex elytra, smaller light elytral spots, and wider prothorax. Description Measurements. Length: 6.7 mm; width: 3.2mm. Ratios. Width/length of prothorax: 1.83; width base/apex of prothorax: 1.20; length/width of elytra: 1.31; width of elytra/width of prothorax: 1.39. Colour (Fig. 63). Upper surface piceous, but Fig. 22. Pseudoplatia latipennis, spec. nov. Male genitalia: Aedeagus, parameres, and genital ring. Scales: 0.25 mm. neck, clypeus, labrum, and wide lateral margins of pronotum and elytra reddish, pronotum also in middle of apex and base reddish. Lower surface of head and thorax reddish, except for episterna and epimera, ofabdomen piceous. Elytra with a variegate pattern of numerous short, yellow, drop-shaped spots which form three indistinct, oblique, irregu- larly v-shaped bands. Distribution of dark colour on elytra more extended than light colour. Mouth parts, antennae, and legs light reddish, femora yellow. Head. Wide, though definitely narrower than pronotum. Frons in anterior part irregularly im- pressed. No longitudinal furrows medially of eyes but the coarse punctuation of frons more or less longitudinally confluent. Eyes large, markedly pro- truding. Clypeo-frontal suture deep. Anterior mar- gin of clypeus straight. Labrum elongate, apex in middle straight, 6-setose, lateral margins with ad- ditional hairs. Mandibles with some longitudinal furrows on upper surface. Apical palpomeres long- erthan penultimate palpomeres, apices rather acute, both palpi very sparsely pilose. Mentum with uni- dentate, at apex obtuse tooth. Antenna short, sur- passing basal angle of pronotum by one antenno- mere, median antennomeres about as long as wide, densely pilose from apex of 4'" antennomere, basal antennomeres fairly densely setose. Microreticula- tion absent from frons and clypeus, present and isodiametric on labrum. Clypeus and anterior part of frons with dense, rather regular, moderately coarse punctuation and with fairly elongate, more or less erect pilosity, posterior part of head with slightly finer punctures. Surface glossy. Pronotum. Wide, slightly cordiform, dorsally depressed. Base much wider than apex, apex gently concave, anterior angles slightly produced but evenly rounded. Sides anteriorly evenly rounded, widest about at middle, at position of anterior lat- eral seta. Margin distinctly sinuate in front of basal angles which are slightly obtuse but almost rectan- gular. Posterior marginal seta situated at basal angle. Base in middle gently convex though not peduncu- late. Apex in middle not bordered, base bordered throughout. Lateral channel wide, depressed, lat- eral parts widely explanate, faintly upturned, disk gently raised. Median line well impressed, almost attaining base and apex. Basal grooves rather deep, oblique, prebasal transverse sulcus fairly deep. Api- caltransverse sulcus shallow, interrupted in middle. Disk on either side with a fairly deep, circular im- pression. Traces of microreticulation present, punc- tuation dense, on disk rather fine and more or less regular, on lateral parts coarser and somewhat con- fluent. Surface glossy, with dense, rather elongate, rather erect, yellow pilosity. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Elytra. Comparatively short, rather quadrate though laterally rounded, not widened behind mid- dle, dorsally depressed. Humeri rounded, sides evenly convex, apex oblique, fairly sinuate, sutural angles rounded, elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Marginal channel narrow throughout. Striae im- pressed, irregularly and coarsely punctate, intervals slightly convex. Traces of microreticulation present, intervals coarsely and densely punctate in 3-4 rows, punctures fairly regular, barely confluent, about as coarse as punctures of striae. Pilosity dense, yellow, fairly elongate, somewhat declined. Three discal pores situated in 3" interval, the basal one near 3°“ stria, both posterior ones near 2” stria, though pores and the short erect setae hardly discernible within the dense punctuation and pilosity. Part of mar- ginal setae very elongate. Lateral margin with a dense fringe of elongate setae. Surface fairly glossy. Posterior wings fully developed. Lower surface. Lower surface of head barely pilose, lower surfaces of prosternum, meso- and metathorax, and abdomen densely punctate and pilose, only proepisterna and -epimera glabrous, pilosity more or less erect, on abdomen more de- clined. Metepisternum comparatively short, <1.5x as long as wide atapex. Terminal abdominal sternum in male quadrisetose. Legs. Of moderate size, plainly pilose, including upper surfaces of tibiae. Claws large, with 3-4 minute denticles. Three basal tarsomeres of male protarsus slightly widened and asymmetrically squamose. Male genitalia (Fig. 22). Rather small in com- parison to body size. Genital ring of moderate size, almost regularly triangular-convex, with narrow symmetric apex and very short and wide basis. Aedeagus elongate, lower surface evenly concave, apex elongate, obtuse. Orificium very large, almost completely situated on left side. Internal sac rather simply folded, without any sclerotized parts and also without a denticulate plate within orificium. Both parameres elongate, left one much larger than right one. Female genitalia. Unknown. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. Western Irian Jaya. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Taken from low vegeta- tion in secondary forest. Etymology. The name refers to the wide pronotum of this species. Relationships. Probably the adelphotaxon of P. ros- si (Darlington) and P. missai, spec. nov. Genus Agonocheila Chaudoir Chaudoir, 1848: 119; 1869: 223; Csiki 1932: 1379; Darling- ton 1968: 118; Moore et al. 1987: 288; Lorenz 1998: 434. Type species: Agonocheila guttata Chaudoir, 1848 (by monotypy). Diagnosis. Genus of Lebiinae, very heterogenous in shape and structure. In the restricted sense as 140 designated in the present paper, Agonocheila is mainly characterized by the following character states: depressed body; more or less wide, depressed, and mostly distinctly cordiform pronotum; de- pressed, moderately ovate, but not quadrate elytra; presence of rather short, usually depressed pilosity on head, pronotum, and elytra; absence of a dense fringe of elongate setae on the margins of pronotum and elytra; sparsely pilose or impilose upper surface of tibiae; quadrisetose male and female terminal abdominal sternites; absence of a notch near apex of middle tibia in males; usually rather simple elytral pattern, bimaculate or quadrimaculate or with mod- erately variegate patches. Examination of the male genitalia of half a dozen species from different species-groups within Agonocheila revealed quite differently shaped and structured aedeagi which diversity at present renders it impossible to draw any final conclusions about the extra- and intrageneric relationships. Distribution. The whole of Australia including Tasmania; introduced by man into New Zealand. At the present state of knowledge, not in New Guinea. Relationships. This genus (or group of genera), together with Minuthodes, Cheilagona, and Pseudop- latia, forms a group of closely related genera though within this group Agonocheila probably is next re- lated to Minuthodes and Cheilagona. However, a systematic examination of the male and female genitalia of the Australian species is needed to cor- roborate this opinion. Note. This diagnosis is based on the examination ofthetype species of Agonocheila, A. guttata Chaudboir, and has been verified by the examination of 23 de- scribed and about 30 additional undeterminated Australian species. A thorough revision of the nu- merous existing Australian species probably will reveala number of well characterized species-groups or subgenera, or even additional genera. At present, this is without the scope of this paper. Phylogenetic relations At present, and without a thorough taxonomic revi- sion of the large number of Australian Agonocheila species, any considerations about the phylogenetic relations of the genera mentioned herein is difficult and also premature. This applies in particular, be- cause the adelphotaxon of the whole complex is so far unknown, although the Australian genus Philo- phloeus Chaudoir may represent it. The question becomes even more difficult, because the numerous 23 24 d \ 26 27 0 29 30 7 28 Z 31 Figs 23-31. Female stylomeres. 23. Minuthodes sexualis (Darlington). 24. M. rectimargo, spec. nov. 25.M. atrata, spec. nov. 26. Cheilagona variabilis (Darlington). 27. C. nigropicea, spec. nov. 28. Pseudoplatia minuthoides (Darlington). 29. P. drumonti, spec. nov. 30. P. riedeli, spec. nov. 31. P. missai, spec. nov. Scales: 0.1 mm. Australian species of Philophloeus and Agonocheila are corticolous or subcorticolous animals living mainly on the trunks of standing trees in open, com- monly eucalpyt forest, whereas the extra-Australian species of Minuthodes, Cheilagona and Pseudoplatia apparently are rain forest dwelling species that are said to live on the bark and in moss of fallen logs, but perhaps also more or less up on the trunks and even in the canopy of standing rain forest trees. Of a number of species of these genera, however, not even any collecting circumstances are recorded. Those Australian species of Cheilagona known to me, likewise live in rain forest, while some Australian Minuthodes occur in open eucalypt forest under bark. 141 43 45 Figs. 32-63. Habitus. 32. Minuthodes papuana (Sloane) (5.1 mm). 33. M. regularis Darlington (4.9 mm). 34. M. irreg- ularis Darlington (5.5 mm). 35. M. metallica Darlington (5.0 mm). 36. M. biplagiata Baehr (5.2 mm). 37. M. multiseto- sa Baehr (5.3 mm). 38. M. sexualis Darlington (Mapia) (5.8 mm). 39. M. sexualis Darlington (w. Timika) (5.3 mm). 40. M. rectimargo, spec. nov. (Pusppensaat) (4.8 mm). 41. M. rectimargo, spec. nov. (Aseki) (4.7 mm). 42. M. atrata, spec. nov. (4.4 mm). 43. M. nigra (van Emden) (5.5 mm). 44. M. nigra (van Emden), apex of elytra. 45. Cheilagona gressitti gressitti (Darlington) (4.4 mm). 46. C. gressitti planata, subspec. nov. (4.1 mm). 47. C. variabilis (Darlington) (4.5 mm). 48. C. rufa (Darlington) (4.8 mm). 49. C. nigropicea, spec. nov. (4.9 mm). 50. P. expansa (Darlington) (5.5 mm). 51. P. dorsata dorsata (Darlington) (6.2 mm). 52. P. dorsata minor, subspec. nov. (5.4 mm). 53. Pseudoplatia minuthoides (Darlington) (4.2 mm). 54. P. sedlacekorum (Darlington) (4.7 mm). 55. P. drumonti, spec. nov. (4.8 mm). 56. P. riedeli, spec. nov. (5.3 mm). 57. P. gerdi, spec. nov. (5.0 mm). 58. P. recticollis, spec. nov. (5.4 mm). 59. P. georgei, spec. nov. (5.6 mm). 60. P. subnitens (Darlington) (5.75 mm). 61. P. rossi (Darlington) (6.6 mm). 62. P. missai, spec. nov. (6.7 mm). 63. P. latipennis, spec. nov. (6.7 mm). 142 143 The question arises, then, which habits is primary and which secondary. Genus Minuthodes. Although this genus is rath- er homogeneous in body shape as well as in structure of male and female genitalia, in colouration as well as in microstructure of the surface it is quite diverse. Due to its spined elytra, M. nigra certainly is a highly evolved species, as is the sexualis-complex to which also M. brachydera Chaudoir from the Moluc- cas belongs, in view of the dentate femur of their females. If presence of elytral pattern is thought to be a basic character state, which is quite probable because all related genera likewise bear patterned elytra, the uniformly black or bluish colouration of M. atrata, M. brachydera, M. simplex, M. metallica, and M.nigra also should represent evolved character states. Some other character states likewise might be regarded apomorphic, e.g. reduction or complete absence of pilosity of surface, multiplication of tac- tile setae on pronotum and elytra, and development of a complex elytral pattern. If all these suggestions prove right, then species like M. regularis Darlington and M. irregularis Darlington should represent the basic stock of the whole genus. This would mean, in other words, thatthe genus Minuthodes has its most basic species in New Guinea, whereas species being apomorphic in one or an- other way mostly occur at the margins of the genus’ range, i.e. on the Moluccas, in northern Australia, on Solomon Islands, but also in New Guinea, al- though in the latter area they mainly occur in the extreme west or east, respectively. The genus Minu- thodes, in its restricted sense, thus seems to have originated in New Guinea, and apparently certain stocks later spread to the west, east and south, where, in particular in the drier parts of Australia, several species finally changed their habits through adapting themselves to the life under bark of eucalypts in open sclerophylil forest or woodland. Genus Cheilagona. This genus is very homoge- nous in body shape and markedly differs in this respect from all related genera. It is rather heterog- enous, however, in elytral colour and pattern, as well as in shape and structure of the male aedeagus though not in shape of the male genital ring. Because male genitalia are not known from all species and not even from all taxa occurring in New Guinea, the relationships within the genus are not yet fully set- tled, but probably the male genitalia of C. g. gressit- ti are less evolved than those of C. variabilis and C. rufa. The absence of any elytral pattern in both New GuineanC. rufa and C. nigropicea likewise is an derived character state, because presence of elytral pattern most probably is a basic character in all re- 144 lated genera. Unfortunately, the Australian species of the genus have not been examined for their male genitalia, so their relationships are not yet settled and, as a consequence, suggestions about the bio- geographic history ofthe genus are not possible now, apart from the statement, that uniformly coloured, unpatterned species have not yet been recorded from Australia. Genus Pseudoplatia. Certainly P. minuthoides in certain characters of external and genitalic morphol- ogy is most plesiomorphic within the whole genus. As this species already possesses the elytral pattern composed of many elongate spots, the aberrant pat- terns of P. dorsata and P. expansa may be apomorphic in comparison with the spotted elytral pattern ofthe other species. All other species, however, are ex- tremely similar with respect to shape, structure of surface, colour pattern, and even morphology of male and female genitalia, and thus, they presum- ably are very closely related and may have differ- entiated quite recently. Such large number of closely related taxa is characteristic for New Guinea the fauna of which island is comparatively young but has achieved a surprisingly great taxonomic diversity that probably is due to therugged montane landscape, remarkable orogenic events in rather recent times, and the com- position of this island from a number of previously separated terranes of different origins. None of the mentioned genera has any species in the Oriental Region proper, if the occurrence of two species of Minuthodes on Sulawesi and the Moluccas is regarded due to their quite recent im- migration from the Papuan Subregion. For Minutho- des and Pseudoplatia, at least, the Papuan subregion seems to represent the centre of distribution, where- as Cheilagona is also represented in northern Aus- tralia but without our knowing, how many Austral- ian species actually belong to that genus and where the original stock of this genus may have originated. Although a few Minuthodes species existin Australia, New Guinea bears the highest species diversity and also the presumptive most basal species of the whole genus. Most probably the whole complex originated from rain forest living species and all adaptations to life on and under bark in drier environments then would be secondary. But this does not answer the question in which region this complex originated which could be solved only by a complete cladistic survey of the whole complex of pericaline Lebiinae or at least of those that range through the Oriental and Australian regions. Acknowledgements For loan of types and material I am very grateful to following curators and collectors: Mr. M. Brendell (Lon- don), Dr. T. Deuve (Paris), Mr. A. Drumont (Bruxelles), Mr. B. Jäger (Berlin), Dr. D. H. Kavanaugh (San Fran- cisco), Dr. I. Löbl (Geneve), Dr. O. Merkl (Budapest), Dr. G. B. Monteith (Brisbane), Dr. P. D. Perkins (Cam- bridge/Mass.), Dr. A. Riedel (Karlsruhe), Dr. G. A. Samuelson (Honolulu), Mrs. C. Taylor (London), Dr. M. Uhlig (Berlin), M. T. Weir (Canberra), Dr. L. Zerche (Münchberg). Checklist of the New Guinean species of the genera Minuthodes Andrewes, Cheilagona, gen. nov., and Pseudoplatia, gen. nov. (PNG: Papua New Guinea, ]]: Province of Papua, former Irian Jaya) Genus Minuthodes Andrewes atrata, spec. nov. e. PNG biplagiata Baehr w.]J irregularis Darlington ne IJ metallica Darlington e. PNG multisetosa Baehr w.]J nigra (Van Emden) Solomon Islands: Tulaghi Is. papuana (Sloane) whole New Guinea, New Britain rectimargo, Spec. NOV. whole New Guinea regularis Darlington whole New Guinea sexualis Darlington whole New Guinea simplex Darlington e. PNG: Goodenough Is. Genus Cheilagona, gen. nov. gressitti gressitti (Darlington) whole New Guinea gressitti planata, subspec. nov. ces] nigropicea, spec. Nov. w.1] rufa (Darlington) e. PNG variabilis (Darlington) whole New Guinea Genus Pseudoplatia, gen. nov. dorsata dorsata (Darlington) PNG, ce. I] dorsata minor, subspec. nov. ce. PNG drumonti, spec. nov. ce. PNG expansa (Darlingon) PNG, ce. IJ georgei, spec. NOV. e.]] gerdi, spec. nov. w.] latipennis, spec. nov. w.] minuthoides (Darlington) ce. PNG missai, spec. Nov. ce. PNG recticollis, spec. noV. n. PNG riedeli, spec. nov. w.]J rossi (Darlington) n. ]J sedlacekorum (Darlington) ce. PNG subnitens (Darlington) n. ]J: Japen Is. References Andrewes, H. E. 1939. Papers on Oriental Carabidae. XXXV. On the types of some Indian genera. — Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. (11)3: 128-139 -- 1941. Papers on the Oriental Carabidae XXXVI. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11)7: 307-317 Baehr, M. 1990. A review of the Australian species of Minuthodes Andrewes, with the description of two new species (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). - Spixiana 13: 33-41 --. 1994. A new species of Minuthodes Andrewes from Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebii- nae). — Spixiana 17: 37-41 -- 1998. Two new species of Minuthodes Andrewes from New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). - Spixiana 21: 235-240 -- 2001. A new species of the genus Minuthodes An- drewes from north Queensland, Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). — Spixiana 24: 171-175 -- 2004. The genus Lebia Latreille in the Australian- Papuan Region (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). - Spixiana 27: 205-246 Chaudoir, M. de. 1848. M&emoire sur la famille des Cara- biques. 1° partie. - Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 21: 3-134 119 -- 1869. Me&moir sur les Thyr&operides. — Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 12: 113-162 Csiki, E. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Vol. III. Cara- bidae Ill: Pars 124, Harpalinae VII: 1279-1598. - W. Junk, Berlin Darlington, P. J. Jr. 1968. The Carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part III. Harpalinae continued. Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 139: 1-253 Emden, F. van 1937. Einige Carabidae von den Salomo- und Sta.-Cruz-Inseln, den Neuen Hebriden sowie Neu-Guinea. - Stett. Ent. Z. 98: 34-45 Lorenz, W. 1998. Systematic List of extant Ground Bee- tles of the World (Insecta Coleoptera “Geadepha- ga”: Trachypachidae and Carabidae incl. Paussi- nae, Cicindelinae. Rhysodidae). — Tutzing, printed by the author. 502 pp. Moore, B. P., T. A. Weir & J. E. Pyke 1987. Rhysodidae and Carabidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Aus- tralia, 4: 17-320. — Australian Government Publish- ing Service, Canberra Sloane, T. G. 1917. Carabidae from tropical Australia (New genera and species, notes and synonymy, and synoptic tables. Tribes Scaritini, Harpalini, Odacanthini, Lebiini, and Helluonini). - Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 42: 406-438 145 Buchbesprechungen 9. Daccordi, M. & P. M. Giachino (eds.): Results of the Zoological Missions to Australia of the Regional Museum of Natural Sciences of Turin, Italy. II. - Monografie XLII. Museo Regionale di Scienze Natu- rali, Torino, 2005. 643 pp., numerous figs. ISBN 88- 86041-63-2. The second volume of the series of results of the recent travels of a number of Italian entomologists to Australia again includes a number of descriptions of species, and some revisions of smaller or larger supraspecific taxa. According to the fields of activity of the authors, this second volume again covers mainly papers on a few families of Coleoptera with a single paper referring to Hymenoptera. And within Coleoptera almost exclu- sively papers on Carabidae, Staphylinidae, and Chryso- melidae are included, with one additional revisional paper on a genus of Hydrophilidae. Even when covering almost 650 printed pages, the volume includes mainly papers on rather small taxa, in terms of numbers of in- cluded species. This clearly demonstrates the extremely inadequate knowledge that we possess about the Austral- ian entomofauna, atleast as Coleoptera and Hymenoptera are concerned. Although some of the papers include many descrip- tions of new genera and species, I guess most important those papers that try acomplete revision of the mentioned supraspecific taxon, rather than those which only describe new species without inserting these in the framework of the whole genus or tribe. Accordingly the revisions of the Australian Anillina (Carabidae), of the genus Laccobius (Hydrophilidae), and both papers on Staphylinidae would be of major importance, while the type revisions ofa small number of species of the carabid genus Carenum which should serve as the first part of a general revision of this very large genus, and the not only taxonomic but also biogeographic study about the Australian Bembidion (Carabidae) differ from the other papers in some respects and are also very interesting. Unfortunately, here and there it becomes evident that the volume has been prepared very rapidly, prob- ably too rapidly. Some authors probably did not take enough time to include in their papers the ample mate- rial present in the various Australian museums, hence their treatments are not complete in view of distribution of species, probably also in view of taxonomy. In certain papers also a linguistic revision by a native English speaker would have well improved the written text. The reason for these shortcomings may have been the pressure of the authors by the fund-giving authorities to produce results of their expeditions very soon, but this was not beneficial to the volume. Altogether the volume combines a comparatively small but very interesting amount of information about an entomofauna which is badly in need of much more revisionary work. But the multitude of new taxa col- 146 lected by the authors during the last few years also demonstrate the great importance of additional and, in particular, systematic exploring and collecting work in Australia to gain a more reliable or even complete know- ledge of the unique arthropod fauna of this continent. M. Baehr 10. Ebert, G. (Hrsg.): Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Würt- tembergs, Bd. 10, Ergänzungsband. — Ulmer-Verlag, Stuttgart, 2005. 426 S., 83 Farbfotos, 46 SW-Fotos, 7 Verbreitungskarten, 6 Graphiken, hardback. ISBN 3-8001-4383-6. Es ist vollbracht! Der zehnte und letzte Band der Buch- reihe “Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs” ist er- schienen! Welch Ausnahmeleistung, zu der man dem Herausgeber Günter Ebert und seinem überaus kompe- tenten, breit gefächerten Autorenteam nur gratulieren kann! Vollkommen zu Recht wurde G. Ebert für dieses Standardwerk, das international kein Pendant auf ver- gleichbarem Niveau findet, in den letzten Jahren vielfach geehrt und ausgezeichnet. Auf den ersten 92 Seiten werden Korrekturen und Ergänzungen zu den anderen 9 Bänden vorgestellt, wobei eine Reihe von besonders interessanten Themen, z.B. die Faunendynamik bestimmter Arten, in separaten Kapiteln behandelt wird. Daran schließt sich eine Erör- terung darüber an, wie die Ergebnisse des Grundlagen- werkes Schmetterlinge im Artenschutzprogramm Baden- Württemberg umgesetzt wird und weiter umgesetzt werden kann. Auf den nächsten 30 Seiten folgt eine Darstellung der Bestandssituation und der Gefährdung der Grofßsschmetterlinge Baden-Württembergs. Höchst interessant ist auch die Zusammenstellung der Geschich- te der lepidopterologisch-faunistischen Forschung in diesem Bundesland. Das Buch wird mit einem kurzen Nachwort und einer Unterschrift des Herausgebers (S. 195-196) abgeschlossen. So weit so gut, möchte man meinen. — Weit gefehlt! Im Anhang bekommt der Leser noch einige ‘Leckerbissen’ nachgeliefert, z.B. auf über 70 Seiten eine komplette Liste mit typischen Lebensräumen für alle in Baden- Württemberg nachgewiesenen Großschmetterlinge, eine fast 100seitige Liste von Nahrungspflanzen und den auf ihnen nachgewiesenen Faltern (Blütenbesuch) und Rau- pen (Futterpflanze). Das umfangreiche Sach- und Schlag- wortverzeichnis zu den Bänden 1-10 (57 Seiten) schließt das Buch nun endgültig ab. Das Buch ist viel mehr als nur ein kleiner Ergänzungs- und Korrekturband, dessen Kauf man sich auch sparen kann (was angesichts des geringen Preises jedoch nicht viel Ersparnis bringen würde). Vor allem die beiden überaus umfangreichen Tabellen des Anhanges sind für die Arbeit mit Schmetterlingen in Mitteleuropa eine unverzichtbare Informationsquelle. A. Hausmann SPIXIANA 147-152 München, 01. Juli 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Hisonotus candombe, a new species from the rio Uruguay basin in the Repuüblica Oriental del Uruguay (Siluriformes, Loricariidae, Otothyrini) Jorge R. Casciotta, M. de las Mercedes Azpelicueta, Adriana E. Almirön & Thomas Litz Casciotta, J., M. de las M. Azpelicueta, A. Almirön & T. Litz (2006): Hisonotus candombe, a new species from the rio Uruguay basin in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay (Siluriformes, Loricariidae, Otothyrini). - Spixiana 29/2: 147-152 Hisonotus candombe, spec. nov. is described from arroyos Palomas and Cataläan Grande, rio Uruguay basin, in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay. Hisonotus can- dombe is distinguished by the following combination of characters: presence of heavy serrae along complete posterior pectoral spine margin, presence of narrow odontodes free area along anterior margin of snout, 5 anal-fin branched rays, lat- eral line canal incomplete and discontinuous with an anterior field bearing 2-7 pores and posterior field with 8-19 pores. Dr. Jorge R. Casciotta (investigador CIC), Dra. M. de las Mercedes Azpelicueta, Dra. Adriana E. Almirön; Divisiön Zoologia Vertebrados, Museo de La Plata, Paseo del Bosque, 1900 La Plata, Argentina; e-mail: jrcas@museo.fenym.unlp.edu.ar Dr. Thomas Litz, Krumpfhalde 47, D-88448 Attenweiler, Germany; e-mail: TCLitz@aol.com Introduction Since the original description of Hisonotus by Eigen- mann & Eigenmann (1889), many species of this genus have been considered as species of the genera Otocinclus or Microlepidogaster. Subsequently, Schae- fer (1998) redefined the genus Hisonotus based on the absence of plates anterior to nostrils and the presence of rostral plates with large odontodes and proposed the inclusion of several species of Micro- lepidogaster and Otocinclus within the genus Hisono- fus. In southern South America, about 13 species of the genus were found in therivers Paraguay, Paranä, Uruguay, and Rio de la Plata, and Los Patos System. Only two of them are present in the Uruguay river basin, H. ringueleti Aquino et al., 2001 and H. macu- lipinnis (Regan, 1912). The objective of the present contribution is the description of a new species of Hisonotus from the rio Uruguay basin in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay. Methods Specimens were cleared and counterstained following Taylor & Van Dyke (1985). Measurements were taken as straight line distances using digital callipers follow- ing Boeseman (1968). Counts include holotype and 11 paratypes; values of the holotype are indicated by an asterisk. Vertebrae count includes those ones corre- sponding to the Weberian apparatus and the caudal centrum (CUl+PU1) as one element. Institutional ab- breviations are as listed in Leviton et al. (1985) with the addition of Asociaciön Ictiolögica, La Plata, Argentina (AI) and Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de la Repü- blica, Montevideo, Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay (ZVC-P). Hisonotus candombe, spec. nov. Figs 1-3, Tab. 1 Types. Holotype: ZVC-P 5595, 29.9 mm SL, Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Salto, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Palomas (31°04'43"S-57°37'26W), coll: P. Laurino et al., 17 March 2003. - Paratypes: ZSM 32062, 147 Fig. 1. Hisonotus candombe, spec. nov. Holotype, 29.9 mm SL, Repuüblica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Salto, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Palomas. A. lateral view. B. dorsal view. 3 ex., 23.4-27.4 mm SL, same collecting data as holotype. AI 164, 1 ex., 27.2 mm SL, same collecting data as holo- type. MHNG 2662.86, 2 ex. 26.0-26.3 mm SL, same col- lecting data as holotype. Al 187, 4 ex., 22.8-30.0 mm SL, Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Artigas, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Cataläan Grande (30°50'35"S - 56°14'30"W), coll: P. Laurino et al., 16 August, 2002. Diagnosis. Hisonotus candombe, spec. nov. is diag- nosed by the following combination of characters: presence of heavy serrae along complete posterior pectoral spine margin, presence of narrow odontode free area along anterior margin of snout, 5 anal-fin branched rays, lateral line canal incomplete and discontinuous with an anterior field bearing 2-7 pores and posterior field with 8-19 pores. Description Morphometrics of holotype and 11 paratypes are presented in Tab. 1. Body slightly elongate, head depressed (Fig. 1A). Greatest body depth at dorsal fin origin. Dorsal profile of head from snout tip to orbital level slightly concave, straight over supraoc- cipital. Snout tip rounded in dorsal view (Fig. 1B). Rostral median plate with notch. Naked area ante- 148 rior to anterior nares. Head slightly wider than trunk. Eyes placed dorsolaterally, horizontal eye diameter longer than suborbital depth and as large as nare diameter. Iris diverticulum present, about one third of pupil diameter. Three infraorbitals surrounding orbit, fourth infraorbital expanded ventrally. Mar- gins and surface of lips covered with papillae. Maxillary barbels short. Jaw teeth bifid; teeth slender with their major cusp slightly expanded and round- ed tip, and a minor cusp pointed. Absence of acces- sory teeth on premaxilla and dentary. One series of teeth, 6-15 (mode 12) on premaxilla and 6-13 (mode 8) on dentary. Pterotic-supracleithrum bearing open- ings. The preopercular sensory canals directed to- ward pterotic-supracleithrum. Body covered by dermal plates except some areas on ventral region. Abdominal area with two series of lateral plates and some ones distributed in middle region. Lateral and anterior rostral plates reflected ventrally. Five lateral series of plates on trunk. Plates of dorsal series continuous; mid-dorsal series continuous and incomplete; median series discontinuous and complete with 22-24 (mode 23*); mid-ventral series complete and continuous; ventral | series continuous and incomplete. Lateral line dis- continuous with one gap, anterior field with 2-7 (3*, mode 6), and posterior field with 8-19 (12*,mode 15) pores. First lateral line plate small, second one placed on rib of sixth vertebra. Anal fin preceded by 3 or 4 pairs of ventral plates and one unpair plate. Coracoid and cleithrum exposed ventrally, excluded arrector fossae area. Two pairs and one unpaired predorsal plates. Odontodes covering head, trunk, and fin rays. Head and trunk odontodes uniformely distributed. Odontodes usually small on body and pelvic spines, large ones on pectoral spine. A tuft of large odon- todes at posterior supraoccipital tip. Large odontodes along anterior margin of snout biserially arranged, dorsad and ventrad series separated by a naked area. Dorsal fin with one spine and 7* (one specimen with 8) branched rays, its origin placed posterior to vertical through pelvic-fin origin. Dorsal fin moved posteriorly behind seventh vertebra. First dorsal-fin proximal radial articulated with eighth vertebra. Adipose fin absent. Pectoral fin with one spine bear- ing heavy serrae along its posterior margin (Fig. 2), and 5to 6 branched rays (10* ex. with 5; 2 ex. with 6); distal tip of pectoral fin surpassing more than 50 % of pelvic-fin length. Pectoral-fin axillary slit present. Pelvic fin with one spine and 5 branched rays, sur- passing scarcely anal-fin origin in males. Presence of small fleshy flap on pelvic fin in males. Anal fin with one spine and 5 branched rays. Caudal fin with fourteen branched rays. Color in alcohol: Ground color of dorsum and flanks of body pale brown, ventral surface of head and trunk whitish. Narrow light stripe from snout tip to eye and from eye to lateral tip of postemporo- supracleithrum. Dorsum of body, upper third of flanks, and head light, with reddish brown dots. Alight area on each flank, extending from supraoc- eipital margin to middle caudal peduncle. Dorsum between last dorsal-fin ray insertion and base of caudal-fin rays with a narrow whitish line. Head with three whitish dots, one on tuft and remaining ones on lateral posterior tip of postemporo-supra- cleithrum. Also, a light dot on first dorsal spine. Preopercle, opercle, and cleithrum whitish. Pectoral, pelvic, anal, and dorsal fins whitish, with dots forming series of darker bands, somewhat diffuse on pelvic fin. Caudal fin pale brown with about 4 or 5 dark vertical stripes; light areas on 4 or 5 uppermost and 2 lowermost caudal-fin rays. Color inlife: ground color of dorsum and flanks bright green, ventral surface of head and trunk pale yellowish. Narrow light stripes from snout tipto eye and from eye to lateral tip of postemporo-supraclei- thrum. Dorsum of body, upper third of flanks, and Fig. 2. Hisonotus candombe, spec. nov. Pectoral spine showing the serrae on the posterior margin of the spine (x 50). head light, with dark reddish brown dots. Pectoral- fin spine and externalmost caudal-fin rays stripped with brown and whitish bands. Caudal fin brown with about 4 or 5 dark vertical stripes; translucent areas on upper and lower caudal-fin lobes. Sexual dimorphism. Pelvic-fin spines of males longer than that of females (18.3-21.7 vs. 16.4-18.0 % SL; 7 females and 5 males). Distal tip of pelvic fins surpassing anal-fin origin in males. Males with flap Tab. 1. Morphometric data of the holotype and 11 para- types of Hisonotus candombe. H. holotype. H Range Mean SD Standard length (mm) 29.9 22.8-30.0 Percents of SL Predorsal distance 43.5 42.7-48.2 45.3 1.71 Head length 34.8 34.8-38.2 36.8 1.15 Cleithral width 22.10. 21.9.24.7.22.940:84 Dorsal-fin spine length 23.7 23.7-28.1 26.2 1.61 Trunk length 19,7 ISO 188 IS Pectoral-fin spine length 24.1 24.1-29.3 26.5 1.77 Pelvic-fin spine length 16.4 16.4-21.7 18.1 1.50 Abdominal length 20511975 28502155129 Caudal peduncle length 33.4 29.3-34.0 31.9 1.50 Caudal peduncle depth 13.0 13.0-14.9 13.9 0.65 Head depth 16.4 16.4-19.7 17.7 1.06 Snout length 16.7 16.7-18.9717:87.0:71 Horizontal eye diameter 5.7 54-70 64 0.48 Interorbital width 13.4 12.5-14.8 13.8 0.68 Percents of HL Head depth 47.1 43.7-54.2 48.3 2.90 Snout length 48.1 45.0-51.8 48.3 1.94 Horizontal eye diameter 16.3 15.0-19.3 17.4 1.18 Interorbital width 38.5 34.0-41.1 37.4 1.83 Cleithral width 63.5 60.6-64.8 62.1 1.39 149 54° 57° BRASIL ARGENTINA & lo) Fig. 3. Hisonotus candombe spec. nov.; localities: 1: arroyo Palomas (type locality), 2: arroyo Catalan Grande; rio Uruguay basin, Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay. on first branched ray of pelvic fin. Abdominal region of males naked, females with few plates on midline. Genital papilla of males longer, slender and more acute than that of females. Preanal region without median plates in males. Etymology. The specific epithet candombe is a spanish word that refers to the African derived rhythm that was popularized in the nineteenth century by black slaves in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay. Distribution and habitat. This species is known from the arroyos Palomas, Departamento Salto, and Catalan Grande, Departamento Artigas, both streams belong to the rio Uruguay basin (Fig. 3). The type locality is a small, shallow creek with muddy soil and clear, slow-flowing water (Fig. 4). Hisonotus candombe was only collected inbetween aquatic plants as Ludwigia sp. and Potamogeton sp., and on leaves of terrestrial plants hanging into the water. Near the place where specimens were collected other creeks have rocky bottom, loose stones and rapid current 150 water. Moderate amounts of grass and other vegeta- tion were present in the margins. The arroyo Catalän Grande is a creek with regions of rapid and slow flowing water, with loose stones, and gravel at the bottom; dense vegetation is present in the margins. Hisonotus candombe was collected here within Echi- nodorus uruguayensis, densely growing on some places. The environmental variables in the arroyo Cata- lan Grande were: air temperature 18-20 °C; water temperature 11.5-17 °C; pH 7.2; conductivity 160- 200 uS/cm.Inthearroyo Palomas, the same variables measured were: air temperature 24 °C; water tem- perature 24 °C; pH 7.7; conductivity 300 uS/cm. Behaviour in aquarium. Hisonotus candombe is re- ported to behave just as most Hypoptopomatinae species wich have been known in aquaria for many years. It is a peacefull species that usually hangs on Echinodorus sp., Sagittaria sp., or similar aquarium plants. The bright green color of the body vanished after about a half year changing to greyish brown. Remarks. Six species of Hisonotus have been de- scribed from the southern area of the Rio de La Plata basin and Lagoa dos Patos system, H. laevior, HA. leptochilus, H. nigricauda, H. maculipinnis, H. rin- gueleti, and H. taimensis. Hisonotus candombe is differentiated from all those species, excluded H.ringueleti,in having an odontode free area along the anterior margin of the snout. Also, H. candombe differs from H. taimensis, H. lepto- chilus, and H. laevior by the lower number of lateral plates (22-24 vs. 26-31 in H. taimensis and 28 plates in H. leptochilus and H. laevior). Hisonotus candombe shares with H. ringueleti the odontode free area along the anterior margin of the snout and posterior margin of the pectoral spine serrated. However, H. candombe differs from H. rin- gueleti in having larger pectoral spine serrae distrib- uted all along the posterior margin. In H. ringueleti the serrae are smaller and placed on distal two thirds of posterior margin of pectoral spine. Hisonotus candombe has five branched anal-fin rays and males with smaller flap on pelvic fin whereas H. ringueleti bears 4 anal-fin rays and a well developed flap. Comparative material examined (SL in mm). Hisonotus sp. A: AI 171, 3 ex., 21.0-32.2 (C&S), Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Canelones, Rio de la Plata basin, arroyo Tropa Vieja. Hisonotus candombe sp. n.: Al 177, 1 ex., 29.7 (C&S), Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Salto, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Palo- mas. Hisonotus maculipinnis (Regan, 1912): AI 122, 1 ex., 27.5 (C&S), Argentina, Corrientes province, rio Paranaä, Ita Ibate. AI 123, 5 ex., 23.4-27.0, Argentina, Corrientes province, rio Paranä basin, Esteros del Iberä, Rincön del | Diablo, Laguna Yacare. Hisonotus nigricauda (Bouleng- Fig. 4. Arroyo Palomas, type locality of Hisonotus candombe spec. nov. er, 1891): AI 178, 6 ex., 30.0-38.0, Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul, Säo Leopoldo, Yacui, rio dos Sinos. Hisonotus sp. B, AI 120, 1ex., 23.3, Argentina, Misiones, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Oveja Negra. Hisonotus sp. C: MHNG 2408.025, 10 ex., 17.8-29.0, Paraguay, route 2, arroyo Pirayu. Hisonotus ringueleti Aquino, Schaefer & Miquel- arena, 2001: AI 179, 1 ex., 36.4, Republica Oriental del Uruguay, Departamento Artigas, rio Uruguay basin, arroyo Lenguazo. Hypoptopoma inexspectatum (Holm- berg, 1893): AI 119, 1eex., 35.0, Argentina, Corrientes province, rio Paranä, Puerto Abra. Otocinclus flexilis Cope, 1894: AI 117,2 ex., 36.0-36.5, Argentina, Entre Rios province, arroyo Nancay. Otocinclus vestitus Cope, 1872: AI 118, 3ex., 26.0-30.4, Argentina, Corrientes province, rio Paranä, Puerto Abra. Otocinclhus vittatus Regan, 1904: AI 121, 1 ex., C&S, 27.0, Argentina, Corri- entes province, rio Paranä, Ita Ibate. AI 127, 1 ex., 26.2, Argentina, Buenos Aires province, Rio de la Plata basin, arroyo El Pescado. Epactionotus yasi Almirön, Azpeli- cueta & Casciotta, 2004: MACN-ict 8649, 1ex., 32.0, Argentina, Misiones province, rio Iguazü basin, arroyo Lobo. Epactionotus aky Azpelicueta, Casciotta, Almirön & Körber, 2004: AI 124, holotype, 30.5, Argentina, Mi- siones province, rio Uruguay basin, Arroyo Garibaldi. Acknowledgements The authors thank C. Tremouilles (Museo de La Plata, Argentina) for help with the drawings; S. Müller (Museu d’histoire naturelle de Gen&ve, Suisse) for the loan of material; G. Garcia (Facultad de Ciencias, Montevideo, Uruguay) and H. Britski (Museo de Zoologia, Säo Paulo, Brasil) for gift of material; Comisiön de Investigaciones Cientificas de la Provincia de Buenos Aires (CIC) for permanent support to JRC. One author (TL) thanks P. Laurino, E. Perujo, I. Perujo, F. Prieto, J. Salvia and H. Salvia, for company, hospitality, and friendship dur- ing various collecting trips in Uruguay; Dr. H. Niön (DINARA) for various discussions and for arranging permissions. References Boeseman, M. 1968. The genus Hypostomus Lacepede, 1803, and its Surinam representatives (Siluriformes, Loricariidae). - Zool. Verh. 99: 3-89 Eigenmann, C. H. & R. S. Eigenmann, 1889. Preliminary notes on South America Nematognathi. — Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser 2, 2: 28-56 151 Leviton, A. E., R. H. Gibbs, Jr., E. Heal & C. E. Dawson 1985. Standards in herpetology and ichthyology: Part I. Standard symbolic codes for institutional resource collections in herpetology and ichthyolo- gy. - Copeia 1985 (3): 802-832 Reis, R. E. & S. A Schaefer 1998. New cascudinhos from southern Brazil: Systematics, endemism, and rela- tionships (Siluriformes, Loricariidae, Hypoptopo- matinae). - Amer. Mus. Nov. (3254): 1-25 152 Schaefer, S. A. 1998. Conflict and resolution: impact of new taxa on phylogenetic studies of the neotropical cascudinhos (Siluroidei: Loricariidae). In: Mala- barba L. R., R. E. Reis, R. P. Vari, Z. M. S. Lucena & C. A.S. Lucena (eds): Phylogeny and Classifica- tion of neotropical fishes. -— EDIPUCRS, Porto Alegre 1998: 375-400. Taylor, W. R. & G. C. Van Dyke 1985. Revised proce- dures for staining and clearing small fishes and other vertebrates for bone and cartilage study. - Cybium 9(2): 107-119 SPIXIANA 153-192 München, 01. Juli 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Type catalogue of amphibians in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Frank Glaw & Michael Franzen Glaw, F. & M. Franzen (2006): Type catalogue of amphibians in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München. - Spixiana 29/2: 153-192 We provide a first complete list of the present and lost amphibian type specimens of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) and discuss various problems involved. The collection currently houses primary types of 61 taxa (45 holotypes, eight lectotypes, three neotypes, and five taxa based on syntype series), 41 of them currently considered as valid. Furthermore, 72 taxa are exclusively represented by secondary types (paratypes, paralectotypes), resulting in type material of 133 taxa. The ZSM collection strongly suffered from losses during World War II. Primary type specimens of approximately 65 amphibian taxa have been obviously destroyed during that time. The historical focus of the collection was South America and was primarily based on material collected by Spix and Martius during their expedition to Brazil from 1817 to 1820. 50 amphibian taxa are based on material collected during this expedi- tion, but currently specimens of only 14 taxa are still present in Munich. Subse- quently, herpetological research in South America was continued during the first half of the 20" century by L. Müller und W. Hellmich, who designated type mate- rial of 24 anuran taxa in the ZSM, 11 of them still represented by primary types. Recently, the focus of the taxonomic work on amphibians has shifted to Madagas- car. This has resulted in the presence of 19 holotypes and additional 50 taxa repre- sented by paratypes from that country. An extensive search in the herpetological collection resulted in the rediscovery of type material of Caecilia annulata Wagler, 1824 and Hyla lateristriga Spix, 1824, which formerly was presumed to be lost. Frank Glaw, Michael Franzen, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, 81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Frank.Glaw@zsm.mwn.de. Introduction The Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) is one of the major natural history museums in Germany. The first important herpetological collec- tions were obtained by an expedition of Johann Baptiste Ritter von Spix to Brazil during the years 1817-1820. A short history of the herpetological col- lection is given by Gruber (1992) and Glaw & Fuchs (2001). During World War Il large parts of the collection including many type specimens have been destroyed. Afterthe war there was significant uncertainty about the survival of the type specimens. This led to the situation that several types were considered or as- sumed to be lost although being extant whereas other types considered present were actually lost (e.g. Frost 1985). In 1983 Hoogmoed & Gruber pub- lished a detailed catalogue of the type specimens of the Spix collection (species described by Spix and Wagler). This work removed much of the uncertain- ties which hindered the taxonomic research of Brazilan species. However, the types of the other amphibian and reptile taxa of the ZSM were never reviewed and their status (extant or lost) remained unknown in many cases. In 1998, we therefore undertook a first attempt to clarify the situation of the herpetological 153 A, Fig. 1. The herpetological type material of the ZSM. types in the ZSM. We removed all type specimens from the main collection and transferred them into a closed area of the collection, and continuously searched for cryptic types. However, it soon became clear that a complete revison of the type material is a time consuming task that could not be finished without additional man power. It was therefore good luck that in 2003 the Global Biodiversity Information Facility (GBIF) started a programme to create a database of the type specimens in German research museums (Glaw & Franzen 2003, 2004, Naumann & van den Elzen 2004). This programme provided the funding to work intensively on the electronic type catalogue and therefore was an important basis for the written type catalogue presented here. The sec- ond part, the type catalogue on the reptiles, will be published in a forthcoming paper. The numbering systems of the herpetological ZSM collection Until 1997, the herpetological ZSM material was listed in a total of 11 handwritten catalogues. Since 1998, the catalogue is continued as an electronic database (Access). Until 1997 a catalogue number either included a single specimen or a series of specimens (generally) from the same locality and with same collection data. Since 1998 each specimen has an individual catalogue number and bears an individual tag. Old numbering system. Old numbers consist of a running number, followed by a “/0” (e.g. ZSM 1021/0, the holotype of Brachycephalus ephippium). Catalogue l includes ZSM 1/0 to 1824/0 (pp. 172-192, 130-162), catalogue II ZSM 1825/0 to 2753/0 (pp. 155-182), and catalogue III ZSM 3000/0 to 3218/0 (pp. 189-196). In addition, there is a small skeleton collection (catalogue II, page 132) with the numbers ZSM 2506/0a-2536/0a. The material with the old numbering system includes much of the collections of Spix, old specimens without collection dates, and other material collected until 1907. To identify individuals of a series, each specimen is numbered as shown in the following example: ZSM 2710/0 (2 specimens) is now labeled ZSM 2710/0/1 and ZSM 2710/0/2. Current numbering system. In 1907, a new cata- logue was started and anew numbering system was introduced. It consists of a running number, followed bya“/"andthe year in which they were catalogued (example ZSM 1/1964, the holotype of Chthonerpeton hellmichi). This system is still in use. Catalogue I includes the years 1907-1921, catalogue II the years 1922-1946, catalogue III the years 1947-1967, and catalogue IV the years 1968-1997. To identify indi- viduals of a series catalogued before 1998, each specimen is numbered as shown in the following example: ZSM 54/1914 (2 specimens) is now labeled ZSM 54/1914/1 and ZSM 54/1914/2. In several cases old individual markings indicated by letters are changed to numerals (e.g. ZSM 2691/0 A and ZSM 2691/0 B are changed to ZSM 2691/0/1 and ZSM 2691/0/2). Sammlung Lorenz Müller. Parallel to the numbe- ring systems outlined above, the collection Lorenz Müller (SLM) was catalogued separately in running numbers. This collection exclusively includes speci- mens from Europe, Africa north of the Sahara, and western Asia. The Lorenz Müller collection compri- ses three separate catalogues: Catalogue I includes the numbers 1-1469, catalogue II the numbers 1470- 2920, and catalogue Ill the numbers 2921-5179. Fi- nally, there is a further (fourth) catalogue (Sammlung Lorenz Müller 1962-1973) with the same numbering system that is used for the regular ZSM collection, i.e. a running number followed by “/” and the year in which the specimens were catalogued (e.g. 1/1962). Since this numbering system is easily con- fused with the regular ZSM numbers, we intend to re-number these specimens (Sammlung Lorenz Müller 1962-1973) in future. Specimens from the Lorenz Müller collection are indicated by the acronym SLM in parentheses (e.g. ZSM (SLM) 3399). To identify individuals of a series, each specimen is numbered as shown in the follo- wing example: ZSM (SLM) 3401 (2 specimens) is now labeled ZSM (SLM) 3401/1 and ZSM (SLM) 3401/2. The amphibian type specimens of the ZSM collection In the following accounts families are listed alpha- betically within each order. Within each family genus and species names are ordered alphabetically accor- ding to their original names. We generally follow the classification of Frost (2004) with recent modifi- cations, especially the work of Faivovich et al. (2005). The informations on each taxon are provided in the following order: (1) original name including author and year of original description, (2) abbreviated reference of the original description, (3) listing of the type specimens, followed by informations on the type localities (literally from the original description if given between quotation marks), collector(s), and collection dates, (4) remarks, (5) present name. If the section “present name” is absent, the original name is still in use. In many cases, the type material of agiven taxon was only partially destroyed during WWII. We therefore decided to present information on extant and lost type material together. Extant type materi- al is underlined to emphasize its presence whereas “(lost)” immediately after a catalogue number indi- cates its absence. For taxa described by Spix and Wagler we ge- nerally follow the opinions and conclusions of Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) who provide detailed and convincing discussions on each taxon which are not repeated here. This is especially true for the identity of the type material which sometimes can not be interpreted unambiguously. Abbreviations The following institutional abbreviations are used: BMNH The Natural History Museum, London KU University of Kansas, Museum of Natural History, Lawrence MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge MNHN Museum national d‘Histoire naturelle, Paris MRSN Museo regionale di Scienze Naturali, Torino MSNG Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova MTD Museum für Tierkunde, Dresden MVZ Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley MZUF Universita di Firenze, Museo Zoologico de la Specola, Firenze MZUT Museo Zoologico dell’Universitä di Torino; specimens currently in MRSN NHRM Naturhistorisca Riksmuseet, Stockholm NMBE Naturhistorisches Museum, Bern NMW Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien SMF Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt RMNH Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Lei- den UADBA Universite d’Antananarivo, Departement de Biologie Animale, Antananarivo UMMZ University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor ZFMK Zoologisches Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig, Bonn ZIL Zoological Institute Leningrad, St. Petersburg ZIUW Zoologisches Institut, Universität Wien ZMA Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam ZMB Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin ZMH Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München Further abbreviations used: coll. collected by don. donated by orig. original Order Gymnophiona Caeciliidae Rafinesque, 1814 Caecilia annulata Wagler, 1824 Serp. Brasil. Spec. Nov. Hist. Nat. Nouv. Serpens.: 74 Paralectotype: ZSM 1323/0, adult, “Habitat nume- rosa in provincia Bahiae, in paludum vicinitate” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedi- tion to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The specimen was presumed to be lost by Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983), but is present in the Munich collection. Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) designated RMNH 2419 as lectotype. Present name: Siphonops annulatus (Mikan, 1820) fide Frost (2004). Caecilia elongata Dunn, 1942 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 91: 527 Holotype: One of two specimens originally cata- logued as ZSM 1327/0 (lost), adult(s), “Panama”, coll. Amon, no date. Paratype(s): ZSM 1324/0 (lost), two specimens ac- cording to the catalogue, one specimen according to the card index, same data as ZSM 1327/0. 155 2 Present name: Oscaecilia elongata (Dunn, 1942) ac- cording to Taylor (1968: 605-607), see also Lahanas & Savage (1992) for further remarks. Caecilia marcusi Wake, 1984 Amphibia-Reptilia 5: 215 Holotype: ZSM 79/1982, male, “Villa Tunari, 400 m, via San Antonio on Rio Chapare”, Cochabamba, Prov., Bolivia”, coll. H. Marcus, collection date un- known, probably early 1940’s. Paratypes: ZSM 82/1982, adult, ZSM 83/1982, adult, same collection data as holotype. Remarks: The registry number of the holotype was erroneously given as 70/1982 by Duellman (1993: 312) and Frost (2004). Nectocaecilia ladigesi Taylor, 1968 Caecilians of the world: 275 Holotype: ZSM 245/1925, adult, “Bocca do Mojü, Staat Parä, Brasilien” (label data), coll. ©. A. Farias, 107911: Remarks: Holotype erroneously mentioned to be housed in ZMH (“ZMH 1925/245”) by Frost (1985: 640) and Frost (2004). Presentname: Typhlonectes compressicauda (Dumeril & Bibron, 1841) according to Wilkinson (1991). 156 Fig. 2. Caecilia marcusi Wake, 1984, holotype (ZSM 79/1982). Ichthyophiidae Taylor, 1968 Chthonerpeton hellmichi Taylor, 1968 Caecilians of the world: 305 Holotype: ZSM 1/1964 (cited as “ZSM Temporary No. 1-1964” in caption of Fig. 160 of the original description), adult, locality uncertain, according to the original description: “Punta Lara [...] I suspect it is in the vicinity of the Rio de la Plata” and in caption of Fig. 160 “Brasil”. According to the card index and jar labels “Punta Lara, Rio La Plata, Ar- gentina”. Exact collection date uncertain: one jar label states September 1963, the other November 1963, coll. R. Foerster. Present name: Uncertain, according to Nussbaum & Wilkinson (1987) presumably a synonym of C. indistinctum (Reinhard & Lütken, 1861). Order Urodela Plethodontidae Gray, 1850 Spelerpes Dofleini Werner, 1903 Abh. K. Bayer. Akademie Wiss. II. Kl. 22: 352 Holotype: ZSM 1288/0 (lost), adult, “Coban, Gua- temala” (catalogue and card index), coll. Sapper, no date. Remarks: McCranie et al. (1996) discussed the identity ofthe lost holotype and designated a neotype (MVZ 161627). Present name: Bolitoglossa dofleini (Werner, 1903), see McCranie et al. (1996). Spelerpes palmatus Werner, 1897 Zool. Anz. 20: 266 Paralectotypes: ZSM 1272/0 (lost), 2 adults, “Ecua- dor”, coll. M. Wagner, no date. Remarks: NMW 22862, formerly ZIUW q43 (Häupl et al. 1994) was designated as lectotype by Brame & Wake (1962: 173). Present name: Bolitoglossa palmata fide Brame & Wake (1962: 173-176). Salamandridae Goldfuss, 1820 Euproctus asper f. castelmouliensis Wolterstorff, 1925 Abh. Ber. Mus. Magdeburg 4: 66 Paralectotype: ZSM (SLM) 3399, female, “Torrent de Castelmouly bei Bagneres de Bigorre, Pyrenaeen, Frankreich” according to the catalogue, collector not indicated, but most probably L.Lantz, don. W. Wolterstorff, 1926. Remarks: Lectotype designation (SMF 1167) by Mertens (1967: 37). Present name: Euproctus asper (Duges, 1852) is cur- rently regarded monotypic (see Clergue-Gazeau 1999: 258). Molge alpestris var. Reiseri Werner, 1902 Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 52: 7 Syntypes: ZSM (SLM) 3401/1-2, 1 male, 1 female, “in einem 1636 m hoch gelegenen, kleinen Ge- birgssee: Prokosko jezero (westlich von der bos- nischen Ortschaft Fojnica)” (original description), “Vranika-Gebirge, Bosnien” (label data), collector and date not indicated on the label, but probably collected in August 1901 by ©. Simony. Present name: Regarded as a synomym of the nominate subspecies (Rocek et al. 2003: 625). Molge italica Peracca, 1898 Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino 13 (317): 1 Paralectotypes: ZSM (SLM) 937 /1-3, 2 males, 1 fe- male, “Potenza, Süd-Italien” (label), collector un- known, Peracca don., 04.1898; ZSM (SLM) 942/1-6, 3 males, 3 females, “Potenza, Süd-Italien”, coll. Per- acca, 1898. Fig. 3. Salamandra salamandra almanzoris Müller & Hellmich, 1935, holotype (ZSM [SLM] 2046). This taxon is one of several fire salamander subspecies from Spain. Remarks: ZSM (SLM) 873, three specimens labeled “Potenza, Frühjahr 1902, Dr. Peracca” were obvi- ously collected or donated in spring 1902. If they were collected in 1902, they are clearly no paralec- totypes. However, ifthey were donated in 1902 they possibly represent paralectotypes. Gavetti & An- dreone (1993: 127) designated MZUT An590.1 as lectotype and noted the existence of further paralec- totypes in MZUT, BMNH, NMW and MZUF, but did not mention the ZSM paralectotypes. Present name: Triturus italicus (Peracca, 1898), see Sparreboom (2003). 157 Fig. 4. Bufo Ephippium Spix, 1824 (holotype ZSM 1021/0), now Brachycephalus ephippium, is the type species of the genus Brachycephalus and was the first described species of the family Brachycephalidae. Salamandra salamandra almanzoris Müller & Hellmich, 1935 Zool. Anz. 112: 49 Holotype: ZSM (SLM) 2046, male, “Laguna Grande de Gredos (2027 m)” (original description, label), coll. W. Hellmich, 04.06.1935. Paratypes: ZSM (SLM) 2047 (lost, 1 male, 1 female), ZSM (SLM) 2048 (lost, 4 juveniles), same data as holotype. Presentname: Valid subspecies according to Thies- meier & Grossenbacher (2004: 1076). Triturus helveticus punctillatus Schmidtler, 1969 Abh. Ber. Naturkd. Vorgesch. Magdeburg 11: 221 Paratypes: ZSM 28/1998-33/1998, 6 adults, “Pozo Negro (‘Schwarzer Brunnen’), 1770 m, Karsee in der Sierra de la Demanda, s. Fresneda de la Sierra (Bur- g0s)” (original description), coll. J. J. & J. F. Schmidt- ler, 30.04.1962 and 15.05.1964. Remarks: The original type series consisted of 30 specimens according to the original description. The holotype (without registry number) was sent to KMM (= Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg = 158 MM), where it was probably lost (J. F. Schmidtler, pers. comm.). The collection date of the holotype (1. [= legit] 15.5.64°) was erroneously interpreted as registry number by Frost (2004). Some of the para- types, which were still alive when the original de- scription was prepared, should be deposited in the SMF according to Schmidtler (1969). However, G. Köhler (pers. comm.) did not find any specimens in the SMF collection. Present name: The validity of this taxon is ques- tioned by Schlüpmann & van Gelder (2004: 798). Order Anura Brachycephalidae Günther, 1858 Bufo Ephippium Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 48 Holotype: ZSM 1021/0, adult, “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Brachycephalus ephippium (Spix, 1824) fide Frost (2004). Ephippipher Spixii Cocteau, 1835 Mag. Zool. Anat. 5: 12 Holotype (according to Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983: 374): ZSM 1021/0, adult, Province of Bahia [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Considered as replacement name for Bufo Ephippium Spix, 1824 (see Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983: 374 for comment). Presentname: Brachycephalus ephippium (Spix, 1824) fide Frost (2004). Bufonidae Gray, 1825 Atelopus cruciger vogli Müller, 1934 Zool. Anz. 108: 151 Holotype: ZSM 3/1933, adult female, “Obere Wasserfälle des Rio Juey ‘Las Penas’, nahe der Ha- cienda ‘La Trinidad’, Maracay (700 m), Venezuela” [labell, “Schlucht ‘Las Penas’ (600 m), unweit von Maracay” [original description], coll. C. Vogl, 1933. Paratypes: ZSM 285/1933/1-8 (5 males, 3 females, all cleared & stained), ZSM 285/1933/9-317, ZSM 350/1999-464/1999, 432 specimens, same data as holotype. Remarks: Solano (1969) mentioned only 316 speci- mens. Lötters et al. (2004) discussed the number of paratypes. Paratype ZSM 285/1933/320 has been exchanged (now ZMA 20335). Paratypes ZSM 285/ 1933/318-319 have been exchanged with ZFMK. Paratype ZSM 285/1933/317 has been exchanged with NMBE. Rivero (1961: 173) lists UMMZ 92431 (1 specimen) and MCZ 20923-5 (3 specimens) as paratypes. Additional paratypes are mentioned by Cochran (1961: 30). Atelopus vogli is considered as extinct (Global amphibian assessment, http://www. globalamphibians.org). Present name: Atelopus vogli according to Lötters et al. (2004). Bufo acutirostris Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 52 Holotype: ZSM 1147/0, male, “Habitat ad flumen Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo acutirostris Spix, 1824 (re-estab- lished by Hoogmoed 1990). For photographs of the holotype (dorsal and ventral view) see Lötters & Köhler (2000). Bufo albicans Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 47 Lectotype: ZSM 1140/0 (designated by Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), subadult, “Habitat ad flumen Ni- grum” [Brazil, Rio Negro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Paralectotype RMNH 2191. Present name: Bufo marinus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Frost (2004). Bufo bufo gredosicola Müller & Hellmich, 1935 Zool. Anz. 112: 54 Holotype: ZSM (SLM) 2049 (lost), male, “Laguna Grande de Gredos, 2027 m” [Spain], coll. W. Hell- mich, 04.06.1935. Paratypes: ZSM (SLM) 2050 (lost, 7 males), ZSM (SLM) 2051 (lost, 7 males, 1 female), all with the same data as holotype. Present name: Considered as valid subspecies (Mertens & Wermuth 1960: 46). Fig.5. Atelopus cruciger vogli Müller, 1934, holotype (ZSM 3/1933). This taxon is now considered a distinct species that has gone extinct. Bufo dorsalis Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 46 Lectotype: ZSM 1141/0/3 (ZSMH 1141/0 A in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), female, “Habitat [...] in Provincia Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotypes: ZSM 1141/0/1-2 (ZSMH 1141/0B, C in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), 1 male, 1 subadult, same data as lectotype. Remarks: Spix (1824) originally mentioned the exist- ence of five syntypes. Three of them are still extant in the ZSM and RMNH 2189 is a further paralecto- type. The fifth specimen has not been located. Frost (2004) erroneously stated that Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) designated RMNH 2189 as lectotype. Present name: Bufo ornatus Spix, 1824 according to Baldissera et al. (2004). Bufo globulosus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 49 Holotype: ZSM 41/0 (lost), juvenile?, “Habitat ad flumen Itapicuru” [Brazil, Rio Itapicuru, probably between Caxias (04°50'S, 43°21'W) and Arrarial (02°37'5,44°41'W) according to Vanzolini 1981], coll. 159 Fig. 6. Bufo granulosus major Müller & Hellmich, 1936, one of the two remaining syntypes (ZSM 202/1929/1). Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Müller & Hellmich (1936: 7-8) noted that Bufo granulosus has priority over Bufo globulosus under the Principle of First Revisor. Frost (2004) did not list Bufo globulosus in the synonymy of B. granu- losus. Presentname: Bufo granulosus Spix, 1824 fide Hoog- moed & Gruber (1983). Bufo granulosus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 51 Holotype: ZSM 40/0 (lost), “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Müller & Hellmich (1936: 7-8) noted that Bufo granulosus has priority over Bufo globulosus under the Principle of First Revisor. Present name: Bufo granulosus granulosus Spix, 1824. 160 Bufo granulosus major Müller & Hellmich, 1936 Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Gran Chaco-Exped., Amph. Rept., 1: 12 Syntypes: ZSM 147/1928 (lost, 18 specimens), ZSM 153/1928 (lost, 1 specimen), and ZSM 202/1929/1-2 (originally ZSM 202/1929, 5 specimens, 3 of them lost), “San Jose de Chiquitos, Prov. Santa Cruz” [Bolivia], coll. Deutsche Chaco Expedition, 10. 1926. Remarks: The original description does not clearly indicate which of the mentioned specimens are to be considered as type material. We here consider all specimens from the locality “San Jose de Chiquitos” listed in the table on page 7 as syntypes. This includes ZSM 147/1928, ZSM 153/1928 and 5 individuals without given catalogue number. These latter spec- imens apparently have the catalogue number ZSM 202/1929 as all collection data are fully identical with the data given in the table on page 7 in Müller & Hellmich (1936). ZSM 202/1929 originally in- cluded 5 specimens. We were not able to locate three of these specimens whereas the remaining two are still extant, ZSM 202/1929/1 (adult) and Z5M 202/1929/2 (juvenile). Present name: Bufo granulosus major (Cei 1980: 189- 190; De la Riva et al. 2000: 26-27). Fig. 7. Bufo proboscideus Spix, 1824, holotype (ZSM 1145/0). Bufo kelloggi Taylor, 1936 Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 24 (20): 510 Paratypes: ZSM 70/1947 /1-2 (E.H. Taylor collection numbers 27, 33), 2 adults, “two miles east of Maz- atlän, Sinaloa” [Mexico], coll. E. H. Taylor, 21.07. 1934. Presentname: Bufo kelloggi Taylor, 1936 (see Flores- Villela 1993: 15). Bufo laevissimus Werner, 1897 Sitzungsber. math.-physik. Cl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss. 27: 212 Syntypes: ZSM 148/1989/1-2 (2 juveniles), “Kame- run” (original description, label), collector unknown, no date; ZSM 1113/0 (lost), adult female, same data as ZSM 148/ 1989. Remarks: Frost (2004) erroneously reports a “holo- type” to be housed in “ZMH”. However, it is clear from the original description that no type or holotype was designated. Therefore we regard all three specimens as syntypes. “ZMH” is most probably an error for ZSM. Present name: Bufo superciliaris Boulenger, 1888 according to Andersson (1905: 26-28). Bufo Lazarus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 45 Syntypes: ZSM 2513/0 (lost), 2specimens, “Habitat in sylvis fluvii Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo marinus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Frost (2004). Bufo maculiventris Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 43 Syntypes: Uncatalogued (lost), 4 specimens, “Hab- itat [...] in sylvis et aquis paludosis ad ripam flu- minis Solimoens” [Brazil, Rio Solimöes] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo marinus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Frost (2004). Bufo naricus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 49 Holotype: Uncatalogued (lost), female, “Habitat ad flumen Amazonum?” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (accord- ing to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), 161 Fig. 8. Bufo pseudoraddei baturae Stöck, Schmid, Steinlein & Grosse, 1999, holotype (ZSM 103/1998). The Batura toad is hitherto the only known bisexual vertebrate species with populations of exclusively triploid individuals. coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817- 1820. Present name: Listed under Bufo margaritifer (Lau- renti, 1768) by Frost (2004), but considered as a nomen dubium by Lötters & Köhler (2000). Bufo ornatus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 45 Lectotype: ZSM 2691/0/1 (ZSMH 2691/0 A in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), subadult, “Habitat in Provincia Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: ZSM 2691/0/2 (ZSMH 2691/0 B in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), subadult, same data as lectotype. Remarks: Spix (1824) originally mentioned the exist- ence of two syntypes. However, Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) mention three type specimens, the lectotype and two paralectotypes (ZSMH 2691/0 and RMNH 2157). Cochran (1955) considered ZSM 2691/0 asthe two syntypes of B. ornatus. Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) did not provide evidence why RMNH 2157 should be considered as one ofthe type specimens. Frost (2004) erroneously stated that Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) designated RMNH 2157 as lectotype. 162 Present name: Bufo ornatus Spix, 1824. Until re- cently considered as asynonym of Bufo crucifer Wied, 1821, the species was resurrected by Baldissera et al. (2004). Bufo polycerus Werner, 1897 Sitzungsber. math.-physik. Cl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss. 27: 211 Holotype: ZSM 45/0 (lost), female, “Kamerun” (original description & card index) [Cameroon], coll. Zimmerer, no date. Present name: Synonym of Bufo tuberosus (Günther, 1858) according to Parker (1936: 155). Bufo proboscideus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 52 Holotype: ZSM 1145/0, male, “Habitat ad flumen Solimoens” [Brazil, Rio Solimöes] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo proboscideus Spix, 1824 was re- established by Hoogmoed (1990). Bufo pseudoraddei baturae Stöck, Schmid, Steinlein & Grosse, 1999 Ital. J. Zool. 66: 221 Holotype: ZSM 103/1998, male, “plain above the right bank of the Hunza river, near the mouth of the Batura glacier, opposite the mouth of the Shimshal river, north of the village of Pasu, 2700 m a.s.l., Karakoram, Pakistan” [original description], coll.M. Stöck & H. Veith, 06.1997. Paratypes: ZSM 104/1998, male, ZSM_105/1998, young female, ZSM 113/1998, female, same data as holotype; ZSM 101/1998, male, ZSM 102/1998, fe- male, “Sust, from the valley slope above the settle- ment on the left bank of the Hunza river, 2950 m a.s.l., Karakoram, Pakistan” (original description), coll. M. Stöck, 06.1996. Remarks: The paratype ZSM 114/1998 (now ZFMK 74229) has been exchanged. Bufo semilineatus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 51 Holotype: ZSM 1331/0, juvenile, “Habitat ad flumen Itapicuru” [Brazil, Rio Itapicuru, probably between Caxias (04°50'S, 43°21'W) and Arrarial (02°37'S, 44°41'W) according to Vanzolini 1981], coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo crucifer Wied, 1821 fide Frost (2004) and Baldissera et al. (2004). Bufo simus Schmidt, 1857 Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math. naturwiss. Kl. 24: 10 Paralectotype: ZSM 543/1920 (lost), 1 specimen, “Chiriqui, Costarica” (card index), “Neu-Granada” (original description), no information on collector and date in the catalogue, but most probably col- lected by J. v. Warszewics and received from Krau- kau Museum in 1898. Remarks: The paralectotype was erroneously given as 593/20 by Savage (1972). The type locality was later restricted to “Rio Chiriqui River near Bocas del Toro” [Panama] by Schmidt (1858), but this seems to be also erroneous according to Savage (1972). Lectotype (BMNH 1947.2.21.18) designated by Sav- age (1972). Present name: Bufo simus Schmidt, 1857 according to Savage (1972). Bufo Spixii Fitzinger, 1826 Neue Classific. Rept. natürl. Verwandtschaften: 65 Lectotype: ZSM 1343/0 (designated by Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), male, “Habitat in Provincia Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Bufo Spixii Fitzinger, 1826 is areplacement name for Bufo scaber. RMNH 2190 is the paralecto- type. Present name: Bufo ornatus Spix, 1824 according to Baldissera et al. (2004). Bufo stanlaii Lötters & Köhler, 2000 Spixiana 23 (3): 295 Paratype: ZSM 144/1999, adult, “La Hoyada (17° 54'S, 64°08'W), Provincia Florida, Departamento Santa Cruz, Bolivia, 1700 m above sea level”, coll. ]. Köhler & S. Lötters, 16.11.1998. Bufo stellatus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 46 Holotype: Not designated although including ani- mal figured on pl. 18, fig. 1 ofthe original publication (lost); presumably originally in ZSM or RMNH (Frost 2004). “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Bufo crucifer Wied, 1821 fide Frost (2004) and Baldissera et al. (2004). Bufo surdus annulatus Schmidtler & Schmidtler, 1969 Salamandra 5: 118 Holotype: ZSM 4/1968, subadult, “5 km nördlich Mekuh, 1400 mü.M. (70 km südlich Schiras), auf dem nördlichen Fahrtweg zur Straße Schiras-Firuza- bad” (original description), coll. J.J. &J. F.Schmidtler, 10.04.1968. Present name: Bufo surdus surdus Boulenger, 1891 according to Stöck et al. (2001). Bufo viridis turanensis Hemmer, Schmidtler & Böhme, 1978 Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden 34: 378 Paratypes: ZSM 34/1998 (originally MTD 11181), male; ZSM 35/1998 (originally MTD 11192), female, “Duschanbe (Stadtrand), Tadshikische SSR/ UdSSR” (original description), coll. F. J. Obst, 25.-27.09. 1975. Remarks: Holotype MTD 11195; further paratypes in MTD, ZFMK and ZIL according to the original description and Böhme & Bischoff (1984). Present name: Bufo viridis turanensis (see Stöck et al. 2001). 163 Fig. 9. Phrynidium crucigerum Lichtenstein & Martens, 1856, neotype (ZSM 93/1947/10). Atelopus cruciger is considered as critically endangered. Bufo viridis zugmayeri Eiselt & Schmidtler, 1973 Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 77: 206 Holotype: ZSM 211/1911/2 (given as ZSM 211/11- 2 in the original description), female, “Pishin [...], Pakistan” (original description), coll. E. Zugmayer, 22.-26.11.1911. Paratypes: ZSM 211/1911/1, ZSM 211/1911/3-18 (given as ZSM 211/11-1 & 211/11-3-18 in the origi- nal description), 17 adults and subadults, same data as holotype; ZSM 212/1911 (given as ZSM 212-11), 1 female, “Kelat” (original description), coll. E. Zug- miayer, 22.96.1191. Remarks: Holotype erroneously mentioned to be housed in ZMH (“ZMH 211/11-2”) by Frost (2004). Present name: Bufo (viridis) zugmayeri (see Stöck et al. 2001) although its status is still under discussion. Phrynidium crucigerum Lichtenstein & Martens, 1856 Nomenkclat. Rept. Amph. Mus. Zool. Berolin.: 41 Neotype: ZSM 93/1947/10, female, “vicinity of Rancho Grande on the road from Maracay to Ocu- mare de la Costa (approximately 1000 m above sea level), Estado Aragua, Venezuela” [approximately 164 Fig. 10. Hyla uranoscopa Müller, 1924, holotype (ZSM 81/1921), now Hyalinobatrachium uranoscopum. This is a representative of the Neotropical Centrolenidae which have a transparent ventral side. 10°22'01"N, 67°41'01"W according to Lötters et al. 2004], coll. C. Vogl, 11.11.1930. Remarks: Proposed neotype designation of Lötters & La Marca (2001) was accepted by the ICZN (Anonymus 2002, Opinion 2013). Present name: Atelopus cruciger (see Lötters et al. 2004). Centrolenidae Taylor, 1951 Hyla (Hylella) uranoscopa Müller, 1924 Zool. Anz. 59: 234 Holotype: ZSM 81/1921, male, “Humboldt (Flußge- biet des Rio Novo), Staat Santa Catharina, S.O. Brasilien” (original description) [= Corupä, Santa Catarina, Brazil according to Bokermann 1966], coll. W. Ehrhardt, 11.1919. Present name: Hyalinobatrachium uranoscopum ac- cording to Ruiz-Carranza & Lynch (1991). Dendrobatidae Cope, 1865 Epipedobates rubriventris Lötters, Debold, Henle, Glaw & Kneller, 1997 Herpetofauna 19 (110): 26 Paratype: ZSM 550/1999 (originally ZFMK 39859), 1specimen, “El Boqueron del Padre Abad, am Rande der Carretera Central F. Basadre von Tingo Maria nach Pucallpa [...], ca. 1000 m NN, Departamento Ucayali, Perü, coll. K. Henle & A. Ehrl between 09. 1978 and 03.1983. Remarks: Holotype and numerous paratypes in ZFMK. Hyla nigerrima Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 36 Paralectotype: ZSM 44/0 (lost), 1specimen,”Habitat [...] juxta pagum Ecgä” [Brazil, near Tefe (03°21'S, 64°42'W)] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: RMNH 1799 was designated as lectotype by Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Present name: Epipedobates trivittatus (Spix, 1824) fide Frost (2004). Hyla trivittata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 35 Paralectotypes: ZSM 43/0, adult, “Habitat in sylvis humidis juxta flumen Teffe” [Brazil, Rio Tef&] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820; ZSM 42/0 (lost), same data as ZSM 43/0. Remarks: RMNH 1836 was designated as lectotype by Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). These authors also discuss the original number of involved type speci- mens. Present name: Epipedobates trivittatus (Spix, 1824) fide Frost (2004). Hyloxalus vergeli Hellmich, 1940 Zool. Anz. 131: 122 | Holotype: ZSM 110/1937, male, “Bachlauf an der Finca El Vergel, nahe Fusagasugä, Ostkord. Kolumb,., ca. 1800 m” (original description), coll. W. Hellmich, 15.04.1937. Paratypes: ZSM 111/1937 (lost), 24 adults, 16 sub- adults and juveniles, same data as holotype, but collected 15.-18.04.1937 (catalogue). Present name: Colostethus vergeli (Silverstone 1976: 6). Fig. 11. Hyloxalus vergeli Hellmich, 1940, holotype (ZSM 110/1937), now Colostethus vergeli. Hylidae Rafinesque, 1815 Hyla affinis Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 33 Holotype: ZSM 2495/0, male, “Habitat ad ripam fluminis Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Scinax x-signatus x-signatus (Spix, 1824) according to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köhler & Böhme (1996). Hyla albomarginata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 33 Holotype: ZSM 2370/0 (lost), “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Presentname: Hypsiboas albomarginatus (Spix, 1824) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). 165 Hyla albopunctata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 33 Holotype: Uncatalogued (lost), no locality data given in the original description, but most probably Brazil by implication, coll. Spix and Martius expedi- tion to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Neotype (KU 100000) designated by Duell- man (1971). Present name: Hypsiboas albopunctatus (Spix, 1824) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla auraria Peters, 1873 Mber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1873 (Oktober): 615 Holotype: ZSM 1175/0, presumably female, “ange- blich aus Südamerika, ohne nähere Bezeichnung des Fundortes” (original description), “Nord-Amerika” (card index), “Süd-Amerika” (label), collector and collecting date unknown. Present name: The identity of this species is still unknown (Faivovich et al. 2005) although it is in relatively good state of preservation. Hyla bipunctata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 36 Syntypes: ZSM 2497/0 (lost), 1 male, 1 female, “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae, foemina mare parum maior” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Dendropsophus bipunctatus (Spix, 1824) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla bufonia Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 42 Holotype: Uncatalogued (lost), “Habitat prope Ecga in sylvis” [Brazil, near Tefe (03°21'S, 64°42'W)] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Trachycephalus venulosus (Laurenti, 1768) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla cinerascens Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 35 Syntypes: ZSM 2498/0 (lost), 2specimens, “Habitat ad pagum Ecgä prope flumen Teffe” [Brazil, at Tefe near Rio Tefe (approximately 03°21'S, 64°42'W)] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. 166 Present name: Hyla cinerascens Spix, 1824 (see Frost 2004) although Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) sug- gested to supress this name in favour of the well established name Hyla granosa Boulenger, 1882. However, most recently Faivovich et al. (2005) again used the name granosus (under the genus name Hypsiboas). Hyla coerulea Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 37 Lectotype: ZSM 2710/0/1 (ZSMH 2710/0A in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), female, “Habitat sub foliis prope pagum Ecgä ad flumen Solimoens” [Brazil, near Tefe (03°21'S, 64°42'W) at Rio Solimöes] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: ZSM 2710/0/2 (ZSMH 2710/0 Bin Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), male, same data as lectotype. Presentname: Scinax x-signatus x-signatus (Spix, 1824) according to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köh- ler & Böhme (1996). Hyla delarivai Köhler & Lötters, 2001 Salamandra 37 (3): 176 Paratypes: ZSM 1/1999, female, ZSM 2/1999, male, “Provincia Chapare, Departamento Cochabamba, Bolivia [...], approximately 24 km south of Parac- tito on the road via El Palmar to Cochabamba (17°06'28"S, 65°33'52"W), 900-1000 m a.s.l.” (original description), coll. J. Köhler & G. Suarez, 19.12.1998; ZSM 3/1999, male, “approximately 6.7 km south of Paractito on the road to El Palmar (17°03'54"S, 65°28'34"W), 500 m a.s.l.” (original description), coll. J. Köhler & G. Suarez, 13.12.1998. Present name: Dendropsophus delarivai (Köhler & Lötters, 2001) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla ehrhardti Müller, 1924 Zool. Anz. 59: 233 Holotype: ZSM 80/1921, male, “Humboldt (Flußsge- biet des Rio Novo), Staat Santa Catharina, S. O. Brasilien” [= Corupä, Santa Catarina, Brazil; accord- ing to Bokermann 1966], coll. W. Ehrhardt, 09. 1919. Remarks: Faivovich et al. (2002) provided a detailed account on Hyla ehrhardti. Present name: Aplastodiscus ehrhardti (Müller, 1924) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Fig. 12. Hyla ehrhardti Müller, 1924, holotype (ZSM 80/1921), now Aplastodiscus ehrhardti. Hyla geographica Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 39 Holotype: ZSM 35/0 (lost), “Habitat in sylvis prope flumen Teffe” [Brazil, Rio Tefe] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Hypsiboas geographicus (Spix, 1824) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla geographica var. sive semilineata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 40 Holotype: ZSM 47/0 (lost), “Habitat in arboribus Provinciae Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Hypsiboas semilineatus (Spix, 1824) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla lateristriga Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 32 Holotype: ZSM 48/2005, no locality data given in the original description, but most probably Brazil by implication, coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Holotype reported to be lost by Müller (1927: 267) and Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). We found the uncatalogued specimen with a label handwritten by Hellmich “Hyla rubra Daud. - lat- eristriga Spix, Brasilien Spix” indicating that Spix was its collector. The specimen is in poor condi- tion. Present name: Scinax ruber (Laurenti, 1768) accord- ing to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köhler & Böhme (1996). Hyla lindneri Müller & Hellmich, 1936 Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Gran Chaco-Exped., Amph. Rept., 1: 63 167 Fig. 13. Hyla lateristriga Spix, 1824, rediscovered holotype (ZSM 48/2005). Holotype: ZSM 169/1929a (lost), adult female (snout-vent length 19 mm), “Junca viejo, Gob. For- mosa” [Argentina], according to the original descrip- tion, coll. Deutsche Chaco-Expedition, 01.1926. Paratype: ZSM 169/1929b (lost), female (snout-vent length 16 mm), same data as holotype. Present name: Scinax squalirostris (Lutz, 1925) ac- cording to Cei (1980: 556) and Duellman & Wiens LI92), Hyla nebulosa Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 39 Syntypes: ZSM 2531/0 (lost), 2specimens, “Habitat in sylvis prope flumen Teffe” [Brazil, Rio Tef&] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Neotype (4055 of Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, also holotype of Hyla egleri Lutz, 1968) designated by Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Present name: Scinax nebulosus (Spix, 1824) accord- ing to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köhler & Böhme (1996). 168 Hyla papillaris Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 34 Holotype: Uncatalogued (lost), “Habitat sub foliis in sylvis prope Ecgam ad flumen Solimoens” [Brazil, near Tefe (03°21'S, 64°42'W) at Rio Solimöes] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The number of type specimens is not indicated in the original description, therefore most probably based on one specimen (holotype) accord- ing to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983: 322). Frost (2004) erroneously listed ZSM 2496/0 as syntypes of Hyla papillaris. These specimens, however, actually are the syntypes of Hyla variolosa (see below). Presentname: Synonymy with Hyla punctata Schnei- der, 1799 (currently named Hypsiboas punctatus: Faivovich et al. 2005) is uncertain (Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Hyla pardalis Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 34 Lectotype: ZSM 2499/0 (lost, 50 mm snout-vent length according to Peters 1872), “Habitat in Provin- cia Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: ZSM 2499/0 (lost, 60 mm snout-vent length according to Peters 1872), same data as holo- type. Remarks: According to Peters (1872) the two former syntypes included two species. This led to a lectotype designation by implication (see Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983, and Frost 2004). The paralectotype is probably a Hypsiboas circumdatus (Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Presentname: Hypsiboas pardalis (Spix, 1824) accord- ing to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla raddiana andina Müller, 1924 Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 11: 77 Holotype: ZSM 5/1922 (lost), adult male, “Caspin- chango, Valle Calchaqui (Prov. Catamarca), Argen- tinien” (original description), coll. Weiser, 1922. Paratypes: ZSM 18/1922/1-3, 3 adults, “Nacimien- to (Catamarca), Argentinien”, coll. Weiser, 11.1921; ZSM 21/1922 (lost), 1 specimen, “Caspinchango (Catamarca), Argentinien”, coll. Weiser, 03.1921; ZSM 22/1922 (lost), 7 specimens, “Famabalasto (Catamarca), Argentinien”, coll. Weiser, 03.1922; ZSM 23/1922 (lost), 3 specimens, “Caspinchango (Catamarca), Argentinien”, coll. Weiser, 03.1921. Remarks: The catalogue, the card index and the jar label of the only remaining series (ZSM 18/1922) list the above mentioned paratypes as “Cotypen”. How- ever, they were not mentioned in the original de- scription. All specimens have the same collector, similar collection dates (1921-1922), and were col- lected in the same general area (Catamarca region). The registration dates and the catalogue entries (presumbably handwritten by Müller) indicate that Müller obviously had these specimens athand when describing the new taxon. We therefore consider them as paratypes. Present name: Hypsiboas andinus according to Duell- man et al. (1997: 19) and Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla rosenbergi Boulenger, 1898 Proc. Zool. Soc., London 1898: 123 Syntype: ZSM 1183/0 (lost), adult, “Cacha, N.-W. Ecuador, Coio-Country” (catalogue), coll. W. F. H. Rosenberg, 1896-1897. Remarks: The type locality is given as Cachabe, Provincia Esmeraldas, Ecuador, in the original de- scription. Present name: Hypsiboas rosenbergi according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla rueppelli Boettger, 1895 Zool. Anz. 18: 137 Paralectotypes: ZSM 45/1913 (originally SMF 1389, 3a), 1 adult, “Nord-Halmahaira” [Indonesia, north- ern Halmaheira], coll. Kükenthal, 1895; ZSM 22/1907 (lost, originally from SMF, number unknown), 1 specimen, “Halmahera”, collection data unknown. Remarks: Lectotype designation (SMF 2614) by Mertens (1967). Present name: Nyctimystes rueppelli (Boettger, 1895) according to Zweifel (1958). Hyla stercoracea Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 38 Holotype: Probably ZSM 1044/0 (lost), “Habitat in sylvis fluminis Teffe” [Brazil, Rio Tef&] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Incertae sedis, possibly a species of Hyla sensu lato (Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Hyla strigilata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 38 Holotype: ZSM 2369/0 (lost), “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: For discussion of the type material see Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983: 369). Present name: Scinax strigilatus (Spix, 1824) accord- ing to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köhler & Böhme (1996). Hyla trachythorax Müller & Hellmich, 1936 Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Gran Chaco-Exped., Amph. Rept. 1: 77 Syntypes: ZSM 156/1933 (lost), 1 male, 1 female, “Apa-Bergland (San Luis)” [Paraguay], coll. II. Chaco-Expedition, 16.09.-05.11.1931; ZSM 152/1933 (lost, 2 specimens), ZSM 153/1933 (missing, absent from loan since 1972, 7 specimens), “Apa-Bergland, Centuriön (San Luis)” [Paraguay], coll. III. Chaco- Expedition, 16.09.-05.11.1931. Remarks: Frost (2004) listed only ZSM 156/1933 (2 specimens) as syntypes. In contrast, we regard all specimens listed in the table on page 77 of the 169 Fig. 14. Hyla vogli Müller, 1938, holotype (ZSM 671/1937), now Gastrotheca ovifera. This is another endangered spe- cies that was recently transferred from the family Hylidae to the Leptodactylidae. original description under “Typen” as syntypes. In the caption of fig. 27 of Müller & Hellmich (1936) ZSM 154/1933 is indicated as “Typus” This is obviously a lapsus for 156/1933 as the number 154/1933 is not listed for Hyla trachythorax in the catalogue. Instead ZSM 156/1933 isindicated astype in the text on page 78 and also in the catalogue. Present name: Scinax fuscovarius (Lutz, 1925) ac- cording to Faivovich et al. (2005), although Fouquette & Delahoussaye (1977) and Duellman & Wiens (1992) considered the species as valid. Hyla variabilis Boulenger, 1896 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, 17: 20 Syntypes: ZSM 1182/0/1-3 (originally ZSM 1182/0), 3 adults, “Cali (Columbien), 3200 Fuß” (label), coll. W.E.H. Rosenberg, 1894. Remarks: Synonym of Hyla columbiana Boettger, 1892 according to Duellman & Trueb (1983). Present name: Dendropsophus columbianus (Boulen- ger, 1896) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla variolosa Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 37 Paralectotype: ZSM 2496/0 (lost), “Habitat in sylvis fluminis Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (ac- 170 cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) designated RMNH 1879 as lectotype. Duellman (1977: 90) er- roneously mentioned ZSM 2495/0 (sic) as holotype (sic) of Hyla variolosa (see also Frost 2004). Present name: Hypsiboas punctatus (Schneider, 1799) according to Frost (2004) and Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla vilsoniana krausi Hellmich, 1940 Zool. Anz. 129: 8-12 Holotype: ZSM 102/1937, adult male, “Laguna de Guitarra (Paramo de Sumapaz), 3460 m” [Colombia], coll. W. Hellmich, 10.03.1937. Paratypes: ZSM 103/1937 (lost), 7 males, 1 female, 1 subadult, same data as holotype but collected by W. Hellmich & E. Kraus. Present name: Dendropsophus labialis (Peters, 1863) according to Frost (2004) and Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyla labialis krausi according to Cochran & Goin (1970: 254-256, including a drawing of the holotype), but the subspecific distinctness was rejected by‘ Duellman (1989). Hyla vogli Müller, 1938 Z.ool. Anz. 121: 284 Holotype: ZSM 67/1937, male, “Avila (Hazienda ‘Los Venados’)” [Venezuela], coll. C. Vogl, 1937. Paratype: ZSM 68/1937 (lost), female, same data as holotype. Remarks: Frost (2004) mentions the incorrect number "ZSM 67/38” as holotype. Present name: Gastrotheca ovifera (Lichtenstein & Weinland, 1854) according to Rivero (1961: 143). Hyla x-signata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 40 Holotype: ZSM 2494/0 (lost), “Habitat in Provin- ciae Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Scinax x-signatus x-signatus (Spix, 1824) according to Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) and Köhler & Böhme 1996). Hyla zonata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 41 Holotype: ZSM 48/0 (lost), “Habitat in arbustis et arboribus ad flumen Teffe” [Brazil, Rio Tefe] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Placed on the Official List of Rejected and Invalid Specific Names in Zoology (Frost 2004). In the original description (Spix 1824, pl. 12, fig. 1) the species is figured under the name Hyla zonalis. Present name: Trachycephalus venulosus (Laurenti, 1768) according to Faivovich et al. (2005). Hyperoliidae Laurent, 1943 Acanthixalus sonjae Rödel, Kosuch, Veith & Ernst, 2003 J. Herpetol. 37 (1): 44 Paratype: ZSM 980/2001, young female, “SRET station, transect X, large water-filled tree stump, secondary forest, 5°50'N, 7°20'W, Tai National Park, Ivory Coast”, coll. R. Ernst & M.-O. Rödel, 16.09. 2000. Heterixalus andrakata Glaw & Vences, 1991 Acta Biol. Benrodis 3 (2): 198 Paratype: ZSM 551/1999 (originally ZFMK 52560), female, “Sambava-Flughafen”, Madagascar, coll. F. Glaw &M. Vences, 25.03.1991. Remarks: Holotype and 3 paratypes in ZFMK. Heterixalus punctatus Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 78 Paratype: ZSM 552/1999 (originally ZFMK 57414), male, “Andasibe”, Madagascar, coll. F. Glaw &M. Vences, 01.01.-04.01.1994. Remarks: Holotype and 1 paratype in ZFMK. Kassina schioetzi Rödel, Grafe, Rudolf & Ernst, 2002 Copeia 2002 (3): 801 Paratype: ZSM 353/2001, from “Comoe& National Park, Aussichtsbergtümpel 1, 8°45'N, 3°49'W, Ivory Coast”, coll. T. U. Grafe, March-April 1997. Leptodactylidae Werner, 1896 Borborocoetes kriegi Müller, 1926 Zool. Anz. 65: 195 Holotype: ZSM 141/1925 (lost), male, “Valdivia, Chile”, coll. H. Krieg, 05.1924. Present name: Alsodes nodosus (Dumeril & Bibron, 1841), see Cei (1980: 294-298). Bufo albifrons Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 48 Paralectotypes: ZSM 49/0 (lost, 1 specimen) and ZSM 50/0 (lost, 1 specimen), “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part ofthe present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The only remaining syntype (RMNH 2272) was designated as lectotype by Hoogmoed (1986). Present name: Physalaemus albifrons (Spix, 1824). Craspedoglossa Santae-Catharinae Müller, 1922 Bl. Aquar.-Terrarienkunde 33: 168 Syntypes: ZSM 658/ 1920 (lost, 10 specimens), ZSM 662/1920 (lost, 1 specimen), “Humboldt, Staat Santa Catharina, Brasil” (card index), “Flußgebiet des Rio novo, Sta Catharina, Brasilien” (original description) [Corupä, Santa Catarina state, Brazil], coll. W. Ehrhardt, 11.-12.1917. Present name: Synonym of Cycloramphus bolitoglos- sus (Werner, 1897) according to Bokermann (1966: 16) and Heyer (1983: 287). Crossodactylus aeneus Müller, 1924 Senckenbergiana 6: 171 Holotype: ZSM 2/1924 (lost), male, “Barreira (Wass- erstation an der Bahn nach Therezopolis in 500 m Höhe am Südosthang der Serra dos Orgaes), Staat Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil], coll. E. Bresslau, 14.03. 1914. Remarks: According to Müller (1924c: 177) para- types are present in SMF. Crossodactylus bresslaui Müller, 1924 Senckenbergiana 6: 169 Holotype: ZSM 1/1924 (lost), male, “Gorduras (Fazenda in der Serra do Curral, s. w. von VillaNova da Lima [Morro Velho]), Staat Minas Geraes” [Brasil], coll. E. Bresslau, 04.10.1913. Paratypes (?): ZSM 31/1947 /1-6 (originally 9 spec- imens, two of them exchanged with BMNH, one apparently lost), same locality, date and collector as holotype. Remarks: According to Müller (1924c: 177) addi- tional paratypes are present in SMF. The paratype status of ZSM 31/1947 /1-6 is uncertain. The speci- mens were not explicitely mentioned in the original description, and their type status is neither indi- cated in the catalogue nor on the jar label. Müller (1927: 273) mentioned the existence of 10 specimens iz Fig. 15. Hemiphractus fasciatus Peters, 1862, holotype (ZSM 36/0). Until 2005 the hemiphractine frogs were considered as belonging to the family Hylidae, but were now found to be more closely related to the Leptodactylidae. (one of them being the type), all from the same local- ity, collected by Bresslau, 04.10.1913 with the provi- sional number 66. Since ZSM 31/1947 also has a provisional jar label with the number 66 this series is identical with that mentioned by Müller (1927). Presentname: According to Frost (2004) asynonym of Crossodactylus trachystomus (Reinhardt & Lütken, 1862). Elosia aspera Müller, 1924 Senckenbergiana 6: 173 Holotype: ZSM 3/1924 (lost), male, “Barreira (am Südosthange der Serra dos Orgaes in 500 m Meeres- höhe), Staat Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil], coll. E. Bresslau, 11.03.1914. 1172 Remarks: According to Müller (1924c: 177) addi- tional paratypes are present in SMF. Presentname: Hiylodes asper (Müller, 1924) fide Frost (2004). Elosia lateristrigata Baumann, 1912 Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., Jena 33: 89 Syntype: ZSM 24/1923 (lost), 1 specimen, “Orgel- Gebirge, [in] der Umgebung von Para” (original description), “Sierra dos Orgaes (St. Rio de Janeiro), S. ©. Brasilien” (catalogue), coll. E. A. Goeldi, no date, received in 1923 from Bern Museum (NMBE). Remarks: The specimen has been examined by Cochran (1955: 287). Güntert et al. (1993: 155) men- tion 7 syntypes in NMBE. | Present name: Hylodes lateristrigatus (Baumann, 1912) fide Frost (2004). Eupemphix paraensis Müller, 1923 Zool. Anz. 57: 38 [in the journal] respectively 39 [in the reprint] Holotype: ZSM 139/1911 (lost), female, “Peixeboi (an der Bragancabahn), Staat Para, Nord-Brasilien”, coll. L. Müller, 05.1910. Present name: Physalaemus petersi (Jimenez de la Espada, 1872) according to Lynch (1970). Hemiphractus fasciatus Peters, 1862 Monatsber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1862: 149 Holotype: ZSM 36/0, adult, “Pastassa-Thal an der Ostseite der Anden in Ecuador” [Ecuador, Pastaza valley] (according to the original description), coll. M. Wagner, no date. Remarks: Type locality erroneous according to Trueb (1974). Very recently, Hemiphractus was re- moved from the family Hylidae and included in the family Leptodactylidae by Faivovich et al. (2005). Hemiphractus Spixii Wagler, 1828 Isis (Oken) 21: 744 Holotype: ZSM 37/0 (lost), “Habitat in sylvis fluvii Solimoens” [Brazil, Rio Solimöes] (according to Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Also holotype of Rana scutata Spix, 1824. Very recently, Hemiphractus was removed from the family Hylidae and included in the family Lepto- dactylidae by Faivovich et al. (2005). Present name: Hemiphractus scutatus (Spix, 1824) according Wagler (1830: 205) and Trueb (1974). Hyla abbreviata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 41 Type(s): Status unclear, perhaps holotype, uncata- logued (lost), “Habitat in sylvis fluminis Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas; probably erroneous] (accord- ing to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Presentname: Eleutherodactylus binotatus (Spix, 1824) fide Frost (2004). Hyla ranoides Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 32 Syntypes: ZSM 1043/0 (lost), 3specimens, “Habitat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: This taxon is a composite. Two specimens refer to Hylodes nasus (Lichtenstein, 1823) and one specimen [pl. 6, fig. 3] ofthe original descrip- tion is probably an Eleutherodactylus or Thoropa miliaris (fide Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Fig. 16. Leptodactylus dominicensis Müller, 1923 (now Leptodactylus fallax Müller, 1926), holotype (ZSM 258/ 1909). This is a very large frog, endemic to a few Caribbean islands. The species is critically endangered, since itis consumed by humans, suffers from habitat destruction and the outbreak of the fungal disease chytridiomycosis. Leptodactylus andreae Müller, 1923 Zool. Anz. 57: 40 [in the journal] respectively 41 [in the reprint] Holotype: ZSM 136/1911 (lost), male, “Peixeboi (a.d. Bragancabahn), Staat Parä, Brasilien”, coll. L. Müller, 05.1910. Neotype: ZSM 145/1911/4, juvenile female, “Peixe- boi (a.d. Bragancabahn), Staat Para, Brasilien” (label), coll. L. Müller, 05.1910. Paratypes: ZSM 146/1911 (lost), 2 females, “Utinga b. Belem (Parä), Brasil.” (catalogue), coll. L. Müller. 25.12.1909; ZSM 145/1911/1-3, 3 specimens, “Peix- eboi (a.d. Bragancabahn), Staat Para, Brasilien” (label), coll. L. Müller, 05.1910. Remarks: Heyer (1973: 27-28) designated ZSM 145/1911/4 as a lectotype which however actually appears to be a neotype designation since the origi- nal description is based on a type and cotypes (“Typusexemplar” and “Cotypen”). Heyer (1973) himself stated that the holotype was lost. Present name: Adenomera andreae according to Heyer (1974: 42, see also Angulo et al. 2003 for com- ments). 173 Leptodactylus dominicensis Müller, 1923 Zool. Anz. 57: 49 [in the journal], respectively 43 [in the reprint] Holotype: ZSM 258/ 1909, female, “Dominica”, coll. Othmer, 1903. Paratype: ZSM 259/1909, female, same data as holotype. Remarks: A redescription of the types, the taxo- nomic history and information on the reproductive mode are provided by Lescure (1979). Present name: Leptodactylus fallax Müller, 1926, which is a replacement name for Leptodactylus do- minicensis. Leptodactylus fallax Müller, 1926 see Leptodactylus dominicensis Müller, 1923 Leptodactylus nanus Müller, 1922 Bl. Aquar.-Terrarienkunde 33: 168 Lectotype: ZSM 661/1920/3, female, “Colonie Han- sa, Flußgebiet des Itapocuflusses, Brasilien” (label), coll. W. Ehrhardt, 1919. Paralectotypes: ZSM 661/1920/1-2, 2 specimens, same data as lectotype; ZSM 659/ 1920 (lost), 1 spec- imen, “Humboldt, Flussgebiet des Rio novo, Brasil- ien” (card index, original description), coll. W. Ehrhardt, 1919; ZSM 660/1920 (lost), 3 specimens, same data as ZSM 659/ 1920. Remarks: Lectotype designated by Heyer (1973: 27). The number of syntypes and their corresponding numbers is not given in the original description. We here follow Heyer (1973) who considered the three specimens ZSM 661/1920 as types. According to the catalogue ZSM 659/1920 (1 specimen) was consid- ered as holotype (“Typus”). ZSM 660/1920 (4 spec- imens) and ZSM 661/1920 (3 specimens) were considered as paratypes (“Cotypen”). One of the four “cotypes” under ZSM 660/ 1920 was exchanged with the British Museum in 1930. According to the original description, all speci- mens came from the general region of the Rio Novo (“Flussgebiet des Rio novo, Sta Catharina, Brasilien”). According to the catalogue ZSM 659/1920 and 660/1920 are from another locality than ZSM 661/ 1920 (see above). However, according to Bokermann (1966) both names (“Humboldt” and “Hansa”) refer to the same locality (today named Corupä, at the confluent of the Rio Novo and Japucu). Presentname: Adenomera marmorata (Steindachner, 1867) according to Heyer (1974: 43). 174 Paludicola bresslaui Müller, 1924 Senckenbergiana 6: 175 Holotype: ZSM 4/1924 (lost), female, “Therezopo- lis (in der Serra dos Orgaes), Staat Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil], coll. E. Bresslau, 04.1924. Present name: Physalaemus signifer (Girard, 1853) according to Cochran (1955: 354). Paludicola fernandezae Müller, 1926 Zool. Anz. 65: 193 Holotype: ZSM 137/1925 (lost), male, “Christiano muerto (zwischen Neochaea und Bahia Blanca), Prov. Buenos Aires, Argentinien”, coll. Merkle, 07. 1921: Remarks: Additional eight specimens are listed in the catalogue as paratypes under the number ZSM 222/1925. However, they are not mentioned in the original description and are all lost. Present name: Physalaemus fernandezae (Müller, 1926) according to Cei (1980: 406-409). Paludicola kriegi Müller, 1926 Zool. Anz. 65: 194 Holotype: ZSM 138/1925 (lost), female, “Fuß der Sierra Grande von Cordoba, Provinz Cordoba, Ar- gentinien”, coll. H. Krieg, 1924. Present name: Pleurodema kriegi (Müller, 1926) ac- cording to Cei (1980: 374-376). Phyllobates chalceus Peters, 1873 Mber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1873 (Oktober): 609 Syntypes: ZSM 1045/0 (lost), 2specimens, “Pastas- sathal” [Pastaza valley, Ecuador], coll. M. Wagner, no date. Remarks: In the original description three (type) specimens are mentioned, but only two listed in the ZSM catalogue. The third specimen is apparently ZMB 7814 according to Bauer et al. (1995: 46). Present name: Eleutherodactylus chalceus (Peters, 1873), see account in Lynch & Duellman (1997: 79- 8). Plectromantis Wagneri Peters, 1862 Monatsber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1862 (April): 232 Holotype: ZSM 1080/0 (lost), adult, “an der West- seite der Anden in Ecuador” (original description), “Pastassathal” [Pastaza, Ecuador] (catalogue), coll. M. Wagner, no date. Remarks: Neotype designation (NHRM unnum- bered, holotype of Eleutherodactylus leptodactyloides) Fig. 17. Rana megastoma Spix, 1824, lectotype (ZSM 1056/0), asynonym of Ceratophrys cornuta. by Heyer (1970: 19) considered to be invalid by Heyer (1994: 78). Present name: Leptodactylus wagneri (Peters, 1862) according to Heyer (1970, 1994). Rana binotata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 31 Holotype: ZSM 2695/0, female, no locality data given in the original description, but Brazil by im- plication, coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Presentname: Eleutherodactylus binotatus (Spix, 1824) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana coriacea Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 29 Holotype: ZSM 2502/0 (lost), male, “Habitatin aquis lacustribus fluvii Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazo- nas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Presentname: Leptodactylus pentadactylus (Laurenti, 1768) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana gigas Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 25 Holotype: ZSM 89/1921 (lost), female, “Habitat in locis paludosis fluminis Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedi- tion to Brazil, 1817-1820. Presentname: Leptodactylus pentadactylus (Laurenti, 1768) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana labyrinthica Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 31 Holotype: ZSM 2501/0 (lost), “Habitat in Provincia Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (ac- cording to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Bokermann (1966: 89) considered thetype 175 locality to be in error and instead suggested that it was more probably “Paraiba, ja pröximo da divisa com Säo Paulo”, Brazil (see also Frost 2004). Presentname: Leptodactylus labyrinthicus (Spix, 1824) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana megastoma Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 27 Lectotype: ZSM 1056/0, female, “Habitat [...] in Brasiliae sylvis sub arboribus cavis. Specimen de- pictum juxta flumen Solimoens prope pagum Ava- lens repertum est” [Brazil, at Rio Solimöes near Amaturä (03°29'S, 68°06'W)] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: Uncatalogued, same data as lecto- type, presumably lost between 1872 and the early 20th century (Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Remarks: Peters (1872) identified the two former syntypes as Ceratophrys cornuta and C. dorsata (see Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Present name: Ceratophrys cornuta (Linnaeus, 1758) according to Peters (1872) and Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana miliaris Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 30 Holotype: ZSM 2493/0 (lost), “Habitat ad ripam fluminis Amazonum’” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas; errone- ous, see Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Bokermann (1966: 89) and Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983) considered the type locality to be in error. Present name: Thoropa miliaris (Spix, 1824) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana mystacea Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 27 Lectotype: ZSM 2504/0 (lost), male, “prope flumen Solimoens” [Brazil, Rio Solimöes] (according to the catalogue, see also Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: ZSM 2505/0 (lost), female, “Bahia” [Brazil, city of Salvador (13°00'S, 38°30'W)] (accord- ing to the catalogue, see also Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The paralectotype belongs to Leptodacty- lus spixi Heyer, 1983. Present name: Leptodactylus mystaceus (Spix, 1824) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). 176 Rana pachypus Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 26 Lectotype: ZSM 122/0/1 (ZSMH 122/0 A in Hoog- moed & Gruber 1983), male, “Habitat in locis humidis Provinciae Rio de Janeiro” [Brazil, state of Rio de Janeiro] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Paralectotype: ZSM 122/0/2 (ZSMH 122/0B in Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983), female, same data as lectotype; ZSM 117/0 (lost), same data as lectotype. Remarks: In the original description (Spix 1824, pl. 3, fig. 2) the species is figured under the name Rana pagypus. Of the ten specimens mentioned in the original description, only two, a male and a fe- male are still extant (Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983). Frost (2004) erroneously mentioned ZMH 122/0-A as lectotype. Present name: Leptodactylus ocellatus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana pachypus Variet. 1 Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 26 Holotype: ZSM 2503/0 (lost), juvenile, “Habitat in locis humidis Bahiae” [Brazil, city of Salvador (13°00'S, 38°30'W)] (according to the original descrip- tion and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The nomenclatural availability of this taxon appears to be questionable. It could be con- sidered as a homonym of Rana pachypus. Present name: Leptodactylus ocellatus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana pachypus Variet. 2 Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 26 Holotype: Uncatalogued (lost), “Habitat in locis aquosis Parae” [Brazil, probably Belem (01°26'S, 48°29'W)] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The nomenclatural availability of this taxon appears to be questionable. It could be con- sidered as a homonym of Rana pachypus. - Present name: Leptodactylus fuscus (Schneider, 1799) according to Peters (1872) and Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana pygmaea Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 30 Holotype (?): Uncatalogued (lost), juvenile, “Habi- tat in Provincia Bahiae” [Brazil, former province of Bahia, part of the present state of Bahia] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Present name: Leptodactylus ocellatus (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Hoogmoed & Gruber (1983). Rana scutata Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 28 Holotype: ZSM 37/0 (lost), “Habitat in sylvis fluvii Solimo&ns” [Brazil, Rio Solimöes] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: Also holotype of Hemiphractus spixii Wagler, 1828. Very recently, Hemiphractus was re- moved from the family Hylidae and included in the family Leptodactylidae by Faivovich et al. (2005). Present name: Hemiphractus scutatus (Spix, 1824) according to Wagler (1830: 205) and Trueb (1974). Mantellidae Laurent, 1946 Aglyptodactylus laticeps Glaw, Vences & Böhme, 1998 J. Zool. Syst. Evol. Res. 36: 18 Paratype: ZSM 581/1999 (originally ZFMK 59971), adult male, “Kirindy forest (20'03'S, 44°39'E; at less than 100 m above sea level), western Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, 21.01.1995. Remarks: Holotype and 7 paratypes in ZFMK. Aglyptodactylus securifer Glaw, Vences & Böhme, 1998 J- Zool. Syst. Evol. Res. 36: 27 Paratype: ZSM 46/2005 (originally ZFMK 59976), adult (cleared and stained), “Kirindy forest (20'03'S, 44°39'E; at less than 100 m above sea level), about 60 km north of Morondava, western Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 06.01. 1995. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Boophis albilabris occidentalis Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 90 Paratype: ZSM 559/1999 (originally ZFMK 57384), subadult male (?), “Isalo National Park (Namazaha valley, forest ca.4km W of Ranohira, western central Madagascar)”, coll. F.Glaw &M. Vences, 29.01. 1994. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Present name: Boophis occidentalis Glaw & Vences, 1994 according to Andreone et al. (2002). Boophis albipunctatus sibilans Glaw & Thiesmeier, 1993 Salamandra 28 (3/4): 264 Paratype: ZSM 560/1999 (originally ZFMK 53619), subadult (?), “Andasibe” [Madagascar], coll. F.Glaw, 11.01.1992. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Present name: Boophis sibilans Glaw & Thiesmeier, 1993 according to Glaw & Vences (1994). Boophis andreonei Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 96 Paratype: ZSM 561/1999 (originally ZFMK 57392), male, “Benavony (near Ambanja, NW-Madagascar)”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 08.03. 1994. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Boophis axelmeyeri Vences, Andreone & Vietes, 2005 Trop. Zool. 18: 239 Holotype: ZSM 627/2001, adult male, “Manarikoba forest, Camp I (Antsahamanara), Tsaratanana Mas- sif, Marovato Fivondronana, Antsiranana Faritany (Diego Suarez Province), northwestern Madagascar, 14°02'42"S, 48°47'04"E, ca 1000 m above sea level”, coll. F. Andreone, F. Mattioli, J. Randrianirina & M. Vences, 03.02.2001. Paratypes: Six adult males. ZSM 626/2001, same collection data as holotype; ZSM 628-631/ 2001, same collecting data as holotype except later collecting date (04-09.02.2001); ZSM 837/ 2003, “Manongarivo Special Reserve, northwestern Madagascar, 13°58' 32"S, 48°25'36"E, 688 m”, coll. F. Glaw, R.-D. Randria- niaina & M. Vences on 02.02.2003. Remarks: Nine further paratypes in MRSN. Boophis blommersae Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 103 Paratype: ZSM 562/1999 (originally ZFMK 57400), male, “Montagne d’Ambre National Park, N-Mada- gascar”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 14.-17.03.1994. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Boophis boehmei Glaw & Vences, 1992 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar: 273 Paratype: ZSM 563/1999 (originally ZFMK 53643), male, “Andasibe” [Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw & ]. Müller, 11.01.1992. Remarks: Holotype and three paratypes in ZFMK. 177 Boophis bottae Vences & Glaw, 2002 Trop. Zool. 15: 150 Holotype: ZSM 678/2001, adult male, “close to Andasibe (at a bridge on the road between Na- tional Road 2 and the Andasibe village), central- eastern Madagascar, 18°56'S, 48°25’E, ca. 900 m el- evation”, coll. M. Vences & D. Vieites, 16.02.2001. Paratype: ZSM 344/2000, adult male, same locality as holotype, coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 09.02.2000. Remarks: Paratype ZSM 679/2001 has been ex- changed (now ZMA 20334). Remaining paratypes in ZFMK and UADBA. Boophis burgeri Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 107 Paratype: ZSM 564/ 1999 (originally ZFMK 57406), male, “Andasibe, CE-Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 24.-28.02.1994. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Boophis englaenderi Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 93 Paratype: ZSM 565/1999 (originally ZFMK 57389), male, “Marojezy massif at low altitude, NE-Mada- gascar”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & O. Ramilison, 29.03.1994. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Boophis feonnyala Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001 Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 520 Holotype: ZSM 585/1999 (originally ZFMK 60003), adult male, “Andasibe (18°56'S; 48°25'E, about 900 m above sea level), central eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & D. Vallan, 01.04.1995. Remarks: Three paratypes, all in ZFMK. Boophis haematopus Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001 Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 515 Holotype: ZSM 583/1999 (originally ZFMK 53632), adult male, “Nahampoana southeastern Madagas- car”, coll. F. Glaw & J. Müller, 04.01.1992. Remarks: Six paratypes in MRSN (4) and ZFMK 2). Boophis liami Vallan, Vences & Glaw, 2003 Amphibia-Reptilia 24: 307 Paratypes: ZSM 310-311/2000, 2 adult males, “Vo- hidrazana (18°57'57"S, 48°30'37"E, 731 m elevation)” 178 [central-eastern Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw, 10.04. 2000; ZSM 673/2001, adult male, “Vohidrazana (18°57'58"S, 48°30'35"E, 810 m elevation)” [central- eastern Madagascar], coll. M. Vences, D. R. Vieites & F. Mattioli, 17.02.2001. Remarks: Paratype ZSM 674/2001 has been ex- changed (now ZMA 20333). Holotype in ZFMK, further paratypes in NMBE, UADBA and ZFMK. Boophis luteus septentrionalis Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 92 Paratype: ZSM 566/ 1999 (originally ZFMK 57387), female, “Montagne d’Ambre National Park, N-Ma- dagascar”, coll. F.Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & O. Ramilison, 21.03.1994. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Present name: Boophis septentrionalis Glaw & Venc- es, 1994 according to Andreone (1996) and Andreone & Randriamahazo (1997). Boophis mandraka Blommers-Schlösser, 1979 Bijdr. Dierk. 49 (2): 267 Paratype: ZSM 359/2004 (originally ZMA 7119B), male, “Madagascar... ]Mandraka valley (highroad R.N. 2 at km 67), alt. 1200 m”, coll. R. M. A. Blom- mers-Schlösser, 04.03.1973. Boophis marojezensis Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 104 Paratype: ZSM 567 /1999 (originally ZFMK 57402), male, “Marojezy massif at low altitude, NE-Mada- gascar “, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 27.03.1994. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Boophis picturatus Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001 Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 518 Holotype: ZSM 584/ 1999 (originally ZFMK 60078), adult male, “An’Ala (about 840 m above sea level), central eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, 11.02. 1995. Remarks: Five paratypes, all in ZFMK. Boophis pyrrhus Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001 Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 513 Holotype: ZSM 582/ 1999 (originally ZFMK 53634), adult male, “Andasibe (18°56'5; 48°25’E, about 900 m | above sea level), central eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & J. Müller, 09.01.1992. 1% Fig. 18. Boophis picturatus Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001, holotype (ZSM 584/ 1999). This is one of themany new frog species of the family Mantellidae which were recently discovered in Madagascar. Remarks: 11 paratypes in MRSN (1), ZFMK 8) and ZMA (7). Boophis reticulatus Blommers-Schlösser, 1979 Bijdr. Dierk. 49 (2): 294 Paratype: ZSM 360/2004 (originally ZMA 7101B), male, “Madagascar |... ]near Perinet (highroad R.N. 2 at km 142), alt. 1100 m”, coll. R. M. A. Blommers- Schlösser, 13.11.1972. Boophis rufioculis Glaw & Vences, 1997 Salamandra 32 (4): 228 Paratype: ZSM 568/1999 (originally ZFMK 60081), adult male, “Regenwald bei An’Ala (zur Kolonialzeit Haltestelle “La foret” der Eisenbahn), etwa 9 km östlich von Andasibe (= Perinet), östliches Zentral- Madagaskar, ca. 840 m über NN”, coll. F.Glaw, 11.02. 1995. Remarks: Holotype and three paratypes in ZFMK. Boophis sambirano Vences & Glaw, 2005 African J. Herpetol. 54 (1): 79 Holotype: ZSM 811/2003, adult male, “small settle- ment called ‘Camp Norbert’ by our guides, 13°56' 53"S, 48°27'28"E, ca. 230 m above sea level, Manon- garivo Special Reserve, northwestern Madagascar”, coll. F.Glaw, M. Vences & R.-D. Randrianiaina, 31.01. 2003. Paratypes: ZSM 810/2003, adult male, same collect- ing data as holotype; ZSM 995-996/2003, 2 adult males, same collectors and same locality as holotype, 05.02.2003; ZSM 815/ 22003, “undetermined site sev- eral kilometres upstream from the type locality”, same collectors as holotype, 01.02.2003. Boophis schuboeae Glaw & Vences, 2002 Spixiana 25 (2): 174 Paratype: ZSM 1086/2001 (originally ZFMK 62285), adult male, “Vohiparara (Ranomafana National Park, at ca. 1000 m above sea level), south eastern Mada- gascar”, coll. F. Glaw, D. Rakotomalala & F. Rana- ivojaona, 28.02.1996. Remarks: Holotype and two paratypes in ZFMK. 179 Boophis solomaso Vallan, Vences & Glaw, 2003 Amphibia-Reptilia 24: 311 Paratype: ZSM 47/2005 (originally NMBE 1046008), adult male, “site called Analambalotra near Am- bavaniasy, 18°57'36"S, 48°30'00"E, about 880 m eleva- tion, Moramanga Fivondronana, Toamasina Prov- ince, central eastern Madagascar”, coll. D. Vallan, 10.02.1997. Remarks: Holotype in NMBE. Boophis tasymena Vences & Glaw, 2002 Trop. Zool. 15: 150 Holotype: ZSM 1085/2001 (originally ZFMK 62224), adult male, “Andasibe, central-eastern Madagascar, 18°56'S, 48°25’E, ca. 900 m elevation”, coll. F. Glaw 04.02.1996. Remarks: Six paratypes, all in ZFMK. Boophis viridis Blommers-Schlösser, 1979 Bijdr. Dierk. 49 (2): 272 Paratype: ZSM 3617/2004 (originally ZMA 7100B), male, “Madagascar| ... | near Perinet (highroad R.N. 2 at km 142), alt. 900 m”, coll. R. M. A. Blommers- Schlösser, 14.11.1972. Boophis vittatus Glaw, Vences, Andreone & Vallan, 2001 Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 522 Holotype: ZSM 586/1999 (originally ZFMK 59889), adult male, “Reserve Integrale Marojezy, Camp 3, about 700 m above sea level, northeastern Madagas- car”, coll. F. Glaw & ©. Ramilison, 01.03.1995. Remarks: Five paratypes, all in ZFMK. Boophis xerophilus Glaw & Vences, 1997 Copeia 1997 (3): 572 Paratype: ZSM 569/1999 (originally ZFMK 59989), adult male, “Kirindy forest (20'03'S, 44°39'E; below 100 m above sea level), about 60 km north of Mo- rondava, western Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, 21.01. 1995. Remarks: Holotype and two paratypes in ZFMK. Mantella crocea Pintak & Böhme, 1990 Salamandra 26 (1): 58 Paratype: ZSM 570/1999 (originally ZFMK 45008), male, “Andasibe (= P£rinet), mittleres Ostmada- gaskar”, coll. native collector, 1986. Remarks: Holotype and numerous paratypes in ZFMK (see Vences et al. 1999). 180 Mantella expectata Busse & Böhme, 1992 Rev. fr. Aquariol. 19 (1/2): 58 Paratype: ZSM 571/1999 (originally ZFMK 53541), 1 specimen, “20 km southeast of Toliara (= Tulear), W-Madagascar”, coll. G. Gottlebe, 1991. Remarks: Holotype and five paratypes in ZFMK (see Vences et al. 1999). Mantella madagascariensis haraldmeieri Busse, 1981 Amphibia-Reptilia 2: 34 Paratype: ZSM 572/1999 (originally ZFMK 21807), 1 specimen, “Fort Dauphin, Süd-Madagaskar”, coll. H. Meier, 1978. Remarks: Holotype and three paratypes in ZFMK. Present name: Mantella haraldmeieri Busse, 1981 according to Vences et al. (1999). Mantidactylus ambohitra Vences & Glaw, 2001 Alytes 19 (2-4): 120 Holotype: ZSM 1084/2001 (originally ZFMK 57418), adult male, “Montagne d’Ambre” [northern Mada- gascar], coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & O. Ramilison, 14.-17.03.1994. Remarks: Paratypes in MNHN, MTD and ZFMK. Mantidactylus charlotteae Vences & Glaw, 2004 J. Nat. Hist. 38 (1): 101 Paratype: ZSM 934/2000 (originally ZFMK 47219), adult, “Nosy Mangabe” [Madagascar], coll. F.Glaw, 24.-25.10.1987. Remarks: Holotype in ZMA. Mantidactylus cornutus Glaw & Vences, 1992 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar: 272 Paratype: ZSM 573/1999 (originally ZFMK 53690), male, “Andasibe” [Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw & ]. Müller, 11.01.1992. Remarks: Holotype and three paratypes in ZFMK. Mantidactylus corvus Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 146 Paratype: ZSM 574/1999 (originally ZFMK 57431), male, “Isalo National Park (Namazaha valley, forest ca. 4km W of Ranohira), western central Madagas- car”, coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 29.01.1994. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Mantidactylusi enki Glaw & Vences, 2002 Amphibia-Reptilia 23: 294 Paratype: ZSM 1083/2001 (originally ZFMK 62274), adult male, “Vohiparara (close to Ranomafana), south-eastern Madagascar, 21°13'S, 47°22'E, at ca. 1050 m above sea level”, coll. F.Glaw, D. Rakotoma- lala & F. Ranaivojaona, 03.-04.03.1996. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus fimbriatus Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 142 Paratype: ZSM 575/1999 (originally ZFMK 57440), male, “Andasibe, CE-Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 01.01.1994. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus flavobrunneus Blommers-Schlösser, 1979 Beaufortia 29 (352): 54 Paratype: ZSM 362/2004 (originally ZMA 7172), female, “Madagascar [... ] along the road from Mo- ramanga to Anosibe at km 25, alt. 900 m”, coll. R. M. A. Blommers-Schlösser, 25.08.1971. Mantidactylus kathrinae Glaw, Vences & Gossmann, 2000 J. Nat. Hist. 34: 1136 Paratype: ZSM 576/1999 (originally ZFMK 62263), adult male, “rainforest near An’Ala (18°56'S, 48°28’E, 840 m above sea level), eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, 03.02.1996. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus madinika Vences, Andreone, Glaw & Mattioli, 2002 Copeia 2002 (4): 1058 Holotype: ZSM 601/2001, adult male, “a plantation at the edge of the Sambirano River, approximately 200 m upstream from Antsirasira (on the river side opposite to the larger village of Marovato), Maro- vato Fivondronana, Antsiranana Faritany (Diego Suarez Province), north-western Madagascar (13°56' 22"S, 48°33'16"E, less than 100 m above sea level)”, coll. M. Vences, F. Andreone, F. Mattioli & ]J. E. Randrianirina, 30.01.2001. Paratypes: ZSM 600/2001, adult female, same local- ity and collecting data as holotype; ZSM 604/2001- 607/2001, 3 adult males, 1 adult female, from the type locality, coll. M. Vences, 12.02.2001. Remarks: One further paratype in MRSN. The paratypes ZSM 602/2001 (now ZFMK 76103) and ZSM 603/2001 now ZMA 20331) have been ex- changed. Mantidactylus massi Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 143 Paratype: ZSM 577 /1999 (originally ZFMK 57443), male, “Benavony (near Ambanja, NW-Madagascar)”, coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 08.03. 1994. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Present name: Mantidactylus massorum Glaw & Vences, 1994 according to Michels & Bauer (2004). Mantidactylus moseri Glaw & Vences, 2002 J. Herpetol. 36 8): 373 Holotype: ZSM 935/2000 (originally ZFMK 60024), adult male, “Andasibe (18°55'3"S, 48°25'22"E; ap- proximately 850 m above sea level)” [central-eastern Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw & N. Rabibisoa, 18.12. 1994. Remarks: Two paratypes in ZFMK. Mantidactylus phantasticus Glaw & Vences, 1997 Salamandra 32 (4): 246 Paratype: ZSM 578/1999 (originally ZFMK 62208), adult male, “Regenwald bei Andasibe (= Perinet), ca. 900 m über NN”, coll. F. Glaw, D. Rakotomalala & F. Ranaivojaona, 09.03.1996. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus punctatus Blommers-Schlösser, 1979 Beaufortia 29 (352): 51 Paratype: ZSM 363/2004 (originally ZMA 7170), adult, “Madagascar [... ] Tampoketsa d’Ankazobe, forest station (‘'highroad R.N. 4° Tananarive-Ma- junga), alt. 1600 m”, coll. R. M. A. Blommers-Schlös- ser, 12.09.1971. Mantidactylus rivicola Vences, Glaw & Andreone, 1997 Alytes 14 (4): 138 Paratype: ZSM 579/1999 (originally ZFMK 59898), male, “near Camp 1, Marojezy Strict Nature Reserve (Reserve Naturelle Integrale), northeastern Mada- gascar, altitude about 300 m above sea level”, coll. F. Glaw & O. Ramilison, 25.-28.02.1995. Remarks: Holotype and 4 paratypes in ZFMK. 181 Mantidactylus sarotra Glaw & Vences, 2002 Herpetol. J. 12: 14 Holotype: ZSM 351/2000, adult male, “Mandraka (18°54'44"S, 47°54'52"E, 1425 m altitude), central eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 08. 02.2000. Paratype: ZSM 354/2000, adult male, same data as holotype. Remarks: 2 paratypes in UADBA and ZFMK. Mantidactylus schilfi Glaw & Vences, 2000 Spixiana 23 (1): 74 Paratype: ZSM 587/1999 (originally ZFMK 59886), male, “Reserve Naturelle Integrale Marojezy, Camp 4 (ca. 1250 m above sea level), northeastern Madagas- car“, coll. F. Glaw & O. Ramilison, 28.02.1995. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK, one paratype in UADBA and one paratype in MNHN. Mantidactylus striatus Vences, Glaw, Andreone, Jesu & Schimmenti, 2002 Contrib. Zool. 70 (4): 203 Holotype: ZSM 938/ 2000 (originally ZFMK 57436), adult male, “Marojejy massif, Campsite 1 (ca. 300 m altitude)”, [north-eastern Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw, N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 27.-31.03.1994. Remarks: Paratypes in MRSN and ZFMK. Mantidactylus tandroka Glaw & Vences, 2001 Spixiana 24 (2): 185 Paratype: ZSM 937/2000 (originally ZFMK 59895), female, “Marojezy, Campsite 4 (ca. 1300 m altitude)”, coll. F. Glaw & ©. Ramilison, 28.02.1995. Remarks: Holotype and 7 paratypes in MNHN, 1 paratype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus thelenae Glaw & Vences, 1994 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar, 2nd ed.: 156 Paratype: ZSM 580/1999 (originally ZFMK 57425), male, “Andasibe, CE-Madagascar”, coll. F.Glaw,N. Rabibisoa & ©. Ramilison, 26.-28.02.1994. Remarks: Holotype and two paratypes in ZFMK. Mantidactylus timidus Vences & Glaw, 2005 Herpetol. J. 15: 40 Paratype: ZSM 364/2004 (originally ZMA 19492), male, “less than 10 km north of Toamasina, eastern Madagascar (18°03'51"S, 49°22'39"E, 8m above sea level), coll. M. Vences, 10.02.2003. Remarks: Holotype in ZSM. 182 Mantidactylus tschenki Glaw & Vences, 2001 Spixiana 24 (2): 181 Holotype: ZSM 936/ 2000 (originally ZFMK 62298), adult male, “along the road between Ambatolahy and Ranomafana, south-eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw, D. Rakotomalala & F. Ranaivojaona, 28.2. 1996. Remarks: Two paratypes in ZFMK and one in MRSN. Mantidactylus zavona Vences, Andreone, Glaw & Randrianirina, 2003 African Zool. 38 (1): 71 Holotype: ZSM 648/2001, adult male, “Antsaha- manara (14°02'42"S / 48°47'04"E; c. 1100 m above sea level) in the Manarikoba forest, Reserve Naturelle Integrale de Tsaratanana, central northern Mada- gascar”, coll. M. Vences, F. Andreone, F. Mattioli & J. Randrianirina, 02.02.2001. Paratype: ZSM 649/2001, adult male, same locality as holotype, coll. M. Vences, F. Andreone, F. Mat- tioli & J. Randrianirina, 02.-13.02.2001. Remarks: The paratypes ZSM 647 /2001 now ZFMK 76104) and ZSM 650/2001 (now ZMA 20332) have been exchanged. Further paratypes in MRSN, MSNG and UADBA. Mantidactylus zipperi Vences & Glaw, 2004 J. Nat. Hist. 38 (1): 97 Paratype: ZSM 1216/2001 (originally ZFMK 60091), adult male, “An’Ala, eastern Madagascar (18°56'S, 48°28'E, 840 m above sea level)” [erroneously stated as 180°56'S in the original description], coll. F. Glaw, 11.-12.02.1995. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Mantidactylus zolitschka Glaw & Vences, 2004 Spixiana 27 (1): 87 Paratypes: ZSM 939/2000 (originally ZFMK 60111), adult male, “rainforest near An’ Ala (18°56'S, 48°28'E, 840 m above sea level), eastern Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & D. Vallan, 21.03.1995; ZSM_184/2003, female, same locality as holotype, coll. G. Aprea, F. Glaw, M. Puente, L. Raharivololoniaina, R. D. Ran- drianiaina & M. Thomas, 02.03.2003. Remarks: Holotype and five paratypes in ZFMK. Microhylidae Günther, 1858 Anodonthyla moramora Glaw & Vences, 2005 Spixiana 28 (2): 183 Holotype: ZSM 744/2003, adult male, “next to Ki- donafo bridge, Vohiparara near Ranomafana, south- eastern Madagascar (21°13'S, 47°22’E, ca. 1000 m above sea level)”, coll. F. Glaw, M. Puente, M. Tho- mas, L. Raharivololoniaina & D. R. Vieites, 20.01. 2003. Paratypes: ZSM 705-706/2003, 2 adult males, same collecting data as holotype. Anodonthyla nigrigularis Glaw & Vences, 1992 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar: 273 Paratype: ZSM 553/1999 (originally ZFMK 53746), male, “Nahampoana”, Madagascar, coll. F. Glaw & J. Müller, 04.01.1992. Remarks: Holotype and two paratypes in ZFMK. Austrochaperina derongo Zweifel, 2000 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 253: 27 Paratype: ZSM 109/1999, “Papua New Guinea... ] Southern Highlands Prov. [...], at Didessa, north slope of Mt. Bosavi”, coll. T. Schultze-Westrum, 09.1966. Breviceps mossambicus var. occidentalis Werner, 1903 Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. II. Kl. 22: 383 Type status unclear: uncatalogued (lost), 1specimen (2), “"Deutsch-Südwestafrika” [Namibia], coll. Kuhn, no date. Present name: Breviceps adspersus Peters, 1882 ac- cording to Parker (1931: 193). Frost (2004) errone- ously listed this taxon as Breviceps mossambicus var. mossambicus (sic) in the synonymy of Breviceps mos- sambicus which however does not occur in Na- mibia. Cophyla berara Vences, Andreone & Glaw, 2005 African Zool. 40 (1): 144 Holotype: ZSM 410/2000, adult male, “site locally called Berara, located within Anabohazo forest, Sahamalaza Peninsula, north-western Madagascar (14°18.55'S, 47°54.92'E, 170 m above sea level)”, coll. F. Andreone, J. E. Randrianirina & M. Vences, 18.02. 2000. Remarks: Five paratypes in MRSN. Engystoma ovale var. puncticulatum Steindachner, 1901 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 38: 194-196 [abstract], Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. Cl., Wien (1902), 72: 110 [description] Holotype: Not traced, “Bodega Central am Rio Magdalena”, coll. Prinzessin Therese von Bayern, collection date unknown. Remarks: In contrast to the other taxa collected by Therese von Bayern (e.g. Urotheca coronata, Tropidu- rus theresiae) and described by Steindachner (1901) no material of Engystoma ovale var. punctilatum could be traced in the ZSM. We found neither any catalogue entry for this taxon nor an uncataloged specimen in the collection. Probably the specimen got lost be- tween the description and the registration of the Therese von Bayern collection in 1926 in the ZSM or is still present in the NMW collection although it is not mentioned in Häupl et al. (1994). Present name: Unknown. This taxon is not listed by Cochran & Goin (1970) and Frost (2004). Platypelis occultans Glaw & Vences, 1992 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar: 274 Paratype: ZSM 554/1999 (originally ZFMK 53736), male, “Nosy Be”, Madagascar, coll. F. Glaw & ]. Müller, 22.01.1992. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Plethodontohyla coronata Vences & Glaw, 2003 Copeia 2003 (4): 789 Paratype: ZSM 694/2001, adult male, “Mandraka, Fivondronona of Manjakandriana, Faritany of An- tananarivo, central eastern Madagascar (18°55'S / 47°56'E, 1220 m above sea level)”, coll. M. Vences & D.R. Vieites, 16.02.2001. Remarks: Holotype in ZFMK. Plethodontohyla mihanika Vences, Raxworthy, Nussbaum & Glaw, 2003 J. Herpetol. 37 (4): 630 Paratypes: ZSM 1087/2001 (originally ZFMK 60008), adult male, “Andasibe” [Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw, 14.-18.01.1995; ZSM 5/2002, adult male, “Andasibe”, coll. M. Vences, I. Somorjai & L. Raharivololoniaina, 12.2001. 183 Scaphiophryne boribory Vences, Raxworthy, Nussbaum & Glaw, 2003 Herpetol. ]. 13: 75-77 Paratypes: ZSM 7-8/2000, 2 adults, ZSM 644-645 / 2000, 2 adults, “Fierenana region” [Madagascar], coll. local collectors, 2000; ZSM 153/2002, adult male, “Fierenana region” [Madagascar], coll. local collec- tors, 01.2002. Remarks: Paratype ZSM 643/2000 has been ex- changed (now ZFMK 76102). Scaphiophryne gottlebei Busse & Böhme, 1992 Rev. fr. Aquariol. 19(1/2): 60 Paratype: ZSM 555/1999 (originally ZFMK 53544), juvenile, “Montagne de l’Isalo: Vall&e des Singes, W-Madagascar”, coll. G. Gottlebe, 1991. Remarks: Holotype and four paratypes in ZFMK. Scaphiophryne menabensis Glos, Glaw & Vences, 2005 Copeia 2005 (2): 253 Holotype: ZSM _186/2003, adult male, “Kirindy Forest C.F.P.F. (forest pond CS55), district of Moron- dava, province of Toliara, western Madagascar (44°39'E, 20°03'S; 18-40 m above sea level)”, coll. ]. Glos, 05.02.2002. Paratypes: ZSM 187-188/2003, ZSM 193/ 2003, three adult females, ZSM 189-190/2003, ZSM _192/ 2003, three adult males, “Kirindy Forest C.F.P.F. (forest pond CS55), district of Morondava, province of To- liara, western Madagascar”, coll. J. Glos, 05.02.2002; ZSM 1917/2003, adult male, “Kirindy Forest C.F.P.F. (forest pond CS7)”, coll. J. Glos, 13.01.2001. Stumpffia gimmeli Glaw & Vences, 1992 Fieldguide Amph. Rept. Madagascar: 273 Paratype: ZSM 556/1999 (originally ZFMK 52538), 1 specimen, “Ambanja” [Madagascar], coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 27.03.1991. Remarks: Holotype and 13 paratypes in ZFMK. Stumpffia pygmaea Vences & Glaw, 1991 Acta Biol. Benrodis 3(2): 215 Paratype: ZSM 557/1999 (originally ZFMK 52543), male, “Nosy Be, Madagascar”, coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 28.-29.03.1991. Remarks: Holotype and two paratypes in ZFMK. 184 Stumpffia tetradactyla Vences & Glaw, 1991 Acta Biol. Benrodis 3(2): 216 Paratype: ZSM 558/1999 (originally ZFMK 52546), male, “Foret d’Ambohidena, nahe dem Ort Ambo- hidena, an der Ostküste von Nosy Boraha” [Mada- gascar], coll. F. Glaw & M. Vences, 07.03.1991. Remarks: Holotype and one paratype in ZFMK. Xenobatrachus multisica Blum & Menzies, 1989 Alytes 7 (“1988”): 150 Paratypes: ZSM 105/1987/1-6 (cited as 105/87 in the original description), 6 specimens, “Munggona, Eipomek Valley of Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Division, altitude 1800 m”, coll. J. P. Blum, 04.-06.1976. Xenobatrachus scheepstrai Blum & Menzies, 1989 Alytes 7 (“1988”): 151 Paratype: ZSM 103/1987 (cited as 103/87 in the original description), adult female, “Angguruk, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Division, altitude 1400 m”, coll. G. Scheepstra, 06.1979. Xenobatrachus schiefenhoeveli Blum & Menzies, 1989 Alytes 7 (“1988”): 143 Paratypes: ZSM 104/1987/1-3 (cited as ZSM 104/ 87a-c in the original description), 3 specimens, “Munggona in the Eipomek Valley of Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Division, altitude 1800 m”, coll. J. P. Blum, 04.-06.1976. Xenorhina eiponis Blum & Menzies, 1989 Alytes 7 (“1988”): 154 Paratype: ZSM 106/1987/1-2 (cited as 106/87 in the original description), 2 specimens, “Munggona, Eipomek Valley, Irian Jaya, Jayawijaya Division, altitude 1800 m”, coll. J. P. Blum, 04.-06.1976. Pipidae Gray, 1825 Pipa aspera Müller, 1924 Zool. Anz. 58: 291 Holotype: ZSM 19/1923 (lost), adult male, “Albina (Unterlauf des Maroni), Surinam”, collector and collection date unknown. Remarks: AMNH 107864 was designated as neotype by Trueb & Cannatella (1986). Pipa cururu Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 53 Syntypes: uncatalogued (lost), 3 specimens, “Hab- itat in fundo aquarum lacustrium prope Bahiam et ad flumen Amazonum” [Brazil, near the city of Salvador (erroneous) and Rio Amazonas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Martius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: In the original description (Spix 1824: pl. 22, fig. 1,2) the species is figured under the name Pipa Curucuru (see also Hoogmoed & Gruber 1983: 377 for the various misspellings of this name). Presentname: Pipa pipa (Linnaeus, 1758) fide Hoog- moed & Gruber (1983). Pipa snethlageae Müller, 1914 Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 14: 102 Holotype: ZSM 1/1914 (lost), adult female, “Utinga near Parä (Bel&m), State of Parä, N. E. Brazil”, coll. Dr. Emilia Snethlage, 13.02.1913. Neotype: ZSM 54/1914/1 (former paratype), brood- ing female, same data as holotype, designated by Trueb & Cannatella (1986). Paratype: ZSM 54/1914/2, male, same data as holotype. Remarks: Trueb & Cannatella (1986: 449) mentioned the specimens MCZ 17734 and CAS-SU 16409 both from Utinga, near Belem as paratypes. This is obvi- ously incorrect since Müller (1914) mentioned only three specimens in the original description (“I have before me one male and two females, the latter with empty egg-capsules on the back, consequently fully adult”). These three specimens are the lost holotype and the two original paratypes (ZSM 54/1914/1-2) one of them subsequently designated as neotype. According to Müller’s (1924a) counts there were 39 “Waben” on the back of the holotype, and 25 on the female cotype. The specimen designated as neotype (ZSM 54/1914/1, figured in Trueb & Cannatella 1986) has 25 distinct (plus some indistinct) “Waben” and therefore obviously is the original female para- type. The collection date of the types is not mentioned in the original description, but was given as 13.02. 1903 by Müller (1924a). This is obviously wrong since both the catalogue entry and jar labels mention 131021912. Fig. 19. Pipa snethlageae Müller, 1914, neotype (ZSM 54/1914/1). In this species, the eggs develop in the fe- male’s back. Ranidae Rafinesque, 1814 Batrachylodes elegans Brown & Parker, 1970 Breviora 346: 14 Paratypes: ZSM 1-5/1998, ZSM 8-27/1998, 25 adults (originally MCZ), “Bougainville Island, Solomon Islands [...] Mutahi, between 1800 and 3600 feet elevation”, coll. F. Parker, 10.-20.05.1966. Cornufer beauforti van Kampen, 1913 Bijdr. Dierk. 19: 91 Syntype: ZSM 268/1975 (originally ZMA), 1 adult, “Majalibit-Bucht, Waigeu” [Papua, Indonesia], coll. R. F. de Beaufort, 1910. Present name: Platymantis punctata Peters & Doria, 1878 (fide Zweifel 1969: 12-16). Phrynobatrachus phyllophilus Rödel & Ernst, 2002 J. Herpetol. 36 (4): 563 Paratype: ZSM 354/ 2001, male, “Thai National Park, Ivory Coast, SRET station, swampy area in primary 185 Fig. 20. Rana japonica var. ornativentris Werner, 1903, holotype (ZSM 962/0), now Rana ornativentris. This is a close relative of the European common frog (Rana tem- poraria). rain forest, 5°50'N, 7°20'W”, coll. Ernst & Rödel, 28. 09.1999. Rana japonica var. ornativentris Werner, 1903 Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. II. Kl. 22: 383 Holotype: ZSM 962/0, female, “bei Nikko auf Nip- pon” [Japan], coll. Haberer, no date. Present name: Rana ornativentris Werner, 1903 (see Okada 1966: 81-90). 186 Rana palmipes Spix, 1824 Animal. Nova Spec. Nov. Test. Ran. Brasil.: 29 Syntypes: ZSM 963/0 (lost), 2 specimens, “Habitat [...] in aquis stagnantibus fluminis Amazonum” [Brazil, Rio Amazonas] (according to the original description and Vanzolini 1981), coll. Spix and Mar- tius expedition to Brazil, 1817-1820. Remarks: The original description was based on four specimens but only two specimens (ZSM 963/ 0) were catalogued. Presentname: Rana palmipes (Spix, 1824) fide Hoog- moed & Gruber (1983). Tomopterna maskeyi Schleich & Anders, 1998 Veröff. Fuhlrott-Mus. 4: 63 Holotype: ZSM 106/1991/2 (cited as ZSM 106/91- 2 in the original description), female, “Chitwan Jungle Lodge, Royal Chitwan National Park, Central Nepal, at an altitude of approx. 300 m”, coll. H. Schleich, D. Fuchs & T. M. Maskey, 08.07.1989 (coll. H. Schleich & T. M. Maskey, 08.07.1991 according to the original description). Paratypes: ZSM 106/1991/1, ZSM 106/1991/3,ZSM 106/1991/5-7,4 females, 1 male, “S-Nepal, Chitwan- National-Park, Kasara”, same collectors and collec- tion date as holotype (given as ZSM 106/91-1, 3, 5-7, no locality data, coll. Schleich & Maskey, no collection date in the original description). Present name: Sphaerotheca maskeyi (Schleich & Anders, 1999) fide Vences et al. (2000). Acknowledgements We are grateful to many friends and colleagues for their help: Dieter Fuchs, Ulrich Gruber, Gunther Köhler and Josef Friedrich Schmidtler provided valuable informa- tions on type specimens. Wolfgang Böhme, Alain Du- bois, Julian Glos, Kurt Grossenbacher, Jörn Köhler, Stefan Lötters, Annemarie Ohler, Mark-Oliver Rödel, Josef Friedrich Schmidtler, Matthias Stöck, Denis Vallan and Miguel Vences provided type specimens or agreed to exchange paratypes. Marinus Hoogmoed critically commented on an earlier Version of the manuscript. This type catalogue largely benefitted from the GBIF programme of the German Federal Ministry of Educa- tion and Research, Sub-project GBIF D-Herp-Vert. References Andersson, L. G. 1905. Batrachians from Cameroon col- lected by Dr. Y. Sjöstedt in the years 1890-1892. — Arkiv Zool. 2(20):1-29 Andreone, F. 1996. Another new green treefrog, Boophis anjanaharibeensis n. sp. (Ranidae: Rhacophorinae), from northeastern Madagascar. - Aqua (]. Ichthyol. Aquat. Biol.) 2(2): 25-32 -- & H. Randriamahazo 1997. Ecological and taxo- nomic observations on the amphibians and reptiles ofthe Andohahela low altitude rainforest, S. Mada- gascar. — Rev. fr. Aquariol. 24 (3-4): 95-127 —-—- M. Vences, F. M. Guarino, F. Glaw & J. E. Randri- anirina 2002. Natural history and larval morphol- ogy of Boophis occidentalis (Anura: Mantellidae: Boophinae) provide new insights into the phylog- eny and adaptive radiation of endemic Malagasy frogs. - J. Zool. 257: 425-438 Angulo, A., R. B. Cocroft & S. Reichle 2003. Species identity in genus Adenomera (Anura: Leptodactyli- dae) in southeastern Peru. — Herpetologica 59 (4): 490-504 Anonymus 2002. Opinion 2013 (Case 3173) Phrynidium crucigerum Lichtenstein & Martens, 1856 (currently Atelopus cruciger; Amphibia, Anura): specific name conserved by the designation of a neotype. - Bull. Zool. Nomenelat. 59 (3): 226-227 Baldissera, Jr., F. A., U. Caramaschi & C. F. B. Haddad. 2004. Review of the Bufo crucifer species group, with descriptions of two new related species (Am- phibia, Anura, Bufonidae). - Arg. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro 62 (3): 255-282 Bauer, A. M., R. Günther & R. Klipfel 1995. The herpe- tological contributions of Wilhelm Peters (1815- 1883). — SSAR, Ithaca, New York, 714 pp. Baumann, F. 1912. Brasilianische Batrachier des Berner Naturhistorischen Museums nebst Untersuchun- gen über die geographische Verbreitung der Batra- chier in Brasilien. - Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 33 (2): 87- 172, fig. A, plts. 4-6 Blommers-Schlösser, R. M. A. 1979a. Biosystematics of the Malagasy frogs. I. Mantellinae (Ranidae). - Beaufortia 29 (352): 1-77 -- 1979b. Biosystematics of the Malagasy frogs. II. The genus Boophis (Rhacophoridae). — Bijdr. Dierk. 49 (2): 261-312 Blum, J. P. & J. I. Menzies “1988” 1989. Notes on Xeno- batrachus and Xenorhina (Amphibia: Microhylidae) from New Guinea with description of nine new species. — Alytes 7 (4): 125-163 Böhme, W. & W. Bischoff 1984. Reptilien und Amphi- bien. In: Rheinwald, G. (ed.): Die Wirbeltiersamm- lungen des Museums Alexander Koenig. — Bonn. Zool. Monogr. 19: 151-213 Boettger, ©. 1895. Liste der Reptilien und Batrachier der Insel Halmaheira nach den Sammlungen Prof. Dr. W. Kükenthal’s. - Zool. Anz. 18: 129-138 Bokermann, W. C. A. 1966. Lista anotada das localida- des tipo de anfibios Brasileiros. - Servigio de Docu- mentacäo, Universidade Rural Säo Paulo, 183 pp. Boulenger, G. A. 1896. Descriptions of new reptiles and batrachians from Colombia. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 17: 16-21 -- 1898. An account of the reptiles and batrachians collected by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg in western Ecuador. - Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1898: 107-126 + plts 11-12 Brame, A. H. & D. B. Wake 1962. A new plethodontid salamander (genus Bolitoglossa) from Venezuela with redescription of the Ecuadorian B. palmata (Werner). - Copeia 1962: 170-177 Brown, W.C. & F. Parker 1970. New frogs of the genus Batrachylodes (Ranidae) from the Solomon Islands. — Breviora 346: 1-31 Busse, K. 1981. Revision der Farbmuster-Variabilität in der madagassischen Gattung Mantella (Salientia: Ranidae). - Amphibia-Reptilia 2: 23-42 -- & W. Böhme 1992. Two remarkable frog discover- ies of the genera Mantella (Ranidae: Mantellinae) and Scaphiophryne (Microhylidae: Scaphiophryni- nae) from the west coast of Madagascar. - Rev. fr. Aquariol. 19(1/2): 57-64 Cei, J. M. 1980. Amphibians of Argentina. - Monit. Zool. Ital. (N.S.), Monogr. 2, Firenze, 609 pp. Clergue-Gazeau, M. 1999. Euproctus asper (Duges, 1852) - Pyrenäen-Gebirgsmolch. — In: Thiesmeier, B. & K. Grossenbacher (eds.): Handbuch der Reptilien und Amphibiens Europas. Band 4/I, Schwan- zlurche I: 251-269. - Aula-Verlag (Wiesbaden). Cochran, D. 1955. Frogs of southeastern Brazil. - Smith- sonian Inst. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 206, 423 pp. -- 1961. Type specimens of reptiles and amphibians in the United States National Museum. — Smithso- nian Inst. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 220: 1-290 -- &C.]J. Goin 1970. Frogs of Colombia. — Smithon. Inst. Press, Washington, 655 pp. Cocteau, T. 1835. Sur un genre peu connu et imparfai- tement decrit de Batraciens anoures ä carapace dorsale osseuse et sur une nouvelle espece de ce genre. - Mag. Zool. Anat. 5: 1-12, plts 7, 8 De la Riva, I., J. Köhler, 5. Lötters & S. Reichle 2000. Ten years of research on Bolivian amphibians: updated checklist, distribution, taxonomic problems, litera- ture and iconography. - Rev. Esp. Herp. 14: 19-164 Duellman, W. E. 1971. The nomenkclatural status of the names Hyla boans (Linnaeus) and Hyla maxima (Laurenti) (Anura: Hylidae). — Herpetologica 27: 397-405 -- 1977. Liste der rezenten Amphibien und Reptilien. Hylidae, Centrolenidae, Pseudidae. - Das Tierreich 95: I-XIX + 225 pp., Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. -- 1989. New species of hylid frogs from the Andes of Columbia and Venezuela. - Occ. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas, Lawrence 131: 1-12 -- 1993. Amphibian species of the world: Additions and corrections. — Univ. Kansas, Mus. Nat. Hist., spec. publ. 21: 372 pp. -- ,‚l.DelaRiva &E.R. Wild 1997. Frogs of the Hyla armata and Hyla pulchella groups in the Andes of South America, with definitions and analyses of 187 phylogenetic relationships of Andean groups of Hyla. — Scient. Pap. Nat. Hist. Mus. Univ. Kansas 3: 1-41 -- & L. Trueb 1983. Frogs of the Hyla columbiana group: taxonomy and phylogenetic relationships. - In: Rhodin, A. G. J. & K. Miyata (eds.): Advances in herpetology and evolutionary biology: 33-51. — Harvard University (Cambridge) -- & ]J. J. Wiens 1992. The status of the hylid frog genus Ololygon and the recognition of Scinax Wag- ler, 1830. — Occas. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kan- sas 151: 1-23 -- &].J. Wiens 1993. Hylid frogs of the genus Scinax Wagler, 1830, in Amazonian Ecuador and Peru. — Occas. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas 153: 1-23 Dunn, E. R. 1942. The American caecilians. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 91: 339-540 Eiselt, J. & J. F. Schmidtler 1971. Vorläufige Mitteilung über zwei neue Subspezies von Amphibia Salientia aus dem Iran. —- Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 75: 383-385 -- & -- 1973. Froschlurche aus dem Iran unter Be- rücksichtigung außeriranischer Populationsgrup- pen. — Ann. Naturhistor. Mus. Wien 77: 181-243 Faivovich, J., C. A. G. da Cruz & ©. L. Peixoto 2002. The identity of Hyla ehrhardti Müller, 1924 (Anura, Hyl- idae). - J. Herpetol. 36 (2): 325-327 -- ,C.F.B. Haddad, P. C. A. Garcia, D. R. Frost, J. A. Campbell & W. C. Wheeler. 2005. Systematic re- view of the frog family Hylidae, with special refer- ence to Hylinae: phylogenetic analysis and taxo- nomic revision. — Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 294: 240 pp. Fitzinger, L. J. 1826. Neue Classification der Reptilien nach ihren natürlichen Verwandtschaften. Nebst einer Verwandtschaftstafel und einem Verzeich- nisse der Reptilien-Sammlung des K. K. Zoolo- gischen Museums zu Wien. — Wien, 66 pp. + 1 pl. Flores-Villela, ©. 1993. Herpetofauna Mexicana. Lista anotada de las especies de anfibios y reptiles de Mexico, cambios taxonömicos recientes, y nuevas especies. —- Carnegie Mus. Nat. Hist., Special Publ. 17, Pittsburgh, 73 pp. Fouquette, M. J. Jr. & A. J. Delahoussaye 1977. Sperm morphology in the Hyla rubra group (Amphibia, Anura, Hylidae), and its bearing on generic status. - J. Herpetol. 11(4): 387-396 Frost, D. R., ed. 1985. Amphibian species of the world. A taxonomic and geographical reference. -— Law- rence (Allen Press) Assoc. Syst. Coll., 732 pp. -- 2004. Amphibian Species of the World: an Online Reference. Version 3.0 (22 August, 2004). Electronic Database accessible at http:/ /research.amnh.org/ herpetology/amphibia/index.html. -— American Museum of Natural History, New York, USA. Gavetti, E. & F. Andreone 1993. Revised catalogue of the herpetological collection in Turin University. 1. Amphibia. - Mus. reg. Sci. nat. Torino. Cataloghi X: 1-185 188 Glaw, F. & M. Franzen 2003. A database of type speci- mens of amphibians and reptiles in German re- search collections. - Symposium-Report “Sustain- able use and conservation of biological diversity — A challenge for society”. Part A: 325-326 (Berlin, Dez. 2003) -- &--2004. A digital type catalogue of amphibians and reptilesin German research collections: progress and perspectives. — In: Berendsohn, W. G. & S. Oehlschlaeger (eds.): Projects in the German Na- tional Programme for the Global Biodiversity In- formation Facility 2003-2006, Status Report 2004: 136-137 -- &D. Fuchs 2001. Die Herpetologie in der Zoolo- gischen Staatssammlung München. - In: W. Rieck, G. Hallmann & W. Bischoff (eds.): Die Geschichte der Herpetologie und Terrarienkunde im deut- schsprachigen Raum. — Mertensiella 12: 374-377 -- & B. Thiesmeier 1993. Bioakustische Differen- zierung in der Boophis luteus-Gruppe (Anura: Rha- cophoridae), mit Beschreibung einer neuen Art und einer neuen Unterart. — Salamandra 28 (3/4): 258-269 -—- &M. Vences 1991. Ein neuer Heterixalus aus Mada- gaskar (Amphibia, Anura, Hyperoliidae). — Acta Biol. Benrodis 3 (2): 197-201 -- & -- 1992. A fieldguide to the amphibians and reptiles of Madagascar. — Vences & Glaw Verlag, Köln, 331 pp. + 16 colour pages -- & -- 1994. A fieldguide to the amphibians and reptiles of Madagascar, 2nd edition. — Vences & Glaw Verlag, Köln, 480 pp.+ 48 colour pages -- &-- 1997a. Neue Ergebnisse zur Boophis goudoti- Gruppe aus Madagaskar: Bioakustik, Fortpflan- zungsstrategien und Beschreibung von Boophis rufioculis sp. nov. — Salamandra 32 (4): 225-242 -- & -- 1997b. Neue Daten über die Mantidactylus- Untergattung Spinomantis (Anura: Ranidae: Man- tellinae) aus Madagaskar, mit Beschreibung einer neuen Art. — Salamandra 32 (4): 243-258 -- & -- 1997c. New species of the Boophis tephraeo- mystax group (Anura: Ranidae: Rhacophorinae) from arid western Madagascar. - Copeia 1997 (3): 572-578 -- & -- 2000. A new species of Mantidactylus from northeastern Madagascar with resurrection of Man- fidactylus blanci (Guibe, 1974) (Amphibia, Anura, Ranidae). — Spixiana 23 (1): 71-83 -- &-- 2001. Two new sibling species of Mantidacty- lus cornutus from Madagascar (Amphibia, Anura, Ranidae). - Spixiana 24 (2): 177-190 -- & -- 2002a. A new sibling species of the anuran subgenus Blommersia from Madagascar (Amphibia: Mantellidae: Mantidactylus) and its molecular phy- logenetic relationships. — Herpetol. J. 12: 11-20 -- &-- 2002b. A new cryptic treefrog species of the Boophis luteus group from Madagascar: bioacoustic and genetic evidence. - Spixiana 25 (2): 173-181 -- &--2002c. A new species of Mantidactylus (Anura: Mantellidae) from Andasibe in eastern Madagas- car. — J. Herpetol. 36 (3): 372-378 -- &--2002d. A new cryptic species of the Mantidac- tylus boulengeri group with a divergent vocal sac structure. - Amphibia-Reptilia 23 (3): 293-304 -- &-- Vences 2004. A preliminary review of cryptic diversity in the subgenus Ochthomantis based on mtDNA sequence data and morphology (Anura, Mantellidae, Mantidactylus). — Spixiana 27 (1): 83- 91 -- &-- 2005. A new arboreal microhylid frog of the genus Anodonthyla from south-eastern Madagascar (Amphibia, Microhylidae). — Spixiana 28(2): 181- 189 -—- ,--,F. Andreone & D. Vallan 2001. Revision of the Boophis majori group (Amphibia: Mantellidae) from Madagascar, with descriptions of five new species. — Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 133 (4): 495-529 -- ,„--,&W. Böhme 1998. Systematic revision of the genus Aglyptodactylus Boulenger, 1919 (Anura: Ranidae) and analysis of its phylogenetic relation- ships with other ranid genera from Madagascar (Tomopterna, Boophis, Mantidactylus and Mantella). -J. Zool. Syst. Evol. Res. 36: 17-37 -- ,--,&V.Gossmann 2000. A new species of Manti- dactylus (subgenus Guibemantis) from Madagascar, with a comparative survey of internal femoral gland structure in the genus (Amphibia: Ranidae: Mantellinae). - J. Nat. Hist. 34: 1135-1154 Glos, J., F. Glaw & M. Vences 2005. A new species of Scaphiophryne from western Madagascar. - Copeia 2005 (2): 252-261 Gruber, U. 1992. Die Sektion Herpetologie (Lurche und Kriechtiere) der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. - Spixiana Suppl. 17: 126-132 Güntert, M., K. Grossenbacher, C. Huber, A. Aerni &H. U. Morgenthaler 1993. The E. A. Goeldi zoological collection in the Natural History Museum Bern: Comments on an inventory. — Jb. Naturhist. Mus. Bern 11: 147-161 Häupl, M., F. Tiedemann & H. Grillitsch 1994. Katalog der Typen der Herpetologischen Sammlung nach dem Stand vom 1. Jänner 1994. Teil I: Amphibia. — Kataloge der wissenschaftlichen Sammlungen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien, Verte- brata. — Selbstverlag Naturhist. Mus. Wien 9(3): 1-102 Hellmich, W. 1940a. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der individu- ellen und geographischen Variabilität von Hyla vilsoniana Cope. (Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise in Kolumbien 1.). - Zool. Anz. 129(1/2): 1-12 -- 1940b. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Hyloxalus (Brachycephalidae, Amph.). (Ergebnisse einer For- schungsreise in Kolumbien III.). - Zool. Anz. 131(5/6): 113-128 Hemmer, H., J. F. Schmidtler & W. Böhme 1978. Zur Systematik zentralasiatischer Grünkröten (Bufo viri- dis-Komplex) (Amphibia, Salientia, Bufonidae). - Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierk. Dresden 34: 349-384 Heyer, W. R. 1970. Studies on the frogs of the genus Leptodactylus (Amphibia: Leptodactylidae). 6. Bio- systematics of the melanonotus group. — Contrib. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co. 191: 1-48 -- 1973. Systematics of the marmoratus group of the frog genus Leptodactylus (Amphibia, Leptodactyl- idae). - Contrib. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co. 251: 1-50 -- 1974. Relationships of the marmoratus species group (Amphibia, Leptodactylidae) within the subfamily Leptodactylinae. - Contrib. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co. 253: 1-46 -- 1983. Variation and systematics of frogs of the ge- nus Cycloramphus (Amphibia, Leptodactylidae). — Arg. Zool., Sao Paulo 30: 235-339 -- 1994. Variation within the Leptodactylus podicipinus- wagneri complex of frogs (Amphibia: Leptodactyl- idae). - Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 546: 1-124 Hoogmoed, M. S. 1986. Additional remarks on Spix types in the Rijksmuseum van natuurlijke Historie, Leiden. — Zool. Mededel. 60: 299-300 -- 1990. Biosystematics of South American Bufonidae with special reference to the Bufo typhonius group. - In: Peters, G. & R. Hutterer (eds.): Vertebrates in the Tropics: 113-123. - Museum Alexander Koenig (Bonn) -- &U. Gruber 1983. Spix and Wagler type specimens of reptiles and amphibians in the Natural History Musea in Munich (Germany) and Leiden (The Netherlands). — Spixiana, Suppl. 9: 319-415 Köhler, J. & W. Böhme 1996. Anuran amphibians from the region of Pre-Cambrian rock outcrops (insel- bergs) in northeastern Bolivia, with a note on the gender of Scinax Wagler, 1830 (Hylidae). - Rev. fr. Aquariol. 23 (3-4): 133-140 -- &S. Lötters 2001. Description of a small tree frog, genus Hyla (Anura: Hylidae), from humid Andean slopes of Bolivia. - Salamandra 37 (3): 175-184 Lahanas, P. N. & J. M. Savage 1992. A new species of caecilian from the Peninsula de Osa of Costa Rica. - Copeia 1992 (3): 703-708 Lescure, J. 1979. Etude taxinomique et &co-£thologique d’un amphibien des petites Antilles: Leptodactylus fallax Müller, 1926 (Leptodactylidae). — Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris, 4e ser, 1, section A (3): 757-774 Lichtenstein, H. & E. Martens 1856. Nomenclator Rep- tilium et Amphibiorum Musei Zoologici Berolinen- sis. Namensverzeichniss der in der zoologischen Sammlung der Königlichen Universität zu Berlin aufgestellten Arten von Reptilien und Amphibien nach ihren Ordnungen, Familien und Gattungen. — Berlin, iv + 48 pp. Lötters, S., P. Debold, K. Henle, F. Glaw & M. Kneller 1997. Ein neuer Pfeilgiftfrosch aus der Epipedobates pictus-Gruppe vom Osthang der Cordillera Azul in Perü. — Herpetofauna 19 (110): 25-34 -- J. Köhler 2000. A new toad of the Bufo typhonius complex from humid montane forests of Bolivia (Amphibia, Anura, Bufonidae). — Spixiana 23 (3): 293-303 ’ -- &E.La Marca 2001. Case 3173. Phrynidium cruci- gerum Lichtenstein & Martens, 1856 (currently Ate- lopus cruciger; Amphibia, Anura): proposed conser- vation of the specific name by the designation of a neotype. — Bull. Zool. Nomenclat. 58 (2): 119-121 189 -- ,E.La Marca & M. Vences 2004. Redescription of two toad species of the genus Atelopus from coast- al Venezuela. - Copeia 2004 (2): 222-234 Lynch, J. D. 1970. Systematic status of the American leptodactylid frog genera Engystomops, Eupemphix, and Physalaemus. - Copeia 1970 (3): 488-496 -- & W. E. Duellman 1997. Frogs of the genus Eleu- therodactylus (Leptodactylidae) in western Ecuador: systematics, ecology, and biogeography. - Univ. Kansas Nat. Hist. Mus., Special Publ. 23, 236 pp. McCranie, J. R., D. B. Wake & L. D. Wilson 1996. The taxonomic status of Bolitoglossa schmidti, with com- ments on the biology of the Mesoamerican sala- mander Bolitoglossa dofleini (Caudata: Plethodonti- dae). - Caribb. J. Science 32 (4): 395-398 Mertens, R. 1967. Die herpetologische Sektion des Naturmuseums und Forschungsinstitutes Senck- enberg in Frankfurt a. M. nebst einem Verzeichnis ihrer Typen. - Senckenb. Biol. 48 (Sonderheft A): 1-106 -- &H. Wermuth 1960. Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas (Dritte Liste, nach dem Stand vom 1. Ja- nuar 1960). - Waldemar Kramer, Frankfurt/M., 264 pp. Michels, J. P. & A. M. Bauer (2004): Some corrections to the scientific names of amphibians and reptiles. — Bonn. zool. Beitr. 52 (1/2): 83-94 Müller, L. 1914. On a new species of the genus Pipa from northern Brazil. - Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 14(8): 102 -- 1922. Über eine Sammlung Froschlurche von Sta. Catharina, nebst Beschreibung zweier neuer Arten. - Bl. f. Aquar.-Terrar.-kde. 33: 167-171 -- 1923a. Ueber neue oder seltene mittel- und süd- amerikanische Amphibien und Reptilien. - Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 11: 77-93 -- 1923b. Neue oder seltene Reptilien und Batrachier der Zoologischen Sammlung des bayr. Staates. — Zool. Anz. 57(1/2): 38-42 -- 1923c. Neue oder seltene Reptilien und Batrachier der Zoologischen Sammlung des bayr. Staates. — Zool. Anz. 57 (3/4): 49-61 -- 1923d. Neue oder seltene Reptilien und Batrachier der Zoologischen Sammlung des bayrischen Staa- tes. - Zool. Anz. 57 (7/8): 145-156 -- 1924a. Neue oder seltene Reptilien und Batrachier der Zoologischen Sammlung des bayerischen Staa- tes. - Zool. Anz. 58: 291-297 -- 1924b. Neue Laubfrösche aus dem Staate Santa Catharina, S. ©. Brasilien. -— Zool. Anz. 59: 233- 238 -- 1924c. Neue Batrachier aus Ost-Brasilien. —- Sen- ckenbergiana 6(5/6): 169-177 -- 1926. Neue Reptilien und Batrachier der Zoologi- schen Sammlung des bayrischen Staates. — Zool. Anz. 65: 193-200 -- 1927. Amphibien und Reptilien der Ausbeute Prof. Bresslau’s in Brasilien 1913-14. -— Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 40 (3): 259-304 -- 1934. Über eine neue Rasse von Atelopus cruciger (Licht u. Marts.) von Venezuela. — Zool. Anz. 108 (7/8): 145-155 190 -- 1938. Batrachologische Mitteilungen. — Zool. Anz. 121(9/10): 284-288 -- &W. Hellmich 1935. Mitteilungen über die Herpe- tofauna der Iberischen Halbinsel. I. Uber Salaman- dra salamandra almanzoris n. ssp. und Bufo bufo gredosicola n. ssp., zwei neue Amphibienrassen aus der Sierra de Gredos. - Zool. Anz. 112 (3/4): 49-57 -- & -- 1936. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deut- schen Gran Chaco-expedition. Amphibien und Reptilien. I. Teil: Amphibia, Chelonia, Loricata. Strecker und Schröder, Stuttgart, 120 pp. Naumann, C. & R. van den Elzen 2004. GBIF-D Verte- brata: An electronic catalogue of primary types of vertebrates in German research collections. — In: Berendsohn, W. G. & S. Oehlschlaeger (eds.): Pro- jects in the German National Programme for the Global Biodiversity Information Facility 2003-2006, Status Report 2004: 132-133 Okada, Y. 1966. Fauna Japonica. Anura (Amphibia). — Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, Tokyo, 234 pp. + plates Parker, H. W. 1936. The amphibians of Mamfe Division, Cameroons. I. Zoogeography and systematics. — Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1936: 135-163 Peracca, M. G. 1898. Descrizione di una nuova specie di tritone italiano, Molge italica n. sp. - Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. Univ. Torino 13 817): 1-6 Peters, W. 1854. Diagnosen neuer Batrachier, welche zusammen mit der früher (24. Juli und 17. August) gegebenen Übersicht der Schlangen und Eidechsen mitgetheilt werden. — Ber. Bekanntmach. geeignet. Verhandl. Königl.-Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1854 (November): 614-628 -- 1862a. Über die Batrachier-Gattung Hemiphractus. - Monatsber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1862 (Fe- bruar): 144-152 -- 1862b. Eine neue Gattung von Laubfröschen, Plec- tromantis, aus Ecuador. - Monatsber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1862 (April): 232-233 -- 1872. Über die von Spix in Brasilien gesammelten Batrachier des Königlichen Naturalienkabinetts zu München. - Monatsber. Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1872 (März): 196-227 -- 1873. Über eine neue Schildkrötenart, Cinosternon Effeldtii und einige andere neue oder weniger bekannte Amphibien. - Monatsber Königl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1873 (Oktober): 603-618 Pintak, T. & W. Böhme 1990. Mantella crocea sp. n. (Anura: Ranidae: Mantellinae) aus dem mittleren Ost-Madagaskar. - Salamandra 26 (1): 58-62 Rivero, J. A. 1961. Salientia of Venezuela. — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 126: 1-207 Ro£ek, Z., P. Joly & K. Grossenbacher 2003. Triturus alpestris (Laurenti, 1768) — Bergmolch. — In: Gros- senbacher, K. & B. Thiesmeier (eds.): Handbuch der Reptilien und Amphibien Europas. Band 4/IIA. Schwanzlurche (Urodela) IIA: 607-656. — Aula-Ver- lag (Wiesbaden). Rödel, M.-O. & R. Ernst 2002. A new Phrynobatrachus from the upper Guinean rain forest, west Africa, including a description of a new reproducive mode for the genus. - J. Herpetol. 36 (4): 561-571 -- ,T.U. Grafe, V. H. W. Rudolf & R. Ernst 2002. A review of west African spotted Kassina, including a description of Kassina schivetzi sp. nov. (Am- phibia: Anura: Hyperoliidae). - Copeia 2002 (3): 800-814 -- ,J. Kosuch, M. Veith & R. Ernst 2003. First record of the genus Acanthixalus Laurent, 1944 from the upper Guinean rain forest, West Africa, with de- scription of a new species. - J. Herpetol. 37 (1): 43-52 Ruiz-Carranza, P.M. & J. D. Lynch 1991. Ranas Centro- lenidae de Colombia 1. Propuesta de una nueva clasificaciön generica. — Loziana (Acta Zool. Co- lumb.) 57: 1-30 Savage, J. M. 1972. The systematic status of Bufo simus O. Schmidt with description of a new toad from western Panama. - J. Herpetol. 6(1): 25-33 Schleich, H. H. & C. C. Anders 1998. Tomopterna maskeyi spec. nov. from Nepal (Amphibia, Anura). — Veröff. Fuhlrott-Mus. 4: 57-72 Schlüpmann, M. & J. J. van Gelder 2004. Triturus helve- ticus (Razoumowsky, 1789) — Fadenmolch. - In: Thiesmeier, B. & K. Grossenbacher (eds.): Hand- buch der Reptilien und Amphibiens Europas. Band 5/UB, Schwanzlurche IIB: 759-846. - Aula-Verlag (Wiesbaden) Schmidt, ©. 1857. Diagnosen neuer Frösche des zoolo- gischen Cabinets zu Krakau. - Sitzungsber. - Akad. Wiss. Wien, math. naturwiss. Kl., 24 (1): 10-15 -- 1858. Beschreibung der im K. K. Museum zu Kra- kau befindlichen, von J. v. Warszewics in New- Granada und Bolivia gesammelten ungeschwänz- ten Batrachier. - Denkschr. math.-naturwiss. Clas- se kaiserl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 14: 237-258 Schmidtler, J. F. 1969. Herpetologische Beobachtungen in den Iberischen Randgebirgen, mit Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart von Triturus helveticus (Sala- mandridae, Amphibia). - Abh. Ber. Naturkd. Vor- gesch. Magdeburg 11(5): 219-231 Schmidtler, J. J. & J. F. Schmidtler 1969. Über Bufo surdus; mit einem Schlüssel und Anmerkungen zu den übrigen Kröten Irans und West-Pakistans. — Salamandra 5: 113-123 Silverstone, P. A. 1976. A revision of the poison-arrow frogs of the genus Phyllobates Bibron in Saga (Fam- ily Dendrobatidae). - Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co., Science Bull. 27, 53 pp. Solano, H. 1969. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Amphibien- fauna Venezuelas (Sammlung Pater Cornelius Vog]). — Veröff. Zool. Staatssamml. München 13: 1-26 Sparreboom, M. 2003. Triturus italicus (Peracca, 1898) — Italienischer Wassermolch. - In: Grossenbacher, K. & B. Thiesmeier (eds.): Handbuch der Reptilien und Amphibien Europas. Band 4/lIA. Schwanzlur- che (Urodela) IIA: 707-725. - Aula-Verlag (Wiesba- den). Spix, J. B., de 1824. Animalia nova sive species novae Testudinarum Ranarum, quas in itinere per Brasili- am annis MDCCCXVI-MDCCCKX jussu et aus- piciis Maximiliani Josephi I. Bavariae regis. - Monachii, 4 pp. 1-53, pls. 1-17+1-22. Steindachner, F. 1901. Herpetologische und ichthyolo- gische Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Südamerika. - Anz.K.K. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. Cl., Wien 38. 194-196 -- 1902. Herpetologische und ichthyologische Ergeb- nisse einer Reise nach Südamerika. — Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Naturwiss. Cl., Wien 72: 89-148, Tafeln 1-5. Stöck, M. 1997. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Morphometrie di- und tetraploider Grünkröten (Bufo viridis-Komplex) in Mittelasien (Amphibia: Anura: Bufonidae). - Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tier- kunde Dresden 49 (12): 193-222 -- ,‚R. Günther & W. Böhme 2001. Progress towards a taxonomic revision of the Asian Bufo viridis group: Current status of nominal taxa and unre- solved problems (Amphibia: Anura: Bufonidae). — Zool. Abh. Staatl. Mus. Tierkunde Dresden 51 (18): 253-319 -—- ,M. Schmid, C. Steinlein & W.-R Grosse 1999. Mosaicism in somatic triploid specimens of the Bufo viridis complex in the Karakorum with ex- amination of calls, morphology and taxonomic conclusions. - Ital. J. Zool. 66: 215-232 Taylor, E. H. 1936. Notes on the herpetological fauna of the Mexican state of Sinaloa. — Univ. Kansas Sci- ence Bull., Lawrence 24 (20): 505-537 -- 1968. The caecilians of the world. -— University of Kansas Press (Lawrence), 848 pp. Thiesmeier, B. & K. Grossenbacher 2004. Salamandra salamandra (Linnaeus, 1758) — Feuersalamander. - In Grossenbacher, K. & B. Thiesmeier (eds.): Schwanzlurche (Urodela) IIB. Handbuch der Rep- tilien und Amphibien Europas. 4/l1IB: 1059-1132. - Aula-Verlag (Wiesbaden) Trueb, L. 1974. Systematic relationships of Neotropical horned frogs, genus Hemiphractus (Anura, Hylidae). — Occ. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. Kansas, Law- rence 29: 1-60 -- &D.C.Cannatella 1986. Systematics, morphology, and phylogeny of the genus Pipa (Anura: Pipidae). - Herpetologica 42 (4): 412-449 Vallan, D., M. Vences & F. Glaw 2003. Two new species of the Boophis mandraka complex (Anura, Mantell- idae) from the Andasibe region in eastern Mada- gascar. - Amphibia-Reptilia 24: 305-319 Van Kampen, P. N. 1913. Amphibien von Waigeu und den Molukken. - Bijdr. Dierk. 19: 89-92 Vanzolini, P. E. 1981. The scientific and political contexts of the Bavarian expedition to Brazil, pp. 9-29 in: Spix, J. B. v. & J. G. Wagler: Herpetology of Brazil. — SSAR Facsimile reprints in Herpetology Vences, M., F. Andreone & F. Glaw 2005. A new micro- hylid frog of the genus Cophyla from a transitional forest in northwestern Madagascar. - African Zool. 40 (1): 143-149 -- ,„--,--&F. Mattioli 2002. New dwarf species of Mantidactylus from northwestern Madagascar (An- ura: Mantellidae). - Copeia 2002 (4): 1057-1062 -- ,‚--,--&].E. Randrianirina 2003. Molecular and bioacoustic divergence in Mantidactylus granulatus 194 and M. zavona sp. n. (Anura: Mantellidae): bearings for the biogeography of northern Madagascar. — African Zool. 38 (1): 67-78 Vences, M., F. Andreone & D. R. Vieites (2005): New treefrog of the genus Boophis Tschudi 1838 from the northwestern rainforests of Madagascar. — Tropical Zoology 18: 237-249 -- & F. Glaw 1991. Revision der Gattung Stumpffia Boettger 1881 aus Madagaskar mit Beschreibung von zwei neuen Arten (Amphibia, Anura, Micro- hylidae). — Acta Biol. Benrodis 3 (2): 203-219 -- & -- 2001. Systematic review and molecular phy- logenetic relationships of the direct developing Malagasy anurans of the Mantidactylus asper group (Amphibia: Mantellidae). - Alytes 19 (2-4): 107-139 -- & -- 2002. Two new treefrogs of the Boophis rap- piodes group from eastern Madagascar (Amphibia: Mantellidae). -— Trop. Zool. 15 (1): 141-163 -- & -- 2003. New microhylid frog (Plethodontohyla) with a supraocular crest from Madagascar. — Co- peia 2003 (4): 789-793 -- & -- 2004. Revision of the subgenus Chonomantis (Anura: Ranidae: Mantidactylus) from Madagascar, with description of two new species. — J. Nat. Hist. 38 (1): 77-118 -- & -- 2005a. A new species of Mantidactylus from the east coast of Madagascar and its molecular phylogenetic relationships within the subgenus Guibemantis. — Herpetol. J. 15: 37-44 -- &--2005b. A new cryptic frog of the genus Boophis from the north-western rainforests of Madagascar. - African ]J. Herpetol. 54 (1): 77-84 -- ,--&F. Andreone 1997. Two new frogs of the genus Mantidactylus from Madagascar, with notes on Mantidactylus klemmeri (Guibe, 1974) and Manti- dactylus webbi (Grandison, 1953) (Amphibia, Rani- dae, Mantellinae). — Alytes 14 (4): 130-146 -- ‚--,--,R. Jesu & G. Schimmenti 2002. System- atic revision of the enigmatic Malagasy broad- headed frogs (Laurentomantis Dubois, 1980) and their phylogenetic position within the endemic mantellid radiation of Madagascar. - Contrib. Zool. 70(4): 191-212 -- ,--,]J. Kosuch, I. Das &M. Veith 2000. Polyphyly of Tomopterna (Amphibia: Ranidae) based on se- quences of the mitochondrial 165 and 12 rRNA genes, and ecological biogeography of Malagasy relict amphibian groups. — In: Lourenco, W. R. & S. M. Goodman (eds.): Diversite et Endemisme A Madagascar: 229-242. - Mem. Soc. Biogeogr. Paris -- ,-7,R. Jesu & G. Schimmenti 2000. A new species of Heterixalus (Amphibia: Hyperoliidae) from west- ern Madagascar. — African Zool. 35 (2): 269-276 192 -- ,C.J. Raxworthy, R. A. Nussbaum & F. Glaw 2003a. A revision of the Scaphiophryne marmorata complex of marbled toads from Madagascar, including the description of a new species. — Herpetol. ]J. 13: 69- 7 -- ,--,R. A. Nussbaum & F. Glaw 2003b. A new microhylid frog (Plethodontohyla) from Madagas- car, with semiarboreal habits and possible parental care. - J. Herpetol. 37 (4): 629-636 Wagler, J. 1824. Serpentum Brasiliensium species nova ou histoire naturelle des espece nouvelle des ser- pens recueillies et observees pendant le voyage dans l’interieur du Bresil dans le ann&es 1817, 1818, 1819, 1820 execute par ordre de Sa Majeste le Roi de Baviere, publiee par Jean Spix. — Monachii, VII, 1-75,.26 pls: -- 1830. Natürliches System der Amphibien, mit vor- angehender Classification der Säugethiere und Vögel. - München, Stuttgart, Tübingen (Cotta’sche Buchhandlung), 354 pp. Wake, M. H. 1984. A new species of Caecilia (Amphibia: Gymnophiona) from Bolivia. - Amphibia-Reptilia 58-4): 215-220 Werner, F. 1897a. Ueber einige neue oder seltene Rep- tilien und Frösche der zoologischen Sammlung des Staates in München. - Sitzungsber. mathemat.- physik. Classe d. k. bayer. Akad. d. Wiss. 27 (2): 203-220 -- 1897b. Über einige noch unbeschriebene Reptilien und Batrachier. - Zool. Anz. 20: 261-267 -- 1902. Eine neue Varietät des Alpenmolches aus Bosnien: Molge alpestris var. Reiseri. - Verh. Zool.- Bot. Ges. Wien 52: 7-9 -- 1903. Ueber Reptilien und Batrachier aus Guatema- la und China in der zoologischen Staats-Sammlung in München nebst einem Anhang über seltene Formen aus anderen Gegenden. — Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. II. Kl. 22: 343-384 Wilkinson, M. 1991. Adult tooth crown morphology in the Typhlonectidae (Amphibia: Gymnophiona). A reinterpretation of variation and its significance. — Z.. Zool. Syst. Evolut.-forsch. 29: 304-311 Wolterstorff, W. 1925. Über mehrere Lokalformen des Pyrenäenmolchs, Euproctus asper Duges. — Abh. Ber. Mus. Nat. Heimatk. Magdeburg 4(1): 61-76 Zweifel, R.G. 1958. Results of the Archbold expeditions. No. 78. Frogs of the Papuan hylid genus Nycti- mystes. - Amer. Mus. Novit., New York 1896, 51 pp. -- 1969. Frogs of the genus Platymantis (Ranidae) in New Guinea, with the description of a new species. — Amer. Mus. Novit. 2374: 1-19 -- 2000. Partition of the Australopapuan microhylid frog genus Sphenophryne with description of new species. —- Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 253: 1-130 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet € 60. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mit- glieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von € 25,50 beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is € 60 or any internationally convertible currency in the value of € 60. Supple- ments are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of € 25.50. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfas- sung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voran- zustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von 2 und d sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5"-Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern, eingereicht werden. Die Texte sollten möglichst als WINWORD-Datei abgegeben werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung muß bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables!). Instead of ? and S use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles. WINWORD-files are preferred. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no pay- ment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints must be ordered when the proofs are returned. 7. GBP 70.-, USD 120.-; 8. Subscription price: USD 50.-, later USD 75.-; 9. € 40,-; 10. € 49,90. SPIXIANA 97-192 München, 01. Juli 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS Hausmann, A. & M. Sommerer: In Memoriam Claude Herbulot *19.2.1908-19.1.2006} Vitali, F.: About Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891 (Coleoptera, Ceram- byeidae, Seydmaenidaß).........n.ns. nee Baehr, M.: Revision of the genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes in New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae) Casciotta, J., M. de las M. Azpelicueta, A. Almirön & T. Litz: Hisonotus candombe, a new species from the rio Uruguay basin in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay (Siluriformes, Loricariidae, Otothyrini)................................. Glaw, F. & M. Franzen: Type catalogue of amphibians in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München.........................00. Nee Deoerpolf Neon here Buchbesprechüngen -.u.......2.200000200022 00er ee ee ee ee Seite 97-98 99-101 103-145 147-152 153-192 102, 146 DEGIE Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA ° Band 29 » Heft3 » 193-288 «e München, 01. November 2006 » ISSN 0341-8391 oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Redaktion — Editor-in-chief Schriftleitung — Managing Editor G. Haszprunar M. Baehr Redaktionsbeirat — Editorial board M. Baehr G. Haszprunar R. Melzer K. Schönitzer E.-G. Burmeister A. Hausmann J. Reichholf M. Schrödl J. Diller M. Kotrba B. Ruthensteiner A. Segerer F. Glaw R. Kraft S. Schmidt Manuskripte, Korrekturen und Besprechungs- Manuscripts, galley proofs, commentaries and exemplare sind zu senden an die review copies of books should be addressed to Redaktion SPIXIANA ZOOLOGISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Münchhausenstraße 21, D-81247 München Tel. (089) 8107-0 — Fax (089) 8107-300 This journal is fully refereed by external reviewers. Die Deutsche Bibliothek - CIP-Einheitsaufnahme Spixiana : Zeitschrift für Zoologie / hrsg. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — München : Pfeil. Erscheint jährlich dreimal. - Früher verl. von der Zoologischen Staatssammlung, München. - Aufnahme nach Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) ISSN 0341-8391 Bd. 16, H. 1 (1993) - Verl.-Wechsel-Anzeige Copyright © 2006 by Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München Alle Rechte vorbehalten — All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Applications for such permission, with a statement of the purpose and extent of the reproduction, should be addressed to the Publisher, Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany. ISSN 0341-8391 Printed in Germany — Gedruckt auf chlorfrei gebleichtem Papier — Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, Wolfratshauser Straße 27, D-81379 München, Germany Tel. +49-(0)89-742827-0 - Fax +49-(0)89-7242772 — E-Mail: info@pfeil-verlag.de - www.pfeil-verlag.de CZ München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-83 RAR JAN 102 HARVAF Zum 225. Geburtstag des Begründers der ZSM: UNIVERS Spix und der Aufbruch der Zoologie in die Moderne Thomas Heinzeller Heinzeller, T. (2006): To celebrate the 225'" birthday of J. B. Ritter von Spix, founder of the ZSM: his role in the scientific controversies of his time. - Spixiana 29/3: 193-197 225 years ago, Johann Baptist Spix was born in Höchstadt/ Aisch. He made rapid advances in zoology, and when he died in Munich, after a life span of only 45 years, he had become no less than one of Europe’s leading zoologists. Initially he was deeply influenced by F. W. Schelling’s natural philosophy. Some years later french empiricists like G. Cuvier brought him back down to earth. In a very short period he compiled several important comprehensive studies, e.g. on the microarchitecture of seastars, sponges, leeches or on the formation of the cranium, he established the Munich Zoological Collections as a modern scientific institution and, last but not least, he organized an extremely fruitful 3-year expedition to Brazil. During this voyage he contracted a chronic tropical disease which permitted him only a few years to elaborate the scientific output of this travel. The fundamen- tal questions of his age — chronologically Spix worked in the period after C. v. Linne and before Ch. Darwin — were those of a natural system and of species’ de- scent. Obviously these were also Spix’ themes and it’s safe to say that he would have given meaningful answers to them if he had been allowed to work for a few more years than were begrudged to him. Prof. Dr. T. Heinzeller, Anatomische Anstalt, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität; e-mail: Thomas.Heinzeller@med.uni-muenchen.de Die Vita von Johann Baptist Ritter von Spix (Abb. 1) wurde mehrfach dargestellt und gewürdigt (v.a. Fittkau, u.a. 1981, 1995). In der allgemeinen Wahr- nehmung steht dabei die Expedition nach Brasilien 1817-1820 im Vordergrund (Tiefenbacher 1983). Deren reiche Ausbeute gab den Ausschlag dafür, dafs aus der naturkundlichen Sammlung der Aka- demie der Wissenschaften ein weltweit konkurrenz- fähiges Forschungsmuseum wurde. Und so trägt das Periodikum der heutigen Zoologischen Staats- sammlung München zu Recht Spix’ Namen. Im Jahre 2006 gedenken wir seines 225. Geburtstages und 180. Todestages. Als Spix nach Brasilien aufbrach, war er 36 Jah- re alt und nach einer steilen Karriere bereits in Amt und Würden: er war Dr. phil. und Dr. med., ordentli- ches Mitglied der Königlichen Akademie der Wis- senschaften und Konservator der zoologisch-zooto- mischen Sammlung. Warum nimmt er die voraus- sehbaren Strapazen auf sich, ja stürzt sich begeistert in diese Unternehmung? Bei allem von Zeitgenossen gelegentlich gerüffeltem Temperament - eines war er sicher nicht, ein Abenteurer. Nein, seine Begeis- terung bezog sich auf das Fach, es war Erkenntnis- hunger, denn aus der erwarteten Materialfülle er- hoffte sich Spix Aufschluß über zentrale Fragen der Zoologie. Spix war in Jahre gewaltiger Umbrüche hinein geboren worden, für die Biologie bedeuteten sie einen Aufbruch in die Moderne, um die Richtung dieses Aufbruchs wurde heftig gestritten. Damit Spix nicht “nur” als Forschungsreisender gesehen wird (die ungeheure Leistung dieser Expe- dition, die er letztlich mit dem Leben bezahlte, bleibt selbstverständlich sein herausragender Beitrag zur Zoologie), soll er hier auch einmal als aktiver Teil- nehmer an der zoologischen, philosophischen und gesellschaftlichen Debatte seiner Zeit, speziell der ersten beiden Jahrzehnte des 19. Jahrhunderts, be- trachtet werden. Ausführlich und mit bester Doku- mentation wurde dieser Aspekt des Zoologen Spix 193 in einer exzellenten Studie von Bartkowski (1998) dargestellt. Uber Spix’ Frühentwicklung ist aufßser reinen Daten kaum etwas überliefert. Erst nachdem er bereits das Philosophiestudium an der Universität Bamberg als einer der besten Absolventen verlassen und 1801 zum Theologiestudium in das fürstbischöfli- che Klerikalseminar zum Guten Hirten in Würzburg eingetreten war, schlägt in diesen bislang so gerad- linigen Lebenslauf die Begegnung mit F. W. Schelling (Abb. 1) wie ein Meteor ein, gibt ihm eine ganz andere Richtung, hüllt aber auch auf Jahre hinaus sein Denken — und das einer ganzen Generation deutscher Wissenschaftler - in die Wolken einer Schelling-spezifischen “Natur”-Philosophie. Vorsicht, Schelling hatte einen ganz eigenen Naturbegriff! Während die heutige Biologie unter Natur etwas zeitabhängig Existierendes versteht, das durch em- pirische Untersuchung erfaßbar wird, ist Schellings Naturbegriff zeitlos, absolut und nicht selbst-orga- nisierend (Schlemm 1996). In seinem philosophi- schen Gebäude wird ein Raum erdacht, in den sich die Phänomene der Natur einzupassen haben, Schel- ling argumentiert uneingeschränkt deduktiv. Sein Erstling, die “Ideen zu einer Philosophie der Natur” erschien 1797. 1803 wird er nach Würzburg berufen. Seine partiell pantheistischen Vorstellungen läuten die Romantik ein und faszinieren den gerade gut 20-jährigen Spix, versprechen sie doch eine wissen- schaftliche Erfassung der ganzen Welt (Autrum 1983: . Schelling betonte ... immer wieder, daß das totum mundi, die Ganzheit der Welt, in ihren Einzel- heiten erscheint und diese in die Einheit des totum mundi eingeordnet werden müßten”). Spix provoziert die Relegation vom Priesterseminar und wendet sich mit stürmischer Begeisterung dem Studium der Medizin zu, jenem Fach, das damals die Zoologie ein- schloß. 1806 promoviert er zum Doktor der Medizin. Freilich gerät Spix schon als Student in die me- thodologische Zange zwischen Schellings dedukti- vem Vorgehen und der konträren, empirisch-induk- tiven Position. 1803 wurde nämlich an der Univer- sität in Würzburg, damals eine der führenden in Europa, ein weiterer Lehrstuhl neu besetzt, der für Anatomie und Physiologie, und zwar mit dem kompromißlosen Empiriker Ignaz Döllinger. Ferner dürfte Spix zoologische und naturgeschichtliche Vorlesungen “nach Blumenbach” gehört haben (Bartkowski 1998). Und dieser Johann Friedrich Blumenbach markiert mit seinen Einsichten und Überlegungen recht genau den Erkenntnisstand, den zumindest ein Teil der Naturforscher zu Beginn des 19. Jahrhunderts hatten. Er begründet in “Beyträge zur Naturgeschichte” (1806), warum Arten verän- derlich sein müssen, er hält für zwingend erwiesen, dafs manche Arten neu entstehen und andere aus- 194 sterben, und daß es vor Erscheinen des Menschen (“präadamitisch”) bereits eine belebte Vorwelt gege- ben hat; bei den Ursachen der Artbildung (der “Ausartung”) führt er “Degeneration” an und schließs- lich “Clima, ... Nahrungund ... Lebensart”. Aber er ahnt, daß diese Einflüsse nicht ausreichen: “daher dann freylich von gar mancherley Phänomenen der Ausartung keine bestimmte Ursache angegeben werden kann”. Das war zu Spix’ Zeiten das kulturelle Haupt- thema Europas und es krempelte binnen hundert Jahren die wissenschaftliche Welt nicht minder um als es in der Physik Kopernikus getan hatte, und es wirkte — wie bei dessen “Wende” geschehen - tief in die Gesellschaft hinein. Den ersten Meilenstein setzte Carl von Linne, der mit der Einführung der heute noch gültigen binomialen Nomenklatur (“Spe- cies Plantarum”, 1753) den Verwandtschaftsgedan- ken verbindlich etablierte, auch wenn er explizit erst 1764/65 von Michel Adanson formuliert wurde (“Les familles des plantes”). Das zweite große Werk, mit dem die Kernfrage, nämlich die nach den Wirkkräf- ten der Evolution im Prinzip — wenn auch nicht in allen Details - beantwortet wurde, legte Charles Darwin 1859 vor: “Origin of species”. Spix mischt sich zeitlich und konzeptionell genau in der Mitte zwischen Linne und Darwin in die Debatte ein. Angestofßsen wurde diese international geführte Debatte durch die Philosophie der Aufklärung. Aufgeklärte Herrscher wiederum ermöglichten die erforderlichen wissenschaftlichen Anstrengungen. Spix selbst kennzeichnet diese Jahre in einer Huldi- gungsadresse an den Grafen Montgelas so: “... zu einer Zeit, wo Liebe zu den Wissenschaften ... auf dem Throne sizt, die Akademien der Wissenschaften ... gegründet hat, und nun auch durch ... Begüns- tigung der naturgeschichtlichen Kabinette ... dem Genius der Naturwissenschaften ... einen Tempel erbauet ...” Großes Vorbild vieler Fürsten ist (vor- übergehend) Napoleon selbst, der z.B. eine 3% -jäh- rige Expedition nach West-Australien unter Nicolas Baudin anordnete, die 1804 mit reicher Ausbeute (allein 2542 bis dahin unbekannte Tierarten) zurück- kehrte. Das Material wurde überwiegend im Mu- seum national d’histoire naturelle in Paris aufgear- beitet, wo neben Jean Baptiste Lamarck vor allem George Cuvier wirkte, und wohin vier Jahre später Spix zu einem ausgedehnten Forschungsaufenthalt reisen sollte. Cuvier (Abb. 1) begründete - nach Vorarbeiten von Buffon und anderen - die moderne Vergleichen- de Anatomie, die später in der Auseinandersetzung um den Evolutionsgedanken so viele Argumente liefern würde, er selbst aber hielt die Arten für un- veränderlich (im Gegensatz zu anderen, z.B. Blu- menbach oder Lamarck) und erklärte den Unter- f/ 7 2 Abb. 1. J. B. Spix (Mitte) im Spannungsfeld zwischen F. W. Schelling (links) und G. v. Cuvier (rechts). Auf dem Titelblatt und in der Vorrede zur “Geschichte und Beurtheilung aller Systeme ... FA tw Br beiden großen Lehrer mit folgenden Worten vor: “Schelling, welcher ... die Philoso- phie ... der Natur wieder anheim- gab, und ... den unvergeßlichen Rath ertheilte: mich ... an das offe- ne Buch der Natur selbst zu halten, und so in Allem die Erfahrung zu meiner Gefährtin zu machen.” “J. B. Spix, der Weltweisheit und Arz- neikunde Doktor, der mathematisch- physikalischen Klasse der Königl. Baier. Academie der Wissenschaften in München Adjunkt und Conservator der zoologisch-zootomischen Samm- lungen”. Bu ” stellt Spix sich selbst und seine “Cuvier, welcher der Zoologie, ja selbst der gesammten, Naturgeschich- te unserer Zeit durch die Bearbeitung der vergleichenden Anatomie eine ganz neue Richtung gab.” schied zwischen fossiler und rezenter Fauna mit einer —- aus heutiger Sicht unhaltbaren - Katastro- phentheorie. Lamarck, der als Systematiker Großartiges ge- leistet hat, insbesondere bei der Einteilung der Wirbellosen, hatte bereits erkannt, daß es eine Evo- lution geben muß, hatte sich nur bei der Frage nach ihrer Triebkraft allzu spekulativ festgelegt, bekannt- lich auf die Forderung nach der Vererbung erwor- bener Eigenschaften. Anders als für heutige Biologen, die unter einem natürlichen System in erster Linie ein phylogeneti- sches System verstehen und in der Klassifikation der Rezenten einerseits und in der zeitlichen Abfol- ge von Arten andererseits nur zwei unterschiedliche Projektionen ein und desselben Phänomens sehen, wurden diese beiden Aspekte seinerzeit gerade erst miteinander in Verbindung gebracht. Deutliches Zeichen hierfür ist, daß sich bereits viele um die Integration fossiler Fakten in das System bemühten. Mit seiner ersten großen Buch-Veröffentlichung von 1811 belegt Spix sein mächtiges Interesse am Aufbau eines natürlichen Systems. Darin vergleicht, würdigt und kritisiert er alle biologischen Systeme von Aris- toteles bis in seine Zeit. Aber zunächst einmal hatte er sich nach Abschluß seiner Studien in Bamberg als Arzt niedergelassen. In München berief König Max I. Joseph zur Belebung seiner Akademie der Wissenschaften Schelling. Dessen Einfluß - und wahrscheinlich auch der des Anatomen und Physiologen Soemmering — bewirk- te, daß Spix als wissenschaftlicher Angestellter an die zoologisch-zootomische Sammlung nach Mün- chen geholt und - nach eingehender Eignungsprü- fung - zur Erweiterung seiner zoologischen Fähig- keiten mit gut dotiertem Stipendium an den Ort der biologischen Welt-Spitzenforschung, nach Paris geschickt wurde. Dort arbeitet er im Labor von George Cuvier morphologisch und physiologisch -in einem gewissen Sinn sogar elektrophysiologisch -an Aktinien und Seesternen, die damals auf Grund ihrer Rotationssymmetrie noch in einer systemati- schen Gruppe zusammengefaßt waren, während wir sie heute als zwei weit voneinander getrennte Taxa betrachten. 1809 erscheinen diese Untersuchungen in den Annales d’histoire naturelle. In Paris hört er Vorlesungen von Cuvier, Lamarck und Geoffroy Saint Hilaire. Nach weiteren Forschungsaufenthalten an der Atlantikküste, in Italien und der Schweiz kehrt Spix nach München zurück und publiziert bald darauf das erwähnte umfangreiche, sehr detaillierte Kom- pendium der systematischen Ordnung der belebten Welt mit dem Titel “Geschichte und Beurteilung aller Systeme der Zoologie von Aristoteles bis auf unsere Zeit”. Er beginnt also seine eigene Arbeit mit einem gründlichen Literaturstudium, um zu sehen, was hat die Wissenschaft zu dieser Frage schon gedacht, wo lagen die Fehler, was hat sich bewährt. Dabei unterscheidet er sehr genau zwischen Ent- würfen zu “künstlichen Systemen” und dem ange- strebten “natürlichen”. Künstlich nennt er (wie an- dere vor und mit ihm) jeden Entwurf, bei dem die Vielfalt auf Grund eines einzigen Kriteriums dicho- tom geteilt wird, z.B. in Tiere mit und ohne Blut. Das Ideal, ein in seinem Sinne “natürliches” System hingegen bezieht alle (realistischerweise möglichst viele) relevanten Merkmale ein. In der das Buch abschließenden Sentenz äußert er sich zuversichtlich über die Integrierbarkeit fossiler Formen in ein Rezentensystem: “Allein auch diese Denkmäler der alten Geschichte werden, jemehr die Schichten un- seres Erdplaneten und ihre gesetzmäßige Aufeinan- derfolge durch das geologische Studium ausgemit- telt ist, noch ganz entziffert werden, und sie werden darthun, daß auch in dem fossilen Vorkommen der Thiere vom Zoophyten im ältesten Flötzgebirge an bis zu Katzen, Hunden, Bären in verschütteten Höhlen, den Schichten der Erde parallel die nämli- che Stuffenfolge herrscht, als diese göttliche archi- tektonische Kunst der Natur durch vergleichende Anatomie und Zoologie an den noch lebenden Tie- ren hergestellt werden kann.” Datßs die Schaffung eines natürlichen Systems einen umfassenden Einblick in die weltweite Arten- vielfalt voraussetzt, ist ihm klar. Daß die vorhande- nen Bestände der Münchner Sammlung dazu viel zu lückenhaft sind, ist ihm, nachdem er die Samm- lung in Paris kennengelernt hat, erst recht klar. Das mag einer der Gründe sein, warum er schon früh Pläne entwickelt, durch eine eigene große For- schungsreise mit exotischem Ziel diesem Münchner Mangel abzuhelfen. Aber vorerst ist eine große Expedition nicht fi- nanzierbar. Deshalb bemüht er sich, dem zugängli- chen Material das Optimale abzugewinnen. Er vertieft sich “zootomisch” in die Strukturen des Blutegels, er vergleicht die Primaten der Alten Welt mit denen der Neuen und befaßst sich mit den Fos- silien der Solnhofener Plattenkalke. Schliefslich realisiert er ein Mammutwerk zum Thema der Ce- phalisation und deren Erkennbarkeit aus dem Bau der Schädel, die “Cephalogenesis” von 1815. Diese Arbeit spiegelt einerseits unverkennbar die Einflüs- se Cuviers wieder, zeigt aber andererseits noch einmal sehr deutlich Spix’ Befangenheit in der Na- turphilosophie Schellings und besonders in der von Lorenz Oken. Oken war während Spix’ Würzburger Jahre Mitarbeiter von Döllinger und gleichzeitig in regem 196 Gedankenaustausch mit Schelling. Seine Biographie führte ihn zwar von Würzburg zunächst einmalnach Göttingen und Jena, wo er u.a. physiologische und naturphilosophische Vorlesungen hielt, und erst 1821 nach München. Aber die Verbindung zu Spix bestand wohl während all dieser Jahre. Oken hatte nun in der Jenenser Antrittsvorlesung seine Wirbeltheorie des Schädels vorgestellt (wir würden statt von Theo- rie eher von Hypothese sprechen). Der Gedanke, den Schädel von drei Wirbeln abzuleiten, muß in der Luft gelegen sein - Goethe sprach ihn schon 1790 aus (und stritt sich dann mit Oken um die Priorität) — aber der Gedanke war noch nicht gründlich mit vergleichend anatomischen Tatsachen konfrontiert worden. Diesem Mangel hilft nun Spix ab durch höchst akkurate Untersuchungen an 102 verschie- denen Tierschädeln, gezeichnet aus verschiedenen Blickwinkeln, sowohl ganz als auch in Teilen, ja er bezieht schließlich auch Wirbellose, speziell Arthro- poden mit ein. Am hohen Wert dieser Materialsamm- lung und -dokumentation bemißt sich die Wertschät- zung, die das Buch weithin findet. Sogar Goethe, der mit Spix’ Schlußfolgerungen nicht einverstanden ist, würdigt es als Prachtband. Bei manchen stoßen aber die inhaltlichen Aussagen der Cephalogenesis auf starke Ablehnung. Insbesondere Soemmering moniert, dafs in der Cephalogenesis “Genesis” weder ontogenetische noch phylogenetische Entstehung bedeutet, sondern die jeweils art-spezifische kon- krete Ausformung einer einheitlichen Idee. Die In- terpretation des Materials erfolgt rein naturphiloso- phisch, die realen Befunde werden im Lichte einer vorgegebenen Idee betrachtet. Andererseits zeigt aber Spix’ Arbeit eine solch akribische Bemühung um die empirischen Fakten, daß man das Werk auch so interpretieren kann: eine a-priori-Idee wird als heuristisches Prinzip in Dienst gestellt. Freilich be- hält Spix wesentliche Vorgaben der Schelling-Oken’- schen Philosophie bei und arbeitet sie konsequent durch. Neben der Wirbelhypothese des Schädels ist das vor allem das so genannte Vervollkommnungs- prinzip. Schließlich erliegt Spix sogar der Faszination der Zahlenmystik eines dreigliedrigen Typus der Welt / des Körpers / des Schädels, eine Mystik, die bei Oken regelrecht religiöse Züge trägt: "Das Wesen des Alls besteht in der Dreiheit, welche Einheit ist, und in der Einheit, welche Dreiheit ist” (zitiert nach Bartkowski S. 303). 1817 endlich, als Spix schon ein anerkannter Forscher war, der mit den größten Koryphäen seiner Zeit in Gedankenaustausch stand, bot sich überra- schend die Gelegenheit zur grofßsen Brasilienreise. Bekanntlich bringen Spix und Martius von die- ser Reise höchst wertvolles zoologisches, botani- sches, ethnologisches und geographisches Material in bestem Zustand nach München. Allein der unge- heure Umfang des Materials belegt die Arbeitswut und Selbstaufopferung der beiden. Spix trägt eine zehrende fiebrige Tropenkrankheit (E. J. Fittkau vermutet eine Trypanosomiasis, die Chagas-Krank- heit) in sich, von der er sich nicht mehr erholen wird. In stark geschwächtem Zustand verbleiben ihm noch knapp 5 Lebensjahre, um das Material zu versorgen, zu sichten, zu ordnen, zu beschreiben und zu publi- zieren, vor allem aber, um jene Informationen her- auszudestillieren, die dieses Material zu den Fragen nach dem natürlichen System und zur Herkunft der Artenvielfalt hätte ihm an die Hand geben können. Ein anderer berühmter Forscher, der ebenfalls mit gewaltiger Ausbeute von einer berühmten Rei- se in die Tropen zurückgekehrt war, benötigte 20 Jahre zur Bearbeitung seines Materials und schreibt darüber: “Nach meiner Rückkehr ... begann ich mein erstes Notizbuch für Tatsachen in Bezug auf den Ursprung der Arten, worüber ich lange nach- gedacht hatte, und hörte während der nächsten 20 Jahre nicht auf, daran zu arbeiten.” Soweit Charles Darwin (zitiert nach Autrum 1967). Spix, der 18 Jahre früher vor einem vergleichbaren Materialberg saß, fehlte die nötige Zeit. Hätte er vielleicht vor Darwin die entscheidenden Einsichten gewonnen? Wäre er zum Vater der modernen Evolutionsfor- schung geworden? Das weißs selbstverständlich niemand. Auch drängt sich die Frage auf, ob ihm die Prägung durch die Naturphilosophie Schellings den Blickwinkel nicht doch zu sehr eingeengt hatte. Es gibt gute Hinweise, daß er sich davon freizumachen verstand; immerhin definiert er schon 1811 die Aufgaben des Philosophen und des Naturforschers ganz unter- schiedlich: “... (sie) sollen ganz gesondert den Weg ihrer Forschungen gehen; dieser soll rein und ge- wissenhaft beobachten und experimentieren, dann die, aus der Menge ähnlicher Fakten - aus der Ana- logie - sich ergebenden Schlüsse ziehen; jener aber soll die Beobachtungen des Naturforschers über das Physische und Psychische in Saft und Blut verwan- deln, und indem er die zu Grunde liegenden Geset- ze als solche, gleichsam als das Ideal der Natur, Kunst und Wissenschaft, aus der concreten Welt heraushebt, das Allgemeine (a priori) in dem Beson- deren (a posteriori) nachweisend bekräftigen, und so die Philosophie selbst als eine blos beschauliche Beobachtung der Natur darthun” (Spix 1811). H. Autrum, ein profunder Kenner der Zoologie ebenso wie der Wissenschaftsgeschichte, nimmt an, “Spix . wäre wohl in der Lage gewesen, beides, Philo- sophie und konkrete Forschung, in ausgewogener Weise zu verbinden” (Autrum 1983). Aber diesem stürmischen Wissenschaftlerleben war die Vollen- dung nicht vergönnt. Dennoch war Johann Baptist Ritter von Spix einer der ganz großen Biologen seiner Zeit. Die Zoologische Staatssammlung Mün- chen kann auf diesen Gründungsvater stolz sein. Als er am 13. Mai 1826 stirbt, erfüllt sich an ihm auf tragische Weise jenes Cicero-Wort, das er seinem großen Werk über den Vergleich aller früheren Versuche einer zoologischen Systemfindung zuver- sichtlich vorangestellt hatte: “aggredior non tam perficiendi spe, quam experiendi voluptate” Ich gehe es an - nicht so sehr in der Hoffnung auf Vollendung als um der Lust an der Erfahrung willen. Literatur Adanson, M. 1763/64. Les familles de plantes. — Paris. Autrum, H. 1967. Jean Baptiste de Lamarck und Charles Darwin. - In: Der Natur die Zunge lösen — Leben und Leistung großer Forscher. Hrsg. W. Gerlach. — Ehrenwirt München: 109-121 -- 1983. Ritter von Spix, der Münchner Zoologe. Hrsg. E. J. Fittkau. — Spixiana, Suppl. 9: 19-21 Bartkowski, B. 1998. Das Tierreich als Organismus bei Johann Baptist von Spix (1781-1826). Seine Ausein- andersetzung mit der Mannigfaltigkeit im Tier- reich: Das “natürliche” System. — Peter Lang, Eu- rop. Verlag der Wiss., Frankfurt et al. Blumenbach, J. F. 1806. Beyträge zur Naturgeschichte. - Göttingen, bey Heinrich Dieterich Darwin, C. R. 1859. On the origin of species by means of natural selection, ort he proservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. - London Fittkau, E. J. 1981. Münchens erster Zoologe, Johann Baptist Ritter von Spix, 1781-1826. — Jb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München: 57-60 -- 1995. Johann Baptist Ritter von Spix. - In: Rundge- spräche der Kommission für Ökologie, Bd. 10 “Tropenforschung”. - München: 29-38 Linneg, C. v. 1753. Species plantarum. — Stockholm Schlemm, A. 1996. Schelling und der Entwicklungs- gedanke. In: Annettes Philosophenstübchen © 1996/98 - http:/ /www.thur.de/philo/as224.htm Spix, J. B. 1809. Memoire pour servir ä l’histoire de l’asterie rouge, asterias rubens, Linn.; de l’actinie coriacee, actinia coreacea, Cuv. ; et de l’alcyon exos. - Ann. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 13: 438-459 -- 1811. Geschichte und Beurtheilung aller Systeme in der Zoologie nach ihrer Entwicklungsfolge von Aristoteles bis auf die gegenwärtige Zeit. - Nürn- berg -- 1815. Cephalogenesis sive Capitis Ossei Structura, Formatio et Significatio per omnes Animalium Classes ... derivatae. — Typis Francisci Seraphici Hübschmanni, Monachii: 11 u. 72 pp. Tiefenbacher, L. 1983. Die Brasilienexpedition von ]. B. v. Spix und C. F. Ph. v. Martius in den Jahren 1817 bis 1820. Ein Abrißs. - Spixiana Suppl. 9: 35-42 197 Buchbesprechungen 11. Bellmann, H.: Der neue Kosmos Schmetterlingsfüh- rer. -— Kosmos Verlag, Stuttgart, 2003. 445 S., über 1100 Farbfotos, paperback. ISBN 3-440-09330-1. Bestimmungsführer von Schmetterlingen gibt es viele. Das vorliegende Werk ist jedoch von ganz besonderer Art: In unglaublich schönen Farbfotos von berauschender Qualität (die allermeisten stammen vom Autor selbst) werden nicht nur über 300 Schmetterlingsarten, sondern meist auch deren Larvalstadien (Ei, Raupe, Puppe) und - zusammengefaßt in einem separaten Teil des Buches, deren Futterpflanzen vorgestellt. Der Schwerpunkt liegt hierbei auf der Fauna und Flora Mitteleuropas, jedoch wurden auch einige auffällige südeuropäische Arten in das Werk mitaufgenommen. Das völlig neuartige, Falter, Larvalstadien und Pflanzen umfassende Konzept ist nicht nur im Freiland oftsehr praktisch, sondern fördert zudem ein integratives Denken, das sich über die Zusammenhänge in Okosys- temen klar wird. Sinnvoller Naturschutz besteht ja gera- de darin, daß man nicht Teile der Natur isoliert betrach- tet. Folge solch schubladenhafter Herangehensweise ist dann z.B. der derzeit von der Artenschutzgesetzgebung praktizierte, unsinnige Schutz von Schmetterlingen ge- genüber Besammelung statt einem wirkungsvollen Erhalt der Lebensräume mit reichhaltigem Angebot der Lebens- grundlagen und intaktem und diversem Gefüge von Pflanzen und Tierbeständen. Die Begleittexte sind durchaus informativ, genügen durchaus wissenschaftlichen Ansprüchen und gehen — anders als in vielen anderen Bestimmungsführern - über das Notwendigste weit hinaus. Die Schriftgröße wurde daher sehr klein gewählt und mag vielleicht für den einen oder anderen die Lesbarkeit ein wenig beeinträchtigen. Ansonsten ist das Buch sehr übersichtlich aufgemacht, durch Farbcodes auf den Kopfzeilen der Seite findet man schnell bestimmte Schmetterlingsgruppen, eine Leiste mit graphischer Darstellung der Phänologie (Falter - Rau- pe) vermittelt einen sofortigen Eindruck der Erschei- nungsweise. Tiere und Pflanzen sind durchweg mit deutschen und lateinischen Namen nach moderner Nomenklatur bezeichnet. Das Lektorat war hervorragend und so sind so gut wie keine Fehler zu finden. In den Buchklappen findet der Leser 6 Farbtafeln mit 45 Fotos von Raupentypen, die es bei den Großschmetterlingen in den allermeisten Fällen erlauben werden, eine Zuord- nung einer im Freiland gefundenen Raupe zur zugehö- rigen Familie vorzunehmen. Dem Verlag ist nur zu gratulieren, mit diesem Buch für die breite Öffentlichkeit einen wertvollen Beitrag zur Bildung und Naturbewußtsein geleistet zu haben. An- gesichts des günstigen Preises ist davon auszugehen, daß sich das Buch einer breiten Leserschaft erfreuen wird. Dem Autor sei zu danken, sein Fachwissen und sein exzellentes naturfotographisches Geschick der Allge- meinheit zur Verfügung gestellt zu haben. A. Hausmann 198 12. Schatanek, V.& H.Elkharassi: Sahara - Tiere, Pflan- zen, Spuren. Kosmos Naturführer. — Franckh-Kos- mos-Verlags-GmbH & Co. KG, Stuttgart, 2006. 331 S. ISBN 3-440-10449-4. 2006, das von der UNO ausgerufene Jahr der Wüsten, wobei es dabei primär um die Warnung vor dem Voran- schreiten der Wüsten weltweit geht, lenkt den Blick aber auch auf eine faszinierende Landschaft, der auch das vorliegende Bändchen Rechnung zollt. Dargestellt wird die Sahara als größte Wüste der Erde nicht nur mit der Problematik der dort lebenden Bevölkerung und ihren Überlebensstrategien, sondern auch mit ihren beeindru- ckenden Landschaften, die lebensfeindlich erscheinen, aber selbst dann eine überraschend reichhaltige Fauna und Flora beherbergen. Diesen räumt das Buch größeren Raum ein, wobei die einzelnen Arten, besonders die der Pfianzen, ausführlich beschrieben und bildlich dargestellt werden. Neben diesen werden auch verwandte Arten erwähnt und ihre Merkmale hervorgehoben. Dies gilt auch für die Tiere, bei denen jedoch nur sehr exemplarisch einige auffällige Vertreter vorgestellt werden. Dies trägt dem Umstand Rechnung, dafs viele der Tiere für den Wüstenbesucher kaum zu sehen sind, da diese meist nachtaktiv und tags in Höhlen oder im Sand eingegraben ruhen. Dem Bildtafelteil vorangestellt ist jeweils eine anschauliche Erklärung, welche Eigenschaften die Orga- nismen haben müssen, um in der Wüste überleben zu können. Die Tierkapitel sind nach Gruppen geordnet und mit Geschichten versehen, wie sie von den Wüsten- völkern erzählt werden. Eine nette Auflockerung, auf die aber die Hinweise fehlen (Inhalt). Allgemein kommen die zahllosen Kleintiere, denen auch der Tourist begegnet, etwas zu kurz. Es folgt ein umfangreicherer Teil der Tierspuren mit umfassenden Erklärungen. Diesem Hauptteil dieses Sahara-Führers sind Anga- ben zur Geographie, zum Klima, zur Besiedlung dieses Areals in vorgeschichtlicher Zeit, den heutigen Menschen, die hier leben, und den Berbertraditionen gewidmet. Dabei werden kurz die wesentlichen Kriterien vorgestellt, begleitet von eindrucksvollen Bildern, die selbst keine Legenden besitzen, sondern im Text durch Ziffern mar- kiert werden, was bei der Zuordnung etwas Mühe be- reitet. Einige der Landschaftsformen hätte der Leser sicher gern genauer bezeichnet gefunden. Die Hinweise im Kapitel “Unterwegs in der Sahara” sind für Besucher eine wichtige Orientierungshilfe, legen jedoch nicht das Pro- blem des Tourismus in dieser hochsensiblen Region offen. Ansonsten ist dieser Band der beiden Autoren gelungen, auch wenn man zur Tierwelt etwas mehr erwartet hätte. Für jeden Interessierten ist dies eine willkommene Zu- sammenstellung mit sonst selten zu findenden Hinwei- sen. Daß nur zwei Reiseanbieter von Touren in und durch die Sahara erwähnt werden, verhindert den Wettbewerb. Der Verlag hätte gut daran getan, diese wegzulassen. E.-G. Burmeister SPIXIANA 199-216 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2006 Integration of molecular, ecological and morphological data: Recent progress towards the higher classification of the Geometridae (Hobart, 19-20 January 2006) Axel Hausmann & Peter McOuillan (eds.) Hausmann, A. & P. McQuillan (eds.) (2006): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2006; Integration of molecular, ecological and morphological data: Recent progress towards the higher classification of the Geometridae (Hobart, 19-20 January 2006). — Spixiana 29/3: 199-216 The Forum Herbulot 2006 in Hobart, Tasmania was focussed on the establish- ment of an integrated taxonomical approach in geometridology, including morpho- logical and molecular techniques as well as data from biogeography and ecology. In fourteen lectures and five posters various studies and results on geometrid moths were presented using a wide range of different techniques. Extensive discussions helped to put these studies into a common context, and to plan integrative ap- proaches and cooperations for the future. Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de Dr. Peter B. McQuillan, School of Geography and Environmental Studies, Uni- versity of Tasmania, Hobart; e-mail: P.B.McQuillan@utas.edu.au Short Report and Results Axel Hausmann, Martin Krüger, Peter McQuillan, Manfred Sommerer & Cathy Young Hausmann, A., Krüger, M., McQuillan, P., Sommerer, M. & C. Young (2006): Short report and results. In Hausmann, A. & McQuillan, P. (ed.): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2006; Integration of molecular, ecological and morphological data: Recent progress towards the higher classification of the Geometridae (Hobart, 19-20 January 2006). - Spixiana 29/3: 199-200 Corresponding author: Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel. Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de 1. The chairmen outlined once more the aims of the FORUM HERBULOT (see www.herbulot.de). After a brief inaugural address from Claude Herbulot, Paris (presented in absentia by Axel Hausmann), the participants welcomed the research initiative and stressed the need for, and advantages of, the op- portunities offered for close scientific cooperation among geometrid experts. 2. The seminar session highlighted promising pos- sibilities for systematic research. The first five talks (session on ‘Biosystematics & Phylogeny’: S.-W. Choi, J. Viidalepp, E. Öunap, C. Young, P. McQuil- lan) presented and summarised the actual stage of research concerning the phylogeny of Geometridae on the subfamily and tribal levels as resulting from different types of data sets, such as larval morphol- ogy (Viidalepp), adult morphology (all), host-plant 199 relationships and zoogeographical patterns (McQuil- lan), and molecular analysis (Young, McQuillan, Öunap). The results focussed on Larentiinae (Choi, Viidalepp, McQuillan), but also offered deeper in- sights into the Geometrinae (Young) and the Ster- rhinae (Ounap). Various different molecular data sets, derived from different nDNA and mtDNA genes, suggest a basal position of the Larentiinae within geometrid phylogeny (Ounap, Young). These results led to an extensive discussion of various possible scenarios in the evolution of this family. In the session on ‘Biogeography’ distribution patterns were used to analyze refuges of Palaeo- genic elements within the southern African ge- ometrid fauna (M. Krüger), and to discuss taxonomy of great variation between island races (D. Stüning). In addition, diversity and phenology patterns in coastal Queensland were presented (P. Mackey). The third session on ‘Informatics and methodol- ogy’ emphasized the importance of modern IT-based information systems to geometrid workers (African Geometridae: H. Staude; type specimens: A. Haus- mann), ofa new application of molecular techniques in ecosystem research (Hausmann) and of a new method for the study of egg morphology (Haus- mann). Cooperation was agreed upon to collect and exchange digitalimages of, and information on, type specimens. Refinement of molecular methods as valuable tools for evolutionary and systematic studies had been postulated by the previous Forum Herbulot 2001 and Forum Herbulot 2003 in order to supple- ment morphological and ecological data sets. Now, the first results of the four ‘molecular’ groups cur- rently working on Geometridae, i.e. C. Young / P. McQuillan (Tasmania), E. Öunap /]J. Viidalepp / U. Saarma (Estonia), A. Hausmann / S. Erlacher / M. Miller (Germany), T. Tammaru / N. Snäll (Esto- nia-Finland), offer a promising basis for future re- search. Closer cooperation in collecting and exchange of DNA samples was agreed upon, such as the co- ordinated use of techniques and target genes. Work- ing plans were established in order to focus future common research on a better understanding of the basic phylogeny of Geometridae. A statement of P. Sihvonen (Finland) with a number of theses for improvement of research co- ordination was distributed and welcomed. A com- mon project could disclose and verify, in an inte- grated taxonomic approach, the relationships of the geometrids of Tasmania (C. Young / P. McQuillan), Chile (A. Hausmann), and South Africa (M. Krüger) (‘southern clades’). Structure of, and access to, the Forum Herbulot webpage (www.herbulot.de) was discussed and open access to the ‘scientific tools’ emerged as the favoured option. The structure of the site will be changed in the course of 2006. The number of avail- able type images of Geometridae will be restricted, but updated full versions of the type databases will be distributed to the active FH members in 2-year- intervals, at the FH meetings. 3. FORUM HERBULOT 2006 offered a very well organised post-conference tour in the South of the island. This tour and the collecting activities during the meeting brought very good results, and more than 130 of the 310 known Tasmanian geometrids could be recorded. Special tissue samples were col- lected for DNA analysis and common projects were planned. The results are presented and documented on the homepage (www.herbulot.de). 4. When receiving the sad message that Claude Herbulot passed away at the day of the opening of the Forum Herbulot 2006, the participants expressed their deep respect for the scientific achievements of the grandmaster of geometridology and patron of the Forum. 5. A proposal to have the next FORUM HERBULOT in Munich, Germany, in early 2008 (organisation: A. Hausmann) was discussed and welcomed. Future venues were proposed by the museums in Pretoria (South Africa) and Gainesville (Florida, U.S.A.). These offers were generally much appreciated by the participants. 6. Participants expressed their thanks to the organ- izers and sponsors of the FORUM HERBULOT 2006. Hobart, 24.1.2006 Dr. A. Hausmann (ZSM, Munich, D) Dr. M. Krüger (Transvaal Mus., Pretoria, RSA) Prof. Dr. P. McQuillan (Univ. Hobart, Tasmania, AUS) Manfred Sommerer (Munich, D) Dr. C. Young (Dept Primary Industries, Water and Environment Hobart) 200 Abstracts and brief versions of the talks of the Seminar Session Cladistic analysis of the tribe Xanthorhoini in the Holarctic region (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) Sei-Woong Choi Choi, 5.-W. (2006): Cladistic analysis of the tribe Xanthorhoini (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) in the Holarctic region. - Spixiana 29/3: 201-202 Dr. Sei-Woong Choi, Department of Environmental Education, Mokpo National University, Muan-gun, Jeonnam 534-729, South Korea; e-mail: choisw@mokpo.ac.kr The tribe Xanthorhoini, a tribe of the Larentiinae, is a group of small to middle geometrid moths com- prising more than 16 genera over the World. Previ- ous studies indicated that this group is more or less a natural taxon, but the monophyly of the tribe is not clearly defined and this resulted in the ambigu- ity of the phylogenetic relationships. Two diagnos- tic characters for the tribe were recognized: a large pair of coremata just distal to the 8th segment in the male abdomen, and the presence of a ‘calcar’ in male genitalia. Cidaria fulvata Enchoria lacteata Cosmorhoe ocellata Disclisioprocta stellata Scotopteryx peribolata Scotopteryx coarctaria Scotopteryx sinensis Scotopteryx bipunctaria Scotopteryx chenopodiata Scotopteryx luridata Enchoria osculata Stamnodes pauperaria Larentia clavaria Zenophleps obscurata Epirrhoe rivata Epirrhoe plebeculata Protorhoe unicata Euphyia biangulata Euphyia frustata Catarhoe basochesiata Catarhoe obscura Juxtephria consentaria Orthonama vittata Camptogramma bilineata Costaconvexa polygrammata Glaucorhoe unduliferaria Xanthorhoe quadrifasiata Loxofidonia acidaliata Herbulotina grandis The purpose of the present study is to define the monophyly of the tribe and certain subgroups and to reveal the phylogenetic relationships among genera in the Holarctic region. Fifty-nine morpho- logical characters from head, body, wing and male and female genitalia were analysed. Thirty-eight ingroup taxa were selected — 28 species from the Palearctic, 6 species from the Nearctic and 4 species common in both Palearctic and Nearctic regions. A parsimony software package “Winclada’ (ver. 1.00.08; K. Nixon, 1999) was implemented for finding Phibalapteryx virgata Cataclysme riguata Psychophora sabini Odontorhoe tianshanica Odontorhoe alexandria Odontorhoe icterica Xanthorhoe montanata Xanthorhoe incursata Xanthorhoe ferrugata Zenophleps lignicolorata Xanthorhoe saturata Xanthorhoe abraxina Fig. 1. Most parsimonious cladogram of 38 putative Xanthorhoini species and 3 outgroup taxa (see text). 201 the most parsimonious cladogram. Three outgroup taxa, Cidaria fulvata, Stamnodes pauperaria, and Laren- tia clavaria were chosen for rooting the cladog- rams. One most parsimonious cladogram was found (L=452, ci=0.21, ri=0.47). However, the resulting cladogram (Fig. 1) is divided into two clades and does not support the monophyly of the Xanthorh- oini. In the cladogram, Scotopteryx, Epirrhoe, and Euphyia were monophyletic, while Enchoria, Zeno- phleps, Odontorhoe, and Xanthorhoe were not Mono- phyletic. Overlapping the character ‘presence and length of coremata’ with the most parsimonious cladogram showed that two states, long and short coremata, occurred independently in different clades and the state, long coremata, occurred three times independently in the cladogram. The overlap of the character ‘presence of calcar’ with the cladogram showed that the transition from the large, expanded shape of calcar to the digitate and relatively short calcar occurred three times independently. The fu- ture study including taxon sampling from the Ne- arctic region and character analysis from immature stages willrevealthemonophyly ofthe Xanthorhoini and provide refined information on relationships among ingroup taxa. Cladistic analysis of the subfamily Larentiinae Jaan Viidalepp Viidalepp, J. (2006): Cladistic analysis of the subfamily Larentiinae. — Spixiana 29/3: 202-203 Dr. Jaan Viidalepp, Institute of Agronomy and Environmental studies, Estonian University of Life Sciences; e-mail: jaan@zbi.ee Altogether about 230 species from 125 mostly Hol- arctic larentiine genera were studied preliminarily, checking the relations between traditionally recog- nized tribes. Synapomorphies of main generic clades are coded in the final matrix. Forty-six ingroup taxa and Idaea aversata (Linnaeus, 1758) as an outgroup species were included, 129 characters coded as un- ordered by convenience. The parsimony analysis using the application of Hennig86 yielded one weighted tree of 795 steps length, with consistency index, ci=0,72 and rescaled consistency index, ri=0,89. 17 suprageneric groups are supported by synapomorphic characters. Synthesis. The monophyly of generic groups is analyzed using cladisticmethodology, the sequence of resulting clades is defined by other means. Larval chaetotaxy is studied fragmentarily. However, the Eudulini, Operophterini, Asthenini, Rheumapterini a.s.o. to the Eupitheciini, Chesiadini and Trichopterygini (cf. Table 1) bear four secondary setae laterally on the prolegs. The Lythriini, Xan- thorhoini, Stamnodini, Larentiini and Hydriomeni- ni have eight or more, the Euphyiini and Cidariini five or six secondary setae (according to literature, and original data). It is merely to decide which state of this character is primitive, and which is de- rived. Males in three tribes, the Xanthorhoini, Cataclys- mini and Euphyiini, have large coremata associated with membranization of last but one and last ab- dominal segments. In the Eupitheciini, the core- 202 mata are attached to the ninth segment and the male eighth sternite is specialized to open the female col- liculum during the early phase of copulation (Mik- kola 1994). The structures are not homologous, as well as the presence of two pairs of coremata on the male eighth abdominal segment in some Rheu- mapterini, and their sporadical occurrence in scat- tered cidariine and asthenine genera, judged by the differences in sclerotization of last abdominal seg- ments. The labides are present in several clades. The valvae often are ornamented and projecting distally at dorsal or ventral margin, or on both; only in the Chesiadini, the presence of a harpe is more or less constant. A peculiar, Eupithecia-type of ornamentation of female bursa copulatrix with numerous spines hav- ing star-shaped or petaloid bases, is observed within Geometridae only in some tribes of Laren- tiinae and in some species-groups of the sterrhine genus Idaea. If the groups with the Eupithecia-type of bursa ornamentation are relatively derived, the groups with four secondary setae laterally on the larval prolegs are to be grouped with Eupitheciini, and the larger number of setae on the prolegs results to be less derived. An early analysis of Kuznetsov (1969), based on food-plant associations of tortricids, has shown the leading evolutionary trend from detritophagy to leaf-eating and further to antho-and carpophagy. The Perizomini are anthophagous, the Eupitheciini are antho- and carpophagous. The same way, labides, branching from base of costa towards juxta and tegumen, more often occur in groups with four secondary setae on the larval prolegs. Labides are not derived in Chesiadini, and Trichopterygini, which have four secondary setae onthelarval prolegs. However, along dorsal projec- tion from the valve costa base is present in both mentioned tribes: a precursor of labides? Labides as dorsal appendages of juxta characterize tribes with relatively more setose larvae. The deduction of listed morphological peculi- arities justifies the presented model of the arrange- ment and order of tribes within the subfamily Larentiinae, from the Lythriini, Cataclysmini and Xanthorhoini to the Eupitheciini and Trichopterygini (Tab. 1). The results also indicate directions for further study. How to check the results of cladistic analysis of morphological datasets? Molecular systematics up to now have provided much smaller data-sets than classical morphology, but it will allow to infer a large quantity of data which, analyzed by means of comparable methods, will conquer with, or complement the results obtai- ned by morphological analyses in future. The work was supported by the grant 5750 from Esto- nian Science Foundation. References Kuznetsov, V. I. 1969. [Ecological connexions of Tortri- cidae with vegetation of Far East. - Papers presen- ted on XXI yearly readings in memory of N. A. Kholodkovsky.] Leningrad: 27-52 (in Russian) Mikkola, K. 1994. Inferences about the function of geni- talia in the genus Eupithecia, with description of a new organ. — Nota lepid., Suppl. 5: 73-78 Tab. 1. Estimating the sequence of tribes within the subfamily Larentiinae. Characters: 1, Star-shaped or petaloid signa in female bursa: present or absent; 2, Number of secondary setae on ventral proleg of mature larva; 3, The presence of hairy “labides” in the anellus region of male genital armature; 4, “Labides” arising from dorsal or lateral margin of juxta; 5, “labides” arising from the base of valve costa; 6, The base of valve costa with a long, simple projection bent dorsad Tribes/ characters 1 2 3 4 5 6 Lythriini 13-14 Cataclysmini ? Xanthorhoini 8-10 labides from juxta Larentiini 8-14 Euphyiini 5-6 Hydriomenini 12-18 labides from juxta Stamnodini 11-18 Cidariini 5-6 labides from juxta Eudulini 4 Operophterini 4 labides from juxta Rheumapterini 4 labides from valva Triphosini 4 labides from valva Phileremini 4 labides from valva Melanthiini present +/- 4 labides from juxta from valva Asthenini present -/+ 4-5 labides from juxta from valva simple Perizomini ? labides from valva Eupitheciini ‚present 4 labides from valva Chesiadini present 4 simple Trichopterygini present 4 simple 203 Preliminary insight into the molecular phylogeny of Sterrhinae Erki Öunap, Jaan Viidalepp & Urmas Saarma Öunap, E., J. Viidalepp & U. Saarma (2006): Preliminary insight into the mo- lecular phylogeny of Sterrhinae. - Spixiana 29/3: 204 Corresponding author: Erki Öunap, Institute of Zoology and Hydrobiology, University of Tartu, Vanemuise 46, 51014 Tartu, Estonia; e-mail: erkio@ut.ee Phylogeny of Geometridae in general and Sterrhinae in particular has significantly improved during the last two decades (e.g. Holloway 1994, 1996, 1997, Abraham et al. 2001, Sihvonen & Kaila 2004, Sihvo- nen 2005). Most of the recent studies on the phylog- eny of Geometridae have been conducted primarily on the basis of morphological characters, and only few studies based on the molecular data are avail- able (Abraham et al. 2001, Snäll et al. in press). As several recent findings are in conflict, further research in this area is highly recommended. We have focussed on resolving the molecular phylogeny of geometrid subfamily Sterrhinae, which comprises more than 110 genera in at least seven tribes. 1530 bp fragment of the mitochondrial cyto- chrome oxidase gene subunit I was obtained for 28 sterrhine species belonging to nine genera and five tribes. In addition, the same gene fragment was sequenced from six other geometrids belonging to subfamilies Archiearinae, Geometrinae and Laren- tiinae, and one drepanid and one noctuid species, which were used as outgroups in phylogenetic analysis. Bayesian phylogenetic analysis of nucle- otide data revealed that Sterrhinae is amonophylet- ic entity, but its exact position in the family Geometri- dae as well as relationships with other geometrid subfamilies remained unresolved. Two earlier ex- pected evolutionary lineages, “Timandrini lineage” and “Scopulini lineage” within Sterrhinae were ap- proved, as well as the monophyly of most tribes. Since nucleotide variation was too high for MP analysis, amino acid data of COI gene were used for phylogenetic inference instead. MP analysis revealed a phylogenetic tree almost identical to the one ob- tained by Bayesian analysis, but with poor support in several critical nodes. The results are therefore considered preliminary and final conclusions on the phylogeny of Sterrhinae require additional research. Evolutionary Relationships of the Emerald Moths of Australia Catherine J. Young & Peter B. McQuillan Young, C.]J.& P. B. McQuillan (2006): Evolutionary Relationships ofthe Emerald Moths of Australia. — Spixiana 29/3: 204-205 Corresponding author: Dr. Catherine J. Young, School of Geography and Envi- ronmental Studies, University of Tasmania, Locked Bag 78, GPO Hobart, 7001, Tasmania; e-mail: Cathy. Young@dpiwe.tas.gov.au The emerald moths, or Geometrinae, comprise one of the six sub-families of the Geometridae (Lepido- ptera) and, worldwide, include around 2300 species in 250 genera. They are well-known and recognised by their beautiful green wing colour and slender bodies. The Australian fauna is estimated at 350 species and is diverse in forests and myrtaceous heathlands, but with some unusual arid zone endem- ics as well. Australia, with Africa, istthe only continent lack- ing amodern treatment of the Geometrinae and A. ]. Turner last reviewed the fauna in 1922. Australia is the centre of diversity for an interesting sub-set of the emeralds, the so-called ‘greys’, recogniseable by their mostly dull colouration and robust bodies. This tribe of the Geometrinae, the Pseudoterpnini, may 204 be pivotal in understanding the evolutionary rela- tionships of the sub-family. This study builds on a recent large systematic study of the Australian Geometridae. We explore relationships suggested by the latter study between the ‘greys’ and the ‘greens’ and also the Geometri- nae and other geometrid sub-families. Fragments of the nuclear genes 285 D2 and LW Rhodopsin were used to construct a phylogeny for the sub-family. To date approximately 50 taxa have been sequenced for 285 D2, including 15 outgroup and sister group taxa, and a smaller subset of 22 taxa with 4 outgroups, has been sequenced for the LW Rhodopsin fragment. Both trees were well resolved and many clades well supported. Some of the sup- ported relationships obtained, so far, from this molecular analysis are as follows: 1. The Geometrinae is monophyletic apart from Anomogenes, a ‘grey’ geometrine (Pseudopterp- nini), which forms a clade with the Boarmiini using 285 D2 data; 2. The Pseudopterpnini, apart from Anomogenes, forms a clade within the Geometrinae; 3. Oenochlora imperialis, alarge emerald, that occurs in sub-tropical Australia is well supported as having basally derived characters in the Geome- trinae; 4. ‘Chlorocoma’ cadmaria is distinct genetically from Chlorocoma s. str. This species is the only Chloro- coma that feeds on Leptospermum; 5. “Prasinocyma’ semicrocea is genetically and mor- phologically very close to Chlorocoma. 6. The Dysphanini, represented by Dysphania nu- mana, forms a distinct sister group to the Geo- metrinae (LW Rhodopsin data only). This study is not complete. More taxa are yet to be included in the molecular analysis and relationships will be further explored in the context of morpho- logical structures. Recent developments in our understanding of the southern Australian Larentiinae Peter B. McQuillan & Catherine J. Young MecQuillan, P.B. & C. J. Young (2006): Recent developments in our understand- ing of the southern Australian Larentiinae. - Spixiana 29/3: 205-206 Corresponding author: Dr. Peter B. McQuillan, School of Geography and Envi- ronmental Studies, University of Tasmania, Hobart; TAS 7000; e-mail: P.B.McQuillan@utas.edu.au There is renewed interest in the Larentiinae since their basal position in the family was inferred from molecular data (Abraham et al. 2001, Young 2004). Southern Australia, defined as the Bassian bio- geographical region, has a moderately diverse fauna of larentiines of perhaps 200 species. Several major tribes (e.g. Xanthorhoini, Eupitheciini, Trichoptery- giini) are represented although Australian “Hydri- omenini” need further study to clarify their tribal relationships (Schmidt 2001) and enigmatic taxa such as Chaetolopha, associated with ferns, currently defy tribal placement (Schmidt 2002). Larentiine diversity in Australia is greatest in regions of higher rainfall. The Xanthorhoini are strongly concentrated in the moister parts of south- ern Australia and there is considerable local ende- mism at higher elevations. The genus Chrysolarentia is available for many of the Australian members of this tribe. There are several genera shared with New Zea- land, including Austrocidaria (Tasmania), Epyaxa and “Anzarhoe”. The phenotypically variable and multi- voltine E. subidaria is one the most familiar urban moths in southern Australia, thriving in lawns and gardens on Plantago and other weeds. The Eupitheciini is poorly studied though rela- tively diverse with anumber of undescribed species. Many are associated with the reproductive parts of plants as they are elsewhere in the world. Some are highly vagile, including Phrissogonus laticostatus, which is a member of a suite of (often) polyphagous moths which experience breeding peaks is wet years in the semi-arid parts of Australia and then disperse widely to coastal areas and off-shore islands. A few eupitheciines (e.g. Chloroclystis approximata) and xanthorhoines (e.g. Epyaxa spp.) have adapted to agricultural crops and orchards. Alpine adaptation is apparent in several lineages: Aponotoreas, Melitu- lias, “Hydriomena” and several xanthorhoine gen- era. Foodplant associations remain poorly known. As elsewhere, most xanthorhoines are herb-feeders although Austrocidaria on Coprosma (as in New Zea- land). Tympanota on Podocarpus is the only larentiine associated with Australian conifers (Dugdale 1980). Sclerophyllous understorey shrubs are important hosts of many “Hydriomenini”: Hibbertia (Dilleni- aceae) supports Anachloris (Schmidt 2001) and Fa- baceae shrubs support several other taxa. Epacri- daceae is eaten by some Poecilasthena. It is notewor- thy that almost no larentiines feed on Eucalyptus, but the reasons for this are unclear. Although Schmidt (2005, 2006a,b) has subjected some tropical taxa to recent review, much remains to be done. References Abraham, D., N. Ryrholm, H. Wittzell, J. D. Holloway, M. J. Scoble, and C. Löfstedt 2001. Molecular phy- logeny of the subfamilies in Geometridae (Geo- metroidea: Lepidoptera). - Mol. Phylog. Evol. 20: 65-77 205 Schmidt, ©. 2001. The Australian species of Anachloris Meyrick (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Larentiinae): taxonomy, male genitalia musculature and syste- matic position. — Austr. J. Ent. 40: 219-230 -- 2002. A revision of the genus Chaetolopha Warren (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Larentiinae) with a description of Parachaetolopha, gen. nov. — Inverte- br. Sys. 16: 703-733 -- 2003. Some results of taxonomic research on laren- tiine moths from the Australasian region. — Spixi- ana 26: 204 -- 2005. Revision of Scotocyma Turner (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Larentiinae). - Austr. J. Ent. 44:, 257- 278 -- 2006a. Visiana sordidata (Moore), a complex of spe- cies from the Indo-Pacific region (Insecta, Lepido- ptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Spixiana 29: 77-85 -- Australasian genus Scotocyma Turner and the re- cently described species S. sumatrensis Schmidt (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Hete- roc. Sumatr. 12: 241-255 Young, C. J. 2004. Characterisation of the Australian Nacophorini and a phylogeny for the Geometridae from molecular and morphological data. -— PhD Thesis, University of Tasmania, Hobart Filling in the gaps: South-Eastern Mountain Grassland as an important corridor and refuge for Montane Palaeogenic Elements within the southern African geometrid fauna (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) Martin Krüger Krüger, M. (2006): Filling in the gaps: South-Eastern Mountain Grassland as an important corridor and refuge for Montane Palaeogenic Elements within the south- ern African geometrid fauna (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). — Spixiana 29/3: 206- 207 Dr. Martin Krüger, Transvaal Museum, NFI, P.O. Box 413, Pretoria 0001, South Africa; e-mail: kruger@nfi.co.za Revisionary work on various groups of moths, with a focus on Geometridae, since the late 1990’s has provided substantial evidence for the existence of a Montane Palaeogenic Element as defined by Stuck- enberg (1962) within the southern African geometrid fauna. However, although distribution patterns for several taxa are now well documented for the West- ern Cape, the Maloti Mountains of Lesotho and mountainous areas of the escarpment further north, virtually no data from suitable high-lying areas that may support this relictual fauna have been available for the vast area between the Western Cape and the foothills of the Malotis, representing a gap of more than 500 km. A recent sample comprising 141 species of Ge- ometridae collected in the Sneeuberge (approx. 32°10'S 24°55’E), situated in the western part of Eastern Cape Province, South Africa at altitudes between 993 and 1618 m, was analyzed for trends in composition according to altitude and/or vegeta- tion type. (The highest peak in the area reaches 2122 m but areas above 1618 m could not be sampled due to difficulty of access.) Above 1600 m, the area is occupied by a southerly extension of South-East- ern Mountain Grassland (grassland biome), where- as the lower-Iying areas fall into the semiarid Eastern Mixed Nama Karoo (Nama Karoo biome), a semi- arid veld type ecotonal to grassland. 206 No trends were observed regarding altitudinal distribution at subfamily level, and representation of Geometrinae, Sterrhinae and Ennominae as a percentage of the species total for southern Africa was similar (9.94 to 12.96 %), although Larentiinae were more strongly represented (34 species or 21.94 % oftthe total for the subregion). When viewed in isolation, the fauna of South-Eastern Mountain Grassland is characterized by a marked reduction in Geometrinae and Sterrhinae, with a concomitant increase in Larentiinae. Within Ennominae, how- ever, samples from Eastern Mixed Nama Karoo were dominated by Macariini, whereas the diversity of Ennomini, Gnophini and especially Nacophorini increased in South-Eastern Mountain Grassland. Nacophorini have only recently been recorded from southern Africa; the tribe remains unsatisfactorily defined but is probably basal within Ennominae and almost entirely limited in its distribution to the former Gondwanan continents Australia, South America and southern Africa. As would be expected from its being contiguous to Alti-Mountain Grassland, one ofthetwo dominant high-altitude veld types in Lesotho, in the eastern part of its range, the montane moth community dependent on South-Eastern Mountain Grassland is overall more similar to that of the Maloti range and adjacent montane areas than to that of the Western Cape. However, a number of species are continu- ously distributed, suggesting that South-Eastern Mountain Grassland plays an important role as a corridor. Conversely, the comparative isolation of the Sneeuberge was sufficient to allow the develop- ment of at least nine local endemics. The genus Bracca Hübner in the Oriental and Australian tropics: Distribution patterns and the phenomenon of strikingly different island-races (Geometridae, Ennominae) Dieter Stüning Stüning, D. (2006): The genus Bracca Hübner in the Oriental and Australian tropies: Distribution patterns and the phenomenon of strikingly different island- races (Geometridae, Ennominae). — Spixiana 29/3: 207-208 Dr. Dieter Stüning, Zoologisches Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig, Ade- nauerallee 150-164, D-53310 Bonn, Germany; e-mail: d.stuening.zfmk@uni-bonn.de Species in the genus Bracca Hübner [1820] are dis- tributed in the Oriental and Australian tropics; the geographic range extends from the extreme south of Thailand to tropical Australia. 26 species are re- corded for the genus (Parsons et al., 1999), the major- ity (14 species) inhabit New Guinea and the sur- rounding islands, 4 species are found in Northern Australia (2 endemic). A further species has been described from Sulawesi recently (Stüning, 2005), but several undescribed species are still known to occurs (Sulawesi, Luzon, Mindanao). A striking feature of the species now included in Bracca is the diversity of wing pattern. Until Holloway (1991) united them in the present genus, they have been scattered over at least fifteen genera. Five of them, Arycanda Walker, 1856, Cosmethis Hübner [1820], Duga Walker [1865], Panaethia Guenee [1858] and Tigridoptera Herrich-Schäffer, 1855, Holloway (l.c.) proved to be junior subjective synonyms of Bracca, the other names were just applied erroneously to certain species, belonging even to different families like Arctiidae and Noctuidae. Besides the variety of wing pattern on species level, some widespread species show a similar fea- ture on subspecies level: this phenomenon of large- ly different island races has been found so explicit only inthe genus Bracca. Four examples are discussed in detail: B. maculosa Warren: the nominate subspecies, occurring in Sumatra, Borneo and Peninsular Ma- laysia has black pattern elements on a blue-grey ground colour, its subspecies radiolata Warren from Palawan has several dull orange, longitudinal streaks in addition and the black pattern elements are of different shape and arrangement (Fig. 1). B. exul Herrich-Schäffer: the nominate subspe- cies, distributed in Java, also has black pattern ele- ments on a blue-grey ground, several dull orange, longitudinal streaks and a broad distal area without any markings on both wings. Its subspecies actinoides Fig. 1. Bracca maculosa maculosa Warren (a) and its subspecies B. m. radiolata Warren (b). 207 Sommerer & Stüning from Sumatra has this area extensively marked with longitudinal, black stripes and the number of dull orange stripes is reduced. B. monochrias Meyrick, described from Sangihe Island, and its subspecies cuneiplena Swinhoe (Mind- anao) and benguetana Schultze (Luzon) exhibit comparatively strong differences. B. georgiata Guen&e, with the nominate subspe- cies, found in Sumatra, Borneo, Peninsular Malaysia and Sulawesi, similar in pattern and coloration to B. maculosa, its race pervasata Walker from Java also with additional, dull orange streaks. The name pervasata is applied to several more or less different island races (Buru, Seram, several Philippine islands) at present which may deserve subspecies-rank as well. In Sulawesi, the nominate georgiata seems to occur sympatrically with its race pervasata, but stud- ies of the genitalia structures have revealed that the pervasata-like form is specifically different. This phenomenon may be explained by subsequent ar- rival (of georgiata) after initial vicariance, as observed also in other groups of moths and butterflies. The conspicuous pattern of adult Bracca moths and their larvae - the latter are strikingly coloured with red, black and white elements — may indicate that they are distasteful or toxic for predators. Con- sequently, mimiery phenomena are a possible ex- planation for the development of those strongly different island races, encountered in the genus Bracca so explicitely. Diversity and Phenology of Geometridae in coastal Central Queensland Peter Mackey Mackey, P. (2006): Diversity and Phenology of Geometridae in coastal Central Queensland. — Spixiana 29/3: 208-209 Peter Mackey, P.O. Box 404, Yandina, O. 4561, Australia; e-mail: pmackey@bigpond.net.au Light trapping was carried out on 5 nights per week over7 years at Rockhampton in Central Queensland, circa 40 km inland. Rockhampton lies close to the Tropic of Capricorn in an arid corridor between wetter regions, north to Mackay, and south-east Queensland. The December mean maximum tem- perature is 31.4 °C and the mean minimum for July is 22.9 °C. The mean number of rain days per year is 92. Good rain events are often associated with cyclones during the wet (hot or summer) season. Most collecting was carried out during low to average rainfall periods, with 1983 having the high- est rainfall and 1982 the lowest. The trap was a Robinson style trap located in the University grounds and was surrounded by Eucalyptus ‘scrub’ which is regrowth, possibly 40 years old at the time of trapping. The daily catch was identified and re- corded using 'Rothampstead Weeks’. Seasons were allocated as follows: Summer, weeks 49-9; Autumn, weeks 9-21; Winter, weeks 22-34; Spring, weeks 35- 48. Trapping yielded 13,324 individuals and 123 species of Geometridae. Between 53 and 84 species were recorded each year. Ennominae accounted for 38 species; Sterrhinae, 23 species; Geometrinae, 35 species; Larentiinae, 10 species; Oenochrominae 17 species. Of the 10 most abundant species 2 were Ennominae, 4 Oenochrominae, 1 Geometrinae and 3 Sterrhinae. A species accumulation curve calcu- lated using EstimateS (Colwell 2005) predicted a 208 total fauna 136 geometrid species. There is a relation- ship between annual rainfall and the number of geometrid species present each year. However, using Ecosim (Gotelli and Entsminger 2001) to standardise the annual community to 1000 individuals shows there to be few significant differences between years. In wet years more species were collected because many species become more abundant and are there- fore more likely to be collected. Phenology of the species was assessed by pool- ing the annual counts on a weekly basis and some illustrative examples are presented. Arhodia lasiocam- paria (Oenochrominae) is present throughout the year. Oenochroma pallida (Oenochrominae) is an- other relatively common species with probably 3 discreet generations insummer, autumn and spring but which is not present in winter (the dry season). Cleora decisaria (Ennominae) is present all year, but with -85 % of occurrences in autumn and spring. C. acaciaria (?illustraria) also appears to be an autumn and spring species. Pachyplocia griseata (Ennominae) appears to be a summer, autumn, winter species. Psilalcis isombra (Ennominae) occurs predominantly in winter and spring. Scopula innocens (Sterrhinae) is a spring-summer-autumn species. 5. rubraria isan autumn-winter-spring species with only 1 occurrence in 7 years in late summer. This species was first found in 1985 and then in subsequent years in in- creasing abundance as was the spring time species Zermizinga sinuata (Ennominae). Mixocera latilineata (Geometrinae) is found in late spring but is pre- dominantly asummer and autumn species. Prasino- cyma rhodocosma (Geometrinae) is a common species which can be found throughout the year, but given its abundance, it has very few occurrences (7 %) in spring. There also seems to be some indication of several distinct generations throughout the year. References Colwell, R. K. 2005. EstimateS: Statistical estimation of species richness and shared species from samples. Version 7.5. User’s Guide and application at: http:/ /purl.oclc.org/estimates. Gotelli, N. J. & G. L. Entsminger 2001. EcoSim: Null models software for ecology. Version 7.0. Acquired Intelligence Inc. & Kesey-Bear. http://homepages. together.net/-gentsmin/ecosim.htm. Towards a global online information system Geometridae (GlobInG) Axel Hausmann & Sven Erlacher Hausmann, A. & S. Erlacher (2006): GBIF/GlobInG: Towards a global online information system Geometridae (GlobInG). - Spixiana 29/3: 209-210 Corresponding author: Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de Supported by the GBIF programme of the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research, umbrella project ID: 01 LI 02043, Oct. 2002 - Dec. 2005, lead: Dr. Ch. Häuser, Stuttgart The GlobInG project aims to improve access to - collections by providing digital photographs of the ca. 5000 primary type specimens of Geome- tridae stored in German museums and by inven- torying accompanying scientific data (examined primary data) - relevant literature data with scientific control of taxonomic statusand nomenclatural availability; as far as possible with digital facsimile of origi- nal description Until today 1500 primary types are photo-documen- tarily recorded, including more than 4000 picture data of dorsal and ventral view of the specimens and the labels. To date, about 800 object data sets (including all primary types of the Herbulot collec- tion at the ZSM) are processed in detail and are integrated into the existing database according to the standards of the GART/GIoBIS project on the butterflies of the world. For this the respective original descriptions were evaluated and allrelevant taxonomic information was included into the data- base. These data sets contain the citation of the original description, information about the locus typicus, a listing of the type material, and, addition- ally, the digital photographs of each specimen mentioned above. So far the database contains 2000 image data sets of these completely processed pri- mary types, 300 accompanying literature data sets, 400 image data sets of the facsimile of the original descriptions and 150 images of genitalia slides. The data are accessible through the internet-based SYS- TAX database system at Ulm University (SYSTAX; GBIF-D). Sustainability is guaranteed by continuous maintenance through ZSM. Similarly, Geometridae types from other collections in Germany and other countries have been inventoried within the frame- work of the FORUM HERBULOT initiative, thus great international impact is expected from both of these activities, and Geometridae as model group will get established further for various kinds of re- search. At the Forum Herbulot 2006, two strategies are proposed for the future and disposed to discussion, in order to integrate other existing data sets world- wide into the ‘Global Information System Geometri- dae’ (‘GlobInG-Input-Light’ and ‘GlobInG-Input- Ball): SYSTAX: http:/ /www.biologie.uni-ulm.de/systax/daten/ index_e.html SYSTAX: Geometridae (List of Taxa): http://www.biologie.uni-ulm.de/cgi-bin/portal/ portal.pl?tquery=geometridae&cquery=&locquery =&longfrom=&longto=&latfrom=&latto=&labquer y-&iquery=&query=&wrapper=0&data=all&typus =yes&sort=tax&displ=s&lang=e&sid=T&expert=y es&acro=ZSM GBiF-D: http:/ /www.biologie.uni-ulm.de/cgi-bin/query_ all/query_all.pl?lang=d&pr=gbif-el 209 GBIF-D: Geometridae: http:/ /www.biologie.uni-ulm.de/cgi-bin/system/ zoosys.pl?pr=gbif-el&id=1029&stufe=5&typ=ZOO &sid-T&only=no&syno=n&valid-n&lang=d FORUM HERBULOT: http://www.herbulot.de The Lepiafrica Living Books Project Hermann S. Staude, Andre Coetzer, Bennie Coetzer, Douglas M. Kroon, John Joannou & Martin Krüger Staude, H. S., A. Coetzer, B. Coetzer, D. M. Kroon, J. Joannou & M. Krüger (2006): The Lepiafrica Living Books Project. - Spixiana 29/3: 210 Corresponding author: Hermann S. Staude, P. O. Box 398, Magaliesburg, Gau- teng 1791, South Africa.; e-mail: hermann@busmark.co.za Objective: The objective of this project is to accu- mulate and to ultimately offer known baseline in- formation and images of as many as possible Afro- tropical Lepidoptera in an easy to use structured electronic format to interested parties. The project team: Members of the project team consist of editors and compilers. Each compiler carries the responsibility of a taxonomically defined part of the project, while editors have specific func- tions covering the whole project. Contributors: Contributors are individuals and/or institutions who contribute information or images to the project. There are two categories of contribu- tors. Primary contributors contribute bulk informa- tion or images. Secondary contributors contribute bits of information or images on an ad hoc basis. Contributors grant permission to the project to use their data but ownership of data remains with the contributor. Distribution medium: The LepiAfrica Living Books Project is structured to work in conjunction with the Lepidops® database program already in use by members of The Lepidopterists’ Society of Africa. Lepidops® is economical, effective and easy to use. Duration of the project & publication units: The project team is aware that it is unlikely that the above objective will be met within the foreseeable future and therefore treats this asan ongoing project. Copies of various sections of the project are offered separately and are made available from time to time, when the project team considers a section to be ready for release. Updates will thereafter be made available periodically. Structure & funding: The LepiAfrica Living Books Project is a Section 21 Company not for gain. The project is currently privately funded by its members. Income derived from the sale of LepiAfrica units will go towards funding the project in the future. Molecular barcoding and larval gut content analysis in insects (Geometridae, Lepidoptera) Axel Hausmann, Michael A. Miller & Günter C. Müller Hausmann, A., M. A. Miller & G. C. Müller (2006): Molecular barcoding and larval gut content analysis in insects (Geometridae, Lepidoptera). - Spixiana 29/3: 210-211 Corresponding author: Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de On the background of the enormous species numbers in insects, the innovative technique of molecular barcoding will more and more play a major role in entomological research by facilitating identification of all stages, and thus for assessment of biodiver- 210 sity. It may, however, also gain a certain importance for ecosystem research, and systematics. In the year of 2005 the ZSM has got offered access to several thousands of neotropical Geometridae larvae collected in 1800 fogging samples of Terry Erwin (Lucky et al. 2002; Erwin et al. 2006), who monitored the fauna of 200 trees in 9 replicates from 1994-1996 in north-eastern Ecuador. Identity of all the fogged trees, and their neighbours is known. In two pilot studies we could prove, that larvae can be identified to species by their ‘'barcode sequences’ (mtDNA), and that sequencing of gut content is possible too, in order identify the larval plant meal and to prove feeding on the fogged host-tree, rather than on epiphytes or on the neighbouring tree (Miller et al. 2006; Matheson et al. 2006). Identifica- tion of the larvae was performed by analysis of the complete sequence of the mitochondrial gene cyto- chrome c oxidase I (COD and comparison with se- quences of collection specimens. The effectiveness of the ‘barcoding’ tool for species identification had already been shown in many other studies (cf e.g. Hebert & Mitchell 2006). Gut contents were success- fully identified by comparing sequence of a 157 bp long fragment of the chloroplast gene rbcL with that of of the pre-identified host-plant and a wide set of other plants of the study area. Plant meals could be detected, when the insects were killed and preserved in Ethanol up to 12 hours after the last feeding (Matheson et al. submitted). For large sets of pos- sible host-plants and for discrimination of closely related plant species, e.g. in tropical countries, addi- tional markers (fragments/genes) may be necessary. Results from the planned research project will provide, for the first time, comprehensive informa- tion on host-plant relationships and host specifity for a large group of phytophagous insects in the neotropical rain forest canopy. With these data the estimations of total species numbers in Geometridae and insects may be extrapolated and refined. Similar projects are planned for geometrid moth larvae in Israel. References Erwin, T. L., M. C. Pimienta, ©. E. Murillo & V. Asche- ro 2006. Mapping Patterns of B-Diversity for Beet- les Across the Western Amazon Basin: A Prelimi- nary Case for Improving Inventory Methods and Conservation Strategies Hebert, P. & A. Mitchell 2006. DNA barcoding of Aus- tralian Lepidoptera. — Spixiana 29 (3): 211-212 Lucky, A., T. L. Erwin & J. D. Witman 2002. Temporal and spatial diversity and distribution of arboreal Carabidae (Coleoptera) in a western Amazonian rain forest. - Biotropica 34 (3): 376-386 Matheson, C. D., G. Müller, K. Vernon, A. Junnila, A. Hausmann, M. A. Miller, C. Greenblatt & Y. Schlein (submitted). Species identification of plant residues found in the gut of insects by a PCR method. - ODE (submitted) Miller, M. A., G. C. Müller, V. D. Kravchenko, A. Jun- nila, K. K. Vernon, C. D. Matheson & A. Hausmann (in print). DNA-based identification of Lepidopte- ra larvae and plant meals from their gut content. — Russ. Ent. ]. DNA barcoding of Australian Lepidoptera Paul Hebert & Andrew Mitchell Hebert, P. & A. Mitchell (2006): DNA barcoding of Australian Lepidoptera. — Spixiana 29/3: 211-212 Corresponding author: Dr. Andrew Mitchell, Agricultural Scientific Collections Unit, Orange Agricultural Institute, NSW Department of Primary Industries, Forest Rd, Orange NSW 2800, Australia; e-mail: andrew.mitchell@dpi.nsw.gov.au DNA barcodes are short (658bp) sequences from a standardized region of the mitochondrial gene cy- tochrome c oxidase I (COI or cox1). Past work has revealed that sequence diversity in this gene region is an effective tool for species identification and discovery. As a result, large-scale DNA barcoding programs are now underway, including efforts to assemble barcodes for all fish and all bird species. We intend to develop a comprehensive barcode li- brary for Australian lepidopterans as a complement to a similar project underway in North America. We now present results of a pilot study that has barcoded 3500 specimens representing over 800 species collected from sites in north-eastern Queens- land and the Central West of New South Wales. All specimens were databased and photographed before DNA was extracted from a single leg. DNA barcodes were subsequently gathered from the specimens and analysed using the Barcode of Life Data System (www.barcodinglife.org) . Levels of intra-specific variation at COlaveraged just 0.2 %, while congeneric species showed sequence divergences that were, on average, 20 times higher. As with studies in other geographic regions, more than 95 % ofthe species that we examined possessed unique DNA barcodes, allowing their easy identifi- cation. Although there was little overlap in species coverage between our two sampling regions, our 211 results suggest that geographic variation in barcode sequences will not be an important complication in species recognition. We expect to obtain barcode coverage for all common species of Australian Lepidoptera through intensive collecting at a few well-chosen sites. How- ever, we also hope to broaden our network of col- laborators so that more extensive sampling coverage is possible. As well, we expect that advances in se- quencing technology will soon permit the analysis of museum collections, allowing rapid growth in sequence coverage for uncommon taxa. Successful extraction of eggs from dry geometrid moth collection specimens Axel Hausmann, Stawomir Kuczkowski & Marius Junker Hausmann, A., S. Kuczkowski & M. Junker (2006): Successful extraction of eggs from dry geometrid moth collection specimens. — Spixiana 29/3: 212 Corresponding author: Dr. Axel Hausmann, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-31247 München, Germany; e-mail: Axel.Hausmann@zsm.mwn.de Though modern techniques (scanning electron mi- croscopy, SEM) offer very promising perspectives for the study of egg morphology, this kind of research has not achieved much attention in geometrid moth systematics, apart from a few publications (cf. Salkeld 1983; Young 2006). SEM studies of egg morphology are generally thought to require fresh material. Very often, how- ever, living females are unavailable due to rareness or restricted distribution areas in tropical countries, they may be hardly stimulated to egg deposition or their life cycles may not coincide with the study period. In this contribution we present a way to get ac- cess to suitable egg material from dry female collec- tion specimens. The method is based on enzymatic digestion of the abdomens and it is the same, which was recently proposed (Knölke et al. 2005) as a combined procedure for obtaining both DNA for sequence analysis and mazerated tissues for the preparation of the genitalia. Hence, this the new method can provide, simultaneously, three com- pletely different data sets for taxonomic and phylo- genetic research. We analysed the influence of various parameters on the quality ofthe results, e.g. protease concentra- tion, duration of digestion, humidity, and age of voucher (collection date). In most cases the results are highly satisfying and provide clear SEM photographs of the chori- onic sculpturing, which are very similar to those from fresh egg material of the same species. We got good results also from old collection specimens (up to >100 years). A number of examples was shown in the presentation, detailed results are published in Junker et al. (2006). The method is applied in a research program on Sterrhinae phylogeny, which was shortly presented, too. References Junker, M., S. Kuczkowski, K. Schönitzer, C. Young & A. Hausmann (in press). Enzymatic digestion - a new method for egg extraction from dry female collection specimens (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). — Insect Syst. Evol. 37 Knölke, S., S. Erlacher, A. Hausmann, M. A. Miller & A. H. Segerer 2005. A procedure for combined geni- talia dissection and DNA extraction in Lepidopte- ra. — Insect Syst. Evol. 35(4): 401-409 Salkeld, E. H. 1983. A catalogue of the eggs of some Canadian Geometridae (Lepidoptera), with com- ments. -— Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada, Nr. 126, Ottawa, 271 pp. Young, C. J. 2006. Descriptions of eggs of some southern Australian Geometridae (Lepidoptera). — Zootaxa 1287 The Australasian genus Scotocyma Turner (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae) Olga Schmidt Schmidt, ©. (2006): The Australasian genus Scotocyma Turner (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Spixiana 29/3: 213 Olga Schmidt, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Olga.Schmidt@zsm.mwn.de Larentiinae occur worldwide, are diverse and usu- ally mesophilous, preferring temperate abiotic conditions. The Australasian genus Scotocyma is rather atypical for the subfamily because it occurs mainly in the tropics and subtropics. The genus comprises 11 species: S. albinotata (Walker), 5. legalis (Warren), 5. mimula (Warren), 5. miscix Prout, S. ma- nusensis Prout, S. scotopepla Prout, S. asiatica Hollo- way and the recently described species 5. samoensis Schmidt, 5. rutilimixta Schmidt, S. sumatrensis Schmidt, and S. longiuncus Schmidt. The main results of the revision of the genus Scotocyma are as follows: (1) keys to species and distribution maps are pro- vided; (2) a phylogenetic analysis is performed to testthemonophyly ofthe genus; (3) the distribution patterns of the species are examined; (4) a biogeo- graphic discussion isincluded; (5) the tribal position of the genus is clarified and the relationships to closely related genera are discussed. The following characters are diagnostic for the genus Scotocyma. Labial palpus is thick, short, curved, with the terminal segment small, blunt. Antenna is simple in both sexes. The seventh abdominal segment in males bears coremata, consisting of eversible hair tufts in a long, broad pocket bearing a narrow, fin- ger-shaped appendix. A thin, weakly sclerotised ring between the seventh and the eighth segments is present, with a small medial sclerite attached. The ansa of atympanal organ has a small, simple scol- oparium. In the male genitalia uncus is sclerotised, with its base modified; tegumen is usually with short, sclerotised, sometimes serrated, arms; valva is nar- rowed medially, comb-like structures set on the valval sacculi; vinculum has no distinct saccus; calcar is present, with broad hood-shaped membrane connected to its basis; aedeagus is thick, short, with its coecum oblique-rounded. In the female genitalia antrum is large, sclerotised, somewhat funnel- shaped, longitudinally folded; ductus bursae is shortened, membranous; corpus bursae has patches of sclerotisation on its dorsal side, with a large di- verticulum; signum is large, usually a patch of in- wardly directed spicules on ventral side. The new phylogenetic analysis confirmed the monophyly of the genus Scotocyma. According to the analysis, the species (S. albinotata + S. legalis) + S. samoensis are grouped in one clade. The defining characters are: teeth on lateral tegminal arms strong- ly developed; folds in antrum rather broad, two or three on each side. The second clade comprises the species 5. asiatica + S. sumatrensis. The characters defining the second clade are: brownish median band in the forewing underneath with medial projection outwards narrowly rounded; medial spot at the termen in forewing underneath large, higher than wide, marginally speckled with darker scales. The third clade is not resolved and comprises the species S. rutilimixta + S. scotopepla + S. longiuncus. The defin- ing character is: teeth on lateral tegminal arms in males moderately developed. The sister-clade is (S. manusensis + 5. mimula). The defining characters are: medial spot at the termen in the forewing un- derneath medium-sized, square, with distinct edges, signum in the corpus bursae of females shifted to the side. The Indo-Australian genus Visiana Swinhoe and the identity of the supraspecific taxa of V. sordidata (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae) Olga Schmidt Schmidt, ©. (2006): The Indo-Australian genus Visiana Swinhoe and the identity of the supraspecific taxa of V. sordidata (Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae). — Spixiana 29/3: 214 Olga Schmidt, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: Olga.Schmidt@zsm.mwn.de The genus Visiana Swinhoe belongs to the geometrid moth subfamily Larentiinae which occurs world- wide. The genus contains medium- to relatively large-sized moths of which the dark-brownish col- ouration resembles that of several other genera (e.g. Disclisioprocta Wallengren from South Africa, Ma- deira (Portugal) and South America, “Horisme” from Papua New Guinea, and Scotocyma Turner from the Australasian region). Visiana is widely distributed within the Indo-Australian region, from north-east- ern Himalaya through the Indonesia and Malaysia to Papua New Guinea and eastern Australia. According to the present knowledge, the genus Visiana currently comprises the following species: V. brujata (Guenee) from eastern Australia, V. excen- trata (Guenee) from the south-east of Australia, V. hyperctenista (Prout) from Bismarck Archipelago, V. sordidata (Moore) from the Indo-Australian region, and V.vinosa (Warren) from Papua New Guinea. Visiana sordidata comprises the following subspecies: V. s. inimica (Prout), V. s. robinsoni (Prout), V. s. tam- borica (Prout) (Scoble, 1999). The species of the genus are difficult to tell apart using the characters of the wing colouration and pattern. The information about genitalic characters which would help distinguishing the species was still mostly lacking. Examination of phylogenetic relationships of Visiana and related larentiine genera suggested Visiana was not Mono- phyletic. The current studies of the external characters 214 and the genitalia revealed that all supraspecific taxa within the species V. sordidata should be regarded as distinct species, V.robinsoni, V. inimica, and V. tamborica. The main distinguishing characters are: the shape and length of the uncus, saccus, lateral papillae of juxta, and the aedeagus in the male genitalia and the shape of the ductus and corpus bursae, and of signum in the female genitalia. Fur- thermore, the specimens from Borneo (Malaysia) are to be assigned to a new species, V. hollowayi. The species of the genus Visiana occur in the forest zone. All known specimens were attracted to light atnight. Allattempts to collect the Australian Visiana s.str. species during the day time failed which sug- gests that the species of the genus are nocturnal. The present study also revealed that Visiana species feed on species of the plant genus Urtica (Urticaceae) that is very common around the globe in the Holarctic region and occurs in the Indo-Aus- tralian region and in South Africa. This is the first record of feeding on the species of the plant family Urticaceae for the Australian larentiine moths. The biology and larvae of the Visiana species are awaiting description. References Scoble, M. J. 1999. Geometrid Moths of the World: A Catalogue (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). — CSIRO Publishing, Collingwood, Victoria A morphological approach to the Ennominae phylogeny (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) Eugene A. Beljaev Beljaev, E. A. (2006): A morphological approach to the Ennominae phylogeny (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). - Spixiana 29/3: 215-216 Eugene A. Beljaev, Institute of Biology and Soil Science, Vladivostok, Russia; e-mail: beljaev@ibss.dvo.ru The work was supported by the grant of Far Eastern Branch of Russian Academy of Science No 06-III-A-06-105. The Ennominae is the largest and, morphologically, most diversified subfamily in the Geometridae and the tribal composition and phylogeny of the sub- family are still far from being resolved. However modern molecular-phylogenetic investigations of the subfamily promise substantial breakthroughs in the construction of a meaningful phylogeny of the Ennominae (as well as of the Geometridae and other organisms). Nevertheless, in spite ofthe present predominant position of molecular-phylogenetic research in modern systematics, morphological analysis of organisms continues to be indispensable for the comprehension of taxonomy and evolution. Also, morphological analysis is irreplaceable for the definition of monophyletic groups, and even for the I ——— nn Ennominae representational selection of specimens (samples) for molecular-phylogenetic analysis. A modern morphological tribal system and phylogeny for the Ennominae were proposed independently by Hol- loway (1994, 1997) and by Beljaev (1994). Here I propose a new hypothesis on basal branching in the Geometridae and Ennominae and tribal composition of the subfamily arising from the cladogram illus- trated in Fig. 1. In this analysis I applied direct weighting of characters based on comparative and functional- morphological analyses using outgroup comparison for the polarization of morphoclines. Structures of the anellar area of the male genitalia are mainly utilised in this investigation because they demon- ® ee are = Q © r— Azelinidii == Gaberidil ——— —— Epionidii — Si = f= E = ne i= fa} = 0 E 8 = 3 35 Er ZI © ® S ao = c29 7: ® Re -0 20° 2 fe: [e) UT wre VE zeiE nenn Bar ran rem rer = m 5 £ c o = 2 99 2 fo) e zZ ie j= = Ei =Sor Se (6) oz U 6) 5 se KR) ee [e} [e) ax = = rz) = Ko} oO 4 ca 0 5 - > ® = ° [e} 7) oo E ® ® 5 =) _ ro >Sa zZ [e) °2Q 0 © z 2} ® oO 0 ic N I ® 3 © © on —S seo oa © = — = © 32.9 m. oo ee aan Tara By ae 910 15 19 7 11 18 6 14 16 @17 13 5 12 4 3 1.2 2 Fig. 1. Phylogenetic cladogram of basally derived branches in the Geometridae and Ennominae based on selected apomorpies. Apomorphies: 1, labides which trend to medial shifting dorsad of aedeagus; 2, labides removed from the bases of the valvae ventro-medially and which have approximately sagittal orientation of their bases; 3, vein M, on hindwing lacking; 4, signum deeply invaginated, toothed, sclerotized, hollow (mushroom-like); 5, labides with bases orientated in frontal plane; 6, cristae strongly developed; 7, juxta broad, laterally almost reach base of tran- stilla; 8, cristae integrated into juxta; 9, sacculi with pointed and curved distal process; 10, socii enlarged; 11, sacculi articulated to each other directly, often connected to each other with traverse sclerotized bar; juxta placed posterior of sacculi; 12, transtilla shaped as flat sclerite smoothly proceeds into costa of valva and possessing ventral pro- cess; 13, muscle m, attached to transtilla mediad of m2, m2 and m4 crossed; 14, labides flattening, horn-like, intro- mitted into ductus bursae at the copulation; 15, labides with dorsal end of basis far from base of transtilla; 16, la- bides shaped as narrow sclerotized ‘bridges’ between juxta and base of transtilla; 17, labides absent; 18, waist between tegument and vinculum absent; 19, muscle ım4 arising from tegumen. 2 strate high diversity in combination with nonrandom distribution of types in taxa. Among them, labides had been explored as the most phylogenetically informative anellar structure in Geometridae (i.e. applicable for the supporting of many basal nodes in the family). My understanding of the term ‘labides’ needs to be commented. Because of their high mor- phological diversity these structures have been named differently in literature (here, only the author is mentioned, who introduced the term, in the his- torical order): F. Pierce: labides, anellus lobes, furca (part); Th. Albers: Führungsarme; F. Rindge: lat- eral fold, postero-lateral structures, processes of the anellus, postero-lateral pair of sclerotized areas in manica, lateral ridges; R. Orfila & S. Schajovskoy: canaliculi (incorrect treatment of Pierce’s term); J. Holloway: arms of juxta, haired processes from base of valva; W. McGuffin: lobes of juxta; J. Viida- lepp: dorsal processes/appendages of juxta; P. Mc- Quillan: lateral/dorsal processes of juxta; A. Haus- mann: posterior processes of juxta; L. Pitkin: anellar sclerites. Based on the classic criteria of homology I consider all these structures as homologous and propose the term “labides’ (Pierce 1914) as the senior and most convenient name for them. The transtilla also provides important apomor- phies for basal branching in the Ennominae, but the phylogenetic significance of the transtilla characters can only berealised relative to the attached muscles: dorsal abductor and adductor valvae (m2 and m4, following Kuznetzov & Stekolnikov). A tentative tribal system of the Ennominae cor- responding to the proposed phylogenetic cladogram is represented on the Forum Herbulot website (http://www.zsm.mwn.de/external/herbulot/ famgroup2.htm; http://www.herbulot.de). 216 References Beljaev, E. A. 1994. [Geometers of the subfamily Enno- minae (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) of the Far East of Russia. Abstract of the candidate of biological sciences thesis.] 23 pp. - Zool. Inst. Russ. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersburg (In Russian.) Holloway, J. D. 1994. The Moths of Borneo: family Ge- ometridae, subfamily Ennominae. — Malayan Nat. J. 47: 1-309. (The Moths of Borneo 11.) -- 1997. The Moths of Borneo: family Geometridae, subfamilies Sterrhinae and Larentiinae. - Malayan Nat. J. 51: 1-242. (The Moths of Borneo 10.) Kuznetsov, V.1. & A. A. Stekolnikov 2001. New approa- ches to the system of Lepidoptera of world fauna (on the base of functional morphology of the abdo- men). - St. Petersburg: “Nauka”: 462 p. (Proc. Zool. Inst. 282) (In Russian, with English summary.) Pierce, F. N. 1914. The genitalia of the group Geometri- dae of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands. — pp. i-xxix+1-88, pls I-XLVIN. Liverpool, the author München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 New records of Caudofoveata (Falcidens gutturosus, Prochaetoderma raduliferum) and of Solenogastres (Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov.) from the eastern Mediterranean Sea (Mollusca) Luitfried v. Salvini-Plawen & Bilal Öztürk Salvini-Plawen, L. & B. Öztürk (2006): New records of Caudofoveata (Falcidens gutturosus, Prochaetoderma raduliferum) and of Solenogastres (Eleutheromenia cari- nata, spec. nov.) from the eastern Mediterranean Sea (Mollusca). — Spixiana 29/3: 217-224 Samplings off the shores of Turkey and northern Cyprus between 1997 and 2004 were obtained from sandy and muddy bottoms down to 680 m. Among the Mol- lusca some stations contained the aplacophoran Caudofoveata Falcidens gutturosus (Kow.) and Prochaetoderma raduliferum (Kow.); they contribute to our knowledge on the distribution of the species. A single sample included a member of the aplaco- phoran Solenogastres, Eleutheromenia carinata spec. nov.; this species is described and systematically compared. L. Salvini-Plawen (corresponding author), Zentrum für Zoologie, Universität Wien, A-1090 Wien (Vienna/ Austria), Althanstraße 14; e-mail: Luitfried.Salvini-Plawen@univie.ac.at B. Öztürk, Ege University, Faculty of Fisheries, Dept. of Hydrobiology, TK-35100 Bornova/lIzmir (Turkey) Introduction Within the Mollusca, the Solenogastres (neomenio- morphs) and the Caudofoveata (chaetodermo- morphs) represent two aplacophoran clades, both externally marked by a mantle with chitinous cuticle as well as unicellularly produced aragonitic sclerites and reflecting the conservative level of molluscan configuration (Salvini-Plawen 1985, 1988, 2003a, Salvini-Plawen & Steiner 1996, Haszprunar 2000). Though they long remained on the scientific side- lines, more intensive research during the last 35 years, however, has distinctly enlarged our knowl- edge on their organisation and evolutionary sig- nificance (summarised in Salvini-Plawen 1971, 1985, Scheltema et al. 1994). At present, the Caudofovea- _ ta (between 1.5 mm and 140 mm in length) include about 120 named species, which generally live in depths below 50 m (records range between 3 m and 9000 m depth; Scheltema 1995, Belyaev 1966). The Solenogastres include about 250 nominal species (between 0.8 mm and 300 mm in length) with records between Im and 6850 m depth (predominantly below 50 m; Salvini-Plawen 2003b, Belyaev 1966). Despite such increase in knowledge duringrecent decades, the presently known range of both the Caudofoveata and the Solenogastres by no means includes the true biodiversity; it is still fairly frag- mentary not only with respect to biological, deve- lopmental and physiological features, but even re- garding pure faunistics (diversity, biogeography, etc.). Worldwide, extensive geographical areas re- main to be investigated, and stock-takings even within more intensively investigated regions reveal 2417. that the true biodiversity is underestimated (e.g. Handl & Salvini-Plawen 2001, 2003, Salvini-Plawen 2003b). In the Eastern Mediterranen Sea only few samplings have also focused on aplacophoran mol- luscs; this is reflected in a poor knowledge of species biogeography and biodiversity (see Salvini-Plawen 1986). This contribution presents the records of Caudofoveata and of Solenogastres collected during research off the coast of Turkey and northern Cyprus. The examination and identification increased the known geographic distribution for two species of Caudofoveata and revealed a new species of Sole- nogastres. Materials and methods Samplings were made during various research projects between 1997 and 2004 on board the R/V “K.Piri Reis”, R/V “Egesuf” and R/V “Hippocam- pus”, along the Aegean Sea and Mediterranean Sea coasts of Turkey and of northern Cyprus. Specimens were obtained from sandy and muddy bottoms by grab, dredge and beam trawl at depths down to 680 m, and also from rocky biotopes and brown algae, red algae and Posidonia oceanica (L.) Delile, 1813 facies. The shallow shore samples were taken either by diving or by wading. The collected mate- rial was washed through a sieve with 0.5 mm mesh size and fixed in 4% formalin. Specimens were sorted under a stereomicroscope in the laboratory. During the sorting process within the framework of a project supported by TUBITAK (The Scientific and Technical Research Council of Turkey, project code 103T154) representatives of the Caudofoveata and the Solenogastres were observed at some sampling stations (Fig. 1). These specimens were sampled from muddy substrates of various localities and depths (Tab. 1). The materials collected are deposited in the ESFM museum (Ege University, Turkey). 1. Caudofoveata The samples (Fig. 1 and Tab. 1) included 16 ex. of Caudofoveata whose shape is characterised by a slender, tail-like posterior body with a terminal knob or tassel. They belong, however, to two species of different families. Prochaetodermatidae Salvini-Plawen, 1968 Caudofoveata with biserial radula, each pair sup- plemented by a basal reinforcement and lateral ele- ments of the radula membrane. Genus Prochaetoderma THIELE, 1902 Pedal shield divided/paired, pharynx with a pair of large spatulate elements; median denticulate por- tion of the radula teeth membranously enlarged; posterior body tapering, tail-like. Prochaetoderma raduliferum (Kowalewsky, 1901) Material: St. 7, 1 ex., Sandy mud with shell fragments, 69 m. Remarks. Recent investigations (Scheltema & Ivanov 2000) show that Mediterranean representatives of Prochaetoderma, all measuring below 5 mm in length, belong to four different species: P. raduliferum (Kow.), P. alleni (Scheltema & Ivanov), P. boucheti Scheltema & Ivanov, and P. iberogallicum S.-Plawen. These are Tab. 1. Coordinates, depths, dates and biotope characterisations of the samples. Sta. Date Coordinates Substrate Depth (m) Species 1 29.04.1997 38°41'N -26°32'E Mud 75 1 Eleutheromenia n. sp. 25.04.1998 1 F. gutturosus 2 02.09.1998 38°41'N -26°35'E Mud TR, 1 F. gutturosus 3 22.01.1998 38°41'N -26°37'E Mud 71 2 F. gutturosus 08.06.2004 2 F. gutturosus 4 15.04.1997 38°35'N -26°35'E Mud 67 1 F. gutturosus d 02.07.1997 38°35'N -26°37'E Mud 70 2 F. gutturosus 14.10.1998 1 F. gutturosus 6 11.02.2000 36°34'N -34°24'E Mud 149 4 F. gutturosus 19.03.2000 1 F. gutturosus 7 14.07.1998 35°10'N-32°50’E Sandy mud with Shell fragments 69 1 P. raduliferum 218 newly described in part below new, poorly defined genera (Scheltema 1985), regarded at most as sub- genera (Salvini-Plawen 1992). The present specimen was a juvenile with an atypical body shape, resem- bling Prochaetoderma boucheti Scheltema & Ivanov, 2000. Yet, its distally keeled elongate mantle scales and its pedal shield sclerites in two lateral rows of 6and 4 scales, respectively, confirm the identity with P. raduliferum (Kow.), which is the type species originally described as Chaetoderma radulifera from the Sea of Marmara. In contrast to the distribution given earlier (Salvini-Plawen 1972, 1977, 1986, 1997) before separation into several species, this species is restricted to the eastern Mediterranean Sea (includ- ing the Adriatic), where it is well-documented from off Palestine at 65-238 m and from southern as well as western Cyprus at 90-180 m (unpubl. obs. S.-P.: Tel Aviv samples 1967-1968). The western-most record comes from off Malta (Mifsud 1996; the figure, however, erroneously shows a broken specimen of Falcidens gutturosus). There is in part geographic overlap or even co-existence with Prochaetoderma (Spathoderma) alleni (Scheltema & Ivanov, 2000), such as in the central Adriatic, off Corfu and off Malta (Mifsud 2000: figure labeled as P. raduliferum). Chaetodermatidae Ihering, 1876 (Opinion 764, 1966) Radula membrane forming a basal cone or basal plate, on top of which only one or two pairs of true teeth are located or these are lacking; radula appa- ratus flanked by one or two pairs of cuticular scales or plates; midgut with cuticular stomach shield. Genus Falcidens Salvini-Plawen, 1968 Radula represented by one pair of sickle-shaped teeth or pincers, which proximally are in contact or possess a symphysis; pedal shield unitary. Falcidens gutturosus (Kowalewsky, 1901) The new records include 15 ex. from 6 sampling sites (Fig. 1 and Tab. 1). Material: St. 1, 1ex.; st.2 , 1ex.; st. 3, 2 ex. (1998) and 2 ex. (2004) st.4, 1ex.; st.5, 2 (1997) and 1 (1998) ex.; st. 6, 4 ex. (11.02.2000) and 1 ex. (19.03.2000). Remarks. Thirty-three Falcidens species are de- scribed, only two of which inhabit-endemically-the Mediterranean Sea. F. gutturosus is up to 15 mm long with a slender, tail-like posterior body and is char- Fig. 1. Map of studied area with locations of stations where the specimens were sampled. acterised by the particular shapes of its mantle scales (Salvini-Plawen 1972, 1996). It is a fairly common species, recorded at depths of 40-866 m from the Sea of Marmara, the Aegean Sea, from off western Cy- prus and off Palestine (unpubl. obs. S.-P.: Tel Aviv samples 1967-1968), the Adriatic and lonic Seas, as well from the western Mediterranean to off Mälaga/ Spain (Salvini-Plawen 1977, 1997). 2. Solenogastres There was one record with a single specimen of Solenogastres. It belongs to the Pararrhopaliidae within the order Cavibelonia and represents a species new to science. Ordo Cavibelonia Salvini-Plawen, 1978 Solenogastres with acicular, generally hollow man- tle slerites (spicules) in one or several layers, cuticle mostly thick with enclosed epidermal papillae; or with solid sclerites and moderately thick cuticle, but with a biserial radula and latero-ventral foregut 219 glandular organs not of ducts with subepithelially arranged glandular cells. Remarks. The main character of this taxon, the hol- low acicular sclerites, exhibits a variety of different patterns; this, however, has no bearing on the mono- phyletic status of Cavibelonia (Salvini-Plawen 2003a, 2004). The developmental arrangement of these spicules differs in being either (1) in a radial or (2) a tangential alignment. The latter may be arranged (2a) in a single, obliquely oriented layer, or (2b) they are arranged in two or more fairly rectangularly intercrossing layers almost embedded within the cuticle (and also termed “skeletal”). Another crite- rion exists with respect to the enclosed cavity: the spicules may be either thick-walled or thin-walled. Distally, spicules may be hooked (or barbed), asym- metrically flattened and serrate, or asymmetrically axe-like enlarged (also termed “captate”). Pararrhopaliidae Salvini-Plawen, 1972 Parameniidae Simroth, 1893; Paramenidae Pruvot, 1902; Perimeniidae Nierstrasz, 1909; Pruvotiniidae Heath, 1911; Pruvotinidae Scheltema, 1998. Solenogastres-Cavibelonia with distichous radula and ventral foregut glandular organs generally as subepithelially arranged follicles opening into a paired duct; with hooked mantle sclerites and/or a middorsal papillous pharyngeal gland and/or res- piratory organs; see Salvini-Plawen 1978. Genus Eleutheromenia Salvini-Plawen, 1967 Paramenia Pruvor, 1890, partim [non Brauer& Bergens- tamm, 1889]; Pruvotina Cockerell, 1903, partim; Perimenia Nierstrasz, 1909, partim). Definition. Solenogastres with hollow spicules in more than one layer, also including hooked ones; with common atriobuccal opening; radula distichous; paired ventral foregut glands each as subepithelial follicles with common outleading duct (type A); no dorsal papillous foregut gland, no receptacula sem- inis, unpaired secondary genital opening; no copu- latory stylets, but with a paired bundle of abdominal spicules; with dorsoterminal sense organ, with res- piratory organs. Type species. Paramenia sierra Pruvot, 1890; Costa Brava/Spain. Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov. Figs 2-5 Diagnosis. Body 9 mm x 0.5 mm with 0.2 mm high middorsal carina; cuticle moderate, no epidermal papillae; spicules upright, tangential and inter- crossed, as well as hooked, all hollow; elongate scales along the pedal groove. Abdominal spicules in a paired bundle of hollow straight elements. Radula teeth with distal hook and at most one median denticle, radula support with some small turgescent cells; ventral foregut glandular follicles with paired duct; midgut with rostral caecum, without serial pouches. Paired portion of the spawning ducts very short and curving dorsally, unpaired portion straight and wide with central outlet within ventral pallial cavity. Respiratory organs as densely arranged papil- lae. Aegean Sea, Bay of Izmir; 75 m. Holotype: One ex. with elongate shape and distinct middorsal keel (Fig. 2; preserved 9 mm long, with keel 0.7 mm high) from the Bay of Izmir (Fig. 1 and Tab. 1: Station 1), 38°41'N, 26°32'E, at 75 m on mud (collected 29.04.1997). Ribbons of semithin serial sections (cs 1-2 um) were made with glassknives and stained with toluidine-blue. The material (sclerites and series sections on slides, midbody in alcohol) deposited at ESFM museum (Ege University, Fac- ulty of Fisheries, Turkey) no. ESFM-SOL/98-1. Description Body wall. The body is distinctly marked by a sharp middorsal carina which varies somewhat in its height along its course and shows, in the midbody, 10 slight lobulations. In this keel, most prominently in the anteriormost body, the loose circular musculature is split into a small subepithelial fraction (below the epidermis of the carina); the main fibres traverse the base of the keel and, in front of the midgut caecum, thus as usual delimit the body cavity. The space between this split musculature is filled by mesen- chyme and groups of granulated (gland) cells. Elsewhere, the epidermis is likewise underlain by loose circular and longitudinal fibres. In the ventral body half, the longitudinal fibres are increasingly condensed into groups and there is a not very com- pact but distinct lateroventral pair of (occasionally bipartite) bundles. The 5-10 ıım high epidermis includes numerous gland cells but there are no epidermal papillae. The cuticle is on the average only 25-30 um thick. The overall mantle includes six types of sclerites (Fig. 3). (a) The main type consists of straight to slightly bent, hollow spicules (80-150 um x © 7-9 um), somewhat varying in their proximal portion and Iying fairly parallel to the surface, arranged in two to three in- Fig. 2. Solenogastres: Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov. (9 mm; anterior end above). tercrossing layers. (b) A similar acicular type with a serration at one side of the solid distal portion (120-160 nm) is radially arranged in the anterior body only and extends beyond the cuticle. (c) Long and straight, thin-walled acicular spicules (150-250 pm x © 9-11 um) obliquely exceeding the cuticle towards dorsal and thus resulting in a somewhat rough body surface. (d) The characteristic type of curved bent spicules (80-110 um) with the solid distal portion forming a hook with a tip at the turn are present atthe dorsal body and densely arranged on the keel. (e) Along the pedal groove, elongate scales (75-90 um x 14-15 ım) are present. Inaddition (f), lateral to these scales, there is a dense longitu- dinal arrangement of slender needles (175-200 um x © 5-6 1m), extending obliquely towards posteri- or. In front of the opening of the mantle cavity protrudes a paired bundle each of 15-20 ventrome- dially directed abdominal spicules (Fig. 5). They are about 150 ıım long and apparently hollow. At each side the sheath intrudes between the body wall musculature and the dorsoventral bundles and is laterally accompanied by its own longitudinal mus- culature. Foot and Mantle cavity. Theciliated pedal pit forms, with its lateral rims, the single longitudinal fold Val d e f Fig. 3. Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov. (Solenogastres): mantle sclerites (see text); bar = 50 pm. which runs through the pedal groove. The foot ends with the opening of the abdominal spicules and does not enter the mantle cavity. The pedal gland is vo- luminous, filling with its cell follicles the entire space in the cerebral and preradular foregut region. There are two types of intermixed gland cells, (1) pale- staining ones with net-like fibrous content opening frontally and laterally into the pedal pit, and (2) cells with dense, dark-staining content opening dorsally into the pit. Only the dark staining cells continue as small sole gland follicles along the foot. The mantle or pallial cavity possesses a 6-8 ım high epithelium which is protruded to numerous respiratory papillae (rather than plicae), filling the cavity also in front of its opening. They are densely packed; in cross sections, up to 19 radially arranged papillae are visible. The dorsofrontal transition from the hindgut is continuous; the unpaired ventral outlet of the spawnings ducts (secondary genital opening) is continuous with a groove of the mantle cavity bottom flanked by respiratory papillae. Sensory system. The cerebral ganglia are fused and there are at least two pairs of small laterofrontal ganglia immediately adjacent to it, innervating the atrial region. The lateral body cords are loosely, the ventral ones more densely provided with nuclei. The (first) lateral ganglia lie close to the cerebral gan- ZA ! DRETUS SURUTEELOSSUNUERNSSTSOTETNT ET ra Fig. 4. Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov. (Solenogastres): organisation of anterior body (in preserved state); bar = 200 um. Abbreviations: ao = atrial sense organ; fo = pedal fold (foot); gb = buccal ganglion; gc = cerebral ganglion; gl = ventral foregut glandular organ; gv = (first) ventral ganglion; ke = body keel; ma = mantle; mg = mid- gut; ra = radula sheath. glion and are elongate (© 30 hm); the (first) ventral ganglia (© 50 m) are located above the end of the pedal pit. The buccal ganglia (© 40 m) are located fairly dorsolateral at the foregut, in front of the radula apparatus (Fig. 4). The suprarectal commis- sure interconnecting the ganglia posteriora superi- ora (alongside the curving pericardioducts) is dif- ferentiated far anterior to the anal opening; it is medullary and 120 um long (& 25 ım). The atrial or vestibular sense organ differentiates papillae which are bundled into groups up to four with a common trunk. As usual, the sensory area is bordered by a horseshoe-shaped ciliary fold, the dorso-posterior incurve excluding the buccal space which is continuous with the mouth. The dorsal folds end at half of the extension of the atrial roof in acommon plate. The single dorsoterminal sense organ is promi- nently differentiated close to the body end (Fig. 5). Alimentary tract. The mouth opening is separated from the sensory region in the dorsoposterior area of the common, longitudinal atrio-buccal cavity (Fig. 4). A buccal space with folds leads into the pharyngeal foregut whose epithelium appears to be moderately cuticularised (microvilli?) and whose anterior is partly ciliated; the foregut is provided with weak musculature. A sphincter separates the widened portion between the cerebral ganglion and the radula apparatus; no subepithelial pharyngeal glands are discernible and there is no compacted (papillous) dorsal foregut gland. The (protruded) radula is very small, distichous, each tooth (15-20 um high) with a distal hook and (probably) one median denticle. The radula support shows some small turgescent cells, as well as muscular and connective tissue. The ventral foregut glandular organs constist of cells packed into follicles which empty at each side into a distinct duct that opens lateroventrally oftheradula. Dorsal and lateral subepithelial gland cells open into the anterior portion of the longitudi- nally folded, narrowed postradular foregut (esopha- gus); the latter opens without a sphincter into the ventral midgut. The midgut possesses a flat rostral caecum, paired in its anteriormost portion. The dorsoventral muscle bundles are not very compact and the inner ones already insert on the body wall at half height of the animal. They do not constrict the gut, which is well separated from the body wall. The midgut represents an unusual structure due to | the differentiation of irregularly, dorso- and/or ventrolaterally arranged bulges with high, glandular (and deeply staining) epithelium that includes also nematocysts; the remaining epithelium is moder- | ately high and bears a middorsal ciliary tract. In the region of the pericardium the midgut narrows and its ciliation spreads from the middorsal tract towards ventral. The hindgut lacks any visible demarcation against the dorsofrontal mantle cavity. N aa tl wreie 3 Iito fo i NELTTTAUETTITÄNTTTUÄUUTUUKÜÜ UK TÜTT N S SATUNÜUIRNUITTIIT LAIEN sp Fig. 5. Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov. (Solenogastres): organisation of posterior body (in preserved state); bar = 200 um. Abbreviations: co = suprarectal commissure; fo = pedal fold (foot); go = gonad; ke = body keel; ma = mantle; mc = mantle cavity; mg = midgut; pc = pericardium; pd = pericardioduct; sd = spawning duct; sp = abdominal spicules; to = terminal sense organ; vs = vesiculae seminales. Gonopericardial system. The two gonads in the present specimen are not yet fully developed and a paired lumen alongside the dorsal sinus is only sporadically visible. In the posterior body, however, the two gonadial tubes are present and show lat- eral sacks filled with sperm; these represent some kind of vesiculae seminales of the strongly protandric animals. The paired gonopericardial ducts are dis- tinct and open dorsally into the pericardium which shows a paired anterior beginning. This voluminous cavity exhibits a paired dorsal ciliary tract. The heart isa mediodorsal invagination of the pericardial roof. The fused atrium is elongate and opens from ventral into the ventricle. There are two kinds of blood cells: round to oval, homogeneous ones (© 5-9 um) with distincet nucleus, and oval to irregularly elongate, vacuolated or differently granulated cells (10-15 pm). Posteriorly, the pericardium is a tube with paired dorsolateral ciliary tract; these tracts form by separa- tion the ciliation of the pericardioducts. Close to and in the ventro-anterior curve of each duct, some small sacculations and a distinct, posteriorly directed vesicula seminalis are formed. The pericardioducts possess a cylindrical epithelium without longitudi- nalridge or fold and are surrounded by musculature; in their anteriormost portion they widen and repre- sent the laterodorsally curved continuation of the respective spawning duct. There are no receptacula seminis. The spawning ducts are fused along almost ‚ their entire extension; only the anteriormost portion is paired. The unpaired organ is voluminous and highly glandular; merelvy its central portion (flanked by the short blind endings of the lateral portions) becomes the short outlet. This outlet is continuous with the ventral wall of the mantle cavity and forms here a groove. There are no copulatory stylets. Discussion Referring to the definition of the genus Eleutherome- nia (Salvini-Plawen 2003b, and above), the organisa- tion described here is clearly congeneric. Presently, only thetype species E. sierra (Pruvot, 1890) isknown, geographically ranging from off the Costa Brava (northeastern Spain) to the Trondheim area (Norway) at 40-218 m depth (Salvini-Plawen 2003b). This spe- cies (length to height ratio approximately 6:1) is particularly characterised by a series of 15 prominent middorsal lobes forming a discontinuous keel (Pru- vot 1891, Salvini-Plawen 2003b), whereas the current specimen (ratio 13:1) exhibits a continuous mid- dorsal carina that does, however, vary somewhat in height. Whith regard to the remaining organisation, the general configuration straddles that of E. sierra and E. carinata spec. nov. The particular organisation, however, includes several species-specific differences: With respect to the sclerites, there are no acicular spicules with a distal, harpoon-like indentation such as in E. sierra. 223 The mantle cavity forms numerous respiratory papil- lae The midgut is at a distance to the body wall and therefore not serially constricted to form ventro- lateral pouches (as in E. sierra). The ciliary tracts in the pericardium run dorsally and the atrium/auricle of the heart is unpaired (lateral tracts and paired atrium in E. sierra). Apart from the keel, the con- figuration of the spawning ducts is the most obvious difference: in the present not yet fully animal they form an almost fused organ - only the anterior-most portion is paired and dorsally curved as a continu- ation of the pericardioducts. In E. sierra the spawn- ing ducts are subdivided into a paired and an un- paired section which overlap somewhat and are not axially continuous (but interconnect dorsoventrally), whereas the pericardioducts clearly open without enlargement from laterodorsal into the paired sec- tion. The fused spawning duct opens by means of a central outlet at the bottom within the anterior mantle cavity, whereas in E.sierra the unpaired spawning duct narrows and the outlet opens into the anterior-most area of the cavity. Acknowledgements This study was supported by TÜBITAK (Project No TBAG 103T154). The authors are very grateful to Dr. Michael Stachowitsch (Vienna) for polishing the English text. References Belyaev, G. M. 1966. Hadal bottom fauna of the world ocean. — Acad. Nauk. USSR, Inst Okeanology. Translated from Russian and published 1972 by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusa- lem (ISBN 0 7065 1235 9): 1-199 Handl, C. & L. v. Salvini-Plawen 2001. New Solenogas- tres-Pholidoskepia (Mollusca) from the shelf re- gion of Scandinavia. — Sarsia 86: 367-381 -- & -- 2003. New records of Solenogastres-Cavibe- lonia (Mollusca) from Norwegian fjords and shelf waters including three new species. — Sarsia 87 (6): 423-450 Haszprunar, G. 2000. Is the Aplacophora monophyletic? A cladistic point of view. - Amer. Malacol. Bull. 15: 115-130 Kowalevsky, A. 1901. Sur le genre Chaetoderma. — Archs Z.0l. exp. gen., ser. 3, 9: 261-283 Mifsud, C. 1996. Living Mollusca from circalittoral coastal muds, off Western Malta. — La Conchiglia XXVII (279 Suppl.): 23-41 2000. Notes on a few more living Mediterranean marine Mollusca from Malta. — La Conchiglia XXXII (294-295): 66-76 Pruvot,G. 1891. L’organisation de quelques Neomeniens des cötes de France. -— Archs Zool. exp. gen., ser. 2, 9: 699-810 224 Salvini-Plawen, L. v. 1971. Schild- und Furchenfüßer (Caudofoveata und Solenogastres). - Neue Brehm- bücherei 441: 1-95 1972. Die Caudofoveata des Mittelmeeres und das Genus Scutopus (Mollusca, Aculifera). - V" Europ. mar. Biol. Symp. (Piccin, Padova), (4): 27-51 1977. Caudofoveata (Mollusca), Priapulida und apode Holothurien (Labidoplax, Myriotrochus) bei Banyuls und im Mittelmeer allgemein. — Vie et Milieu 27 (1), Ser. A: 55-81 1978. Antarktische und subantarktische Solenogas- tres — eine Monographie 1898-1974. — Zoologica (Stuttgart) 44 (128): 1-315 1985. Early evolution and the primitive groups. — In: The Mollusca (Academic Press) Vol. 10 (Evolu- tion): 59-150 1986. Caudofoveata e Solenogastres del Mediter- raneo. — Boll. Malacol. 22: 189-195 1988. The structure and function of molluscan di- gestive systems. — In: The Mollusca (Academic Press) Vol. 11 (Form & Function): 301-379 1992. On certain Caudofoveata from the VEMA- Expedition. — Proc. 9" int. Malacol. Congr. (E. Git- tenberger & J. Gopuld eds; Unitas Malacologica, Leiden): 317-333 1996. Falcidens vasconiensis spec. nov. (Mollusca, Caudofoveata) du plateau continental du Golfe de Gascogne. — Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 121: 339-345 1997. Fragmented knowledge on West-European and Iberian Caudofoveata and Solenogastres (Mol- lusca). — Iberus 15 (2): 35-50 2003a. On the phylogenetic significance of the aplacophoran Mollusca. — Iberus 21(1): 67-97 2003b. Contributions to West-Mediterranean Sole- nogastres (Mollusca) with three new species. — Iberus 21 (2): 37-60 2004. Contributions to the morphological diversity and classification of the order Cavibelonia (Mol- lusca: Solenogastres). — J. Moll. Stud. 70: 73-93 & G. Steiner 1996. Synapomorphies and plesiomor- phies in higher classification of Mollusca. — In: Origin and evolutionary radiation of the Mollusca (J. Taylor ed.; Oxford Univ. Press): 29-51 Scheltema, A. H. 1985. The aplacophoran family Procha- etodermatidae in the North American Basin, in- cluding Chevroderma n.g. and Spathoderma n.g. (Mollusca: Chaetodermomorpha). — Biol. Bull. 169: 484-529 1995. Falcidens poias, a new species of chaetoderm Aplacophora from Rottnest Island, Western Aus- tralia (Chaetodermomorpha, Chaetodermatidae). — Moll. Research 16: 45-49 & D. L. Ivanov 2000. Prochaetodermatidae of the eastern Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea (Mollusca, Aplacophora). — J. Moll. Stud. 66: 313- 362 & M. Tscherkassky & A.M. Kuzirian 1994. Aplaco- phora. — In: Harrison, F. W. & A. J. Kohn (eds.): Microscopic anatomy of Invertebrates, 5: Mollus- ca I: 13-54. Wiley-Liss, New York. SPIXIANA 225-227 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Laevipilina theresae, anew monoplacophoran species from Antarctica (Mollusca) Michael Schrödl Schrödl, M. (2006): Laevipilina theresae, a new monoplacophoran species from Antarctica (Mollusca). - Spixiana 29/3: 225-227 The monoplacophoran mollusc Laevipilina theresae, spec. nov. is described from a living specimen collected off Kapp Norwegia, Eastern Weddell Sea, at approx. 800 m depth. This is the third monoplacophoran species known from Antarctica. Laevipilina theresae, spec. nov. is unique in having its apex clearly surpassing the anterior shell margin and showing two concentric bulges around the base of the apex. The new species additionally differs from the sympatric L. antarctica Waren & Hain, 1992 due to its less depressed shell. Brown markings along the mantle and foot edges and in the mouth region indicate the presence of symbiotic bacteria as already known from L. antarctica. Dr. Michael Schrödl, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, 81247 München, Germany; e-mail: schroedl@zi.biologie.uni-muenchen.de Introduction With a fossil record back to the Cambrian, Extant monoplacophorans are still amongst the most enig- matic and wanted molluscs. The 25 species known worldwide occur from approx. 200 m down to abyssal depths (see Waren & Hain 1992, Goud & Gittenberger 1993, Urgorri et al. 2005). Most records refer to empty shells or severely damaged specimens, only very few researchers were lucky enough to obtain and observe a living animal. In Antarctica, two species were previously known. Micropilina arntzi Waren & Hain, 1992 is a tiny species (approx. 1 mm) only known from the Lazarev Sea (Waren & Hain 1992). Laevipilina antarctica Waren & Hain, 1992 shows a much wider distribution on the Antarctic shelf and upper continental slope from the Lazarev Sea to the Eastern Weddell Sea (Waren & Hain 1992); a specimen recently found below 3000 m depth shows this species to be surprisingly eurybathic (Schrödl et al. 2006). During the EASIZ III expedition on RV “Polarstern”, a completely intact, living Laevipilina specimen was sorted out from a bathyal sand sample. This specimen significantly differs from any other congener and is described as anew species herein. Methods During the ANT XVI-3 (EASIZ ID expedition on RV “Polarstern”, any available sea bottom substrates such as boulders, stones, sand, and mud samples were carefully revised for monoplacophorans by the author. The single specimen (ZSM Moll 20050898) obtained was collected north off Kapp Norvegia, Antarctica, at Station PS67/138-1 (71°08.90'5 013° 12.80'W, 71°08.80'5 013°13.20'W), by an epibenthic sledge (EBS) at 765-840 m depth on sandy bottom, 11 April 2000. The entire EBS sand sample was sorted in a cooling container at 0 °C. The specimen was photographed and observed alive, then briefly relaxed in isotonic MgCl], solution, and fixed in glu- taraldehyde. Finally, the specimen was embedded in Spurr’sresin and serially sectioned, except for the periostracum which is preserved in ethanol 78 %. 225 Fig. 1. Laevipilina theresae, spec. nov. Fig. 1 Monoplacophora sp. Sirenko & Schrödl, 2001: 86. Laevipilina sp. Schrödl, Linse & Schwabe, in review. Holotype: Zoologische Staatssammlung München (pe- riostracum: ZSM Moll. 20050898; plus series of histo- logical and ultrastructural sections), collected by Michael Schrödl, 11 April 2000, from a sand sample obtained north of Kapp Norvegia, Antarctica, at 765-840 m depth. Description The living animal (Fig. 1) had a transparent shell and a whitish to slightly pinkish translucent body. Two pairs of dorsal pouches with brown dots were shining through the shell as were 8 pairs of shell muscles (Fig. 1A). In ventral view (Fig. 1B), the “head area”, the foot edge and sides and the mantle edge was brownish, the anterior mantle edge was darker red-brown. Brown coloration referred to more or less densely arranged, minute brown dots. The mouth area is very similar to that of L. ant- arctica as described by Waren & Hain (1992): velar lobes are elongated and nearly reach the anterior foot margin. The inconspicuous anterior lip is sepa- rated from the velum by a narrow groove. The 226 Laevipilina theresae, spec. nov., living holotype. A. Dorsal view. Note the apex (at the top) surpassing the shell margin, and the diagnostic two concentric swellings separating the apex from the rest of the shell. B. Ventral view. Note the nearly circular sucker-like foot, the 5 pairs of gills serially arranged along the circumpedal mantle cavity, the elongate velar lobes (at the top), and the postoral tentacles in between velum and foot, having just a few short and inconspicuous projections. posterior lip is a transverse swelling in its anterior part; swollen ridges project posterolaterally bearing just a few (up to 5) short: and blunt postoral tentacles on each side. The foot is circular to slightly oval and sucker-like. There are 5 pairs of similar-sized gills with 3 digits arranged ventrolaterally along the circumpedal mantle cavity (Fig. 1B). The anus opens ventroterminally as a simple hole. The shell is limpet-like depressed and fragile. Dimensions are: 2.5 mm length, 2.1 mm width, and 1 mm height. The apex is dorsally rounded, anteri- orly directed, and surpasses the anterior shell mar- gin. The base of the apex bears two concentric, whitish bulges. The shell slope is slightly convex, with a depression at the base of the apex. The aper- ture is nearly oval, only slightly narrower anteri- orly. The shell edge is sharp. The shell surface is smooth except for showing fine concentric growth marks. The periostracum is net-like sculptured, with fine radial ridges crossed by concentric growth marks; dimensions and proportions of spaces vary considerably. Etymology. Laevipilina theresae, spec. nov. is named af- ter my daughter Theresa who had to let go her dad to sea for three months. Remarks Previously, four Laevipilina species were considered to be valid (Urgorri et al. 2005); all are characterized by their small sizes (2-3mm) and their (nearly) smooth and fragile, moderately elevated shells. The soft parts of the specimen examined herein closely resemble previous descriptions of Laevipilina antarc- tica by Waren & Hain (1992) and Schaefer & Hasz- prunar (1996), especially with regard to the poorly developed postoral tentacles and the presence of 5 pairs of gills. Its shell, however, with a height/length relation of 0.4 is less depressed than that of the holotype of L. antarctica (0.24) and those of other recently collected and measured specimens of L. ant- arctica (0.29-0.32; see Schrödl et al. 2006). The apex of L. antarctica is rather stout (“globular”) and does not project the anterior shell border (Waren & Hain 1992, Schrödl et al. 2006), while being more pointed and clearly surpassing anteriorly in L. theresae, spec. nov. The only congener with similar shell propor- tions (see comparison by Urgorri et al. 2005) and a (slightly) projecting apex is L. rolani Waren & Bou- chet, 1990, from off northwestern Spain; however, this species clearly differs in having 15-20 digitiform postoral tentacles (see Waren & Bouchet 1990). A second, somewhat damaged specimen assigned to L. rolani by Urgorri & Troncoso (1994), however, has an apex that does not surpass the anterior shell margin and no postoral tentacles could be detected. Laevipilina theresae differs from any known congeners due to the presence of two unique concentric swell- ings at the base of the apex. Interestingly, L. theresae shows the same brown dots in the head region and along the foot and man- tle edges (but not on the gills) as documented for living L. antarctica (see Waren & Hain 1992: fig. 19) and still present (but faded) in a preserved abyssal specimen (Schrödl et al. 2006). In L. antarctica, such brown dots appear to correspond with symbiotic bacteria associated to the microvillar border and aggregated into special epidermal bacteriocytes described by Haszprunar et al. (1995). Thus, the presence of bacteria can be presumed for L. theresae as well, and will be substantiated by ultrastructural study in the future. Revealing the exact function of such symbiotic bacteria and confirming their poten- tial occurrence in further Laevipilina species with dark spots along the mantle margin, e.g. L. rolani and L. cachuchensis Urgorri, Garcia-Alvarez & Luque, 2005, might significantly contribute to understand the ecology of still “living fossil” monoplacopho- rans. Acknowledgements My gratitude goes to Wolf Arntz (AW]) for letting me participate at the EASIZ III “autumn” expedition to Antarctica. Anne-Nina Loerz (NIWA) did a great job driving the EBS under heavy storm condition. Thanks to Jens Bohn (ZSM) and Ole Ziemer for help and mental support during sorting innumerable sand samples. Gerhard Haszprunar (ZSM) is especially thanked for directing my attention to these fascinating animals and for reading the typescript. References Goud, J. & E. Gittenberger 1993. Rokopella brummeri sp. nov., a new monoplacophoran species from the mid-Atlantic Ridge in the northern Atlantic Ocean (Monoplacophora, Neopilinidae). - Basteria 57: 71-78 Haszprunar, G., Schaefer, K., Waren, A. & S. Hain 1995. Bacterial symbionts in the epidermis of an Antarc- tic neopilinid limpet (Mollusca, Monoplacophora). - Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B 347: 181-185 Schaefer, K. & G. Haszprunar 1996. Anatomy of Laevi- pilina antarctica, a monoplacophoran limpet (Mol- lusca) from Antarctic waters. - Acta Zool. (Stock- holm) 77: 295-314 Schrödl, M., Linse, K. & E. Schwabe 2006. Geographical and bathymetrical distribution, with first abyssal record of Laevipilina antarctica. - Polar Biol. 29: 721- 727 Sirenko, B. I. & M. Schrödl 2001. Mollusc biodiversity and ecology. - Ber. Polarforsch. Meeresforsch. 402: 85-95 Urgorri, V., Garcia-Alvarez, O. & A. Luque 2005. Laevi- pilina cachuchensis, a new neopilinid (Mollusca: Tryblidia) from off North Spain. - J. Moll. Stud. 71: 59-66 Waren, A. & P. Bouchet 1990. Laevipilina rolani, a new monoplacophoran from off Southwestern Europe. - J. Moll. Stud. 56: 449-453 -- &S. Hain 1992. Laevipilina antarctica and Micro- pilina arntzi, two new monoplacophorans from the Antarctic. — Veliger 35: 165-176 22T, Buchbesprechungen 13. Kulzer, E.: Chiroptera. Volume 3: Biologie. - Hand- buch der Zoologie Band 8, Mammalia, Teilband 62. — Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York, 2005. 250 S., 60 Abb. ISSN 1861-4388. Fledermäuse erfreuen sich zunehmender Popularität, nicht nur im Arten- und Naturschutz, sondern auch in der systematischen, morphologischen und ökologischen Grundlagenforschung. So ist die vorliegende Neuerschei- nung bereits der dritte Band in der renommierten Hand- buchreihe, der sich mit dieser Tiergruppe beschäftigt. Der erste Teilband (Koopman 1994) enthielt eine syste- matische Aufzählung aller Fledermausarten und ihrer diagnostischen Merkmale, der zweite Teilband (Erkert 2002) widmete sich der Flugbiologie, der Morphologie und Funktion der sensorischen Systeme sowie der Akti- vitätsperiodik. Der nun vorgelegte dritte Band behandelt die Biologie, genauer gesagt die Ökologie und das Ver- halten dieser Tiergruppe. Der Autor ist ein international renommierter Fledermausforscher, dessen Name seit Jahrzehnten mit der Fledermausforschung eng verbunden ist. Das aktuelle Wissen über Wohnräume, Nahrung und Ernährung, Fortpflanzung und Entwicklung, Tempera- turregulation, Überwinterungsstrategien und Sozialver- halten wird hier in ausführlicher, aber gleichzeitig äußerst übersichtlicher Form dargestellt. Hervorzuheben ist, daß über eine ordnungstypische Darstellung hinaus ganz detailliert auf Besonderheiten bei den einzelnen Fleder- mausfamilien eingegangen wird, wobei die morpholo- gischen, physiologischen und ethologischen Grundlagen der einzelnen Themenkomplexe ausführlich beleuchtet werden. Die Kompetenz des Autors und die Ausführ- lichkeit der Darstellung wird schon durch das Literatur- verzeichnis dokumentiert, das 49 Seiten umfaßt. Das Buch ist trotz seines hohen Preises eine empfehlenswer- te Informationsquelle für jeden Fledermausinteressier- ten. R. Kraft 14. Wood, T. 5. & B. Okamura: A new Key to the Fresh- water Bryozoans of Britain, Ireland and Continental Europe, with Notes on their Ecology. — Freshwater Biological Association Scientific Publication No. 63, Freshwater Biological Association, Ambleside, 2005. 113 pp. ISBN 0-900386-72. Bryozoans are benthic and mostly colonial, filter feeding aquatic animals. Although the number of fresh water bryozoans is relatively low, these tiny “moss animals” are more abundant and wider distributed than gener- ally known. In addition to known interesting biological features, like transportation of dormant reproduction stages (=statoblasts) by birds, recently their role as hosts for parasites causing fish diseases has been discovered. This resulted in increasing attention on these animals. The present book is a new guide to fresh water bryozoans of Europe by the world leading experts. Chapters dealing with topics like morphological features, biology, system- atics and evolution, history of studies, study methods, 228 classification, identification key and characterization of species provide a most comprehensive general view of that group. In places it may be somewhat overdone in structure; since it does not seem useful one has to go back to the systematic list to find the species authors when dealing with the characterization of species. The book contains numerous illustrations of high quality. Sche- matic drawings, scanning electron micrographs of stato- blasts, photographs of habitats and colonies as well as micrographs of living animals portray these most attrac- tive creatures from all aspects. The identification key in most cases refers to structural details of the minute sta- toblasts, which can only be resolved with high level microscopic gear. Therefore, in terms of detailed taxo- nomic purposes, the book is intended for scientific insti- tutions. However, it also seems very appealing for the non-specialist, who can learn a lot on the biology of a taxon he previously might not even have been aware of. B. Ruthensteiner 15. Bellmann, H.: Der Kosmos Heuschreckenführer. Die Arten Mitteleuropas sicher bestimmen. — Frankh-Kos- mos Verlag, Stuttgart, 2006. 350 S. ISBN 3-440-10447-8. Wer sich schon länger mit Heuschrecken beschäftigt, wird dieses Buch sicher schon kennen. Es wurde schon vor etlichen Jahren herausgegeben und ist bei vielen Freunden der Heuschrecken bekannt und beliebt, aber inzwischen vergriffen (“Heuschrecken beobachten - be- stimmen”, 2. Aufl. 1993; Naturbuch Verlag, Augsburg). Dieses sehr gute Buch wurde nun in verbessertem Layout, mit farbigen Seitenüberschriften und Markierungen vom renommierten Kosmos Verlag übernommen. Das Buch enthält Bestimmungsschlüssel und Steck- briefe zu allen mitteleuropäischen Arten, die dadurch sicher angesprochen werden können. Darüber hinaus werden auch eine Reihe von Arten, die der Leser eher im Urlaub in den nördlichen Mittelmeerländern finden wird, dargestellt. Sehr praktisch ist deshalb auch der jeweils angebrachte Hinweis, wenn eine der besproche- nen Arten nicht in Deutschland vorkommt. Das Buch ist mit über 300 hervorragenden Farbfotos illustriert, die fast alle vom Autor selbst gemacht wurden. Darüber hinaus ist das Werk durch einen Bestimmungsschlüssel, Gesangsdiagramme und einen guten einführenden Text zur Biologie der Heuschrecken abgerundet. So weit ich beurteilen konnte, sind sowohl die Abbildungen als auch der Text kaum aktualisiert worden. Wenigstens neuere Veröffentlichungen im Literaturverzeichnis wurden er- gänzt. Insgesamt aber muß man wohl auf eine Neuauf- lage hoffen. Dennoch ist es zu begrüßsen, daß dieses schöne Werk wieder zu kaufen ist, und man kann es allen empfehlen, die sich mit diesen häufigen, auffälligen und interessan- ten Insekten beschäftigen wollen. Das Buch kann unein- geschränkt benutzt werden, sei es als fachliche Einfüh- rung, als Nachschlagewerk oder einfach zum Schmö- kern. K. Schönitzer SPIXIANA 29 | 3 229-233 | München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Contributions to the knowledge of the Triviidae. XIV. A further new Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 from South Africa. (Mollusca: Gastropoda) Dirk Fehse Fehse, D. (2006): Contributions to the knowledge of the Triviidae. XIV. A further new Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 from South Africa. -— Spixiana 29/3: 229-233 A new species of the gastropod family Triviidae Troschel, 1863 is described as endemic from South African offshores. The new species belongs to the genus Triviella Jousseaume, 1884. Type species of the genus is Cypraea oniscus Lamarck, 1810. The new species Triviella williami, spec. nov. is compared with the following similar species of the genus from the same area: Triviella magnidentata (Liltved, 1986), Triviella rubra (Shaw, 1909) and Triviella phalacra Schilder, 1930. All five specimens of the new species differs from its most similar congener, T. rubra, be- sides other features by the narrower aperture, by the stronger, more numerous posterior basal folds and especially by the colour pattern of the animals. Dirk Fehse, Nippeser Str. 3, D-12524 Berlin, Germany; e-mail: dirk.fehse@ftk.rohde-schwarz.com Introduction Already during the description of Triviella insolita Fehse (in press) and the accompanied examination of related species it was noticed that Liltved’s specimen from the Buffelsjacht area (Litlveld 2000: text figs. 233 and 234 left picture) represented a new species clearly distinguished from Triviella magni- dentata (Liltved, 1986) by the shell morphology and the animal. Unfortunately, not enough specimens were available to describe it together with T. insoli- ta. Recently, it was possible to examine the collection of the late Dr. Dr. h.c. Artur Roll. Within his collec- tion two additional specimens could be found. Now five specimens confirm the constancy in its shell morphology different to the congenering species. Therefore, this species could be described as Triviel- la williami, spec. nov. Abbreviations DFB collection Dirk Fehse, Berlin, Germany. ZSM Zoological State Collection Munich, Germany. LT absolute number of labral teeth CT absolute number of columellar teeth Triviella williami, spec. nov. Figs 1-4 Types. Holotype: Off Cape St. Francis, eastern Cape Province, South Africa; dived in 40 m; length: 17.1 mm; width: 13.1 mm; height: 10.9 mm; LT 12; CT 14 (ZSM, coll. No. 20051497). — Paratypes: No. 1: Off East Lon- don, eastern Cape Province, South Africa, dredged in 100 to 120 m; length: 15.5 mm; width: 12.4 mm; height: 9.9 mm; LT 11; CT - subadult (ZSM, coll. No. 20051498); No. 2: Off west coast of Cape Peninsula, Cape Province, South Africa, alive on reef at 35 m; length: 20.1 mm; width: 15.5 mm; height: 12.6 mm; LT 12; CT15 (DFB coll. No. 5189); No. 3: Off East London, eastern Cape Province, South Africa, dived at 19 m; length: 16.5 mm; width: 13.4 mm; height: 10.6 mm; LT 10; CT 14 (DFB coll. No. 8315); No. 4: Off S of Durban, KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa; ex pisce; length: 20.4 mm; width: 15.9 mm; height: 13.1 mm; LT 12; CT 15 (DFB coll. No. 8415). Description of holotype Shell (15 to 24mm) medium-sized, lightweight, solid and sub-pyriform. Spire slightly elevated. Body whorl sub-triangular, inflated and rounded, about 95 % of total height, with both terminals produced 229 Fig. 1. Triviella williami, spec. nov., Holotype, ZSM, coll. No. 20051497. Fig. 2. Triviella williami, spec. nov., Paratype 1, ZSM, coll. No. 20051498. but the posterior only slightly so. Terminal tips blunt. Dorsum roundly elevated with a hump at its poste- rior third, smooth. Ventrum rounded and smooth with straight terminals. Aperture fairly narrow over its entire length, widened only slightly at the fos- sular section, nearly straight. Labrum roundly cal- lused, narrow, slightly curved, keeled towards its inner margin. Outer margin of lip roundly callused with a small shoulder. The labrum bears on its inner margin 11-14 coarse irregular denticles. The denticles are continued as strong folds onto the labrum and its suture but terminate immediately on the dorsal side margin. The siphonal and anal canals follow the shell profile. Both bordered adapically and abapically by callused and rounded ventral side- walls. Columella concave, narrow and tapering steeply inwards. Along the aperture is a roundly callused parietal lip that bears 10-12 fine denticles with large interstices. The fine columellar denticles are continued as very fine folds onto the anterior columella but especially onto the fossula. The two to four columellar denticles are also continued an- teriorly and posteriorly as ventral folds. Fossula concave and delimited from the rest of the colume- lla by a strong indentition. The inner fossular edge protruded and denticulated. The dorsal shell colour is brownish purple. All callused parts - the ventrum, labrum, terminals and the spire - are white. Variation. All available specimens are very uniform in shell morphology. However, sometimes all columellar denticles are continued as folds onto the columella (paratype 4). The shell colour can be also brownish yellow and the labral folds are slightly further continued onto the dorsum (Liltveds specimen from Buffelsjacht area [Liltveld 2000: text fig. 233]; its whereabouts is unknown [Liltved pers. comm.]). Fig. 3. Triviella williami, spec. nov., Paratype 2, DFB, coll. No. 5189. Fig. 4. Triviella williami, spec. nov., Paratype 3, DFB, coll. No. 8315. External morphology The fleshy mantle lobes of Triviella williami, spec. nov. collected at the Buffelsjacht area (Liltved 2000: left picture of text fig. 234), southwestern Cape Province, were opaque white and densely studded with fine, slightly protuberant yellowish white specks. The elongate recurved siphon was translu- cent without any markings. The slightly translucent cephalic tentacles were slenderly cylindrical and rounded apically with very small black eyes towards their bases. The opaque white foot was bulky and possessed a pronounced anterior muscular rim. Etymology. The new species is named in honour of William Rune Liltved who has contributed much to the knowledge of the Ovulidae and Triviidae of southern Africa. Distribution. The new species is known from the Atlantic coast of the Cape Peninsula, western Cape Province, to East London, eastern Cape Province. Discussion Triviella williami, spec. nov. differs from Triviella magnidentata (Liltved, 1986) in being sub-pyriform with a dorsal hump at its posterior third and the brownish yellow to brownish purple coloration. The animal of T. magnidentata is translucent with opaque white specks and very small red-brown dots and it imitates strikingly the compound tunicates thatthey are associated with (compare Liltved 2000: text figs 234 right picture, 235 and 236). In contrastthe animal of T. williami is opaque white with yellowish white specks and it lacks off any dots. [50] w N Fig. 5. Triviella rubra (Shaw, 1909), DFB, coll. No. 5462A. Off East London, eastern Cape Province, South Africa; alive on reef at 40 m. Fig. 6. Triviella rubra (Shaw, 1909), DFB, coll. No. 5462B. Off East London, eastern Cape Province, South Africa; alive on reef at 40 m. Fig. 7. Triviella rubra (Shaw, 1909), DFB, coll. No. 5462C. Off East London, eastern Cape Province, South Africa; alive on reef at 40 m. 232 Fig. 8. Triviella phalacra Schilder, 1930, DFB, coll. No. 5433. Off East London, eastern Cape Province, South Africa; fresh dead in rock pool. The new species differs from its congener Triviella rubra (Shaw, 1909) that shares the same shell coloration and a similar shell morphology by the narrower aperture, the fossula with finer and slightly more numerous folds, the less numerous, finer anterior basal folds and by the stronger, more numerous posterior basal folds. The animal of T. rubra (compare Liltved 2000: text fig. 229) with its creamy coloration and dark brown ocelli, spots and band differs essentially from T. williami, spec. nov. Also the second congener of T. williami, spec. nov. — Triviella phalacra Schilder, 1930 - from the eastern Cape Province has a similar shell coloration but differs from the new species by the completely ribbed base and the less thickened labrum. References Fehse, D. in press. Contributions to the knowledge of the Triviidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda). XIII. A new Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 from South Africa. - Schr. Malakozool. Liltved, W. R. 2000. Cowries and their relatives of South- ern Africa. A study of the southern African Cyprae- acean and Veluinacean gastropod fauna. - Gordon Verhoef, Seacomber Publications, 2” enlarged edi- tion: 1-224, 298 + numerous unnumbered text- figs. 233 Buchbesprechungen 16. Rose, K. D. & J. D. Archibald (Hrsg.): The rise of placental mammals: origins and relationships of the major extant clades. -— The John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London, 2005. 2595. ISBN 0-8018-8022-X. Neue Fossilfunde sowie die Entwicklung von Compu- terprogrammen, die morphologische Merkmalsausprä- gungen und DNA-Daten zu kombinierten Stammbäumen verarbeiten können, haben die Großgruppensystematik der Säugetiere innerhalb weniger Jahre geradezu revo- lutioniert und einige der traditionellen Ordnungssysteme umgestoßen. Mit dem vorliegenden Buch wird nun endlich ein Werk vorgelegt, in dem die neuesten For- schungsergebnisse zur Evolution und Phylogenie pla- zentaler Säugetiere zusammenfassend dargestellt wer- den. In den einleitenden Kapitel werden unter anderem die autapomorphen Merkmale beschrieben, die die pla- zentalen Säugetiere charakterisieren und gegenüber ihren kreidezeitlichen Vorläuferformen abgrenzen. Der syste- matische Hauptteil behandelt die stammesgeschichtliche Entwicklung der einzelnen Ordnungen bzw. Überord- nungen und ihre verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen zueinander. Auf der Grundlage morphologisch-anato- mischer Merkmale und - soweit verfügbar - molekular- biologischer Daten werden Kladogramme erstellt und moderne Klassifizierungskonzepte vorgestellt und dis- kutiert. Dabei werden die phylogenetischen Beziehungen zwischen den rezenten Taxa und ihren fossilen Stamm- gruppen auf der Grundlage synapomorpher Merkmale, also ganz im Sinne der Hennigschen Systematik, erschlos- sen und mit modernen kladistischen Methoden begrün- det. Wer die einschlägige Literatur nicht kontinuierlich verfolgt hat, wird einige überraschende Umgruppierun- gen feststellen: so gehören Tenreks und Goldmulle nicht mehr zu den “Insectivora” im traditionellen Sinn, sondern werden mit den Elefanten, Schliefern, Erdferkeln und Seekühen in der Überordnung “Afrotheria” vereint. Wale und Paarhufer sind Schwestergruppen und werden in einer gemeinsamen Ordnung oder Kohorte (“Cetartio- dactyla”) vereint. Die Beiträge des Buches stammen von namhaften Säugetiersystematikern bzw. -paläontologen, die auf ihrem jeweiligen Fachgebiet bemerkenswerte Forschungs- ergebnisse vorgelegt und der Säugetierphylogenie ent- scheidende Impulse gegeben haben. Es ist unbestreitbar, dafs die moderne Molekularbiologie zahlreiche offene Fragen auch der Säugetiersystematik klären konnte. Das Buch zeigt aber auch deutlich, welchen enormen Erkennt- nisgewinn die sorgfältige Auswertung morphologisch- anatomischer Merkmale für die Erforschung der Stam- mesgeschichte der Säugetiere erbracht hat. R. Kraft 17. Hecker, F.&K. Hecker: Tiere & Pflanzen - Bach und See, 140 Arten einfach bestimmen. - Franckh-Kos- mos-Verlags-GmbH & Co. KG, Stuttgart, 2006. 93 S. ISBN 3-440-10216-5. Offensichtlich lagen bei den Autoren eine Reihe von eigenen guten Tier- und Pflanzenbildern vor (199 Farb- fotos), um die ein erklärender Rahmen geschaffen werden sollte. Hier ist ein Büchlein entstanden, das in eine Reihe von unzähligen vergleichbaren lückenhaften “Feldfüh- rern” einzureihen ist. Auch sind auf dem Markt deutlich bessere und umfassendere vorhanden. Der im Nebenti- telnoch provokant angegebene Hinweis, dafs es sich um eine Bestimmungshilfe handelt, wobei nur 140 Arten gegenüber Tausenden zu erwartenden abgehandelt werden, suggeriert einmal mehr, daß das Bestimmen von Tieren sehr leicht fällt und jeder Laie sich mit einem derartigen Büchlein die den Lebensraum von Bach und Teich erschließen kann. Die Hinweise zu Artenzahlen oder Vergleichsarten werden kaum wahrgenommen. Auch sind die Art- und Großgruppenhinweise dürftig, und es fehlen die stimulierenden Details. Es handelt sich bei diesem Buch um eine Ansammlung netter Bilder und einen winzigen Ausschnitt der Lebewelt unserer heimi- schen Gewässer, aber auch nicht um mehr. E.-G. Burmeister 18. Muus, B. J. & J. Nielsen J. G.: Die Meeresfische Eu- ropas in Nordsee, Ostsee und Atlantik. - Franckh- Kosmos Verlags-GmbH & Co. KG, Stuttgart, 2005. 336 S. ISBN 3-440-07804-3. Ein Bestimmungsklassiker (“Collins Guide to the Sea Fishes of Britain and Northwestern Europe” von Muus und Dahlstrom) wurde überarbeitet und stark erweitert. Die meisten Zeichnungen wurden übernommen, 101 zusätzliche Arten von Nyström neu gezeichnet. Die Bestimmungsschlüssel erlauben selbst Laien, auch selte- ne Arten sicher zu identifizieren. Die neu überarbeitete Auflage istein würdiger Nachfolger für den Muus/ Dahl- ström — das Buch ist uneingeschränkt als Feldführer zu empfehlen. U. Schliewen 19. Hecker, F.: Welcher Fisch ist das? Die Süßwasserfische Europas. — Franckh-Kosmos Verlags-GmbH & Co. KG, Stuttgart, 2005. 139 S. ISBN 3-440-10241-6. Das kleine Bändchen liefert Bilder und einige. Grundin- formationen zu vielen Süßwasserfischen des deutschen Sprachraumes. Es kann als erste Orientierungshilfe für die Bestimmung und ökologische Einordnung einheimi- scher Arten dienen, da die meisten Photos und Zeich- nungen von guter Qualität sind und die allgemeinbiolo- gischen Informationen in den meisten Fällen nicht falsch sind. Der aktuelle Stand der Taxonomie und Diversität der mitteleuropäischen Süßwasserfische ist allerdings nicht aufgearbeitet. U. Schliewen 235-236 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov., a new species of Personidae from the Philippines (Mollusca) Manfred Parth Parth; M. (2006): Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov., a new species of Personidae from the Philippines (Mollusca). - Spixiana 29/3: 235-236 Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov. from the Philippines is described and com- pared with P. trigonaperta Beu, 1998 and P. purpurata Beu 1998. Manfred Parth, Erzgießereistr. 18c, D-80335 München Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov. Fig. 1 Types. Holotype: Zoologische Staatssammlung Nr. ZSM MOL 20061608, dredged from deep water near Aliguay, Philippines. - Paratype: same locality. Description Measurements. Holotype: height: 51.53 mm, width: 26.25 mm. Paratype: height: 46.46 mm, width: 24.40 mm. Shell largest of the genus and very elongate for the genus. Tall spire, almost half length of the total of the shell, whorls weakly distorted. Teleconch of 6 whorls with 7 long angulated varices, weaker on the spire whorls. Terminal varix well developed, remarkably angulated in adapical direction. Penul- timate varix visible on ventral side. Sculpture of 7to 8 prominent, primary spiral cords on the last whorl (passing onto terminal varix) with 7 more closely spaced cords on canal. Spire whorls showing 4 primary cords. Beween those prominent spiral cords secondary and tertiary cordlets visible. Fine axial costae over entire suface, but less prominent than spiral sculpture, over last whorl 20 axial riblets forming small nodules where they cross the spiral cords. Aperture more than half of total shell length. Outer lip with 7 to 8 strong and long denticles, first adapical denticle smallest, 3“ only slightly stronger than the others. Columella with about 5 strong denticles, uppermost basal columellar tooth dis- tinctly most prominent. Parietal area smooth bearing a single prominent parietal ridge. Siphonal canal long and broad. Colour of the shell white. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Ms. Edna Farinas. Distribution. Philippines, only known from the two mentioned specimens and from the type locality. Discussion With some hesitation the new species is placed in the genus Personopsis. While the apertural features indicate rather placement in the genus Distorsionel- la (denticles of the outer lip more resembling Distor- sionella lewisi, not bearing the obviously enlarged second or third tooth from the adapical end as it occurs in Distorsio s. str. and in Personopsis), the varical position more resembles those of typical Personopsis species as P. trigonaperta and P. purpura- ta. Personopsis ednafarinas differs from both Person- opsis trigonaperta and D. purpurata by its much larger size. While Personopsis purpurata reaches 1.9 cm and Peronopsis trigonaperta 2.6 cm in heigth, the new species exceeds 5 cm in heigth. 285 Fig. 1. Ventral surface (above) and dorsal surface (below). a, Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov. Holotype (height: 51.53 mm). b, Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov. Paratype (height: 46.46 mm). c, Personopsis purpurata Beu (height: 32.87 mm, width: 17.39 mm), from near Aliguay, Philippines. References Beu, A. G. 1998. Indo-West Pacific Ranellidae, Bursidae and Personidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda). A Mono- graph of the New Caledonian fauna and revisions of related taxa. - Mem. Mus. nat. hist. nat. Paris 178: 9-255 N w So SPIXIANA 29 3 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 237-242 Pycenogonids on cnidarians at fjord Comau, Southern Chile: A report on 2005 SCUBA collections* Roland R. Melzer, Michael Schrödl, Verena Häussermann, Günter Försterra & Maria Fernanda Montoya Bravo Melzer, R. R., M. Schrödl, V. Häussermann, G. Försterra & M. F. Montoya Bravo. (2006): Pycnogonids on cnidarians at fjord Comau, Southern Chile: A report on 2005 SCUBA collections. — Spixiana 29/3: 237-242 Using SCUBA sampling on inner Comau fjord’s cnidarian communities we found 65 specimens of subtidal pycenogonids belonging to four species of four dif- ferent families: Anoplodactylus californicus Hall (Phoxichilidiidae), Achelia assimilis (Haswell) (Ammotheidae), Callipallene margarita (Gordon) (Callipallenidae) and Austrodecus curtipes Stock (Austrodecidae). Biogeography and ecology of these spe- cies are discussed with respect to the fjord’s specific conditions. R. R. Melzer (corresponding author: melzer@zsm.mwn.de), M. Schrödl, M. F. Montoya Bravo, Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany. V. Häussermann, G. Försterra, Huinay Scientific Field Station “San Ingacio del Huinay”, Huinay, X" Region, Chile. Introduction In Southern Chilean fjords, like the nearly pristine Comau and Quintupeu fjord at 42.1-42.5°N and 72.4-72.6°W (fig. 1), one finds highly specific abi- otic factors as well asimpressive and unique benthos communities (Försterra & Häussermann 2003, Förs- terra et al. 2005). These fjords are strongly influenced by high precipitation, i.e. fresh water running down the mountains by numerous rivers, brooks and streams forming a low salinity layer that may attain a thickness of up to 7 m. Tides of an amplitude be- tween 4 and 6 m expand the freshwater influenced upper benthos zone to a depth of more than 10 m. Hence, the phytal zone is not well developed. Below the halocline, however, one finds various types of flourishing benthos communities obviously domi- nated by sessile filtering organisms: large amounts of Actiniaria, Scleractinia and other cnidarians mixed _ with brachiopods cover the rocky slopes falling from shallow waters steeply into the depths of the fjord _ (“cold water reefs”; see, e.g., Försterra & Häusser- _ mann 2003). Among these coelenterate communities, hydrozoan and octocoral colonies form large mead- ows in moderate, SCUBA-accessible depths. As a part of the studies on Comau fjord coordi- nated by the Huinay Scientific Field Station focuss- ing on an inventory of the fjord’s invertebrate fauna (Försterra & Häussermann 2003, Schrödl et al. 2005) we have used SCUBA sampling techniques to study the sublittoral Pycnogonida on cnidarian colonies at the steep rocky slopes, and give a survey of the collected species and further observations. The clas- sical study on Southern Chilean pycnogonids is that of Hedgpeth (1961) using material collected by the Lund University Chile Expedition. In the latter study most of the material was sampled at the outer coast and within semi-protected “channels” of Chile rather than in the inner fjords, i.e. areas much less influenced by fresh water (see Brattström & Johans- sen 1983 for a general survey of the communities studied by Lund’s excursion). Thus far, Southern Chilean pycnogonids were mainly trawled from considerable depths, shallower subtidal areas have not been sampled systematically. Hence the report given here is intended to supplement previous * Publication No. 11 of the Huinay Scientific Field Station. 237 PER St‘ as SC f I, R- N / [/ Br ) -42.1 mw) be er; = ( % N en Seen \ a. \ z \ 5 Aa I / Sa el Fa Bi N ee / -42.2 u A x x 1 5) N Ss \ / ß Nr 4 nt 10km | / f -42.3 = - \ & \ I \ \ ) | \ IM \ I I | — Dr \ ) DIN D: { u: -42.4 \ { | ) \ | ( | / \ | \ | | N N n \ \ N | | = > I YJ —— | | Fa d -42.5 -72.5 -72.4 Fig. 1. Map of the Comau fjord showing the locations from which the material for this study was collected: 1 Playa Llonco, 2 Cross Huinay Nord, 3 Punta Gruesa, 4 Lilihuapi, 5 Quintupeu, 6 Punta Huinay. knowledge on the pycnogonid fauna by investigat- ing unstudied areas with special environmental conditions, and, for the first time, to enlighten the shallow subtidal down to 40m depth. A synopsis of Chilean pycnogonids and bibliography is given in Sielfeld (2003). Infralittoral pycnogonids are known to be either found in the phytal zone or on cnidar- ians, some of them are known to feed on these Fig. 2. Pycnogonids collected from hydrozoans at Comau fjord. A. Callipallene margarita. B. Anoplodactylus (Staples & Watson 1987, Arango, 2001, Genzano 2002, Heß & Melzer 2003). Collecting stations and methods During SCUBA dives between 0 and 40 m at the locations given below and on fig. 1, pycenogonids were either collected by hand or samples of coelenter- ate colonies were removed from the ground and examined in the laboratory. All the samples were taken from the benthos communities at the steep rocky slopes described above. For photographic documentation, a Canon Ixus 400 underwater cam- era, an Olympus 8080 and an Olympus stereomicro- scope were used. The sample sites were: (1) Plaja Llonco, 10-30 m, 18.2.05; (2) Cross Huinay Nord, 10-39,5 m, 21.2.05; (3) Punta Gruesa, 20-33 m, 22.2. 05; (4) Lilihuapi West, 20 m, 6.1.05, and 10-36 m, 24.2.05; (5) Quintupeu, 15-25 m, 25.2.05; (6) Punta Huinay, 18 m, 4.5.05. The collected material is de- posited at the Bavarian State Collection of Zoology in Munich. The collected Pycnogonida Pycnogonids were absent in the upper brackish water zone. A total of 65 specimens belonging to 4 species, were found at the six subtidal sampling sites given above. They represent various locations from the outer sections of Comau fjord to the in- nermost part being more than 30 km away from the Corcovado Gulf (Fig. 1). All the collected pycnogo- nids were found on hydrozoans belonging to the Plumulariidae, Sertulariidae and Campanulariidae. Phoxichilidiidae Anoplodactylus californicus Hall, 1912 Material. Lilihuapi West: 17; 6.1.05; A20051960 (Bavar- ian State Collection’s storage number). Quintupeu: 1%, 436; 25.2.05; A20051915-A20051919. Remarks. At Hedgepeth’s times, individuals from Chile were named Anoplodactylus portus Calman, 1927, and he described from the Lund specimens var. chilensis (see synonymy in Müller 1993). Allthe D californicus. C. Callipallene margarita. D. Callipallene margarita. E. Achelia assimilis. F. Anoplodactylus californicus. G. Anoplodactylus californicus. H. Austrodecus curtipes. On A and B, plumulariid, on D, Fand G sertulariid and on E and H campanulariid hydrozoans are seen on which the pycnogonids were found. A-G show vital animals, H is a specimen fixed in ethanol. A and B are underwater photographs shot at the actual habitat of the species, C is a macrophotograph taken from aquarium, and D-H are stereomicroscopic pictures. 238 5 % r ei ? 4 ı Lund material comes from between 41°44'-41°50'5 and 73°06'-73°31'W, i.e. from the outer coast North and West of Comau. The Huinay material (6 speci- mens) corresponds well with Hedgepeth’s descrip- tion (Figs 2B,F,G). The females possess the alate processes on the proboscis characteristic for this species. A. californicus was originally seen as an in- terdidal form restricted to California. Later reports, however, indicated at least a circumtropical distribu- tion, and in the meantime, this species has been found even in the Mediterranean Sea (van der Land & Krapp 2001). Our report from Comau fjord is among the southernmost locations at which this species is found (see also Child 1992). The two indi- viduals of A. californicus depicted here represent two extremes of coloring. Most animals in the Comau area are uncolored as shown in fig. 2G. Occasion- ally, however, animals with reddish stripes are found, possibly depending on food (Fig. 2F). Ammotheidae Achelia assimilis (Haswell, 1875) Material. Cross Huinay Nord: 288, 14 juv.; 21.2.05; A20051928-A20051930, A 20051946-A20051957, A10051968. Punta Gruesa: 15, 4 juv.; 22.2.05; A20051921, A20051922, A20051931-A20051933. Lilihuapi West: 2%, 4 juv.; 24.2.05; A20051923- A20051927, A10051970. Quintupeu: 17, 13 with larvae on ovigera, 234, 16 juv., 1 3-limbed larva attached on hydrozoan colony; 19 individuals of the sample were found on a single hydrozoan “tree”; 25.2.05; A20051934-A20051945, A10051961-1966, A10051968, A10051971. Punta Huinay: 1 juv.; 4.5.05; A20051920. Remarks. A. assimilis (Fig. 2E) is a widely distrib- uted form in tropical and temperate waters of the southwest Pacific which also occurs along the Pa- cific coast of South America. The Lund excursion found numerous individuals of this highly variable species from the tidal area to a depth of more than 250 m between 41-53°S and 70-73°W (Hedgpeth 1961). Gonzälez & Edding (1990) found A. assimilis in the Coquimbo region, i.e. far in the north, at 30° S. Our samples (49 individuals, more than % of the whole sample) indicate that A. assimilis might be the most common pycnogonid at fjord Comau, were it is found regularly on coelenterate colonies. 40 indi- viduals are juveniles of various size, 3 are females and 6 males (one of these carrying larvae). Hence, about Y4 of the population are in a fertile stage in February, i.e. Southern Chilean summer. Müller (1993) reports stones, dead corals and red algae as A. assimilis’s main habitat. In our Quintupeu sample 240 19 individuals of various stages from a single hy- drozoan “tree” are found showing the high density in which A. assimilis may occur. Pycnogonid-hydro- zoan associations for the coast of argentine are de- scribed in Genzano (2002). Callipallenidae Callipallene margarita (Gordon, 1932) Material. Playa Llonco: 15; 18.2.05; A20051912. Cross Huinay Nord: 1? with developed eggs in legs, 256; 21.2.05; A20051910, A20051911, A20051913. Punta Huinay: 53; 4.5.05; A20051914, A20051909. Remarks. Most reports of Callipallene margarita are from the shelf and slope of the Atlantic coast of south America, mainly Argentina, but also Brazil and the South Georgia area (Müller 1993). Hedgpeth’s (1961) report from the Chilean coast was the first from the Pacific Ocean; only a single female was found at a depth of 70m at 42°20'50"S, 73°22'00"W. Our 9 specimens correspond well with the description of the Lund material and indicate that C. margarita is notasrare as Hedgpeth’s (1963) report might suggest (fig. 2A,C,D). Contrary to earlier collections, in which this species was generally found between 100 and more than 2000 m of depth (Müller 1993), we found C. margarita in the upper sublitoral between 10 and 40 m. Austrodecidae Austrodecus curtipes Stock, 1957 Material. Punta Gruesa: 19; 22.2.05; A20051959. Lilihuapi West: 12; 24.2.05; A20051958. Remarks. Hedgepeth (1961) had some individuals from 53°11'5 70°55'W, i.e. the Strait of Magellan south of Punta Arenas, found “between the tides’”. In his original description Stock (1957) studied material from the Falklands, Kerguelen and Tierra del Fuego. Hence, the Huinay material at present is the north- ernmost record of this pycnogonid and the first one truly in the Pacific Ocean. Our specimens.show the A. curtipes features as described in Stock (1957) exept for the armature of coxa 1 ofleg 1: here our specimens have 2 dorsal spurs (see discussion on variability and distinctive features to A. longispinum in Stock (1957)). In fjord Comau, we found A. curtipes to- gether with Achelia assimilis on hydrozoan colonies (fig. 2H) on rocks. In contrast, Müller (1993) mentions Macrocystis pyrifera as the main habitat of this pyc- nogonid. Conclusions The pycnogonid fauna presently known from the inner part of Comau fjord is composed of some of the species also found at the outer coast and channels that were studied by the Lund excursion southwards to the Magellan Strait (Hedgpeth 1961). Obviously the observed species are able to tolerate the specific fjord conditions. Our collection sites are at lower depth than those of most previous studies on the respective species (see above). It is not clear at the moment if our new findings are due to the newly applied sampling technique (SCUBA) in a so far unstudied area and depth range, respectively, or if the occurrence of otherwise deep-water pycnogonids in low depths is limited to the inner fjords. The lat- ter may support a more general observation that in the inner fjords deep water forms occur already at moderate depths, as shown in Försterra & Häusser- mann (2003) for scleractinians. Three of the species deserve peculiar attention: First we show that Callipallene margarita is far from being a rare fjord pycnogonid. Second, is the occur- rence of Anoplodactylus californicus deep in the South, far away from its circumtropical and/or subtropical ‚main area, and third, our Austrodecus curtipes indi- viduals found in Comau fjord extend the known distributional range of this species from the suban- tarctic Atlantic and Magellan Strait (Stock 1957, Hedgpeth 1961) considerably north into the Pacific Ocean. Thus, A. curtipes might be a “pycnogonid example” for a wideranged Magellanic species ex- tending north by virtue of similar environmental ‚conditions created by the Humboldt current, as has ‚been described for several marine invertebrate taxa, ‚e.g. in Brattström & Johanssen (1983) and in Schrödl (2003). The cnidarian “meadows” at a depth of between 10 and 40 m are the main pycnogonid habitat found in Comau fjord so far. As various pycnogonids are known to feed on cnidarians these meadows main- ly made of hydrozoans are similar to pycnogonid habitats found in other seas, and correspond well to pycnogonid-hydrozoan associations described for the Atlantic coast of Argentine by Genzano (2002; see also Staples & Watson 1987, Arango 2001). How- ever, the upper phytal layer, generally providing a second main pycnogonid habitat, seems to be less inhabited by them at Comau fjord. This might be related to the brackish water layer allowing only a relatively poor macroalgal zone composed of some Macrocystis spots. Acknowledgements We thank the team of Huinay scientific field station for their support with the diving basics. We gratefully ac- knowledge grant given by the GeoBiocenter'"U (Mu- nich). Special thanks go to Peter Schuchert (Geneva) for providing us with provisory determinations of the hy- drozoans. Literature Arango, C. P. 2001. Sea spiders (Pycnogonida) from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia, feed on fire corals and zoanthids. - Mem. Queensland Mus. 46: 656 Brattström, H. & A. Johanssen 1983. Ecological and re- gional zoogeography of the marine benthic fauna of Chile. Report no. 49 of the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-1949. - Sarsia 68: 289-339 Child, A. C. 1992. Pycenogonida of the Southeast Pacific Biological Oceanographic Project (SEPBOP). — Smithson. Contr. Zool. 526:1-43 Försterra, G., L. Beuck, V. Häussermann & A. Freiwald 2005. Shallow water Desmophyllum dianthus (Scler- actinia) from Chile: characteristics of the bio- cenoses, the bioeroding community, heterotrophic interactions and (palaeo)-bathymetrical implica- tions. — In: Freiwald, A. & J. M. Roberts (eds.): Cold-water corals and ecosystems. - Springer-Ver- lag Berlin Heidelberg, pp. 937-977 -- & V. Häussermann 2003. First report on large scle- ractinian (Cnidaria: Anthozoa) accumulations in cold-temperate shallow water of south Chilean fjords. — Zool. Verh. (Leiden) 345: 117-128 Genzano, G. N. 2002. Associations between pycnogo- nids and hydroids from the Buenos Aires littoral zone, with observations on the semi-parasitic life cycle of Tanystylum orbiculare (Ammotheidae). — Scientia Marina 66: 81-92 Gonzales, S. A. & M. E. Edding 1990. Achelia assimilis (Haswell, 1884) in the Heterozostera bed of Puerto Aldea, Coquimbo: First record from the Northern Chilean coast (Pycenogonida: Ammotheidae). — Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 103: 151-156 Hedspeth, J. W. 1961. Reports of the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-49, 40: Pycnogonida.-Lunds Univ. Arsskr. NF, Avd 2, Bd 57: 1-18 Heß, M. & R. R. Melzer 2003. Anoplodactylus petiolatus (Pycnogonida) and Hydractinia echinata (Hydrozoa) - observations on galls, feeding behaviour and the host’s defence. — Vie et Milieu 53: 135-138 Müller, H.-G. 1993. World catalogue and bibliography of the recent Pycnogonida. — Verlag H.-G. Müller, Wetzlar, 388 pp. Staples, D. A. & J. E. Watson 1987. Associations between pycnogonids and hydroids. — In: Bouillon, J., F. Boero, F. Cicogna & P. F. S. Cornelius (eds.): Mod- ern trends in the Systematics, Ecology and Evolu- tion of Hydroids and Hydromedusae. - Oxford University Press, pp. 215-226 241 Sielfeld, W. 2003. Clase Pycnogonida. Guias de Identi- Stock, J. H. 1957. The pycnogonid family Austrodecidae. ficaciön y Biodiversidad Fauna Chilena. - Apunt. — Beaufortia 6, No. 68: 1-81 Zool., Univ. Arturo Prat, Iquique, Chile, 7 pp. Van der Land, J. & F. Krapp 2001. Pycnogonida. - p. 241- Schrödl, M. 2003. Sea slugs of Southern South America. 243 in: Costello, M. J., C. S. Emblow & R. White - Conch Books, Hackenheim, 165 pp. (eds.): European register of marine species. A check -- ,„M.A. Alarcön, L. R. Bedrinana, F. J. Bravo, C.M. list of the marine species in Europe and a bibliog- Bustamante, R. Carvalho, G. Försterra, C. Gallardo, raphy of guides to their identification. — Patri- V. Häussermann & A. Salmen 2005. Nudipleura moines naturels 50, 463p. (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia) from the southern Chilean Comau Fjord, with redescription of Poly- cera priva Marcus, 1959. — Vita Malacologica: 3: 23239 242 SPIXIANA 29 3 243-246 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 A peculiar new species of the genus Amblytelus Erichson from southern Queensland, Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae) Martin Baehr Baehr, M. (2006): A peculiar new species of the genus Amblytelus Erichson from southern Queensland, Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae). — Spixiana 29/3: 243-246 Amblytelus fallax, spec. nov. is described from south-eastern Queensland, Aus- tralia. It differs from all known species of the genus Amblytelus by absence of the tactile seta in the mandibular scrobe and, at the same time, by extra setae on head and pronotum and by the exceptional large number of setae on disk and at the lateral margins of the elytra, and also at the apical margin of the terminal abdomi- nal sternite in the female. Dr. Martin Baehr, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, D-81247 München, Germany; e-mail: martin.baehr@zsm.mwn.de Introduction Soon after print of the revision of the amblyteline Psydrinae (Baehr 2005) in a determination shipment I received a number of specimens of the common Australian species Amblytelus brevis Blackburn. Within this sample, a single female specimen was outstanding, at the first glance, by the large number of elytral setae and also by slight differences in body shape and elytral pattern. More detailed examination revealed some surprising special characters that distinguish this specimen from all known amblyte- line species. Because the single specimen not only differs in its chetotaxy, but also deviates in certain other characters from the most similar A. brevis, it is described as a new species herein. Style and format of the description exactly cor- responds to that in my revision (Baehr 2005) which also can be used to gain additional information about the genus Amblytelus Erichson, its morphology, distribution, and habits. Amblytelus fallax, spec. nov. Figs 1-3 Types. Holotype: ?, AUSTRALIA Peregian, 20 mi N. Maroochydore, Qld. 11.11.1975 H. & A. Howden/Bank- sia flowers (Agriculture Canada, Ottawa). Diagnosis. Immediately distinguished from all known species of the genus Amblytelus by absence of the tactile seta in the mandibular scrobe, and by presence of extra surpaocular, anterior pronotal, scutellar, discal and marginal elytral, and apical abdominal setae. In shape and colouration very similar to A. brevis Blackburn, but with larger eyes, more angulate basal angles of the pronotum, and more faded dark sutural stripe. Description Measurements. Length: 9.5 mm; width: 4.1 mm. Ratios. Length eye/orbit: 4.0; width/length of pro- notum: 1.51; width base/apex of pronotum: 1.22; width pronotum/head: 1.34; length/width of elytra: 1.50; width elytra/pronotum: 1.64. Colour (Fig. 1). Fore body light reddish, light discal stripes and lateral margin of elytra, mouth parts, antennae and legs pale reddish to yellowish, 243 G E / , H 4 , Fig. 1. Amblytelus fallax, spec. nov., holotype. Habi- tus and colour pattern. Length: 9.5 mm. dark lateral stripes of elytra piceous to almost black, the sutural stripe reddish. Suture of elytra including 2" interval dark, dark lateral stripes occupying the lateral two thirds of 6" interval and the whole 7" interval, margin light from 8" interval onwards. Sutural stripe not reaching base, gradually fading towards base. The light discal stripes ending at a short distance from apex, apex of elytra completely reddish, because the black lateral stripes are also abbreviated near apex and are fading into reddish. Chetotaxy (Fig. 2; different from the revision, chetotaxy is not abbreviated due to the many differ- ences from all other species). Head: labial: 6; clypeal (either side): 1; man- dibular: 0; mental: 2; submental (either side): 1 244 ze Fig. 2. Amblytelus fallax, spec. nov. Arrangement of chetotaxy. Length: 9.5 mm. and 2; anterior supraorbital (either side): 1; poste- rior supraorbital (either side): 2. Pronotum (either side): anterior pronotal: 3; posterior pronotal: 1. Elytra: scutellar (either side): 2; 1% interval: 5-8; Z’d interval: 18-19; 5" interval: 22-23; 7" interval: 23-25; marginal: 19-21; apical: 4-5. Abdomen (either side): female terminal: 4-5; male terminal: unknown. Head. Rather wide, depressed, about one fourth narrower than pronotum. Eyes very large, laterally markedly protruded, orbits short, very oblique, very slightly convex, evenly merging into curvature of eye. Labrum anteriorly slightly concave. Mandibles moderately elongate, different to all other species of Amblytelini scrobe without any trace of mandibular pore and seta. Tooth of mentum large, wide, api- cally convex. Glossa transverse at apex, bisetose, paraglossae hyaline, barely surpassing glossa. La- cinia with few very strong spines. Both palpi ob- liquely cut at apex, sparsely and very finely pilose. Antenna elongate, surpassing base of pronotum by c. 3 antennomeres. Median antennomeres c. 3x as long as wide. Posterior supraorbital setae slightly removed from eye, situated at posterior margin of eye. Frontal furrows shallow, about circular. Surface absolutely smooth, without any punctuation and microreticulation, very glossy. Pronotum. Wide, somewhat cordiform, dor- sally rather convex. Apex moderately concave, api- cal angles very widely rounded, slightly protruded. Lateral margin convex throughout, basal angles distinct though obtuse, forming an angle of about 110°. Base slightly convex, but laterally barely ex- cised. Apex in middle not margined, base finely margined. Marginal channel moderately deep, lat- eral margins wide, widened towards base, slightly explanate and upturned. Median line distinct, neither reaching apex nor margin, both anterior and poste- rior transversal sulci very shallow. Basal grooves about circular, barely separated from marginal chan- nel. The three anterior lateral seta inserted in ante- rior half, situated in marginal channel far removed from margin. The posterior lateral seta arising at lateral margin very slightly in front of basal angle. Surface absolutely smooth, without punctuation and microreticulation, very glossy. Elytra. Moderately elongate, moderately convex, distinctly widened posteriorly, widest at apical third. Humeri widely rounded, lateral margin gently convex, in middle almost straight, at apex convex though with slight excision where the apical epip- leural fold meets the margin. Apex of either elytron gently angulate, hence elytra slightly dehiscent at suture. Lateral apical fold very strong. All striae complete, rather deep, at bottom finely crenulate, intervals depressed. Scutellar pore and seta doubled, all odd intervals, including the first, with remarkably numerous setiferous punctures (s. chetotaxy), mar- ginal channel also unusually multisetose, series very slightly interrupted behind middle. Intervals finely and rather sparsely punctulate, distinctly though very finely and rather superficially microreticulate, meshes about isodiametric to slightly transverse. Surface rather glossy. Posterior wings. Fully developed. Lower surface. Metepisternum very elongate, c. 3x as long as wide at apex. Abdominal sterna uni- setose on either side, terminal sternum s. cheto- taxy. Legs. Of average size. Fig. 3. Amblytelus fallax, spec. nov. Female stylome- res I and 2. Scale: 0.2 mm. d genitalia. Unknown. ? genitalia (Fig. 3). Female stylomere 2 fairly elongate, regularly curved, with 2 large latero-ven- tral ensiform setae, a large medio-dorsal ensiform seta situated at apical third, and two short, attached nematiform setae originating from a groove near apex. Stylomere 1 rather elongate, longer than wide, with 3 short ensiform setae of slightly decreasing size situated on latero-ventral rim. Lateral plate ventro-medially with a field of densely packed, very short, knob-shaped ensiform setae. Variation. Unknown. Distribution. South-eastern Queensland, Australia. Known only from type locality. Collecting circumstances. Collected on “Banksia flowers”. Etymology. Latin “fallax” means “fraudulent” and re- fers to the mocking number of setae on almost all body parts that usually bear tactile setae. Remarks It is surprising why this peculiar species has been so far collected in a single specimen only and was not represented in the thousands of specimens of bilineate Amblytelus from south-eastern Australia that Ihave examined in the course of the revision of this genus. The exceptional chetotaxy of the single 245 available specimen of the new species, in combina- tion with the likewise unusual collecting circum- stances renders this a quite enigmatic species, and thus it may be allowed to speculate about presum- ably aberrant habits. Normally, in south-eastern Australia, species of the genus Amblytelus, but also amblytelines in general, are found either under bark of bark-shedding eucalypts in open sclerophyli for- estor woodland, or on mossy tree trunks in temper- ate and subtropical rain forest. Reports of amblyte- line specimens collected on flowering plants are so far unknown to me. However, at present and with a single specimen only, it seems superfluous to speculate whether this may be the regular habits of this species. But the remarkably multiplied number of tactile setae on the whole body and, on the other hand, the loss of the mandibular seta that is present in all other amblyteline species, must be of some ecological significance. Future collectors of amblyte- lines thus are advised to pay special attention to this habitat. 246 Even when the new species lacks the mandibu- lar seta which absence is unique within Amblytelini in general, I guess that it may be yet rather closely related to the curtus-brevis-sinuatus-assemblage of rather large, quite similarly shaped and patterned species that bear bilineate elytra with multisetose odd intervals, and which are common in open forests of south-eastern and south-western Australia (for more information see Baehr 2005). Unfortunately, the male genitalia of A. fallax which could either corroborate or refuse this assumption are still un- known. Acknowledgements I am indebted to P. Bouchard, Ottawa, for the kind loan of this and a great number of other Australian speci- mens. References Baehr, M. 2005. The Amblytelini. A tribe of corticolous ground beetles from Australia. Taxonomy, phylo-_ geny, biogeography (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carab- idae, Psydrinae). - Coleoptera 8: 1-286 (2004) SPIXIANA 247-257 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 The Sterrhinae moth fauna of Fenglin Nature Reserve, North-East China (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae) Pası Sihvonen Sihvonen, P. (2006): The Sterrhinae moth fauna of Fenglin Nature Reserve, North-East China (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae). - Spixiana 29/3: 247-257 The Sterrhinae moth fauna (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) of the Fenglin Nature Reserve - a Biosphere Reserve of UNESCO’s Man and the Biosphere Programme - in North-East China was studied in the summer of 2000. Altogether 25 species and 340 specimens were observed. The following 10 species are reported for the first time from China: Idaea terpnaria (Prout), Idaea aversata (Linnaeus), Idaea effusaria (Christoph), Idaea pallidata (D. & S.), Cyclophora albipunctata ssp. griseolata (Staudin- ger), Problepsis plagiata (Butler), Problepsis phoebearia Erschov, Scopula nemoraria (Hübner), Scopula tenuisocius Inoue and Scopula asthena Inoue. Adults of these are illustrated. Additionally, adults and genitalia of two species-pairs are illustrated and diagnosed that may prove difficult to be identified, i.e. Scopula floslactata (Ha- worth) - 5. tenuisocius Inoue and Scopula subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer) - S. prouti Djakonov. Over 60 % of the observed Sterrhinae species were noticed to have a distribution area that is restricted to the eastern Palaearctic area. Dr. Pasi Sihvonen, Finnish Museum of Natural History, Department of Entomol- ogy, P.O. Box 17 (Pohjoinen Rautatiekatu 13), FI-00014 University of Helsinki, Finland; e-mail: pasi.sihvonen@helsinki.fi Introduction The Geometridae moth fauna of Korea is relatively well-known (Shin 1996) as is the fauna of the Russian Far East, the Primorye territory and the Amur region (e.g. Viidalepp 1975, 1996). However, the Geometr- idae fauna of the adjoining areas on the Chinese side of the border, the Mantschuria, are virtually unin- vestigated. In addition, a lack of national checklists, databases or identification guides [except for sub- family Larentiinae (Xue & Zhu 1999)] made it dif- ficult to produce this kind of data for basic research as well as for applied studies such as nature conser- vation. Moths of the geometrid subfamily Sterrhinae are often rather inconspicuous, relatively small with a wingspan normally between 20-30 mm, night-active and in many cases difficult to identify. They are often gray or brown in colour, but a few pink or bright yellow species are known, especially in the tropics. The species prefer to inhabit open or semi- open areas and of the known world diversity (ap- proximately 2800 species) most are known from the tropics. Caterpillars often feed on low plants and on dry litter. As a result of the things mentioned above, the Sterrhinae are easily overlooked in basic faunal surveys. There is one previous study on the lepidopteran fauna of the Fenglin Nature Reserve (Wang 1982). In that study, 15 Geometridae species were reported, two of which were Sterrhinae: Problepsis superans Butler and Scopula (Somatina) indicataria Walker. In this paper I present the results of two Finnish expeditions, which in part studied the Sterrhinae moth fauna (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) of the Fen- glin Nature Reserve, located at NE-China. 247 The project, study area and methods The decision to study Sterrhinae moths at the Fenglin Nature Reserve resulted from the fact that there is an ongoing cooperation project ‘Biodiversity in boreal forests’ between the Division of Population Ecology at the University of Helsinki (FIBRE), the Division of En- tomology at the Finnish Museum of Natural History, the Chinese Forestry Academy and The State Natural Reserve Management Bureau of Fenglin. These moths are studied extensively at the Finnish Museum of Natu- ral History under the program “Diversity and systemat- ics of Scopulini moths”. The Fenglin Nature Reserve is situated in a hemi- boreal vegetation zone with mixed forests in the Hei- longjiang district, NE-China (48°01' to 48°09'N; 128°39' to 129°15'E). It is the last virgin forest in the area, mainly covered by Korean pine (Pinus koraiensis) with a size of 18000 hectares. Other trees include for example Quercus mongolica, Acer mono, Tilia amurensis, Corylus manchurica and Abies nephrolepis. The nature reserve is located at the Lesser Xingan Mountains and the altitude varies from 300 meters to over 700 meters above sea level. In 1997 the Fenglin Nature Reserve was designated a Biosphere Reserve status and it is nowadays part of the World Network under UNESCO’s Programme on Man and the Biosphere (MAB). As such its objectives are to promote solutions to reconcile the conservation of biodiversity with its sustainable use. The moth fauna was studied during two separate expeditions: 2.-12.6.2000 (Jaakko Kullberg) and 28.6.- 10.7.2000 (Pasi Sihvonen). Specimens were collected with generator powered lights and automatic light traps (model Jalas 160W light, 2x20W UV-light), Malaise traps and netting. Emphasis was placed on net collect- ing at dusk and at dawn when many species are ac- tive. The majority of the specimens are deposited at the Finnish Museum of Natural History (Helsinki), and a few specimens are deposited at Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, (Beijing). Species were initially identi- fied from the external characters, but in many cases the genitalia were prepared following the general proce- dures (Hardwick 1950). The analysis of the distribution areas is based on literature records and museum collections of the Finnish Tab. 1. Known distribution areas of the Sterrhinae moths found from the Fenglin Nature Reserve, North-East China, in 2000. First records from China are marked with an asterisk. 1 = Amur region and surrounding areas (Primorye, Sakhalin, Corea, Japan), 2 = trans-Palaearctic, a separate subspecies in Amur region and surrounding areas, 3= Amur region, 4= Japan, Korea, South Kuriles, 5 = trans-Palaearctic, mainly southern, 6 = Palaearctic, central and eastern. Species Idaea muricata ssp. minor (Sterneck) Idaea biselata ssp. extincta (Staudinger) Idaea auricruda (Butler) * Idaea pallidata ([Denis & Schiffermüller]) * Idaea effusaria (Christoph) Idaea nitidata (Herrich-Schäffer) Idaea promiscuaria (Leech) Idaea aversata (Linnaeus) Idaea terpnaria (Prout) Scopula nemoraria (Hübner) Scopula modicaria (Leech) Scopula umbelaria ssp. graeseri Prout Scopula nigropunctata ssp. subcandidata (Walker) Scopula prouti Djakonov Scopula tenuisocius Inoue Scopula floslactata (Prout) Scopula pudicaria (Motschulsky) Scopula asthena Inoue Scopula subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer) Scopula indicataria ssp. sufflava Prout Problepsis phoebearia Erschov Problepsis plagiata (Butler) Cyclophora albipunctata ssp. griseolata (Staudinger) Timandra recompta ssp. recompta (Prout) Timandra comptaria (Walker) Total Percentage Known distribution 2. 22 1 5 1 Ö 1 9 1 5 1 2 2 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 8 4 2; 6 1 11 5 1 1 6 1 44 20 4 4 24 4 248 ”Y \ { AN Idaea effusaria Idaea aversata & Idaea aversata ? as Scopula tenuisocius & Scopula tenuisocius ? Problepsis plagiata Idaea terpnaria & » ; 4 i Idaea pallidata & 2 N = . u, 2 “ = eh % z . ag 4 2 R 4 Cyclophora albipunctata 2 Scopula nemoraria 2 Problepsis phoebearia 2 Fig. 1. Sterrhinae species, which are recorded for the first time from China. Specimens were collected from the Heilongjiang district, Fenglin Nature Reserve, 48°05'N 129°85'E, c. 200-500 m above sea level, between 2.-12.6.2000 and 28.6.-10.7.2000. Museum of Natural History, Helsinki (ZMH), the Insti- tute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, Beijing (IZAS) and The Natural History Museum, London (BMNH). Litera- ture records include monographs and checklists (Ebert et al. 2001, Fajcik & Slamka 1996, Inoue 1977, Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Müller 1996, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996, Wang 1997, Hausmann 2004) as well as faunistic notes (Viidalepp 1975, Vojnits 1977). List of species Altogether 25 species and 340 specimens were ob- served. 10 species (40 % of all species) were re- corded for the first time from China (Tab. 1). Species that are recorded for the first time from China are marked with an asterisk. Idaea muricata ssp. minor (Sterneck, 1927) 23d.N China - Mongolia, Korea, Japan, SE Rus- sia (Inoue 1977, Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Vii- dalepp 1996). The western Palaearctic nominate subspecies inhabits open moors in the northern areas of its distribution (Mikkola et al. 1985), whereas in the more southern areas it is found on a variety of habitats from wet meadows to moors, gardens and forest edges (Ebert et al. 2001). The Fenglin specimens were caught with a Malaise trap from a closed de- ciduous forest. Idaea biselata ssp. extincta (Staudinger, 1897) 1338, 222. N China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia (Inoue 1977, Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Viidalepp 1996). Nominate subspecies from Europe to Mongolia in the Palaearctic region. 249 3 Figs 2,3. Diagnostic adult characters (indicated) of Chinese Scopula species. 2. 5. floslactata (Haworth). 3. 5. tenuiso- cius Inoue (abdomen removed). Idaea auricruda (Butler, 1879) 13. NE China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia (Inoue et al. 1982ab, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). *Idaea pallidata ([Denis & Schiffermüller], 1775) 19. (Fig. 1). NE China - from N and C Europe to SE Russia. Forewing fasciae are straight, ground colour is light yellow-brown in males, white in females. In western parts of its distribution area it may be con- fused with 1. subsericeata (Haworth) (for identification see Ebert et al. 2001, Hausmann 2004). Also 1. niti- data is similar but males of I. pallidata can be sepa- rated by the absence of hair-pencil on the hind tibia. The larva feeds on dry leaves of Taraxacum, Hieracium and Achillea (Ebert et al. 2001). *Idaea effusaria (Christoph, 1881) 2786, 157? (Fig. 1). NE China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia (Inoue 1977, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Sugi et al. (1987) illustrate the caterpillar of I. effusaria. Idaea nitidata (Herrich-Schäffer, 1861) 2684, 8?%2. N China - from S Europe to Korea and Japan (Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996, Inoue et al. 1982a,b). See 1. pallidata. 250 Idaea promiscuaria (Leech, 1897) 3484, 72??.N China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia (Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). *Idaea aversata (Linnaeus, 1758) 2630,82? (Figs 1, 30-32). NE China - Europe, Russia, Japan (Viidalepp 1996). The external appearance of the Chinese 1. aver- sata resembles Japanese populations, described as ssp. japonica (Inoue, 1955) (Inoue et al. 1982b). The Chinese specimens are reddish-brown and heavily suffused with black scales. The terminal line is dis- tinct and the black dots at vein ends are obscure. Both male and female genitalia (Figs 30-32) match well with European specimens (Skou 1984, Haus- mann 2004). The cucullus of the valva of the male genitalia bears a few sclerotized spines, the gnathos is heavily serrated with spines, the aedeagus is short, straight, with about 8 cornuti (Figs 30-31). The duc- tus bursae of the female genitalia is strongly spinose for about ' of its length, it turns to the left along its axis and the ductus seminalis is bare (Fig. 32). *Idaea terpnaria (Prout, 1913) 236 (Fig. 1). NE China - SE Russia, Japan (Vii- dalepp 1996, Inoue et al. 1982a,b). 8 m 9 10 Figs 4-10. Diagnostic genitalia characters (indicated) of Scopula floslactata (Haworth). 4. d genitalia (PS653). 5. d ae- deagus (PS653). 6. d aedegus, vesica everted (PS865). 7. ? genitalia and signum (PS662). 8-10. 3 8'" segment of abdomen (PS669, PS670, PS653). Compare with closely related species S. tenuisocius (Figs 11-17). *Scopula nemoraria (Hübner, [1799]) 1138, 1322 (Fig. 1). NE China - Palaearctic: S Europe to SE Russia (Viidalepp 1996). The species is often found in deciduous forests. Possible foodplants include Impatiens noli-tangere, Hypericum spp. and grasses (Ebert et al. 2001). Scopula modicaria (Leech, 1897) 2388. NE and E China - Russia: Primorye; Japan, Korea (Inoue et al. 1982, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Scopula umbelaria ssp. graeseri Prout, 1935 584,222. NE China - Mongolia, Korea, Japan, SE Russia. Nominal subspecies from S Europe to NW China (Inoue et al. 1982, Viidalepp 1996). Ebert et al. (2001) give Vincetoxicum hirundinaria as a possible food-plant of the larvae. Scopula nigropunctata ssp. subcandidata (Walker, [1863]) 488. N, NE and E China - Korea, SE Russia, Mongolia. Nominal subspecies from Europe to Rus- sia: Urals and Iran. Separate subspecies in Japan and Korea (Viidalepp 1996, Inoue 1977, Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996, Scoble 1999). *Scopula tenuisocius Inoue, 1942 1688,42® (Figs 1,3, 11-17). NE China - SE Rus- sia, S Kuriles, Japan (Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Viidalepp 1996). Similar to 5. duplinupta Inoue, 1982, but the latter is currently known from Japan only (Inoue 1982b), and also to 5. floslactata (Haworth), from which it can be separated as follows. The wings of 5. tenuisocius are sparsely serrated with black scales, especially in the forewing costa (more heavily serrated with black scales in S. floslac- tata) (Figs 2, 3). The terminal line is darker than the ground colour (terminal line concolorous with 251 % Figs 11-17. Diagnostic genitalia characters (indicated) of Scopula tenuisocius Inoue. 11. & genitalia (PS861). 12. d ae- deagus (PS861). 13. d aedegus, vesica everted (PS650). 14. ? genitalia (PS663). 15-17. d 8" segment of abdomen (PS650, PS651, PS861). Compare with closely related species S. floslactata (Figs 4-10). ground colour in S. floslactata), and there is a distinct black spot between the vein endings near the fore- wing apex (spot absent in S. floslactata). The costa of the vinculum of the male genitalia capsule is wide in S. tenuisocius (narrow in S. floslactata) (Figs 4, 11), the aedeagus is wide, curved ventrally (narrow, straight in S.floslactata) (Figs 5, 12), the vesica is without a distal diverticulum (present in S. floslac- tata) (Figs 6, 13), the cerata of 8" abdominal sternite are approximately of equal length or the left is longer (right ceras is longer in S. floslactata) (Figs 8-10, 15-17), the distal margin of 8" abdominal tergite is without a medial extension (with medial extension in 5. floslactata) (Figs 8-10, 15-17). The ductus bursae of female genitalia is wide in S. tenuisocius (narrow in S. floslactata) and the signum is large, covering most of the corpus bursae (signum is small in S. floslactata) (Figs 7, 14). In North-East China adults of 5. floslactata fly from the end of May to the middle of July, whereas 252 adults of 5. tenuisocius fly from the end of June to the end of July. Scopula floslactata (Haworth, 1809) 530,52? (Figs 2, 4-10). NE China - Palaearctic: Europe to Korea and Japan (Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Externally similar to S. tenuisocius Inoue, see that species. Prout has described S. floslactata ssp. claudata Prout, 1913 from Japan and there are no reports of this taxon outside that country (Inoue 1977), apart from Viidalepp (1996), who considers S. claudata valid at the species level and reports the taxon from China, Korea, Japan and Russia: Primorye and South Kuriles whereas he has omitted records of 5. floslac- tata from those areas. Ihave compared material from North-East China to European specimens, where the identity of S. floslactata is well established, and to Russian specimens from Novosibirskaja oblast, and found no difference in the structures. Therefore I 18 19 Figs 18-19. Diagnostic imago characters (indicated) of Chinese Scopula species. 18. S. subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer) (abdomen removed). 19. 5. prouti Djakonov (abdomen removed). consider the Chinese specimens to belong to S. flo- slactata. Scopula pudicaria (Motschulsky, 1861) 1435,32 ?. NE China - SE Russia, Korea, Japan (Inoue et al. 1982a, b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Antennae are dorsally suffused with black scales thus making the species easy to identify. *Scopula asthena Inoue, 1943 280, 12 (Fig. 1). NE China - SE Russia, Japan (Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Viidalepp 1996). Scopula subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847) 13, 92 (Figs 18, 20-24). N and NE China - S Palaearctic region (Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Similar to 5. prouti Djakonov, from which it can be separated as follows. The terminal line of the wings has a distinct black spot between the vein endings, these are more pronounced near the fore- wing apex (spots usually absent in S. prouti) and the discal spots are often distinct (discal spots are often weak or absent in 5. prouti) (Figs 18-19). The left ceras of the male 8" abdominal sternite is curved inwards strongly, being in length about half of the mappa, the right ceras exceeds in length the outer margin of the mappa (the cerata are about equal in length in 5. prouti, barely reaching the outer margin of the mappa) (Figs 22,27). The signum of the female genitalia is large, the spines are in multiple rows, covering almost the entire length of the corpus bursae (the signum is smaller, and the spines are in a few rows, covering only a small portion of corpus bursae in S. prouti) (Figs 24, 29), the sclerotisation cephalad of the ostium bursae (lamella antevagina- lis) is slightly folded inwards laterally (the scleroti- sation is weak, appearing asa weak ridge in 5. prou- ti) (Figs 23, 28). In many Scopula species the structures of the male 8" sternite are a region of great intraspecific polymorphism, especially the length of the cerata (lateral processi) varies, and therefore their usage in species-level diagnoses requires careful interpreta- tion (Hausmann 1999). In that study Hausmann noted also that if there is a closely related species pair, the one species often exhibits polymorphic genitalia, whereas the genitalia of the other does not show such pattern. In Europe, the variation in the length of the cerata in S. subpunctaria is dimorphic: either both cerata are long and symmetrical or the left ceras is shortened to half length and strongly curved inwards. On average 35 % ofspecimens have symmetrical cerata, but regional differences in the morph ratios are considerable (Hausmann 2004). The only Chinese specimen that was available for study has the left ceras shortened and curved in- wards (Fig. 22), agreeing with European material (Hausmann 2004). The length of the cerata does not seem to vary in the closely related species 5. prouti (see below), based on the examined Chinese (n=8) and South Ussuri (n=4) specimens (in ZMH). There- fore, despite to which morph the S. subpunctaria 253 om # >21 "23 HR 24 BE Figs 20-24. Diagnostic genitalia characters (indicated) of Scopula subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer). 20. 8 genitalia (PS659). 21. d aedeagus, vesica everted (PS659). 22. 3 8'" sternite of abdomen (PS659). 23. Ostium bursae and ster- igma of ? genitalia (PS675). 24. ? genitalia (PS675). Compare with closely related species S. prouti (Figs 25-29). Figs 25-29. Diagnostic genitalia characters (indicated) of Scopula prouti Djakonov. 25. d genitalia (PS673). 26. d ae- deagus, vesica everted (PS673). 27. & 8" sternite of abdomen (PS673). 28. Ostium bursae and sterigma of ? genita- lia (PS676). 29. ? genitalia (PS676). Compare with closely related species 5. subpunctaria (Figs 20-24). specimen in question belongs, the right ceras is al- Scopula prouti Djakonov, 1935 ways considerably longer than the outer margin of 830,17 (Figs 19, 25-29). NE China - Korea, Japan, the mappa (Fig. 22), whereas in $. proutisymmetri- SE Russia (Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp cal cerata reach barely the outer margin of the 1996). mappa (Fig. 27). Similar to S. subpunctaria (Herrich-Schäffer), see that species. 254 30 31 32 Figs 30-32. Genitalia of Idaea aversata (Linnaeus). 30. 3 genitalia (PS964) (only right valva is shown). 31. d aedeagus (PS875). 32. ? genitalia (PS876). Scopula indicataria ssp. sufflava (Prout, 1938) 3988, 322. N and NE China - Korea, Japan, Russia: Amur, Primorye (Wang 1982, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Nominal subspecies from East and South China, in addition there is yet another ssp. from Japan (Prout 1934-39, Inoue et al. 1982a,b). Argyris indicataria Walker was transferred from Somatina to Scopula by Sihvonen (2005). *Problepsis phoebearia Erschov, 1870 958 (Fig. 1). NE China - SE Russia (Viidalepp 1996). All host-plant records of this genus are from Oleaceae (Holloway 1997). *Problepsis plagiata (Butler, 1881) 19 (Fig. 1). NE China - Japan, Korea, SE Russia (Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). *Cyclophora albipunctata ssp. griseolata (Staudinger, 1897) 13, 222 (Fig. 1). NE China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia. Nominal subspecies from Europe to Mon- golia (Viidalepp). The larva feeds on Betula (Mikkola et al. 1985, Ebert et al. 2001). Timandra recompta ssp. recompta (Prout, 1930) 336d.N China - from Central Asia (Kasakhstan) to Mongolia and SE Russia (Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996, Kaila & Albrecht 1994). Two further subspecies have been described from Japan (Inoue et al. 1982a,b). Timandra comptaria (Walker, [1863]) 33d, 1%. NE China - Korea, Japan, SE Russia (Inoue 1977, Inoue et al. 1982a,b, Shin 1996, Viidalepp 1996). Analysis of distribution areas The distribution areas of many sterrhine moths are rather poorly known and only general conclusions can be drawn. The majority of the observed species (11 species, 44 %) have rather restricted distribution areas, i.e. they are known from the Amur region and the surrounding areas only (Tab. 1). These include species from the genera Idaea Treitschke, Scopula Schrank (including Somatina Guenee, see Sihvonen 2005), Cyclophora Hübner and Timandra Duponchel. In addition to that, five ofthe observed species (20 %) have a trans-Palaearctic distribution but a separate subspecies has been described from the Amur region. Considering these together, 64 % ofthe material have a restricted eastern Palaearctic distribution. Six of 299 the observed species are found throughout the (southern) Palaearctic region: Idaea pallidata, I. aver- sata, I. nitidata, Scopula nemoraria, S. floslactata and Scopula subpunctaria. Both observed Problepsis species have rather restricted distribution areas also: earlier P. phoebearia was known from the Amur basin and Primorye only and P. plagiata from Japan and Corea only (Viidalepp 1996). The only species of the Fenglin Nature Reserve that is found in central and eastern parts of the Palaeartic region is Timandra recompta. Discussion The occurrence of all of the observed species was predictable because they were known earlier from the adjoining areas outside of China. Based on the material collected, the Sterrhinae species diversity of the Fenglin Nature Reserve is at present rather well documented although the field work was done during two short visits. This claim can be justified for several reasons. First, when the number of ob- served Sterrhinae species is compared to the latest Russian checklist that is based on extensive field work over years, and which reports 44 Sterrhinae species from the neighbouring Primorye territory and Amur basin (Viidalepp 1996), itis seen that over 50 % of all potential species were observed during these short trips. When taken into account that the Fenglin Nature Reserve, which is geographically much smaller in area, doesn’t have suitable habitats for many of the missed species, it is likely that only a few new Sterrhinae species can be found. The most likely candidates to be found are from the genera Idaea Treitschke, Scopula Schrank and Timandra Duponchel. Second, by focusing collecting activity towards a pre-selected group, it was possible to make the special effort that was needed to observe these moths. For example, it is well-known that many of the Sterrhinae are diurnaland/or activeat dusk and at dawn. Usage of sweep netting at those times re- sulted in good samples, which might have been missed if different collecting methods were used. When the distribution areas of the observed species are viewed, it is striking that over 60 % of the species have a rather restricted eastern Palaearc- tic distribution. This may be artificial, at least in part, because for many species we do not have detailed distributional data available yet and a few may eventually turn out to be more widespread. The material does not allow for the prediction of what could be the cause behind the observed general pat- tern. The observation that Hausmann (1999) made in European material in the genus Scopula, namely that 256 if there exists a closely related species-pair, the one species often has polymorphic male 8" sternite, whereas the other species does not exhibit such variation in this structure. In this study a closely related species-pair was examined, S. subpunctaria and 5. prouti, which occur sympatrically in the study area. Polymorphism has been reported to occur in S. subpunctaria (Hausmann 1999, 2004), and now it was found that in its close relative S. prouti, the re- lationship being judged from the overall similarity, no such variation was found. It remains unknown whether this phenomenon of species-pairs exists globally in Scopula or whether it is confined to the Palaearctic region only. Acknowledgements I wish to thank Xue Dayong of Beijing Institute of Zool- ogy for help with Chinese Sterrhinae species. Infrastruc- ture for the study was provided by the University of Helsinki, Department of Ecology and Systematics, Divi- sion of Population Biology, The Chinese Forestry Acad- emy and The State Natural Reserve Management Bu- reau of Fenglin, Heilongjiang. Axel Hausmann isthanked for valuable comments and Diane Alaruikka for check- ing my English. Financial support from the Finnish Museum of Natural History and The Lepidopterological Society of Finland is greatly appreciated. References Ebert, G. (ed.), Bartsch, D., Hafner, S., Häuser, C., Ni- kusch, I., Ratzel, U., Steiner, A. Thiele, J. & R. Trusch 2001. Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Württen- bergs, Bd. 8: Nachtfalter VI. - Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart, 541 pp. Fajcik, J. & F. Slamka1996. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleu- ropas, I. Bd: Drepanidae, Geometridae, Lasiocamp- idae, Endromidae, Lemoniidae, Saturniidae, Sphing- idae, Notodontidae, Lymantriidae, Arctiidae. — Concordia Trading spol, Bratislava, 113 pp. Hardwick, D. 1950. Preparation of slide mounts of Lepidopterous genitalia. - Can. ent. 82: 231-235 Hausmann, A. 1999. Falsification of an entomological rule: polymorphic genitalia in Geometrid moths. — Spixiana 22: 83-90 2004. Sterrhinae. — In: Hausmann, A. (ed.): The Geometrid Moths of Europe 2: 1-600.'- Apollo Books, Stenstrup Holloway, J. D. 1997. The moth of Borneo: family Ge- ometridae, subfamilies Sterrhinae and Larentiinae. — Malay. Nat. J. 51: 1-242 Inoue, H. 1977. Catalogue of the Geometridae of Japan (Heterocera). — Bull. Fac. Domest. Sci., Otsuma Woman’s Univ. 13: 227-346 Inoue, H., Sugi, S., Kuroko, H., Moriuti, S. & A. Kawabe 1982a. Moths of Japan, vol. 1. Text. - Kosansha, Tokyo, 966 pp. -- 1982b: Moths of Japan, vol. 2. Plates and syno- nymic catalogue. - Kosansha, Tokyo, 552 pp. Kaila, L. & A. Albrecht 1994: The classification of the Timandra griseata group (Lepidoptera: Geometri- dae, Sterrhinae). — Ent. Scand. 25: 461-479 Mikkola, K., Jalas, I. & O. Peltonen 1985. Suomen per- hoset, mittarit 1. [The Lepidoptera of Finland, Geometroidea 1]. (In Finnish) — Tampereen kir- japaino, Tampere, 260 pp. Müller, B. 1996. Geometridae. — In: Karsholt, ©. & ]. Razowski (eds.): The Lepidoptera of Europe, a distributional checklist: 218-249. - Apollo Books, Stenstrup Prout, L. B. 1934-39. Die Spanner des Palaearktischen Faunengebietes. — In: Seitz, A. (ed.): Die Gross- Schmetterlinge der Erde, Supplement zu Bd. 4: 1-253. - Verlag A. Kernen, Stuttgart Scoble M. J. (ed.) 1999. Geometrid moths of the world: a catalogue (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). - Apollo Books, Stenstrup, 1280 pp. Shin, Y.-H. 1996. Synonymic list and distribution of the Geometridae of Korea (Lepidoptera). — Center for insect systematics. - Kyu Tek Park, Korea,153 pp. Sihvonen, P. 2005. Phylogeny and classification of the Scopulini moths (Lepidoptera: Geometridae, Ster- rhinae). - Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 143: 473-530 Skou, P. 1984. The Geometrid moths of northern Europe. — Apollo Books, Stenstrup, 330 pp. Sugi, S. (ed.)., Yamamoto, M., Nakatomi, K., Sato, R., Nakajima, H., & M. Owada 1987. Larvae of larger moths in Japan. — Kodansha, Tokyo, 453 pp. Viidalepp, J. 1975. On the fauna of Geometrid moths (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) of the Mongolian Peo- ple’s Republic. — Insects of Mongolia 3: 438-490 -- 1996. Checklist of the Geometridae (Lepidoptera) of the former U.S.S.R. - Apollo Books, Stenstrup, Denmark, 111 pp. Vojnits, A. 1977. Archieariinae, Rhodometrinae, Geo- metrinae II, Sterrhinae II and Ennominae III (Lepi- doptera, Geometridae) from Mongolia. — Ann. Hist.-nat. Mus. Nat. Hung. 69: 165-175 Wang, C. 1982. Record of Insects in the Fun-lin Protec- tion District of Nature. - J. N.-E. For. Inst. (no volume): 142-160 Wang, H. Y. 1997. Geometer moths of Taiwan and it’s allied species from the neighbouring countries, vol. 1. - Taiwan Museum, Taipei, 405 pp. Xue, D. & H. Zhu 1999. Geometridae: Larentiinae. Fauna Sinica, Insecta, vol. 15. - Science Press, Bei- jing, 1083 pp. 257 Buchbesprechungen 20 Grimaldi, D. & M. S. Engel: Evolution of the Insects. -Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005. 755 S. ISBN 0-521-82149-5. Die Insekten sind die artenreichste Organismengruppe der Welt. Das vorliegende Buch von David Grimaldi und Michael 5. Engel umfaßt alle Aspekte ihrer Entstehungs- geschichte, von den frühesten, fossil belegten Anfängen, bis hin zur jetzigen Vielfalt. Klar formuliert, angenehm zu lesen, reich und brilliant illustriert, hat es in kurzer Zeit hohen Bekanntheitsgrad erlangt und wird mit Si- cherheit zu einem der großen neuen Lehrbücher der Entomologie avancieren. Neben der vermittelten In- formationsfülle, die modernste Methoden und neueste Ergebnisse berücksichtigt, ist insbesondere auch die Asthetik der unzähligen Fotos und Illustrationen hervor- zuheben. Ganz offensichtlich haben sich die Autoren hinsichtlich der Qualität ihres Produktes auf keinerlei Kompromisse eingelassen, und man wundert sich fast über den durchaus akzeptablen Preis. Die ersten Kapitel bieten eine generelle Einführung in die Evolutionsforschung. Gut verständlich wird das erforderliche Allgemeinwissen über die wichtigsten historischen Stationen, zur Anwendung kommende Methoden und die entsprechende Terminologie vermit- telt. Andere Kapitel befassen sich mit dem Reich der Fossilien, mit dem Wandel der Zeiten und den damit verbundenen großen Evolutionsereignissen. Die Entste- hung der Formenvielfalt des Insektenreiches wird syste- matisch abgehandelt. Dabei werden für jede Großgrup- pe und Ordnung die charakteristischen Merkmale ange- führt, gefolgt von einer ausführlichen Zusammenfassung der jeweiligen Diversität und Biologie. Immer wieder sind generellere Exkurse über biologische Besonderheiten eingestreut, z.B. Themen wie Biolumineszenz, Sozialver- halten, oder Parasitismus. Hypothesen zur Phylogenie der jeweiligen Gruppen werden vorgestellt und durch Zitate belegt, die zugrundeliegenden Argumente disku- tiert, wobei die Autoren oft auch selbst sehr konkret Stellung beziehen. Die übersichtlichen Phylogramme stellen oft neben der Stammesgeschichte auch die Evo- lution von Schlüsselmerkmalen oder biologischen An- passungen dar. Hinweise auf weiterführende Literatur sind reichlich vorhanden (allein die Literaturzitate neh- men 70 Seiten ein). Überaus lobenswert ist die Qualität der Abbildungen. Für jede Gruppe gibt es Fototafeln, die sowohl typische als auch außerordentliche Vertreter darstellen. Die Le- bend-Fotos heben die besondere Ästhetik der Insekten hervor und zeigen oft gleichzeitig biologische Besonder- heiten aus Larvalentwicklung, Verhalten, etc. Details der Körperstruktur und -ornamentierung werden durch erstklassige rasterelektronenmikroskopische Aufnahmen dargestellt. Die größte Herausforderung dürften aber die Fotos der fossilen Belege geboten haben. Wer selbst einmal ein Bernsteinexemplar fotografiert hat, weiß, daß die immer korrekte Orientierung und Ausleuchtung größte Kunstfertigkeit und auch eine hervorragende 258 Bearbeitung der Steine belegt. Für seine exzellenten Zeichnungen ist Grimaldi berühmt, und das Buch ist reich damit ausgestattet. Viele der fotografierten Fossili- en sind zum besseren Verständnis zusätzlich auch als Zeichnung wiedergegeben. Andere Zeichnungen erklä- ren übersichtlich Homologien, die Terminologie von Strukturen und ähnliches. Dieses Buch ist ein “Muß” für jeden Entomologen und interessierten Laien. Ein wunderbares Geschenk zu. jedem Anlaß. Sein einziger Nachteil - es ist etwas zu unhandlich, um es als Gute-Nacht-Lektüre mit ins Bett zu nehmen. M. Kotrba 21. Kreuels, M. & S. Buchholz: Ökologie, Verbreitung und Gefährdungsstatus der Webspinnen Nordrhein- Westfalens. Erste überarbeitete Fassung der Roten Liste der Webspinnen (Arachnida: Araneae). — Ver- lag Wolf & Kreuels, Havixbeck-Hohenholte, 2006. 116 S. ISBN 3-937455-07-8. Rote Listen sind, wie sich für fast alle Tiergruppen gezeigt hat, eine wesentliche Grundlage für Arten- und Biotop- schutz, daneben auch für die Landschaftsplanung allge- mein. Neben Artenlisten und Einschätzungen der Ge- fährdungskategorien sind zudem Angaben über die geographische Verbreitung sowie die Habitatbindung der jeweiligen Arten unabdingbar für effiziente Natur- schutzarbeit. Die hier von Martin Kreuels und Sascha Buchholz vorgelegte Überarbeitung der “Roten Liste” der Webspinnen entspricht diesen Anforderungen in idealer Weise. Die Autoren stellen das Untersuchungsgebiet (Na- turräumliche Gliederung, potentielle natürliche Vegeta- tion), die zur Datenerfassung angewendeten Methoden (Fundortangaben aus über 38000 Datensätzen) sowie den Aufbau bzw. die eingearbeiteten Informationskategorien ihrer Rote-Liste-Tabelle knapp, aber nachvollziehbar und gut gegliedert dar. Darüber hinaus wird die Problematik von Roten Listen, die immer nur begrenztes Wissen wiedergeben können, angemessen diskutiert. Eine voll- ständige Bibliographie rundet die vorliegende Studie ab. Es ergibt sich ein Bestand von 677 Webspinnenarten aus 37 Familien für Nordrhein-Westfahlen, von denen 133 zumindest gefährdet sind. Davon gelten 9 als ausge- storben. Neben diesen Grunddaten finden sich in der Tabelle natürlich Angaben zum Gefährdungsstatus, zur aktuellen Bestandssituation und zur Verbreitung, dane- ben aber auch Angaben zur Ökologie (Habitat, Abhän- gigkeit von der Vegetationsschichtung, zusätzlich abio- tische Faktoren wie Feuchte und Licht). Die Autoren haben meines Erachtens eine sehr ge- i lungene und nach dem derzeitigen Stand umfassende‘ Überarbeitung der Roten Liste für die Webspinnen Nor- drhein-Westfalens vorgelegt, die ich als Grundlage für Naturschutz und Landschaftsplanung uneingeschränkt empfehlen kann. R. Melzer SPIXIANA 29 3 259-285 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Type Catalogue of the Ichthyological Collection of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München. Part I: Historic type material from the “Old Collection”, destroyed in the night 24/25 April 1944 Dirk Neumann Neumann; D. (2006): Type Catalogue of the Ichthyological Collection of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München. Part I: Historic type material from the “Old Collection”, destroyed in the night 24/25 April 1944. - Spixiana 29/3: 259-285 For the first time a type catalogue of the Ichthyological Collection of the Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) is published. In 2005 the Global Biodiver- sity Information Facility (GBIF) programme aimed to create a database of the type specimens in German research museums. In the course of this programme, the fish collection in ZSM was searched for hidden type material previously considered lost and available type material was revised. With the end of the project in 2006 and publication of the type catalogue, the reorganisation and thorough revision of the fish collection in ZSM started by F. Glaw in 1998 is completed. Besides the data basing of available type material searched by F. Zajitschek and S. Nell already in 1998, there was a strong focus to restore information from his- toric publications concerning fish collections known to be housed in the “Old Col- lection” of ZSM in the course of the GBIF programme. Historic ichthyological collections originally deposited and formally housed in the historic “Old Collection” of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München known so far: fishes from the Spix Collection (Brazilian Expedition of Spix and Martius, 1817-1820), the Bleeker specimens from Dutch East India, the Moritz Wagner Col- lection with freshwater fishes from Panama and Ecuador (1858-1859), European freshwater fishes from the Collections of Franz von Paula Schrank (1817-1835), Carl Theodor von Siebold (1854-1863) and Bruno Hofer (- 1900), the Japanese fishes from the Collections Karl August Haberer (1898-1901) and Franz Doflein (1904), the Col- lection of Princess Therese von Bayern from her expeditions to Mexico (1893) and South America (1898), and the Erich Zugmayer Collection from Tibet (1906) and Pakistan (1911). Nearly all types described from these historic collections were ap- parently destroyed in the night 24/25 April 1944 during a bombing raid. Only few specimens were saved which were either evacuated separately from the public exhibition or already exchanged from ZSM to other museums, i.e. London (BMNH), Vienna (NMW) and Frankfurt (SMF) already before World War II. As known from literature sources so far, the historic “Old Collection” of the ZSM ichthyological collection contained at least 10000 specimens including 541 type specimens of 88 taxa (36 holotypes and 505 syntypes) out of 51 families. None of the types from the “Old Collection” mentioned in this first part ofthe type catalogue were found during a type search in 2005 in the ichthyological collection of ZSM; all types mentioned here have to be considered as lost in Word War Il. During the type search in 2005, additional historic specimens including type material were re-discovered in the Zoologische Präparatesammlung der Ludwig- Maximilians-Universität München. A review of this collection is given in the second part of this type catalogue. The ichthyological section of this collection was trans- ferred and incorporated into ZSM in 2004. Dirk Neumann, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Münchhausenstr. 21, 81247 Mün- chen, Germany; e-mail: Dirk.Neumann@zsm.mwn.de. 259 Introduction The early Zoologische Staatssammlung München (ZSM) was institutionally founded as “Naturalien- kabinett” [cabinet of natural curiosities] by King Maximilian I. Joseph on 1 May 1807. Besides the Spix material from Brazil the early fish collection in- cluded mainly freshwater fishes from Bavaria col- lected by Franz Paula von Schrank who curated the combined zoological-anthropological collections during Spix’s expedition to Brazil. Both, the Spix collection and the collections of Schrank mark the beginning ofthe ichthyological collection in the ZSM. Under the supervision of Siebold (1853-1885) the combined zoological collections were thematically regrouped and part of the material was exhibited in a Cabinet of natural curiosities. For this purpose, public and scientific collections were separated and curated independently (Balss 1926). During this time ZSM received specimens from the Bleeker Collection from Dutch East India (Fricke 1991) when Bleeker in the late 1860ies or 1870ies donated duplicates from his collection to various reputated collections to promote his attempts to find an employment at a prestigious University. Except one lot with two specimens of Drepane punctata (ZSM 310-311), the complete Bleeker Collection in ZSM was destroyed. While the early fish collection focused mainly on the South American and European ichthyofauna this focus was shifted toward South East Asia when the collection was surely doubled with the deposition of approximately 6000 marine fishes from the Habe- rer & Doflein collections from Japan, mainly deep sea fishes. ZSM received additional deep sea speci- mens from the Valdivia Expedition (1898-1899); the material (including type material) wasspread among University and Natural History collections in Ger- many. Specimens from this collection were re-dis- covered from the Zoological Collection of Ludwig- Maximilians University, and there is a high probabil- ity that material was deposited in ZSM, too. Only 300 lots of the historic collection survived the war. This material was probably saved because it was part of the public exhibition in the cabinet of the Wilhelminum that was evacuated earlier than the scientific collection. Part I of the type catalogue gives a historical review of the Ichthyological Collection in ZSM and reviews single historic collections. Part II of the type catalogue includes type mate- rial either deposited after the Second World War or re-inventoried form the “Old Collection” by Schind- ler in the re-built Ichthyological Collection in ZSM. Historic types rediscovered from the “Old Collec- tion” and the Zoological Collection of Ludwig- Maximilians University in the type search in 2005 260 are included in part Il since they were subsequently registered in Schindler’s new inventory. Part III of the type catalogue includes the Spix material collected during the Brazil Expedition (1817- 1820) and described in Selecta genera et species piscium Brasiliensium that was destroyed in the Second World War. Historical review of the ichthyological collection in ZSM In the course of the secularization of the Bavarian monasteries in 1803 their rich collections and librar- ies were centralised and rationalised under Graf von Montgelas and fused with the newly founded col- lection of the “Bayerische Akademie der Wissen- schaften” [Bavarian Academy of Sciences] (Mauer- mayer 1986). This early collection included zoo- logical, botanical, mineralogical and physical objects from the private collection of King Maximilian, then stored in the Residenz in Munich, the geological Collection of the “Riedlsche Kabinett”, which was previously stored in the “Akademie der Wissen- schaften” [Academy of Sciences] and the “Herzoglich Zweibrücken’sche Kabinett”. After the death of Maximilian I., King Ludwig I. translocated the Uni- versity from Landshut to the Wilhelminum in Mu- nich in 1827. With this step the collection of the Academy of Sciences gained more independence. However, the academy collections were partly in- corporated in the former university collections and vice versa, aimed to mainly serve university interests and demands (Balss 1926). Consequently, different university professors were in charge for the curation ofthe combined collections. Montgelas thematically reorganised this mixed collections of natural and physical curiosities in 1811 as Zoologisch-Zootomi- sche Sammlung and Johann Baptist Spix was ap- pointed first curator of this museum (Balss 1926). The historic ichthyological collection of ZSM dates back to specimens collected by Spix together with Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius during their famous Brazil Expedition (1817-1820). Early ZSM collections received additional material under Spix’s curatorship in 1825 just before he died, when he travelled to The Netherlands to buy “Zoological objects” (Balss 1926), which likely included fish specimens, too. During Spix’s Brazil Expedition the zoological collections were provisionally curated by Franz von Paula Schrank (1747-1835), founder of the Botanical | Gardens Munich. Besides his botanical interests, Schrank contributed much to the knowledge of the Bavarian fauna, mainly on insects and fishes (Balss 1926). Together with the Spix specimens from Brazil, the fishes collected by Schrank in Bavarian rivers marked the origin of the ZSM ichthyological collec- tion. During the time of Carl Theodor von Siebold’s curatorship (1853-1885) the zoological collection and especially the fish collection was substantially en- larged. Balss (1926) separately mentions the large collection of fish skeletons that was built up under Siebold’s supervision. Besides this dry material it is not unlikely that the separately preparated ana- tomical objects of the collection are dating back to Siebold, too, including formalin preserved speci- mens, which were used for university lectures. The comparative-anatomical collections, then housed in the Institute of Physiology, was incorpo- rated into the zoological collections and moved to the Wilhelminum under Siebold. A part of the com- bined collections was then already accessible to the publicin a Cabinet of natural curiosities (Balss 1926), which was also under Siebold’s supervision. The historic zoological collections grew steadily: already comprising single halls scattered over three floors in the Wilheminum under Siebold in 1872, the col- lections comprised parts of the 2", and the complete 3"d and 4" floor in the northern tract of the Wilhelmi- num in 1908 (Balss 1926). Richard von Hertwig (1850-1937) followed Sie- bold as curator of the zoological collection. During his time Franz Doflein started to work as assistant in the collection and was appointed vice director in 1909. The fish collection gained largely from the work of Karl August Haberer and especially of Franz Doflein and their large collections of deep sea fishes from Japan. Many of the preparated hagfishes in the university collection originate from Dofleins expedi- tion to California (USA) in 1904. Besides these two comprising collections, the ichthyology section re- ceived additional material from Expeditions of G. Merzbacher (Tian-Shan range 1904-1910), Lorenz Müller (Amazon, 1910), E. Zugmayer (Tibet, 1906- 1917) and Kapitän Michell (Congo and Orinoco, 1909-1913). Additional material of Bavarian fresh- water fishes was deposited by Bruno Hofer. In the early 20'" century the ichthyological collection grew steadily and demanded a separate curation within the zoological collections of ZSM. With Erich Zug- mayer for the first time one scientific volunteer was in charge for the curation of the ichthyological sec- tion of the zoological collections. In 1926 ZSM re- ceived the substantial zoological bequests of Princess Therese von Bayern, including her considerable fish collection (Balss 1926). | Karl von Frisch succeeded Hertwig in 1925, both as director of the Zoological Institute as well as di- rector of the ZSM. To this time, 10 different collec- tions were housed in the Wilhelminum in Neu- hauser Str. 10 (Mauermayer 1986). Frisch strongly demanded a separation at least of the institute and the collection; in 1932 the Zoological Institute moved to anew building at Luisenstraße 14, where it was situated until the building was demolished early 2005. With this partition, the zoological collections of the University and ZSM were separated institu- tionally after 122 years. The university collection included — with few exceptions collected in the 1970ies — mainly historic specimens. Specimens originating from Siebold, Hofer, Zugmayer, Müller; moreover single types from the Collections of Spix and Doflein were recently rediscovered in the Zoo- logical Collection of the Ludwig-Maximilians Uni- versity Munich (LMU). To preserve the history of the specimens that were formerly housed in this second historic fish collection in Munich, the acro- nymZPLMU is here introduced; it is the abbreviation for “Zoologische Präparatesammlung der Ludwig- Maximilians-Universität München” [Zoological objects collection of the Ludwig-Maximilians Uni- versity Munich]. While Frisch stayed as head at the Zoological Institute, Hans Krieg became director of the now independent Zoologische Staatssammlung, which was still housed in the Wilhelminum at Neuhauser Straße. Krieg earned reputation after his Gran Chaco transition (ll. Deutsche Gran-Chaco-Expedition 1925-1927) from Asuncion (Paraguay) to Santa Cruz de la Sierra (Bolivia). A third expedition to northern Paraguay followed from 1931-1932. On his IV Expe- dition to Patagonia, Alto Paranä, Mato Grosso and Sao Paulo Krieg was assisted by his student Otto Schindler (1906-1959). Inspired from his scientific work, Krieg thematically reorganised the public exhibition from systematically grouped natural curiosities towards a more modern biogeographical conception and separated the public exhibition from the scientific collection in 1928 (Kraft & Huber 1992). Schindler, who volunteered in the ichthyology al- ready under Hertwig, became the first curator of the ichthyological collection in 1939 (Mauermayer 1986). In 1943 the ZSM staff managed to evacuate large parts of the collection. The fish collection had been packed and was stored in the entrance of the Wil- helminum. Before the planned evacuation in the forthcoming days, fire and demolition bombs de- stroyed the entire building during a British bombing raid on the night of 24/25 April 1944, including the complete historic ichthyological collection, the old inventories and all further data concerning this col- lection (Terofal 1983, Gruber 1992). As known so far from historic literature sources, the historic ichthyo- logical collection in ZSM contained at least 10000 261 specimens. However, this may be only a rough es- timate that is available from various historic publi- cations referring to single specimens known to be housed in the ichthyological collection in ZSM; e.g. the Haberer & Doflein Collections contained about 6000 specimens (Balss 1926). The ichthyological section in ZSM was re-opened under Otto Schindler in 1949. He revised the remains of the historic “Alte Sammlung” [Old Collection] and re-inventoried remaining specimens from the “Old Collection” with anew numbering system and in a new inventory. The Schindler inventory is the only available inventory of the fish collection of ZSM known today. Therefore, Schindler’s work after World War Il marks the transition from the historic “Old Collection” towards a modern ichthyological collection. As a consequence, the present fish collec- tion in ZSM is a complete post-war collection in which only single historic specimens are left. The Moritz Wagner Collection (1813-1887) Moritz Wagner (1813-1887), professor atthe Ludwig- Maximilians University Munich, explored Central- South America from 1853-1854 (Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua and Costa Rica) and 1858-1859 (Panama). Wagner deposited his comprising fish collections in the Zoologische-zootomische Staats- sammlung, the early ZSM under Siebold (Wagner 1864: 66 [2 as separate]). While he shipped part of his material already during his first expedition, major parts of the 1853-1854 collection were lost because inadequate preservation at the end of his journey. The remaining material that should be shipped later on was destroyed during an earthquake on 16 April 1854 in San Salvador (Wagner, 1870). Most of the material stored in the Old Collection probably dates from his second expedition. The location “Neu-Granada” in some specimens was later corrected by Wagner (1864) into “Panama” to indicate that he exclusively collected in this former province of New-Granada; the former Viceroyalty of New Granda, included the today’s countries Colombia, Panama, Venezuela and Ecuador, but changed its name in 1863 into United States of Co- lombia. Venezuela and Ecuador became independ- ent already in 1830, while Panama remained part of New-Granada as province until 1903. Siebold asked Rudolf Kner to work on the fishes of the Wagner Collection (Kner 1863: 221; Wagner 1864: 66 [2 as separate]). Kner accepted, and worked together with his “jungen Freund” [young friend] Franz Steindachner on the Wagner material. The Wagner Collection comprised at least 72 speci- mens (22 genera, 32 species); this number is avail- able from the second part of Kner’s work (1863), where he gives a complete list of all specimens he received from Siebold. It remains unclear, whether Siebold sent the complete Wagner material to Vi- enna, or if the Collection included even more specimens, which were not exchanged. The discord- ant counts of specimens in the publications from 1863 and 1864 suggest that more material was avail- able. Kner (1863) described 16 new species and 2 new genera from this material. Kner mentions that both, he and Steindachner did work on the material, but Kner (1863) is the sole author of the “provi- sional” descriptions published 1863 in “Sitzungs- berichten” and thus must be considered as sole author of these species. All new species are indi- cated by the abbreviation “n.” (nova), the two new genera with “nov. gen.” (novus genus) and for- mally described with a short Latin diagnosis, ac- companied with remarks in German on closely re- lated species. He already indicated that the same species will be published later on in the “Abhand- lungen” in more detail. The figure captions in the original description refer to unpublished plates, which were delayed (Kner 1863:221) and therefore not included in the 1863 work. The same species were described a second time one year later to- gether with the now finished but renumbered plates (Kner & Steindachner 1864). Unlike many descriptions of this time Kner did not only explicitly indicate the number of specimens he had for his descriptions, but refers also to a “Verz. No.” (Verzeichnis-Nummer [registry number]) of each single specimen of his new species. These numbers are obviously corresponding with a list of specimens Siebold sent together with the material, probably to identify the single specimens included in the shipment: “Die jeder Species beigefügten Nummern stimmen mit jenen überein, welche den Fischen selbst angehängt und in dem von ... Pro- fessor Siebold mir eingesandten Verzeichnisse an- gegeben sind [The given numbers of every species correspond to those which are attached to the fishes themselves and are given in the inventory ... Pro- fessor Siebold sent to me]”. These numbers were directly attached to single fishes identifying indivi- duals. Siebold started as curator of the combined zoological collections in 1853, and received the material from Wagner shortly afterwards in 1854, while Wagner was still in Panama (Wagner 1864: 66 (2 as separate]). However, the bulk of Wagner’s material arrived later and originates from his second expedition (1858-1859). Kner published disconti- nuous registry numbers ranging from 3 up to 298, so that it seems unlikely that they were used e.g. for plain numbering of lots on a packing list or loan agreement; would this have been the case, the num- bers surely would be continuously and perhaps sorted by species. The Wagner Collection Siebold sent to Kner included 72 specimens, which exactly agrees with the count of all “Verz. No.” mentioned by Kner in his work. Assuming that the published numbers for the Wagner material are indeed inven- tory numbers and that Siebold registered incoming material in an inventory file according to the actual arrival of specimens in his collection, then the old ZSM inventory would date back to Siebold and the Wagner collection would be the earliest record of ZSM inventory numbers. The Wagner material ar- rived in 1854 and was one oftthe earliest acquisitions after Siebold started to work as curator in 1853. Siebold specimens from the historic ZPLMU Coll- ection (as early as May 1854, details see below) have already high numbers like ZPLMU 1768, Spinachia spinachia, or ZPLMU 1662, Blicca bjoerkna, because of the independent curation of the University Coll- ection. Therefore, the “Verz. No.” published by Kner in 1863 are assumed as early ZSM inventory num- bers. To be not confused with today’s records, the suffix “I[Old Collection]” is added, according to Schindler’s treatment and identification of historic (pre-war) material. It is not unlikely that additional fish material Wagner collected during his “Transkaukasien Expe- dition” (Wagner 1864: 75 [11 as separate]) was de- posited in ZSM, too. The Collection of Carl Theodor von Siebold (1804-1885) Siebold’s material originates mainly from Germany, with a special focus on Bavarian freshwater fishes and the fishes from the pre-alpine lakes in Bavaria. Starting on 3 May 1854 he built up a comprising collection of European freshwater fishes for the planned publication of the “Süßwasserfische Mittel- europas”. In the preface of his book he gives a brief report where he collected or purchased the specimens he used in his work (Siebold 1863). He obtained specimens from the Danube drainage from the fol- lowing fish markets: “Ulm, Regensburg, Passau, Linz und Wien”. But his main source was the fish market in Munich, where he also purchased “Bodensee- Fische, Teichfische aus Mittelfranken, Schwaben, von der Oberpfalz und von Böhmen, Lachsarten vom Niederrhein und der Elbe ... [fishes from Lake Konstanz, pond fishes from Middle Franconia, Swabia, Upper Palatinate and Bohemia, salmon-spe- cies from the Lower Rhine and Elbe]”. Additional material was purchased at (quoted from Siebold, 1863: 5): Rhine drainage: Basel, Freiburg, Straßburg, Speyer, Mainz, Heidelberg, Mannheim, Nürnberg, Bamberg, Würzburg and Frankfurt (Main). Weser drainage: Meinigen, Eisenach, Kassel, Münden and Göttingen. Elbe drainage: Prag, Dresden, Magdeburg, Ham- burg, Wunsiedel, Leipzig, Hof, Naumburg, Halle and Berlin. Oder drainage: Breslau, Stettin and Swine- münde. Weichsel drainage: Danzig [Gdansk], Elbing [Elblag] and Thorn [Torun|. Pregel drainage: Königsberg [Kaliningrad] and Heilsberg [Lidzbark Warminski]. . Lake Konstanz: Lindau, Bregenz, Konstanz, Überlingen and Langenargen. Further material from the former East Prussia: Rivers Memel, Russ and Tilsit [Sowetsk], Kurisches Haff, Frisches Haff at Braunsberg [Braniewol, Frau- enberg [Frombork] and Tolkemit [Tolkmicko]. Switzerland: Genfer See [Lake Geneva]. Etsch drainage (Italy): Brixen, Bozen, Meran and Mals. Siebold received further material from Italy from the following persons: Pirona, Udine; Jan, Milano; De Filippi, Turin (all Italy); Coinde, Lyon; Gervais, Montpellier (both France). In an annotation (page IV) in the preface of his “Süsswasserfische Mitteleuropas”, Siebold (1863) clearly states that he deposited his complete mate- rial of freshwater fishes which he obtained from 1854 onwards in the zoological cabinet of the Bavarian State: “Sämtliche von mir gesammelten oder durch Schenkung an mich gelangten Süsswasserfische werden in dem hiesigen zoologischen Cabinete des Staates aufbewahrt. ... München, den 20ten Juni 1863 [All freshwater fishes collected by myself or received by me as donation are stored in the local zoological cabinet of the State ... Munich, 20" June 1863]”. Balss (1926) confirms that the Siebold Col- lection of Bavarian and European freshwater fishes was housed in the early ZSM collection. Even if nearly the complete collection was lost in World War IL, single specimens are still traceable in ZSM. Only two of them can be unambiguously identified as Siebold specimens: ZSM 2 (1), Abramidopsis leukartii, Danube at Regensburg; v. Siebold; ZSM 302 (1), Platessa flesus, Helgoland; v. Siebold. Two more lots have been re-discovered in the ZPLMU collection: ZSM 30549 (1) ex ZPLMU 1768, Spinachia spinachia, Kieler Bucht, Ostsee [Kiel Bay, Baltic Seal, v. Siebold; ZSM 30610 (1) ex ZPLMU 1662, Blicca bjoerkna, Chiemsee [Lake Chiemsee]. 263 The Japanese Collections of August Haberer (1864-1941) and Franz Doflein (1873-1924) The Haberer and Doflein Collection contained more than 6500 marine fishes (481 species out of 319 gen- era in 130 families) (Anonymous, no date). Both collections originate from the Sagami Bay off Yoko- hama and Aburatsubo, including many deep sea fishes but also large specimens like an Ocean Sunfish (Mola mola) and a Goblin Shark that was described by Engelhardt as Scapanorhynchus dofleini. Later specimens were purchased by Doflein from the natural history dealer Alan Owston in Yokohama. The collection of A. Haberer The Haberer Collection was mainly based on mate- rial from his second journey to China and Japan from 1898-1901. Due to the Boxer Rebellion Haberer was forced to leave China immediately; however he managed to save his vertebrate fossils from the Yangtze-Kiang River. Before he left for Japan, he assembled a comprehensive marine collection from the Chinese Sea off Shanghai. However, major parts of his collection, more than 5000 specimens, originate from the Sagami Bay off Yokohama, among them 3000 fishes. Haberer donated his large collection of zoological objects to ZSM (Doflein 1905). Doflein revised parts of the Haberer Collection, and worked scientifically on the crustaceans. The collection of F. Doflein In 1904 Doflein received a grant from King Luitpold von Bayern which allowed him to explore the deep sea fauna in the Sagami Bay. The Doflein Collection included also more than 3000 fishes, nearly exclu- sively marine material and only few specimens from brackish or freshwater habitats. A station list with detailed information on coordinates, depths and duration of single trawls was published by Doflein in 1910. Additional material originates from local fishermen, which used hooked diabolo lines for long-line fishing in greater depths in the Aburatsubo Bay. Two of them, Kuma and Tsuschida, assisted Doflein also onboard of the steam vessel “Zuso Maru”, which Doflein hired for 18 days for his sur- veys in the Sagami Bay. Due to bad weather it was actually possible to trawl only on 8 days from 8-15. X1.1904. The fishes from both collections were revised by Victor Franz, who described 22 new species from the available material. Few specimens from the Haberer & Doflein Collections survived World War II because they were part of the public exhibition in 264 the Cabinet of natural curiosities, or stored in the ZPLMU collection. Two of the originally 19 syntypes of Ditrema temmincki var. jordani Franz, 1910 were rediscovered in a type search in 2005 (D. Neumann): ZSM 257 und ZSM 30574 (ex ZPLMU 1757). The Collection of Princess Therese von Bayern (1850-1925) Princess Therese von Bayern showed an early inter- est in natural science; however women were not admitted at universities in Bavaria until 1903. She owes her extensive knowledge to her private studies in geology, ethnology botany and zoology. At the age of 21 she started to travel European countries and soon was capable to speak and write 12 lan- guages. During her expedition-like journeys she travelled incognito, preferred a spartanic life-style and allowed not more than three personnel attend- ants. In 1892 Therese von Bayern was appointed an honorary member of the Geographical Society and ofthe Academy of Sciences, five years later she was awarded with an honorary doctorate at the Philo- sophical Faculty of the University of Munich - an exception for a female autodidact at this time. During her six month lasting expedition to South America in 1898, Therese von Bayern compiled a comprising zoological, botanical and ethnological collection she brought back to Munich. The fish col- lection included 228 specimens from 91 fish species, from which Steindachner (1900 & 1902) described eight new species. The zoological bequests of Therese von Bayern were disposed by her will to the Zoolo- gische Staatssammlung München (Balss 1926), in- cluding also the fishes from her earlier Mexico Ex- pedition in 1893. Steindachner received few dupli- cates from the Collection Therese von Bayern, which were exchanged, as far as traceable in NMW files, from Therese von Bayern herself after Steindachner finished his work on her fish collection. As far as available from Steindachner (1900 & 1902) the Col- lection Therese von Bayern from Mexico and South America included 139 species. However, the actual number ofspecimens and actual size of the complete Collection Therese von Bayern at the time of depo- sition in ZSM is unknown. For detailed information on locations and dates of the three South-America Expeditions of Princess Therese von Bayern the reader is referred to Huber (1998). The Collection of Erich Zugmayer (1879-1939) Zugmayer explored the fish fauna of East and Cen- tral Asia in two expeditions. The first led him in 1906 to West and Central Tibet, to Ladakh (East Kashmir) and to the Panggong Lake. During this expedition Zugmayer collected 23 species with more than 400 specimens; Zugmayer (1909a) described four of them as new, Schizothorax montanus, Schizothorax ladacensis, Schizothorax tibetanus and Aspiorhynchus sartus. The complete collection and all syntypes were origi- nally deposited in ZSM (Zugmayer 1910: 5). Sup- plemental information on field camps, dates etc. is detailed in Zugmayer (1909b). In his second expedition in 1911 he explored Balutschistan, today a province of the Islamic Re- public of Pakistan. He followed an invitation to build up a representative collection of marine fishes for the National Museum of Sir Henry McMahon in Quetta. From February to May 1911 he travelled the costal area near today’s Iranian border while from June to mid September he explored central Balut- schistan. In October, the last part of his journey, he worked in the north-eastern part of the country, the (east) Kashmir region. Atthe beginning of his journey he mainly stayed in the harbours of Pasni, Gwadar, Sonmiani and Ormara, where he purchased numerous specimens from local fishermen for his collection. However, since he was more interested in freshwater fishes, he collected additional material from the rivers Purali [Porali] at Las Bela, the Dasht at Suntsar and Turbat, the Vidar at Sonmiani, and in the surround- ings of the regional capital of Quetta, in Pishin, in Mastung and Nushki southeast of Quetta [Pishin Lora basin], and in the vicinity of Panjgur in the Rakhshan-Valley (Central Makran Range). The collection comprised more than 300 speci- mens out of 40 species and 18 families. From this collection Torpedo zugmayeri, Platycephalus platysoma, Petroscirtes cristatus, Labeo gedrosicus, Labeo macma- honi, Scaphiodon watsoni var. belense, Scaphiodon daukesi, Nemacheilus baluchiorum and Nemacheilus brahui were described as new species or varieties. Zugmayer deposited this material in ZSM (Zug- mayer 1913: 5); all species described from this expe- dition are solely based on the Zugmayer material deposited in Munich. The complete Zugmayer col- lection from the Balutschistan Expedition in Munich was apparently destroyed during the second World War, except single syntypes that have been ex- changed already before World War II: Labeo macma- honi, NMW 81256 (1); Scaphiodon daukesi, NMW 19784 (1), ZSI F8028/1 (1), ZSI F 8032/1 (1); Nemacheilus baluchiorum, NMW 19851 (1). Type Catalogue (part I) The families appear in alphabetical order; species are listed respectively in their according genera. If not stated elsewise, the taxon name is valid as originally published; if single species have been synonymised or placed in different genera, the valid name and a detailed reference is given under “Remarks”. Citations from the original description appear in “quotation marks”, additional information from different sources or translations in [brackets]. Abbreviations coll: Collection don: donatus (lat.), donated leg: leget (lat.), collected by NMW: Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Vienna TL: total length Verz. Nr.: Verzeichnis Nummer, early ZSM inventory numbers of the Old Collection ZPLMU: Zoologische Präparatesammlung der Ludwig- Maximilians-Universität München ZSI: Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta ZSM: Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Mu- nich ZSM [Old Collection]: historic pre-war ichthyological collection of Zoologische Staatssammlung München, Munich Anguillidae Anguilla capensis Kaup, 1860 Abh. Naturwiss. Ver. Hamburg, (2): 18, Pl. 2 (fig. 3). Holotype (?): ZSM [Old Collection], 660 mm SL, “vom Cap”. Remarks. Original description in the singular; ap- parently based on one specimen. No further collect- ing data available in ZSM. According to the Esch- meyer Catalogue (updated online version 17 April 2006) thesynonymy with Anguilla mossambica (Peters, 1852) as proposed by Ege (1939) is questionable. Anostomidae Leporinus muyscorum Steindachner, 1900 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 206. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “18.8 cm lang”, Rio Lebrija, eastern tributary of the middle Rio Magdalena at Santander (Colombia); leg: purchased out of canoas of local fishermen, Coll. Th. v. Bayern, VII. 1898. 265 Remarks. Apparently based on a single specimen, but not stated explicitly in the original description. The species was illustrated and described in more detail, based on a single specimen, in Steindachner (1902: 142-143 [54-55 as separate] Pl. 2, Fig. 2); holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Addi- tional information on the length taken from Stein- dachner (1902), information on the collection date retrieved from preface of Therese v. Bayern (1902). Holotype of Leporinus muyscorum ex private Collec- tion Therese v. Bayern. Ariidae Bagrus arioides Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 227,2g..19. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. No. 273 [Old Collec- tion], “Rio Bayano” (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858- 1859. Remarks. Original description based explicitly on a single specimen, holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2), which was originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “15” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. The species was described in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 47-49) but not illus- trated. It is unlikely that Siebold exchanged the holotype to NMW; there is no evidence in the NMW acquisition files that type material of Bagrus arioides was deposited in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). According to Kailola (2004) a synonym of Cathorops multiradiatus (Günther, 1864). Atherinopsidae Atherinichthys albus Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 31 (15): 149. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (5), 13.3-25.4 mm TL (?), Lake Cuitzeo near Morelia (Mexico); leg: local fis- hermen; purchased at local fish market, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 4.X.1893. Remarks. Additional information on the collection date from the preface of Bayern (1895). ZSM received the syntypes from the private Collection Therese v. Bayern (see historical review for details); no type material of this species is available in NMW (Wellen- dorf, pers. comm. 22.V1.2006). Placed for doubtful reasons by Dyer (in: Reis et al. 2003) into synonymy 266 of Chirostoma estor Jordan, 1880 without comparing the type of Ch. estor with comparative material from Lake Cuitzeo. Needs further research and is tenta- tively treated as valid until a thorough revision of the group is published. Atherinichthys brevis Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 31 (15): 149. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), 51 & 53 mm TL (®), Lake Cuitzeo near Morelia (Mexico); leg: local fisher- men; purchased at local fish market, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 4.X.1893. Remarks. Additional information on the collection date from the preface of Bayern (1895). ZSM received the syntypes from the private collection Therese v. Bayern (see historical review for details); no type material of this species is available in NMW (Wellen- dorf, pers. comm. 17.X.2005). Steindachner (1895) described and illustrated the species again in anew combination as Chirostoma breve. Placed for doubtful reasons by Dyer (in: Reis et al. 2003) into synonymy of Chirostoma jordani Woolmann, 1895 without com- paring type material of Ch. jordani with comparative material from Lake Cuitzeo. The hydrologically closed Lake Cuitzeo basin is not connected to neigh- bouring Rio Lerma system, the terra typica of Ch. jordani. Needs further research and is tenta- tively treated as valid until a thorough revision of the group is published. Valid as *Chirostoma breve* (Steindachner, 1894). Atherinichthys grandoculis Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 31 (15): 149. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection] (1),122 mm TL (?2), “aus dem Pätzcuaro-See [from Lake Pätzcuaro]” (Mexico); leg: local fishermen; purchased at local fish market, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 6.X.1893. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Addi- tional information on the collection date from the preface of Bayern (1895). ZSM received the syntypes from the private collection Therese v. Bayern (see historical review for details); no type material of this species is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. 17.X.2005). Steindachner (1895) described and illustrated the species again in a new combination as Chirostoma grandocule. Balitoridae Nemachilus baluchiorum Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 599. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (13), “Panjgur” [Rakhs- han-Valley (Central Makran Range), Prov. of Baluchis- tan] (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, VII-IX.1911. Remarks. All syntypes of Nemachilus baluchiorum were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details); one syntype was obviously exchanged to NMW already before World War II; NMW 19851 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. The remaining 12 syn- types were apparently lost in WW II; not found during a type search in July 2005 (D. Neumann). Data restored from original description and Zug- mayer (1913b). According to Mirza (2003) valid as *Schistura baluchiorum* (Zugmayer, 1912). Nemachilus brahui Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 598-599. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (24), 100-130 mm TL (?), “Kelat”, Prov. of Baluchistan (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, X.1911. Remarks. All syntypes of Nemachilus brahui were originally housed in ZSM (see introduction for de- tails). Data restored from original description and Zugmayer (1913b). According to Mirza (2003) valid as *Triplophysa brahui* (Zugmayer, 1912). Blenniidae Petroscirtes cristatus Zugmayer, 1913 (b) Abh. Akad. Wiss. München 26 (6): 20-21. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (4), 60-84 mm TL (), “Omara”, Prov. of Balutschistan (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, V.1911. Remarks. The syntypes of Petroscirtes cristatus were originally housed in ZSM (see introduction for de- tails). According to Springer & Gomon (1975) a synonym of Omobranchus mekranensis (Regan, 1905). Bothidae Arnoglossus violaceus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 8, Pl. VII, Fig. 56. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 23.5 cm TL, “Aburatsubo” (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Accord- ing to Amaoka 1969: 122 a synonym of Parabothus coarctatus (Gilbert, 1905). Laeops lanceolata Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 62, Pl. VIIL Fig. 60. Syntypes (9): ZSM [Old Collection], 8-9 cm TL, “Fuku- ura” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. ZSM [Old Collec- tion], Dzushi, 50-100 m (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. One syntype was apparently exchanged to BMNH before World War II: BMNH 1931.11.16.2 ex ZSM [Old Collection]. The metres in the Dzushi specimens probably refer to the depths at which the fishes were caught. Laeops variegata Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 63, BL. VII, Fig. 59. Syntypes (4): ZSM [Old Collection], “"Fukuura” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. ZSM [Old Collection], “Dzushi” (Japan), 50-100 m; coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. The metre values for the Dzushi speci- mens probably refer to the depths at which they were caught. According to Li & Wang (1995) a synonym of Laeops lanceolata Franz, 1910. Trachypterophrys raptator Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 60-61, Pl. VIL, Fig. 54. Syntypes (6): ZSM [Old Collection] (4 ?), 14.5-16.5 cm TL, “Fukuura” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. Remarks. Two of the syntypes were apparently exchanged before World War II from ZSM [Old Collection]: BMNH 1931.11.16.1 (1) and SMF 7433 (1). Theremaining four syntypes of Trachypterophrys raptator housed in ZSM were apparently destroyed in WW II. According to Amaoka (1969) a synonym of Chascanopsetta lugubris Alcock, 1894. 267 Callanthiidae Callanthias japonicus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 40, Pl. VI, Fig. 49. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “Aburat- subo” (Japan); coll. Doflein; no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Carcharhinidae Carcharias sanctithomae Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. 39 (21/22): 646. Syntypes: ZSM [old Collection] (1), female, 1.0 m, [Is- land of] “St. Thomas”, Virgin Islands (United States of America); leg: Dr. Jäger, 1908. ZSM [Old Collection] (4), heads, 16-18 cm, same data. Remarks. Originally published as “sancti-thomae”; correction of spelling mandatory (ICZN Art. 32.5.2.3). Collection data supplemented from original descrip- tion. Carcharias marianensis Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. 39 (21/22): 647. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], female, 40 cm, [off Island of] “Guam-Insel”, Marianas Islands (United States of America); coll. Doflein, purchased from Ows- ton, 1904. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (CZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data supplemented from original description. According to Compagno (1984) a syno- nym of Carcharhinus melanopterus (Quoy & Gaimard, 1824). Centrophoridae Centrophorus drygalskii Engelhardt, 1912 Z.o0l. Anz. 39 (21/22): 645-646. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (1), female, 41 cm, [off] “Enoura: Sagamibai [Sagami Bay]” (Japan); coll. Doflein, purchased from Owston, 1904. ZSM [Old Collection] (1), male, 39 cm, Sagami Bay off “Yokohama” (Japan); coll. Haberer, 1901. Remarks. Collection data from original description, additional information from Doflein (1904). Accord- 268 ing to Compagno (1984) questionably a synonym of Centrophorus acus Garman, 1906. Chaetodontidae Chaetodon ocellifer Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. D): 49-50, Pl. V, Fig. 35. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (3), 1.85-3.3 cm TL, “Nagasaki, durch Consul Müller-Beek, coll. Doflein” [Nagasaki (Japan); leg (?): Consul Müller-Beek, coll. Doflein]; no date. Remarks. According to Burgess (1978) a synonym of Chaetodon speculum Cuvier; 1831, which is ques- tionable (no comparative material was compared). Osteochromis larvatus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 52, Pl. V, Fig. 43. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 2.15 cm TL, “Aburatsubo” (Japan); coll. Doflein”; no date. Remarks. Based on a single specimen; holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Champsodontidae Champsodon snyderi Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 82, Pl. [X, Fig. 74. Syntypes (approx. 40): ZSM [Old Collection], “Fukuu- ra” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. ZSM [Old Collection], “Misaki” (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. ZSM [Old Col- lection], “Yagoshima” (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. The exact number of syntypes remains unclear; Franz (1910) mentions that the material comprised approx. 40 specimens (“Ca. 40 Exem- plare”) but gives neither total number of specimens nor an exact specimen count from the different loca- tions. A neotype (MCZ 100468) was designated by Nemeth (1994). Characidae Chalceus atrocaudatus Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 227, Fig. 14. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. No. 143 [Old Collec- tion], “Vom Westabhange der Anden im Staate Ecuador [western slopes of the Andes in the State of Ecuador]”; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “14” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: XX [44-46 in separate], Pl. 4, Fig. 2 & 2a). According to Lima (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Brycon atrocaudatus* (Kner, 1863). Chalcinopsis chagrensis Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 226, Fig. 13. Syntypes (5): ZSM Verz. No. 3, 16, 47, 129, 234 [Old Collection], “Rio Chagres” (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “12” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. Du- plicates have been exchanged to / were retained in NMW probably on behalf of Siebold; NMW 62661 (2), 22106 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 42-43, Pl. 5, Fig. 3). According to Lima (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Brycon chagrensis* (Kner, 1863). Chalcinopsis striatulus Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 226, Fig. 12. Syntypes (5): ZSM Verz. No. 15, 117, 200, 204, 206 [Old Collection], “Panama”; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “12” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. Du- plicates have been exchanged to / were retained in NMW probably on behalf of Siebold; NMW 62662 (2) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. It is doubtful if the _NMW specimens were included in the original syntype series; according to NMW acquisition files the duplicates were received in 1864 (Wellendorf, pers. comm. X.2005). The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 38-41, Pl. 5, Figs. 2 & 2a) but based on nine instead of five syntypes; needs further in- vestigation inNMW acquisition and inventory files. The Munich specimens were apparently destroyed in World War II. According to Lima (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Brycon striatulus* (Kner, 1863). Pseudochalceus lineatus Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 225-226, Rio. 11. Syntypes (2): ZSM Verz. No. 146, 292 [Old Collection], “Vom Westabhange der Anden im Staate Ecuador [wes- tern slopes of the Andes in the State of Ecuador]”; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Both syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner, 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “11” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. Two specimens were retained in NMW or exchanged by Siebold; NMW 56739 ex ZSM [Old Collection]. NMW 56738 (1) includes a in situ preparation of the intestines of one of the two specimens retained in MW 56739 (Wellendorf, pers. comm. 17.O0ct.2005). It remains unclear if the specimens stored in NMW 56739 were included in the original syntype series. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 35-38, Pl. 5, Fig. 1 & 1a) but based on three instead of two syntypes; needs further investigation in NMW ac- quisition and inventory files. Munich specimen(s) apparently destroyed in World War II. Cichlidae Acara coeruleopunctata Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 222, Fig. 3: Syntypes (5): ZSM Verz. Nr. 5, 30, 116, 219, 239 [Old Collection], Rio Chagres (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “3” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. Duplicates were retained in NMW or exchanged by Siebold; NMW 33635-36 (1, 1), 22168 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collec- tion]. It remains unclear if these specimens were included in the original syntype series. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 16-18, Pl. 1, Fig. 2) but based on 9 instead of 5 syntypes; needs further in- vestigation in NMW acquisition and inventory files. 269 The Munich specimens were apparently destroyed in World War Il. According to Kullander (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Aequidens coeruleopunctatus* (Kner, 1863). Heros altifrons Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 223, Fig. 4. Syntypes (3): ZSM Verz. Nr. 19, 103, 195 [Old Collec- tion], “Von Panama” (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858- 1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “4” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. One syntype was retained in NMW or exchanged by Siebold; NMW 21204 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. However, it remains unclear if this specimen was included in the original syntype series. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Stein- dachner later on (1864: 11-13, Pl. 2, Fig. 1) but based on eight instead of three syntypes with a new type location “Neu-Granada”; needs further investigation in NMW acquisition and inventory files. The Munich specimens were apparently destroyed in World War II. According to Kullander (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as "Amphilophus altifrons* (Kner, 1863). Heros sieboldii Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 223, Bien. Syntypes (5): ZSM Verz. Nr. 6, 24, 27, 179, 287 [Old Collection], “Von Panama an der Südseite” [from Pana- ma at the southern side); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Figure caption “5” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. One syntype was retained in NMW or exchanged by Siebold; NMW 22012 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. It remains unclear if this specimen was included in the original syntype series. The species was described and il- lustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 13-15, Pl. 2, Fig. 2) but based on 11 instead of5syntypes with a new type location (“Neu- Granada und vom westlichen Abhange der Panama Landenge” [New-Granada and western slopes of the Panama Isthmus]); needs further investigation in NMW acquisition and inventory files. The Munich specimens were apparently destroyed in World War 270 II. According to Kullander (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Tomocichla sieboldii* (Kner, 1863). Hoplarchus pentacanthus Kaup, 1860 Arch. Naturgesch. 26 (1): 129-131, Pl. 6 (Fig. 1). Holotype (unique?): ZSM [Old Collection], no data available. Remarks. No detailed information on number of specimens, type location or date is available from the original description. The material Kaup used for his description likely originated from the Spix Col- lection from Brazil (for details see Kottelat 1988: 87). The original description is in the singular; thus it may be assumed that it was based on a single specimen, which would then be the holotype by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). No Hoplarchus speci- men from the Old Collection or historic Kaup mate- rial is available in ZSM. Only one South American cichlid from the historic collection is available in ZSM. However, this specimen is a Hypselecara; the anal spine counts of this specimen disagree with Kaup’s description. Originally described as marine species, placed in Labridae. According to Kullander (in Reis et al. 2003) asynonym of Hoplarchus psittacus (Heckel, 1840). Hoplarchus planifrons Kaup, 1860 Arch. Naturgesch. 26 (1): 131-132. Holotype (unique ?): ZSM [Old Collection], no data available. Remarks. No detailed information on number of specimens, type location or date is available from the original description. The material Kaup used for his description likely originated from the Spix Col- lection from Brazil (for details see Kottelat 1988: 87). The original description is in the singular; thus it may be assumed that it was based on a single specimen, which would then be the holotype by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). No Hoplarchus speci- men from the Old Collection or historic Kaup mate- rial is available in ZSM (see above). Originally de- scribed as marine species, placed in Labridae; species inquirenda in Cichlidae (Kullander in Reis et al. 2003). Clupeidae Platycephalus platysoma Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 595-596. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 570 mm TL (?), "Gwadar”, Prov. of Baluchistan (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: local fishermen, purchased from local fish market by E. Zugmayer, II-V.1911. Remarks. Based on a single specimen; holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Originally deposited in ZSM (see historical review for details). Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1913b). Coregonidae Coregonus acronius var. bavarica Hofer (in Vogt & Hofer, 1909) Süsswasserfische Mitteleuropas: 341, Fig. 194. Syntypes (?): (20), Lake Ammersee, within Danube catchment, Upper Bavaria (Germany); leg: local fisher- men, coll. B. Hofer, VI.1908. (20), same location; local fishermen, coll. B. Hofer, VII.1908. Remarks. The description is based on 40 specimens. Hofer examined 2 lots with 20 specimens each, one on 19 June and the other on 10 July. While the first lot only included ripe specimens, 18 fishes from the second lot had already spawned. Specimens were dissected and ripe ovaries were weighed. It remains unclear whether or not Hofer preserved the dis- sected specimens. Hofer material is available in different Collections in Munich, i.e. at ZPLMU, ZSM, and at the Institute for Zoology, Fish Biology & Fish diseases, Faculty of Veterinary Medicine of LMU, the former Hofer Institute. Hofer became Curator at the Anatomical Collection of LMU in 1894 and pro- fessor of fish biology at the Faculty of Veterinary Medicine at the LMU two years later. It is therefore not unlikely that Hofer preserved and deposited specimens from this series in one of these collections. In addition, the fish hatchery of the Hofer Institute in Wielenbach also kept a larger anatomical collec- tion, but the majority of this collection was dis- carded between 1950 and 1980. In this collection there is obviously no coregonid material left today (E. Bohl, pers. comm. Apr. 2006); it was either de- stroyed in the Second World War, or discarded later on in the 1950s. The same apparently applies to material in various University Collections in Munich. The remaining fish lots from the former Hofer Institute were transferred to ZSM in 2000. In this collection one small undissected Coregonus is available, but this specimen has no data and is un- likely a syntype of this species. No Coregonus mate- rial was discovered among Hofer specimens in the ZPLMU or ZSM Collections during type searches in 2005 (D. Neumann). The Anatomical Collection was not searched. If material was preserved at all, it was likely lost in World War Il. The species was revali- dated as *Coregonus bavaricus* Hofer, 1910 by Kot- telat (1997) and redescribed by Freyhof (2005). Coregonus exiguus danneri Vogt (in Vogt & Hofer, 1909) Süsswasserfische Mitteleuropas: 332, Pl. 14 (Fig. 4). Syntypes: Lake Traunsee (Austria); leg (?): H. Danner, no date. Remarks. Vogt received several specimens from Lake Traunsee from Danner (Vogt, in original de- scription). Evidently, the species is based not on a single holotype (Kottelat 1997) but on a syntype series, as Vogt refers to “Exemplare” [specimens] he received from Danner. At least one specimen must have been available to prepare the illustration on plate XIV. Kottelat (1997) indicates that the illustra- tion on the plate dates from 1908, the text from 1909 without giving evidence for his assumptions. Vogt died already in 1895 in Geneva, where he was pro- fessor of zoology and geology, 13 years prior to the publication of C. exiguus danneri. It remains unclear, whether Vogt preserved Danner material (that was likely housed originally in Geneva and subsequent- ly transferred later on by Hofer from Geneva to Munich), or if Hofer received fresh material from lake Traunsee to finish the plates, which would than have syntype status. It has not been possible to trace information that Hofer transferred Vogt specimens to Munich; needs further research. If syntypes were preserved and transferred to Munich they were likely destroyed in Word War Il or discarded later on in the 1960ies in the Hofer Institute. Valid as *Coregonus danneri* (Freyhof, 2005). Salmo renke Schrank, 1783 Schrift. Berlin. Gesells. Naturf. Fr. v. 4: 427-429. Syntypes (?): ZSM [Old Collection], Lake Starnberger See, Upper Bavaria (Germany); Coll. Schrank (?), autum 1782. Remarks. Original description in the singular; even if Schrank writes that he examined “diesen Fisch” [this fish], he mentiones that this species barely ZA reaches one foot (“erreicht fast niemals einen Fuß”), which implicates thatSchrank compared at least two specimens; a mean length is given with “9 Zoll” [9 Bavarian (?) inch]. The existence of syntypes is assumed in accordance with Recommendation 73F (ICZN; “Avoidance of assumption of holotype”). Syntypes were likely part of the Collection Schrank and housed in the early ZSM fish collection (see historical review and Salmo saxatilis for details). No further collecting data is available in ZSM. Accord- ing to Freyhof (2005) valid as *Coregonus renke* (Schrank, 1783). Cyprinidae Algansea lacustris Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 32 (17): 166. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 20 cm TL ®), “aus dem Pätzcuaro-See [from Lake Pätzcuaro]” (Mexi- co); leg: purchased from local fishermen at local fish market, Th. v. Bayern, 6.X.1893. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Additional information on the collection date from the preface of Bayern (1895). ZSM received the Holotype from private Collection Therese v. Bayern (see historical review for details); no type material of this species is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. 17X.2005). Species later described in more detail again by Steindachner (1895). Algansea tarascorum Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 32 (17): 166. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 135 mm TL (?), Fundort: Pätzcuaro-See [Location: Lake Pätzcuaro]” (Mexico); leg: purchased from fishermen at local fish market, Th. v. Bayern, 6.X.1893. Remarks. Based on a single specimen, not on a syntype series as stated in the Eschmeyer Catalog (updated On-Line version, 17 April 2006); holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Additional information on the collection date from the preface of Bayern (1895). ZSM received the holotype from the private Collection Th. v. Bayern (see introduction for details); no type material of this species is avail- able in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. 17X.2005). Species later described in more detail by Stein- dachner (1895). According to Gilbert (1998) in syno- nymy with Algansea lacustris Steindachner, 1894. 272. Aspiopsis merzbacheri Zugmayer, 1912 (a) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 9 (54): 682. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (16), River Manas [River Manas He] at Manas, west of Urumtchi on nort- hern slopes of the Tian-Shan range (People’s Republic of China); leg: G. Merzbacher, 1906-1907. Remarks. All syntypes were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details); one syntype was obviously exchanged to BMNH already before World War II; BMNH 1914.3.2.1 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. The species was described in more detail and illustrated in Zugmayer (1913a). The Munich specimens were apparently lostin WW II. Collection data restored from original description and Zug- mayer (1913a). According to Yang & Hwang (in: Wu, 1964) valid as *Leuciscus merzbacheri* (Zugmayer, 1912). Aspiorhynchus sartus Zugmayer, 1909 (a) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 4 (23): 432. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], male, 530 mm TL (?),“Kisil Su near Kashgar”, Tarim River basin (People’s Republic of China); leg: E. Zugmayer, V-V1.1906. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). The holotype was originally deposited in ZSM (see his- torical review for details). Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1909b). Species illustrated and described in more detailby Zugmayer (1910: 288-291, Pl. 12 (Fig. 4). Original country given mistakenly as “Turkey” in the Eschmeyer Catalog (On-line version, updated 17. April 2006). According to Tsao (in: Wu, 1964) a synonym of Aspiorhynchus laticeps (Day, 1877). Labeo gedrosicus Zugmayer 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 598. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (5), “Panjur” [Rakhs- han-Valley (Central Makran Range), Prov. of Baluchis- tan] (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, VI-IX.1911. Remarks. All syntypes were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details). Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1913b). Labeo macmahoni Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 597. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (13), “Dasht River, near Suntsar and Turbat”, Prov. of Baluchistan (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, I-V.1911. Remarks. All syntypes of Labeo macmahoni were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details); one syntype was obviously exchanged to NMW already before World War II; NMW 81256 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection] (see Tetragonopterus ocellifer for details). However, this specimen has not been found in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. communication 17.0ct.2005). The remaining 12 syntypes deposited in Munich were apparently lost in World War Il. Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1913b). According to Mirza (2003) valid as *Tarigilabeo mac- mahoni* (Zugmayer, 1912). Parabarbus habilis Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 8-9, Pl. IIL, Fig. 3. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “Sagami- bucht bei Aburatsubo; coll. Doflein.” [Sagami Bay at Aburatsubo (Japan); coll. Doflein]; no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Scaphiodon daukesi Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 596-597. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (10), 110-190 mm TL (2), “irrigation channels and pools near Panjgur” [Rakhs- han-Valley (Central Makran Range), Prov. of Baluchis- tan] (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, VII-IX.1911. Remarks. All syntypes were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details); one syntype was obviously exchanged with NMW already before World War II; NMW 19784 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collec- tion]. Two additional syntypes were obviously ex- changed to ZSI; ZSI F8028/1 (1), F8032/1 (1) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. However, an exchange of syntypes with ZSI is not recorded in ZSM files; if the ZSI specimens are types, they must have been exchanged ‚before 1945. The remaining 7 (?) syntypes in ZSM were apparently lost in WW II. Collection data re- stored from original description, additional informa- tion from Zugmayer (1913b). According to Coad (1996) in synonymy of Cyprinion milesi (Day, 1880). Scaphiodon watsoni var. belense Zugmayer, 1912 (b) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 596. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (42), “River Purali [Poralil, near Las Bela [Bela]”, Prov. of Baluchistan (Is- lamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: E. Zugmayer, II-V. 1911. Remarks. All syntypes were originally housed in ZSM (see historical review for details); two syntypes were obviously exchanged with NMW already be- fore World War II; NMW 19833 (2) ex ZSM [Old Collection]. An exchange of syntypes with ZSl is not recorded in ZSM files and would have to date from before 1945. The remaining syntypes in ZSM were apparently lost in World War II. Collection data restored from original description, additional infor- mation from Zugmayer (1913b). According to Coad (1996) in synonymy with Cyprinion watsoni (Day, 1872). Schizothorax ladacensis Zugmayer, 1909 (a) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 4 (23): 433-434. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), River “Indus near Leh” (India); leg: E. Zugmayer, X-X1.1906. Remarks. Both syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (see historical review for details). Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1909b). Species illus- trated and described in more detail by Zugmayer (1910: 280-281, Pl. 12, Fig. 2). According to Kullander et al. (1999) a synonym of Schizothorax labiatus (Mc- Clelland, 1842). Schizothorax montanus Zugmayer, 1909 (a) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 4 (23): 434-435. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection] “Indus near Leh” (India); leg: E. Zugmayer, X-X1.1906. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Origi- nally deposited in ZSM (see historical review for details). Collection data restored from original de- scription, additional information from Zugmayer (1909b). Species illustrated and described in more detail by Zugmayer (1910: 279-280, Pl.12 (Fig. 1). According to Kullander et al. (1999) in synonymy with Schizothorax esocinus Heckel, 1838. 273 Schizothorax tibetanus Zugmayer, 1909 (a) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 8) 4 (23): 433. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (4), 1 ex. 350 mm TL (?) & 3 ex. smaller, “little river running into the Tso Rum, Panggong Lakes (Tibet); leg: E. Zugmayer, VI-IX. 1906. Remarks. All syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (see historical review for details). Collection data restored from original description, additional information from Zugmayer (1909b). Species illus- trated and described in more detail by Zugmayer (1910: 281-283, Pl. 12 (Fig. 3). According to Chen & Cao et al. (in Yue 2000) a synonym of Schizothorax labiatus (McClelland, 1842). Dactylopteridae Dactyloptena jordani Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 80-81, Pl. IX, Fig. 72 & 72a. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 8.5 cm TL, “Japan” no type locality and date available from original description. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Franz does not give a type locality nor any other informa- tion concerning collector/collection, so it remains unclear, ifthespecimen originally belonged to either the Haberer or the Doflein collection, which would have allowed to at least to restrict the type locality to a more confined area in Japan. In a table Franz (1910: 100) is listing this species as new for “Japan”, so “Japan” is the only available geographical infor- mation from the original description. According to Eschmeyer (1997) a synonym of Dactyloptena gil- berti Snyder, 1909. Echeneidae Echeneis megalodiscus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 693 Bl. VIIN Fie57. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (1), “Yokohama” (Ja- pan); coll. Haberer, no date. ZSM [Old Collection] (6), “Aburatsubo” (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. According to Lachner (1973:640) a syno- nym of Remora osteochir (Cuvier, 1829). 274 Eleotridae Eleotris picta Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 223, Fig. 6. Syntypes (3): ZSM Verz. Nr. 245, 263, 267, Rio Bayano (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. All syntypes were originally housed in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “6” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. One doublet was exchanged to or retained in NMW probably on behalf of Siebold; NMW 76866 (1) ex ZSM [Old Col- lection]. The Munich syntypes were apparently destroyed in World War Il. The species was described and illustrated more detailed as Eleotris pictus by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 18-21, Pl. 3, Eie.]), Engraulidae Engraulis macrolepidota Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 224, Fig. 7. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. Nr. 280 [Old Collection], Rio Bayano, (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Based on a single specimen; holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). The holotype was originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “7” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpu- blished) plates. It is unlikely that Siebold exchanged the holotype to NMW; no such specimen is known to be housed in the NMW collection (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). The species was described and illustrated in more detail as Engraulis macrole- pidotus by Kner & Steindachner (1864: 21-23, Pl. 3, Fig. 2) later on, again based on a single specimen. Whitehead (1970) erroneously selected a lectotype assuming that NMW 2808 (Lectotype, 104.7 mm SL) and NMW 2807 (1, Paralectotype) were part of a syntype series. However, these specimens (did not originate from a syntype series; according to NMW files they were acquired in 1874 and 1876, respec- tively (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). Neither of the lots is marked or treated as containing type material in NMW. The lectotype designation is in- valid (ICZN Art. 74.2), as the specimen selected was not a syntype. According to Nelson (2004) valid as * Anchovia macrolepidota* (Kner, 1863). Engraulis poeyi Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 224, Fig. 8. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. Nr. 7 [Old Collection], Rio Bayano (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2), originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “8” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. It is unlikely that Siebold ex- changed the holotype to NMW; not found in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 23-24, Pl. 3, Fig. 3). According to Whitehead et al. (1988) valid as *Lyc- engraulis poeyi* (Kner, 1863). Etmopteridae Spinax unicolor Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. 39 (21/22): 645. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], female, 55 cm, “Sagamibai [Sagami Bay]” (no exact location available; probably off Yokohama) (Japan); coll. Haberer, 1901. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data restored from original descrip- tion. According to Compagno (2001) valid as *Etmo- pterus unicolor* (Engelhardt, 1912). Exocoetidae Exocoetus lineatus japonicus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 24-25. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (3), “Oyama, Sagami- bai, coll. Haberer” [Oyama, Sagami Bay (Japan); coll. Haberer]; no date. Remarks. According to Nakabo (2002) a synonym of Cheilopogon pinnatibarbatus (Bennett, 1831), but a valid subspecies as described. Gasterosteidae Gasterosteus williamsoni japonicus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 19, Pl. III, Fig. 10. Material: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), “von Misaki, coll. Doflein” [from Misaki (Japan); coll. Doflein]; no date. Remarks. Published in the original description as Gasterosteus not as “Gastrosteus” as given in the Esch- meyer Catalog (update Online version 17. April 2006). Permanently invalid, preoccupied by Gaster- osteus Japonicus Houttuyn, 1782. No material exists for the name proposed by Franz, as there never is type material for unavailable names. According to Okada (1961) the junior homonym is a synonym of Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus, 1758, subspecies microcephalus Girard, 1854. Gobiidae Ctenogobius macropteryx Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 67,El. VI, Eie. 45. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), “Dzushi, 80 m” (Japan); coll. Doflein, no date. Remarks. The metre values for the Dzushi speci- mens refer probably to the depth in which the specimens were caught. A neotype (NSMT-P 46608) was selected by Ikeda et al. (1995: 304). According to Shibukawa & Suzuki (2004: 116) valid as *Vander- horstia macropteryx* (Franz, 1910). Glossogobius intermedius Aurich, 1938 Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. Leipzig, 38 (1/2): 147-XX, Fig. 14. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection], 62-100 mm TL, “Ma- halona-See” [Lake Mahalonal, cent. Sulawesi [Celebes] (Indonesia); leg: R. Woltereck, X.1932. ZSM [Old Coll- ection], 62-100 mm TL, “Towoeti-See” [Lake Towuti], cent. Sulawesi [Celebes] (Indonesia); leg: R. Woltereck, X.1932. Remarks. Collection data restored from Woltereck (1933). Trypauchenophrys anotus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 68, B]. IX, Eig. 77. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), each 5.2 cm SL, “Fukuura” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. Remarks. Murdy & Shibukawa erroneously refer to a holotype (SMF 7432) but according to the original description the species is based on two syntypes. The type status of SMF 7432 is unclear; the current synonymy is based on a comparison of 275 SMF 7432. According to Murdy & Shibukawa (2003) a synonym of Caragobius urolepis (Bleeker, 1852). Goodeidae Characodon luitpoldii Steindachner, 1894 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 31 (15): 147-148. Syntype: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), females “13 und 14.6 cm lang”, Lake Pätzcuaro, Michoacan, (Mexico); leg: local fishermen, purchased from Canoas at local fish market, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 6.X.1893. Remarks. Syntypes ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern; additional information on the collecting date restored from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1894: 519 [3 as separate]). The same species was described and illustrated again by Steindachner (1895: 528-529 [12-13 in separate], Pl. 2, 3-3b), presumably based on the same specimens; however, the length of the specimens is given with 135 mm and 140 mm, re- spectively. Th. v. Bayern donated one ofthesyntypes to Steindachner, this specimen is available in NMW 12996 (pers. comm. Wellendorf, X.2005); the Munich syntype is apparently lost. According to Nelson (2004) valid as *Goodea luitpoldii* (Steindachner, 1894). Haemulidae Pomadasys schyrii Steindachner, 1900 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 207-208. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 17.3 cm, purchased from local fishermen on fish market in Gua- yaquil (Ecuador); coll. Th. v. Bayern, 17.V111.1898. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); additional information on the location and collection date restored from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902). Holotype of Pomadasys schyrii ex private Col- lection Therese v. Bayern. Species later changed in schryi when species was illustrated and described in more detail in Steindachner (1902). Pristipoma humile Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 221, Fis. 1. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. Nr. 133 [Old Collection], Rio Bayano (Panama); leg: Moritz Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Pristipoma humile Kner, 1863 (Non Bow- dich, 1825). Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2) and originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Holotype (USNM 30957) and paratypes (USNM 30957) in USNM doubtfully referred to Kner (Eschmeyer Catalog, On-line version, updated 27. Apr. 2006). Data restored from original description and Wag- ner (1864). The figure caption “1” in the original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates; species illustrated and described in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 3-5, Pl. 1, Fig. 1). Objectively invalid; preoccupied by Pristipoma humilis [humile] Bowdich, 1825, replaced by Pomadasys bayanus Jordan & Evermann, 1898. Hypoptychidae Hypoptychus steindachneri Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 8, Pl. V, Eıe. 28: Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 7.7 cm TL, “von Fukuura, coll. Haberer” [from Fukuura (Japan); coll. Haberer]; no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Accord- ing to Lindberg & Krasyukova (1975: 201) asynonym of Hypoptychus dybowskii Steindachner, 1880. Loricariidae Loricaria aurea Steindachner, 1900 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 206-207. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 16.9 cm SL, Rio Magdalena at Bodega Central (Colombia); leg: local fishermen; coll. Th. v. Bayern, 18.V1.1898. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); supplemental collecting data taken from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902: 90 [2 as separate]). ZSM [Old Collection] (1) ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern. The species was depicted and described more detailed in Steindachner (1902: 138- 139 [50-51 as separate], Taf. V, Fig. 1, 1a). According to Ferraris (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Sturisoma aureum* (Steindachner, 1900). Loricaria uracantha Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 228, Fig. 18. Syntypes (2): ZSM Verz. No. 130, 135 [Old Collection], “Rio Chagres” (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Obviously none ofthe syntypes is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. com. Oct.2005). The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 56-58, Pl. 6, Fig. 3), the figure caption “18” in the original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. Mitsukurinidae Scapanorhynchus dofleini Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. 39 (21/22): 644. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], female, 2.10 m, [off] Mayegawa, Sagami Bay (Japan); coll. Doflein, purchased from Owston, 18.11.1903. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data restored from original description. Eschmeyer (On-Line Catalog, updated version 17. April 2006) gives4jawsasadditional paratypes; however, these jaws are not mentioned by Engelhardt. According to Compagno (2001) a synonym of Mitsukurina ow- stoni Jordan, 1898. Moridae Haloporphyrus modestus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 2829, BJ. IV, Kie. 13. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 34 cm TL, “von Yokohama, coll. Haberer” [from Yokohama (Ja- pan); coll. Haberer]; no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Accord- ing to Nakabo (2002) valid as *Laemonema modestum* (Franz, 1910). Mugilidae Dajaus elongatus Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 222, Fig. 2. Syntypes (2): ZSM Verz. Nr. 151 [old Collection], “Neu- Granada”; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. ZSM Verz. Nr. 286 [Old Collection], same data. Remarks. Both syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails). Location later corrected by Wagner (1864) to “Panama”. Figure caption “2” in the original descrip- tion refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates; the species was illustrated by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864) with anew numbering on Pl. 1, Fig. 2 in a more detailed description. According to Fer- raris in synonymy of Agonostomus monticola (Ban- croft, 1834). Mugil charlottae Steindachner, 1902 Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 72: 129-130 [41-42 as sepa- rate], Pl. IV, Figs. 2 & 2a. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “20.5 cm lang”, purchased from fishmarket near Guayaquil (Ecu- ador); leg: local fishermen, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 11.VIII. 1898. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); supplemental information on the location and collection date restored from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902). Holotype of Mugil charlottae ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern. According to Thomson a synonym of Mugil curema Valenciennes, 1836. Ophichthidae Ophichthus habereri Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 152142 BJ IT, Rie 12, Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 90 cm TL, “von Yokohama, coll. Haberer” [from Yokohama (Ja- pan), coll. Haberer]; no date. Remarks. Described from a single specimen; holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Parodontidae Saccodon wagneri Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 225, Rip, 10: Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. No. 210, “Ecuador” [no exact location or drainage available from original de- scription] (Ecuador); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2), originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “10” in original description refers to unfinished (and unpublished) plates. The species was described and illustrated in more detail as Saccodon wagneriby Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 31-35, Pl. 4, Fig. 2). It 2, was hypothesised that the holotype may be available in NMW (e.g. Eschmeyer Catalog, updated On-Line version, 17. Apr. 2006); however, it is unlikely that Siebold exchanged this unique specimen to NMW. No type material of Saccodon wagneri is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). The holotype was apparently destroyed in Munich in World War Il. Pempheridae Parapriacanthus beryciformis Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 33, Pl. VL Fig. 46. Syntype(s ?): ZSM [Old Collection], “Japan”. Remarks. Franz (1910) did not report the number of specimens. The description, which is in the sin- gular, contains no evidence of more than a single specimen. The existence of syntypes is assumed in accordance with Recommendation 73F (ICZN; “Avoidance of assumption of holotype”), since the number of originaltype specimens cannot be restored from the old ZSM inventory files (see historical re- view). The material of Parapriacanthus beryciformis was originally deposited in ZSM. Franz (1910) offers neither an exact type locality, nor any other informa- tion concerning collector/collection. Therefore, it remains unclear if the specimen(s) originally be- longed to the Haberer or Doflein collection. This would at least have allowed to restrict the type local- ity to a more confined area in Japan. Franz (1910) gives this species as new for “Japan” in a table on page 98, so “Japan” is the only available geographi- cal information from the original work. The location “Yokohama” available in Eschmeyer online (Up- dated April 5, 2005) is erroneous. Doubtfully treated as synonym Parapriacanthus ransonneti by Randall (1995: 244). Percidae Aspro apron Siebold, 1863 Die Süsswasserfische von Mitteleuropa: 55. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection] (1), no loca- tion available; Coll. Siebold, 1854-1862. Remarks. Siebold based his description on only one specimen: “Ich habe ein Exemplar des Aspro vulgaris aus der Rhone, welches ich durch den Naturalien- händler Coinde von Lyon erhalten habe” [Ihave one specimen of Aspro vulgaris from the Rhöne, which I received from the natural history dealer Coinde from 278 Lyon] (Siebold 1863: 55). This single specimen is the holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). According to Kottelat (1997) a synonym of Zingel asper (Linnaeus, 1758). Perca americana Schrank, 1792 Nähere Bestimmung dreier Barsch-Arten. III: 100. 6% Syntypes: (20) “Neuyork” “in aquis subsalinis ...; da wo frische Wasser sich in Bays oder See ergießen.” [New York, in brackish water, where freshwater flows into bays or the seal; probably collected around 20.11.1783. Remarks. Schrank apparently based his description on a literature source (“Der nordamerikanische Bersch. Schoepf. Naturf.” [The northamerican Perch]; Schoepf 1784a), which was published by Johann David Schoepf (1752-1800), aGerman physician who worked as a botanist and zoologist in North Amer- ica. Schoepf described the species very detailed based on at least 20 specimens (“Bey wenigstens 20, die ich binnen drey Tagen vor mir hatte, ...” [From at least 20, which I have seen within three days, ...]), but did not propose a binominal name for it. From Schoepf (1784b) it can be assumed that the specimens originate “in der Gegend um Neuyork” [from the New York area], which were purchased at a local fish market in New York. There is no evidence in the original description that Schrank has seen Sch- oepf specimens, Schoepf material is not reported from the ZSM collection (Blass 1926). Perca vulgaris Schrank, 1792 Nähere Bestimmung dreier Barsch-Arten. I: 99. Syntypes (?): ZSM [Old Collection], exact location unknown; Coll. Schrank (?), no date. Remarks. Apparently based on Schäffer (1761); if Schäffer specimens were preserved, they could be syntypes (at least the illustrated specimen, to which Schrank namelvy refers). Additional specimens were likely seen by Schrank; he states that “die baierischen Bürstlinge ... die Schäffers Abbildung sehr wenig an Größe übertreffen” [the Bavarian Perches barely exceed Schäffers illustrations in length], which in- dicates that Schrank had comparative material for his assumptions; the existence ofsyntypes is assumed in accordance with Recommendation 73F (ICZN; “Avoidance of assumption of holotype”). Syntypes were likely part ofthe Collection Schrank and housed in the early ZSM fish collection (see historical review and Salmo saxatilis for details). No further collecting data available in ZSM. Synonym of Perca fluviatilis Linnaeus 1758 (Kottelat 1997). Pingupedidae Neopercis decemfasciata Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 81-82, Pl. IX, Fig. 78. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (3), “Misaki und Abu- ratsubo, coll. Doflein (nachts)” [Misaki and Aburatsubo (Japan), night catch; coll. Doflein, no date. ZSM [Old Collection] (6), 9-13 cm “Yokohama” (Japan); coll. Ha- berer, no date. Remarks. According to Nakabo (2002) valid as *Parapercis decemfasciata* (Franz, 1910). Poeciliidae Xiphophorus gillii Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 224, Fig. 9. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. Nr. 176, Rio Charges (Panama); leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Explicitly based on a single specimen in the original description; holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). The type of Xiphophorus gıllii was originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “9” in original description refers to unfinished (and un- published) plates. The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 25-28, Pl. 4, Fig. 1) based on more material. However, these specimens do not have type status, thus NMW21608-21609 are not syntypes of this species. It is unlikely that Siebold exchanged the unique holotype to NMW; type status of NMW syntypes is doubtful, needs further investigation in NMW acquisition and inventory files. The holotype was apparently destroyed in World War II in Munich. According to Lucinda (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Poecilia gillii* (Kner, 1863). Potamotrygonidae Trygon hystrix var. ocellata Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. v. 39 (nos. 21/22): 647-648. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], female, 25 cm, “Südküste von Mexiana (Süßwasser!): Brasilien [south- ern shores of Mexiana (Freshwater!): Brazil]”; leg (?): Lorenz Müller-Mainz, 1910. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data restored from original descrip- tion. According to Carvalho etal. (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Potamotrygon ocellata* (Engelhardt, 1912). Rajidae Raja brasiliensis Müller & Henle, 1841 Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen: 195. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], length ap- prox. 40", width 16" 6", “Brasilien”. Remarks. No additional collecting data or date available from original description. Originates prob- ably from the Spix Collection. According to Castro- Aguirre & Perez (1996) valid as *Rhinoptera brasilien- sis* (Müller & Henle, 1841). Salmonidae Salmo saxatilis Schrank, 1798 Fauna Boica, Vol. 1: 320. Syntypes (?): ZSM [Old Collection], “in kalten Waldbä- chen [in Baiern]” (in cool forest streams [in Bavaria]) (Germany); Coll. Schrank (?), no date. Remarks. Schrank referred to an earlier description by Bloch (1782), but the latter did not propose a scientific name. Schrank knew this species from liv- ing or preserved specimens since in the preface he explicitly mentions that he only included species in his Fauna Boica if he either was assured of their occurrence in Bavaria from reliable sources or knew them from voucher specimens (Schrank, 1798: VII- VII). Schrank built up his private collection for more than 20 years; Balss (1926) confirms that the Schrank collection was available in the Old Collection in ZSM and included mainly Bavarian insects and fishes. No syntypes have been found in the ZSM Collection during a type search in 2005 (D. Neumann). For the nomenclatorial and taxonomical problems see Kot- telat (1997; except for incorrect restriction of type locality which is not provided by the Code in that manner). Samaridae Plagiopsetta glossa Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 64, Pl. VII, Fig 58. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 11 cm TL, “vor Yagoshima, 150 m Tiefe, coll. Doflein” [off Yago- shima (Japan), 150 m depth; coll. Doflein]; no date. 279 Remarks. Described from a single specimen, holo- type fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2). Scorpaenidae Ebosia starksi Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 72-73, Pl. IX, Fig. 69. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (4), “von Yokohama, coll. Haberer” [from Yokohama (Japan); coll. Haberer]; no date. ZSM [Old Collection] (2), “von Misaki” [from Misaki (Japan)]; coll. Doflein, no date. ZSM [Old Coll- ection] (1), “von Dzushi, 80 m, coll. Doflein” [from Dzushi (Japan), 80 m; coll. Doflein]; no date. Remarks. The metre values for the Dzushi speci- mens refer probably to the depth in which they have been caught. According to Motomura (2004) a synonym of Parapterois heterura (Bleeker, 1856). Pontinus dubius Steindachner, 1902 Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 72: 124 [as separate 36], Pl. 3, Big. 1. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “24.5 cm lang”, Fishmarket in dry riverbed at Payta (Peru); local fishermen, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 23-26.1X.1898. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); supplemental information on the location and collection date taken from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902). Holotype of Pontinus dubius ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern. No type of this species is known in the NMW Collection (Wellendorf, pers. comm. X.2005). Not included in earlier abstract (Steindachner 1900). Scyliorhinidae Pristiurus hertwigi Engelhardt, 1912 Zo0l. Anz. 39 (21/22): 644-645. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (4), males, 46-50 cm, ISagami Bay off] “Yokohama” (Japan); coll. Haberer, no date. ZSM [Old Collection] (1), female, 66 cm, [Sagami bay off] Aburatsubo (Japan); leg: “SS Zuso Maru’”, coll. Doflein, XT.1904. Remarks. Collection data restored from original description, date from Doflein (1904). According to Compagno (1984) asynonym of *Parmaturus pilosus* Garman, 1906. 280 Serranidae “Anthias” dofleini Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 42-43, Pl. 1. Material: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), “Aburatsubo, Saga- mibucht, ca. 15 m Tiefe” [Aburatsubo, Sagami Bay (Ja- pan), approx. 15 m depth); coll Doflein, no date. Remarks. Franz introduced this species as “Serra- nidae nov. spec.” based on an illustration of two specimens on Pl. 1 (Franz 1910: 43) and placed this species doubtfully either in the genus Anthias or Epinephelus (“Augenscheinlich gehören sie zu den Serranidae, vielleicht Gattung Anthias oder Epinephe- lus, doch das ist zweifelhaft” [Apparently they belong to the Serranidae, maybe genus Anthias or Epinephe- lus, but this is doubtful]). Consequently, the species name dofleini is unavailable from Franz (1910), be- cause it was not published in unambiguous combi- nation with a generic name (Art. 11.9.3 ICZN). Furthermore, Franz proposed the new species name for future use only (“Wir wollen für später den Speziesnamen dofleini vorschlagen.” [For later, we wish to propose the species name dofleini]). Thus the name is unavailable from Franz (1910) due to Art 11.5 ICZN) as well. No subsequent work is known to have made the name dofleini available. Anthias elongatus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 39, BL. MI, Eiesal. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (31), 6.5-13 cm TL, “Yokohama; coll. Haberer”; no date. Remarks. According to Nakabo valid as *Pseudan- thias elongatus* (Franz, 1910). Anthias gracilis Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 38-39,.Bl. VI, Eig47. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] 8), “ca. 8cm Länge” [approx. 8cm TL], “Dzushi, 80 m Tiefe, coll. Doflein” [Dzushi (Japan), caught from 80 m depth; coll. Doflein]; no date. Anthias nobilis Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 38, Pl. VI, Fig. 44. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (3), “Misaki” (Japan); “coll. Doflein”; no date. Remarks. According to Randall & Pyle (2001) valid as *Pseudanthias nobilis* (Franz, 1910). Epinephelus doederleinii Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 35-36. Syntypes (8): ZSM [Old Collection] “Yokohama, coll. Haberer” [Yokohama (Japan); coll. Haberer]; no date. ZSM [Old Collection], “Dzushi, coll. Doflein” [Dzushi (Japan); coll. Doflein]; no date. Remarks. Originally as Epinephelus döderleinii; change of spelling mandatory (Art 32.5.2.1 ICZN). Franz gives a total number of 8 specimens ranging from 2.6-20 cm TL, which were probably stored in two different lots. According to Randall & Heemstra (1991) a synonym of Epinephelus radiatus (Day, 1868). Serranus huascarii Steindachner, 1900 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 208. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], “19.5 cm lang”, Fishmarket in dry riverbed in Payta (Peru); local fishermen; coll. Th. v. Bayern, 23-26.1X.1898. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); additional information on the location and collection date restored from preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902). Holotype of Serranus huascarii ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern. No type of this species is known in the NMW Collection (Wellendorf, pers. comm. X.2205). Species illustrated and described in more detail in Steindachner 1902:112, Pl. 1 (fig. 1). Synaphobranchidae Simenchelys dofleini Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 10, Pl. 3 Figs. 1-2. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (1), 46.0 cm TL, “Saga- mibucht, coll. Doflein.” [Sagami Bay, coll. Doflein]. ZSM [Old Collection] (3), 9.5, 11.0 and 18.0 cm TL, “Misaki, durch Fischer Kuma (coll. Doflein)” [Misaki (Japan), leg: fisherman Kuma, coll. Doflein]. Remarks. No collection date given in original de- scription. According to Castle (in Quero et al. 1990) a synonym of Simenchelys parasitica Gill, 1879. Synbranchidae Cryptophthalmus robustus Franz, 1910 Abh. Akad. Wiss. München Math.-Phys. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 15, BIST, Bie 11. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (8), 21-53 cm TL, “von Yokohama, coll. Haberer” [from Yokohama (Japan), coll. Haberer]; no date. Remarks. According to Okada (1961: 718) a syno- nym of Fluta alba (Zuiew, 1793); valid as Monopterus albus (Zuiew, 1793). Telmatherinidae Paratherina cyanea Aurich, 1935 Zool. Anz., 112 (7/8): 175-177, Figs. 7C, 9. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (5), 124-155 mm TL, “Towoeti-See” [Lake Towutil, Sulawesi (Indonesia); leg: R. Woltereck, X.1932. Remarks. Collection data restored from Woltereck (1933). Paratherina labiosa Aurich, 1935 Zool. Anz., 112 (7/8): 172-173, Figs. 6A, 7A. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], 103 mm TL, “Wawontoa-See” [Lake Wawontoal, Sulawesi (Indone- sia); leg: R. Woltereck, X.1932. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data restored from Woltereck (1933). Paratherina striata Aurich, 1935 Zool. Anz., 112 (7/8): 173-175, Figs. 7C, 8. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection] (2), “Towoeti-See” [Lake Towuti], 122 mm TL and “Wawontoa-See” [Lake Wawontoal, 142 mm TL, Sulawesi (Indonesia); leg: R. Woltereck, X.1932. Remarks. Collection data restored from Woltereck (1933). 281 Torpedinidae Torpedo zugmayeri Engelhardt, 1912 Zool. Anz. 39 (21/22): 647. Holotype (unique): ZSM [Old Collection], female, 33 cm, “Gwadar” Prov. of Baluchistan] (Islamic Republic of Pakistan); leg: local fishermen, purchased from local fishmarket by E. Zugmayer, II-V.1911. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); collection data restored from original descrip- tion. Trichomycteridae Pygidium quechuorum Steindachner, 1900 Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 207. Syntypes: ZSM [Old Collection ] (5), “5.1-6.4 cm lang”, Rio Chili near Arequipa (Peru); leg: local Cholo-boy, coll. Th. v. Bayern, 28.X1.1898. Remarks. Originally published as above, but changed to “Pygidium (Trychomycterus Val.) quechuo- rum nob.” when illustrated and described in more detail in Steindachner (1902: Pl. IV, Figs. 3 & 3a). Additional information on the type locality and the curious circumstances of the collecting of the syn- types are available from the preface of Th. v. Bayern (1902): “So richtete ich einem Choloknaben mittels einer leeren Weißweinflasche eine Art primitiver Fischreuse zurecht und schickte ihn im Rio Chili sein Glück zu versuchen. Mit einer neuen Welsart . kehrte er von seiner Sendung zurück.” [Using an empty white wine bottleI prepared a simple kind of fish trap for a Cholo boy and sent him to the Rio Chili to try his luck. With a new silurid species ... he returned from his mission]. Holotype of Pygidium quechuorum ex private Collection Therese v. Bayern. No duplicates of the original syntype series are known in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. X. 2005). According to de Pinna & Wosiacki (in Reis et al. 2003) a synonym of Trichomycterus rivulatus Valen- ciennes, 1846. Trichomycterus laticeps Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 228, Fig. 17. Syntypes (2): ZSM Verz. No. 181, 289 [Old Collection], “Westabhange der Andes” [western slopes of the An- des] (Ecuador]; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. 282 Remarks. Both syntypes were originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for de- tails); none of them is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. com. Oct. 2005). The figure caption “17” in the original description refers to unfinished (and unpub- lished) plates; the species was described in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864) and illustrated with anew numbering on Pl. 6, Figs. la & 2. According to the annotation by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 54) Fig. la shows the ventral view of T. laticeps; the inscription on Pl. 6 is obviously wrong. According to de Pinna & Wosiacki (in Reis et al. 2003) valid as *Ituglanis laticeps* (Kner, 1863). Trichomycterus taenia Kner, 1863 Sitzungsber. Königl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2: 228, Fig. 16. Holotype (unique): ZSM Verz. No. 237 [Old Collec- tion], “Westabhange der Andes” [western slopes of the Andes] (Ecuador]; leg: M. Wagner, 1858-1859. Remarks. Holotype fixed by monotypy (ICZN Art. 73.1.2); originally deposited in ZSM (Wagner 1864; see historical review for details). Figure caption “16” in original description refers to unfinished (and un- published) plates. Itis unlikely that Siebold exchanged this specimen to NMW; it is not listed in the acquisi- tion files of NMW (Akquisitionsbogen 1864.V11.11), no type material of Trichomycterus taenıa is available in NMW (Wellendorf, pers. comm. Oct. 2005). The species was described and illustrated in more detail by Kner & Steindachner later on (1864: 52-54, Pl. 4, Fig. 1; the inscription “T. taenia” for figure la on plate 6 is erroneous - see T. laticeps for details). Acknowledgements Peter Bartsch (ZMB) for his help concerning the GBIF programme; Juliana Diller & Eva Karl (both ZSM) for their patience and for providing rare literature; Fried- helm Krupp & Horst Zetzsche (both SMF) for identifi- cation and additional information of types from the Collection F. Doflein; Jörg Freyhof (IGB Berlin), Nadja Pöllath (Inst. Paläoanatomie, München), Martin Spiess (ZSM) and Ulrich Schliewen for critical comments on the text; Bernhard Ruthensteiner (ZSM) for additional information on the Haberer Collection; Helmut Wellen- dorf (NMW) for valuable information that helped to identify and to clarify the whereabouts concerning the type material from the Collections M. Wagner & Th. v. Bayern. This type catalogue largely benefitted from the GBIF programme of the German Federal Ministry of Educa- tion and Research. References Anonymous. No year. Dr. Haberers ostasiatische Samm- lungen Amaoka, K., E. Mihara & J. Rivaton 1997. Pisces, Pleu- ronectiformes: flatfishes from the waters around New Caledonia. Six species of the bothid genera Tosarhombus and Parabothus. - Mem. Mus. Nat. hist. Nat. NS A) 174: 143-171 Aurich, H. J. 1938. Mitteilung XXVIII der Wallacea-Ex- pedition Woltereck: Die Gobiiden (Ordnung: Go- bioidea). — Intern. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. Hydro- graph. 38(1/2): 125-183 Balss, H. 1926. Die Zoologische Staatssammlung und das Zoologische Institut. In: Müller, K. A. von: Die wissenschaftlichen Anstalten der Ludwigs-Maxi- milians University zu München. — Chronik zur Jahrhundertfeier, im Auftrag des Akademischen Senats herausgegeben: 300-315 Bayern, Prinzessin Therese von. 1895. In: Steindachner, F. Über einige Fischarten Mexiko’s und die Seen, in welche sie vorkommen, - Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 32 (17): 516-530 [1-14 as separate], Plts 1-3 -- 1902. In: Steindachner, F. Herpetologische und ichtyologische Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Süda- merika. -— Denkschrift. Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. kai- serl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 72: 89-95 [1-7 as separate] Bloch, M. E. 1782. Oeconomische Naturgeschichte der Fische Deutschlands. - Berlin. Vol. 1. Burgess, W. E. 1978. Butterflyfishes of the world. A monograph of the family Chaetodontidae. — T. F. H. Publ., Neptune City, New Jersey: 1-832 Castro-Aguirre, J. L. & H. Espinosa Perez 1996. Listados faunisticos de Mexico. VII. Catälogo sistemätico de las rayas y especies afines de Mexico. (Chondrich- thyes: Elasmobranchii: Rajiformes: Batoideiomor- pha). - List Fauna Mexico VII: 7-75 Coad, B. W. 1996. Freshwater fishes of Iranian and Pa- kistani Baluchistan. — Biologia (Lahore) 42 (1-2): 1-18 Cohen, D. M., T. Inada, T. Iwamoto &N. Scialabba 1990. FAO species catalogue, Vol. 10. Gadiform fishes of the world (order Gadiformes). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of cods, hakes, grenadiers and other gadiform fishes known to date. - FAO Fishe- ries Synopsis 125 (10): 1-442 Compagno, L. 1984. FAO species catalogue, Vol 4. Sharks of the world. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of shark species known to date. Hexan- chiformes to Lamniformes (Part 1).- FAO Fisheries Synopsis 125 (4): 1-249 -- 2001. Sharks of the world. An annotated and illus- trated catalogue of shark species known to date. Volume 2. Bullhead, mackerel and carpet sharks (Heterodontiformes, Lamniformes and Orectolobi- formes). — FAO Species Catalogue for Fishery Purposes: 1-269 Doflein, F. 1904. Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte Osta- siens. — Abh. II. Kl. Königl. Akad. Wiss., Suppl. Bd. I: 1-7, 2 maps -- 1905. Die Tiefseefauna der Sagamibucht. - Mitt. Dt. Ges. Natur- Völkerkunde OÖstasiens X (part 2). Hobunsha, Tokyo Engelhardt, R. 1912. Über einige neue Selachier-Formen. — Zool. Anz. 39(21/22): 643-648 Ege, V. 1939. A revision of the genus Anguilla Shaw; A systematic, phylogenetic and geographical study. — Dana Report No. 16: 1-256 Eschmeyer, W. N. 1997. A new species of Dactylopteri- dae (Pisces) from the Philippines and Australia, with a brief synopsis of the family. — Bull. Marine Sci. 60. (3): 727-738 Franz, V. 1910. Die Japanischen Knochenfische der Sammlungen Haberer und Doflein. (Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte Ostasiens.). -— Abh. Akad. Wiss. München, Math.-Physikal. Kl. 4 (Suppl. 1): 1-135, Bls. 1-17 Freyhof, J. 2005 Redescription of Coregonus bavaricus Hofer, 1909 from Lake Ammersee, Bavaria (Salmo- niformes: Coregonidae). - Cybium 29 (2): 179-183 Fricke, R. 1991. Types and Historical Materials in the Fish Collection of the Staatliches Museum für Na- turkunde in Stuttgart. Part 1. The Bleeker Collec- tion. — Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturkde. (Ser. A) 471: 1-85 Gilbert, C. R. 1998. Type catalog of Recent and fossil North American Freshwater fishes: families Cypri- nidae, Catostomidae, Ictaluridae, Centrarchidae and Elassomatidae. — Florida Mus. Nat. Hist., Spec. Publ. No. 1: 1-284 Gruber, U. 1992. Die Sektion Fische der Zoologischen Staatsammlung München. In: Diller, E.& A. Haus- mann (eds.). Chronik der Zoologischen Staats- sammlung. Festschrift zur Verabschiedung des Direktors der Zoologischen Staatsammlung Mün- chen, Prof. Dr. Ernst Fittkau. — Spixiana Suppl. 17: 124 Huber, W. 1998. Münchener Naturforscher in Südame- rika. - Ber. Freunde ZSM 1. Verlag F. Pfeil, Mün- chen: 1-168 Ikeda, Y., T. Nakabo & W. Hiramatsu 1995. Redescrip- tion of Vanderhorstia macropteryx (Perciformes: Gobiidae) with designation of a neotype. - Japan. Journ. Ichthyo1.42 (3/4): 303-310 Kailola, P. J. 2004. A phylogenetic exploration of the catfish family Ariidae (Otophysi: Siluriformes). — The Beagle, Rec. Mus. Art Gall. Northern Territory, Darwin 20: 87-166 Kner, R. 1863. Eine Übersicht der ichthyologischen Ausbeute des Herrn Professors Dr. Mor. Wagner in Central-Amerika. - Sitz.ber. königl. bayer. Akad. Wiss. München 2 (2): 220-230 -- &F.Steindachner 1864. Neue Gattungen und Arten von Fischen aus Central-Amerika; gesammelt von Prof. Moritz Wagner, beschrieben von Prof. Rudolf Kner und Dr. Franz Steindachner, Assitenten am kaiserl. Hof-Naturalienkabinete in Wien. — Abh. königl. bayer. Akad. Wiss., II. Cl., 10 (I. Abthei- lung): 1-61, Tabs. I-VI Kottelat, M. 1988. Authorship, dates of publication, status and types of Spix and Agassiz’s Brasilian fishes. — Spixiana 11 (1): 69-93 283 -- 1997. European freshwater fishes. — Biologia Bra- tislava 52 (suppl. 5): 1-271 Kraft, R. & W. Huber 1992. Die Zoologische Schaus- ammlung in der Alten Akademie in München 1809-1944. — In: Diller, E. & A. Hausmann (eds.). Chronik der Zoologischen Staatssammlung. Fest- schrift zur Verabschiedung des Direktors der Zoo- logischen Staatsammlung München, Prof. Dr. Ernst Fittkau. — Spixiana Suppl. 17: 1-248 Kullander, S. O., F. Fang, B. Delling & E. Ählander 1999. The fishes of the Kashmir Valley. In: Nyman, L. (ed). River Jhelum, Kashmir Valley. Impacts on the aquatic environment. — Swedmar, Göteborg: 99- 167 Lachner, E. A. 1973 Echeneididae. — In: Hureau & Mo- nod 1973: Check-list of the fishes of the north-eas- tern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean (CLOF- NAM) Vol. 1: 637-640 Li, S.-Z. & H.-M. Wang 2000 Fauna Sinica. Osteichthyes. Pleuronectiformes. — Science Press, Beijing. 1-433 Lindberg, G. U. & Z. J. Krasyukova 1975. Fishes of the Sea of Japan and adjacent territories of the Okhotsk and Yellow Sea. — Fish Sea Japan 4: 1-463 Mauermayer, G. 1986(?). Chronik der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München. — Unpublished manu- script, 16 p. Miller, R. R. 2005. Freshwater Fishes of Mexico. — Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago: 1-490 Mirza, M. R. 2003. Checklist of freshwater fishes of Pa- kistan. — Pakistan J. Zool. 3: 1-30 Motomura, H. 2004. Morphological comparison of a poorly known scorpionfish, Parapterois macrura, with a related species, P. heterura (Scorpaenidae: Pteroinae). - Zool. Stud. 43 (1): 1-7 Murdy, E. OÖ. & K. Shibukawa A revision of the Indo- Pacific fish genus Caragobius (Gobiidae: Amblyopi- nae). - Zootaxa 301: 1-12 Nakabo, T. 2002 (Ed.). Fishes of Japan with pictorial keys to the species, English edition. — Tokai University Press: 1-866 Nemeth, D. 1994. Systematics and distribution of fishes of the family Champsodontidae (Teleostei: Perci- formes), with descriptions of three new species. — Copeia 1994 (2): 347-371 Okada, Y. 1961. Studies on the freshwater fishes of Ja- pan. — Prefectural University of Mei, Tsu, Mie Prefecture, Japan. Freshwater Fish. Japan: 1-860 Que£ro, J.-C., J.-C. Hureau, C. Karrer, A. Post & L. Sal- danha 1990. Check-list of the fishes of the eastern tropical Atlantic (CLOFETA). — Paris, Unesco: 1-1492 Randall, J. E. 1995. Coastal fishes of Oman. — Crowford House Publ. Pty Ltd, Bathurst, Australia: 1-439 -- & P. C. Heemstra 1991. Revision of Indo-Pacific groupers (Perciformes: Serranidae: Epinephelinae), with descriptions of five new species. — Indo-Paci- fic Fishes 20: 1-332 -- andR.L. Pyle 2001. Four new serranid fishes of the anthiine genus Pseudanthias from the South Pacific. — Raffles Bull. Zool. 49 (1): 19-34 284 Reis, R. E., S. ©. Kullander & C. J. Ferraris, Jr. 2003. Check list of the freshwater fishes of South and Central America (CLOFFSCA). -— EDIPUCRS, Porto Alegre (Brazil): 1-729 -- &E.H.L. Pereira 2000. Three new species of the loricariid catfish genus Loricariichthys (Teleostei: Siluriformes) from southern South America. — Co- peia 2000 (4): 1029-1047 Schäffer, J. C. 1761. Piscium Bavarico-Ratisbonensium pentas. 1-82. Schrank, F. von Paula 1783. XXVII. Kurze Nachrichten und Auszüge aus Briefen unserer auswärtigen gelehrten Freunde; 9. Auszüge aus den Briefen an den Herrn Bloch von Herrn von Paula Schrank und Herrn D. Wartmann. - Schr. Berlin. Ges. Natur- forsch. Freunde. Fr. (4): 427-429 -- 1792. Nähere Bestimmung dreier Barscharten. — Abh. Privatges. Naturforsch. Oekonom. Oberdeutsch- land 1: 98-103 Schoepf, J. D. 1784a. Der nord-amerikanische Pertsch. - Der Naturforscher 20: 17-25. Halle -- 1784b. Der gemeine Hecht in Amerika. - Der Na- turforscher 20: 26-31. Halle Shibukawa, K. & T. Suzuki 2004. Vanderhorstia papilio, a new shrimp-associated goby from the Ryukyu Is- lands, Japan (Perciformes: Gobiidae: Gobiinae), with comments on the limits of the genus. — Ich- thyolog. Res. 51 (2): 113-119 Siebold, C. Th. E. von. 1863. Die Süsswasserfische von Mitteleuropa. -— Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig; 1-430 Steindachner, F. 1894. Vorläufige Mittheilung über eini- ge neue Fischarten aus den Seen von Mexico. — Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 31(15): 147-149 -- 1895. Über einige Fischarten Mexiko’s und die Seen, in welche sie vorkommen. - Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 32 (17): 516-530 [1-14 as separate], Plts 1-3 -- 1900. Erstattungen eines vorläufigen Berichtes über einige von Ihrer königlichen Hoheit Frau Prinzes- sin Therese von Bayeren während einer Reise nach Südamerika 1898 gesammelte neue Fischarten. — Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 37 (18): 206-208 -- 1902. Herpetologische und ichtyologische Ergeb- nisse einer Reise nach Südamerika, mit einer Ein- leitung von Therese Prinzessin von Bayern. - Denkschr. Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. kaiserl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 72: 95-148 [7-60 as separate], Tabs. 1-5 Springer, V. G. & M. F. Gomon 1975. Revision of the blenniid fish genus Omobranchus with descriptions of three new species and notes on other species of the tribe Omobranchini. — Smithson. Contr. Zool. 177: 1-135 Terofal, F. 1983. Die Fischausbeute der Brasilien-Expe- dition 1817-1820 von J. B. v. Spix und C. F. V. Martius. — Spixiana Suppl. 9: 35-42 Thomson, J. M. 1997. The Mugilidae of the World. - Mem. Queensland Mus 41(3): 457-562 Vogt, C. & B. Hofer 1909. Die Süsswasserfische von Mittel-Europa. — Engelmann, Leipzig: 1-558 Wagner, M. 1864. Ueber die hydrographischen Verhält- nisse und das Vorkommen der Süsswasserfische in den Staaten Panama und Ecuador. — Abh. königl. bayer. Akad. Wiss., II. Cl. 10 (I. Abtheilung): 67-113 [1-49 as separate] -- 1870. Naturwissenschaftliche Reisen im tropischen Amerika. - Cotta, Stuttgart Whitehead, P. J. P. 1970. The clupeoid fishes described by Steindachner. — Bull. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Zool. 20 (1): 1-46 -- ,G.]J. Nelson & T. Wongratana 1988. FAO species catalogue, Vol. 7. Clupeoid fishes of the world (Suborder Clupeoidei). An annotated and illustra- ted catalogue of the herrings, sardines, pilchards, sprats, anchovies and wolf-herrings. Part 2. En- graulididae. - FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125 (7): 305-579 Woltereck, R. 1933. Meine Forschungsreise nach Ame- rika und Ostasien zum Studium insulärer und la- kustriner Endemismen. - Intern. Rev. Ges. Hydro- biol. 28: 338-349 Wu, W. (ed.) The cyprinid fishes of China (Vol. 1) [In Chinese]. — Science Press, Shanghai: 137-197 Yue, P.-Q. 2000 (Chief Editor). Fauna Sinica. Osteich- thyes. Cypriniformes III. - Science Press, Beijing: 1-661 Zugmayer, E. 1909a. Desription of Four new Cyprinoid Fishes from High Asia. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (London) (Ser. 8) 4(23): 432-435 1909b. Bericht über eine Reise in Westtibet. — Geo- gr. Mitt. 7: 145-151, 2 maps 1910. Beiträge zur Ichthyologie von Zentral-Asien. - Zool. Jb. 29(3/4): 275-298, Tab. 12, Figs. 1-4 1912a. On a new genus of cyprinoid fishes from high Asia. - Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (London) (Ser. 8) 9 (54): 682 1912b. Eight new fishes from Baluchistan. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (London) (Ser. 8) 10 (60): 595-599 1913a. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reise von Prof. Dr. G. Merzbacher im zentralen und östlichen Thian-Schan 1907/8. II. Fische. — Abh. königl. bay- er. Akad. Wiss. (math-physikal. Kl.): 26 (4): 1-18 1913b. Die Fische von Balutschistan. - Abh. königl. bayer. Akad. Wiss. (math-physikal. Kl.) 26 (6): 1255 Internet base information Eschmeyer, W. 2005. Catalog of Fishes. - On-Line Ver- sion (updated 17 April 2006): http://www.calaca- demy.org/research/ichthyology /catalog/fish- catsearch.html Higuchi, H. 1992. An updated list of ichthyological collecting stations of the Thayer Expedition to Brazil. - On-Line Version (1996): http://www. mcz.harvard.edu/Departments/Fish/thay_sta.htm International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature online: http://www.iczn.org/iczn/index.jsp 285 5 SPIXIANA | 29 3 | 286 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 Editorial Infolge der zunehmenden Ressourcenknappheit der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München sieht sich der Herausgeber der SPIXIANA gezwungen, mit dem ersten Heft des Jahrganges 30/2007 einige Ände- rungen einzuführen: | 1. Es werden nicht mehr wie bisher drei Hefte jährlich publiziert, sondern nur mehr zwei. Jedoch bleibt der Gesamtumfang von jährlich 288 Seiten erhalten, so daß die einzelnen Hefte je 144 Seiten umfassen werden. Die Publikationsdaten werden in Zukunft der 1.5. bzw. der 1.11. jeden Jahres sein. Diese Matsnah- me dient der Ersparnis sowohl bei der Produktion als auch beim Versand. 2. Jeder Autoren erhält eine PDF-Datei des eigenen Artikels. Sonderdrucke werden wie bisher nur auf ausdrückliche Bestellung beim Verlag und zu den vom Verlag erhobenen Konditionen und Kosten herge- stellt. 3. Manuskripte und Abbildungen sollen in Zukunft möglichst nur noch in digitaler Form eingereicht werden. Werden gedruckte Illustrationen eingereicht oder benötigen Abbildungen größere Nachbearbei- tungen, so werden die entstehenden Kosten dem Autor in Rechnung gestellt. 4. Farbabbildungen müssen in voller Höhe vom Autor des jeweiligen Artikels übernommen werden. 5. Das Heft 1 des Jahrganges 30/2007 wird überarbeitete Autorenrichtlinien enthalten. Bis dahin werden Autoren gebeten, sich an die bisherigen Richtlinien zu halten, jedoch unter den o.g. Einschränkungen. Der Herausgeber Editorial Due to recent cuts of our budget the editor of SPIXIANA is compelled to introduce some modifications concerning the publication of the journal, beginning from the first issue of volume 30/2007. 1. To reduce the costs for printing, postage, and shipping, beginning with the first issue of 2007 only two issues will be published per year while maintaining the annual page size of 288 pages. The two issues with 144 pages each will be published on the first of May and first of November. 2. Every corresponding author will receive a pdf file of the final article. Paper offprints will only be pro- duced on special request and will have to be purchased by the author. 3. Manuscripts and illustrations should be submitted electronically (CD or DVD). Authors will be charged if illustrations are submitted as printed copy or if they require extensive subsequent editing. 4. Authors will have to pay the full cost for the reproduction of colour artwork. 5. Revised instructions for authors will be provided with the first issue of volume 30/2007. In the mean- time authors are requested to follow the current instructions, with the restrictions mentioned above. The Editor 286 Alf, A. & K. Kreipl: Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: Baehr, M.: Bremer, H. J.: = a > RS ZECHE Sfaatssammlung NV oPIXIANA ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR ZOOLOGIE herausgegeben von der ZOOLOGISCHEN STAATSSAMMLUNG MÜNCHEN Band 29/2006 Verlag Dr. Friedrich Pfeil, München ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS A new Astraea from Bali, Indonesia (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Turbinidae, urbin na New species and new records of the genera Dicraspeda Chaudoir and Euda- lia Castelnau from the Papuan and Australian regions, with a nomenclatorial note on Deipyrus Liebke (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Odacanthinae) ..... Revision of the genera Agonocheila Chaudoir and Minuthodes Andrewes in New Guinea (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae).................................- A peculiar new species of the genus Amblytelus Erichson from southern Queensland, Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydrinae)................ Revision der Gattung Amarygmus Dalman, 1823 sowie verwandter Gattungen. XXXVIl. Nachbeschreibungen und Abbildungen australischer Amarygmus- Arten, die von Blackburn beschriebenen wurden (Insecta, Coleoptera, Tene- brionidaerAmaryamini)kse---rreeee een ernennen nee nenne een ee Casciotta, J., M. de las M. Azpelicueta, A. Almirön & T. Litz: Hisonotus candombe, a new species from Fehse, D.: the rio Uruguay basin in the Repüblica Oriental del Uruguay (Siluriformes, Kolaksekiie ECHO CHE) ee Ce Contributions to the knowledge of the Triviidae. XIV. A further new Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 from South Africa. (Mollusca: Gastropoda).......................- Glaw, F.& M. Franzen: Type catalogue of amphibians in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Seite 91-93 51-72 103-145 243-246 31-50 147-152 229-233 153-192 287 Grosjean, S., M. Thomas, F. Glaw & M. Vences: The tadpole of the Malagasy treefrog Boophis rufioculis: molecular identification and description (Amphibia, Anura, Mantellidae) ......... 73-76 Hausmann, A. & M. Sommerer: In Memoriam Claude Herbulot *19.2.1908- 19.1.2006 t.................... 97-98 Hausmann, A. & P.McQuillan (eds.): Proceedings of the Forum Herbulot 2006 Integration of molecular, ecological and morphological data: Recent progress towards the higher clas- sification of the Geometridae (Hobart, 19-20 January 2006) .................ee.. 199-216 Heinzeller, T.: Zum 225. Geburtstag des Begründers der ZSM: Spix und der Aufbruch der Z60legierinrdieModenneren ae rerneeneaaneatan ee enenarsene hauen egen nnanentaeneaneneeeee 193-197 Horstmann, K.: Revisionen der von Kriechbaumer aus der Westpaläarktis und Zentralasien beschriebenen Ichneumonidae (Insecta, Hymenoptera)................................... 1-30 Melzer, R. R., M. Schrödl, V. Häussermann, G. Försterra & M. F. Montoya Bravo: Pycnogonids on cnidarians at fjord Comau, Southern Chile: A report on 2005 SCUBA collec- tIONS se re 237-242 Montoya Bravo, M. F., L. Meltzer, R. Meyer & R. R. Melzer: Pycnogonids under infralitoral stones at Cape Savudrija, Northern Adriatic Sea (Pantopoda, Ammotheidae)................ 87-89 Neumann, D.: Type Catalogue of the Ichthyological Collection of the Zoologische Staats- sammlung München. Part I: Historic type material from the “Old Collection”, destroyed in the night 24/25 April 1944 ...........uuuessecssessssssnsnnnnnnenenneeennnnnnnnnenn 259-285 Parth, M.: Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov., a new species of Personidae from the Philippines«(Mollusea)ia...u2...0 8er seen ee rer n e eee 235-236 Salvini-Plawen, L.v.& B. Öztürk: New records of Caudofoveata (Falcidens gutturosus, Prochaetoderma raduliferum) and of Solenogastres (Eleutheromenia carinata, spec. nov.) from the eastern Mediterranean Sea (Mollusca) ...................-.22444mnneesnenensennennnnenen 217-224 Schmidt, O.: Visiana sordidata (Moore), a complex of species from the Indo-Pacific region (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Larentiinae)....................... en 77-85 Schrödl, M.: Laevipilina theresae, a new monoplacophoran species from Antarctica (Mol- [USCay en 225-227 Sihvonen, P.: The Sterrhinae moth fauna of Fenglin Nature Reserve, North-East China (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae) .....................-..22224444000ssnnennnnennnnnnnnnennnennee 247-257 Vitali, F.: About Aenictosoma doenitzi Schaufuss, 1891 (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae, Scydmaenidaeznsaenetennseenegeenn een nennen nee en eeteesetetee 99-101 Büchbesprechungen —uzcsessssneere ee 86, 90, 94, 102, 146, 198, 228, 234, 258 Editeriala 0a enegneeeeeee ee TER RER 286 Janresinhaltsverzeichnis’Bandi28....0.0000.meesmnnseageseeeseen een namen Te nnnseernener rennen 95-96 Jahresinhaltsverzeiennis Band. arnnesanssennenesennee see ennee een eenn nnene eeene ahnen ir esseecee nn 287-288 288 SPIXIANA - Zeitschrift für Zoologie SPIXIANA - Journal of Zoology herausgegeben von der published by Zoologischen Staatssammlung München The Zoological State Collection Munich SPIXIANA bringt Originalarbeiten aus dem Gesamtgebiet der Zoologischen Systematik mit Schwerpunkten in Morphologie, Phylogenie, Tiergeographie und Ökologie. Manuskripte werden in Deutsch, Englisch oder Französisch angenommen. Pro Jahr erscheint ein Band zu drei Heften. Umfangreiche Beiträge können in Supplementbänden herausgegeben werden. Ein Jahresabonnement kostet € 60. Supplementbände werden gesondert nach Umfang berechnet. Mit- glieder der “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” können die Zeitschrift zum ermäßigten Preis von € 25,50 beziehen. SPIXIANA publishes original papers on Zoological Systematics, with emphasis on Morphology, Phylogeny, Zoogeography and Ecology. Manuscripts will be accepted in German, English or French. A volume of three issues will be published annually. Extensive contributions may be edited in supplement volumes. Annual subscription rate is € 60 or any internationally convertible currency in the value of € 60. Supple- ments are charged at special rates depending on the number of printed pages. Members of the “Freunde der Zoologischen Staatssammlung München” may order the journal at the reduced rate of € 25.50. Bestellungen sind zu richten an die Orders should be addressed to the library of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München Münchhausenstraße 21 D-81247 München Hinweise für Autoren Die Manuskripte sollen in zweifacher Ausfertigung eingereicht werden. Sie sollen einseitig und weitzeilig mit mindestens vier cm breitem Rand geschrieben sein. Sie müssen den allgemeinen Bedingungen für die Abfas- sung wissenschaftlicher Manuskripte entsprechen. Für die Form der Manuskripte ist die jeweils letzte Ausgabe der SPIXIANA maßgebend und genau zu beachten. Eine englische Zusammenfassung ist der Arbeit voran- zustellen. Tabellen und Abbildungsvorlagen sind gesondert beizufügen. Der Gesamtumfang eines Beitrages sollte nicht mehr als 2 Druckbogen (32 Druckseiten) umfassen. Manuskripte auf Computerdisketten werden bevorzugt. In diesem Falle müssen die Diskette und zwei gedruckte Exemplare eingereicht werden. Der Text sollte keine Absatzformatierungen enthalten, die Tabellen sollten aber mit Tabulatoren formatiert sein. Gattungs- und Artnamen können kursiv gesetzt werden. Von der Verwendung anderer Zeichenformatierungen ist abzusehen. Anstelle von ? und 4 sollte eine Zeichenkombi- nation, welche im Text sonst nicht vorkommt, z. B. ‘#w’ und ‘#m’, verwendet werden. Es sollten 3,5"-Disketten, lesbar auf IBM-kompatiblen Computern, eingereicht werden. Die Texte sollten möglichst als WINWORD-Datei abgegeben werden. Die Herausgabe dieser Zeitschrift erfolgt ohne gewerblichen Gewinn. Mitarbeiter und Herausgeber erhalten kein Honorar. Die Autoren erhalten 1 Heft mit ihrer Arbeit. Sonderdrucke werden nach Wunsch gegen Rechnung angefertigt. Die Bestellung muß bei Rückgabe der Fahnenkorrektur erfolgen. Notice to Contributors The manuscript should be presented in two complete copies. It must be typed on one side of the paper only and double spaced with a margin of at least four centimetres. It should correspond to the universal composition of scientific manuscripts. The form should observe the SPIXIANA standard outlay set up in the previous issue. An English abstract should precede the paper. Tables, graphs and illustrations must be enclosed separately. The total text of a contribution should not exceed two galley proofs (32 printed pages). Manuscripts on word processor discs are preferred. The floppy disc with text (and graphic-files, if present) and two hard copies shoud be send to the Editor. Do not format the text, except for italics (for names of genera and species) and tabs (only for tables!). Instead of ? and d use ‘#f’ and ‘#m’ or any other combinations of signs which do not occur elsewhere in the text. The text should be on 3.5" discs, readable on IBM-compatibles. WINWORD-files are preferred. The publication of this journal ensues without material profit. Co-workers and publishers receive no pay- ment. The authors will receive 1 copy of the part of the volume in which their paper appears. Reprints must be ordered when the proofs are returned. 11. € 24,90. 12. € 29,90. 13. € 248,-. 14. GBP 16.-. 15. € 19,95. 16. USD 95.-. 17. € 7,95. 18. € 26,90. 19. € 12,95. 20. USD 75.-. 21. € 47,-. SPIXIANA 193-288 München, 01. November 2006 ISSN 0341-8391 INHALT - CONTENTS Heinzeller, T.: Zum 225. Geburtstag des Begründers der ZSM: Spix und der Auf- bruch der Zoologie in die Moderne ....................uus042022200000snenenne nenne Hausmann, A. & P. McQuillan (eds.): Proceedings of tne Forum Herbulot 2006 Integration of molecular, ecological and morphological data: Recent progress towards the higher classification of the Geometridae (Hobart, 19-20 January: 2006)... rn Salvini-Plawen, L. v. & B. Öztürk: New records of Caudofoveata (Falcidens gutturosus, Prochaetoderma raduliferum) and of Solenogastres (Eleutherome- nia carinata, spec. nov.) from the eastern Mediterranean Sea (Mol- MUSCA na anna ee Schrödl, M.: Laevipilina theresae, a new monoplacophoran species from Ant- areticaulMollUSCa).. an. ee Fehse, D.: Contributions to tne knowledge of the Triviidae. XIV. A further new Triviella Jousseaume, 1884 from South Africa. (Mollusca: Gastro- POdA) nn ale lee ee Parth, M.: Personopsis ednafarinasi, spec. nov., a new species of Personidae from!'the Philippines (Mollusca)... u... et Melzer, R. R., M. Schrödl, V. Häussermann, G. Försterra & M. F. Montoya Bravo: Pycno- gonids on cnidarians at fjord Comau, Southern Chile: A report on 2005 SEWBA collactions........n teen ee nn Baehr, M.: A peculiar new species of the genus Amblytelus Erichson from southern Queensland, Australia (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae, Psydiinao)...0.cse renden sie ee ee sure Sihvonen, P.: The Sterrhinae moth fauna of Fenglin Nature Reserve, North-East China (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Geometridae)....................een Neumann, D.: Type Catalogue of the Ichthyological Collection of the Zoologische Staatssammlung München. Part I: Historic type material from the “Old Collection”, destroyed in the night 24/25 April 1944 ................ Editorial Jahresinhaltsverzeichnis Band 29... an... Seite 193-197 199-216 217-224 225-227 229-233 235-236 237-242 243-246 247-257 259-285 286 Büchbesprechungen _-..........20uue00u00H0an une Haetenn nn ER 198, 228, 234, 258 nl Tat Ä a “ nel N ia A E a 1 9 ET INNINDIHINN Diane enge ats reinen gs, bear Aare nranea a Renee en Regen nase vr are rende any = wos urungn RE ER een EERETUEN ET NER SAN Ur Arie ER Hrn er Bean aaie “ ENrE NER net ge rauen BRastaen wenden Une: erureaen.r ee $ Sn age ne und £ R ernennen - ar ER EM HIN A Aanar intra ng wre Eee, Errarıcız ana Wahre SeerlBan er ur MRS@ Laser ARE era B VR: war. une WR. Gerne erea, un ar reert Er aR a ee rer Nna are gar Date een: SI Eu ee Bra AI, aa ER BANK ÄNGENT re Färsane PETER 5 ie EARSTNERTE U R, wg Aeszuiner Dereeeg SSR Een erregen R VEREEREN num eraay Denen NETT Br Tgen RS ernennen na engen rg ee = ntenensagegag. eier es ERST ng nenn. Petersen, avi Dry ee EN Ba Em nuN legen Senn ana WARTE nn Der inranen ESTER EEE Break ar Er Kserseexre